Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2016

Registration No. 333–205546

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 7

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5411   47-4376911

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

208-395-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert A. Gordon, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

(208) 395-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.

Michael E. Gilligan, Esq.

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 756-2000

Fax: (212) 593-5955

 

William M. Hartnett, Esq.

Jonathan A. Schaffzin, Esq.

William J. Miller, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Phone: (212) 701-3000

Fax: (212) 378-2500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion. Dated July 29, 2016

65,306,122 Shares

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering 65,306,122 shares of our common stock. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us.

We expect the initial public offering price to be between $23.00 and $26.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “ABS.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus to read the factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

 

(1) The underwriters will also be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in the offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 9,795,918 shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to investors against payment on or about                     , 2016 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup     Morgan Stanley   

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Credit Suisse   Barclays

 

Lazard   Guggenheim Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets   Wells Fargo Securities
BMO Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Telsey Advisory Group   Academy Securities   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                             , 2016.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     22   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48   

Use of Proceeds

     50   

Dividend Policy

     51   

IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure

     52   

Capitalization

     54   

Dilution

     56   

Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition

     58   

Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway

     59   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     60   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition

     67   

Business

     100   

Management

     118   

Executive Compensation

     129   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     153   

Principal Stockholders

     161   

Description of Capital Stock

     163   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     169   

Description of Indebtedness

     172   

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     180   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     183   

Legal Matters

     190   

Experts

     190   

Where You Can Find More Information

     190   

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Until                     , 2016 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes that (i) the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $24.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (ii) all shares offered by us in this offering are sold.

 

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

i


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Albertsons Companies, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a newly formed Delaware corporation. Shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement. AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”) is a Delaware limited liability company. Albertsons Companies, Inc. was formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of AB Acquisition and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries in order for the registrant to be a corporation rather than a limited liability company. In connection with, and prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of, this offering, each member of AB Acquisition will directly or indirectly contribute all of its equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. As a result, AB Acquisition and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc. See “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure” for additional information.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to (i) the terms “company,” “AB Acquisition,” “Albertsons Companies, Inc.,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to AB Acquisition and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods prior to the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions (as defined herein), and, for periods as of and following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, (ii) the term “ACL” refers to Albertsons Companies, LLC, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (iii) the term “Albertsons” refers to Albertson’s LLC, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (iv) the term “NAI” refers to New Albertson’s, Inc., and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (v) the term “United” refers to United Supermarkets, LLC, (vi) the term “Safeway” refers to Safeway Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, and (vii) references to our “Sponsors” or the “Cerberus-led Consortium” refer to, collectively, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), Kimco Realty Corporation (“Kimco Realty”), Klaff Realty, LP (“Klaff Realty”), Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P. (“Lubert-Adler”), Schottenstein Stores Corporation (“Schottenstein Stores”) and their respective controlled affiliates and investment funds. For the convenience of the reader, except as the context otherwise requires, all information included in this prospectus is presented giving effect to the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Prior to or concurrently with this offering, we will effect the IPO-Related Transactions described under “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.” The consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial data included in the prospectus are those of AB Acquisition and its consolidated subsidiaries and do not give effect to the IPO-Related Transactions. Other than the audited balance sheet, dated as of February 27, 2016, and the unaudited balance sheet, dated as of June 18, 2016, the historical financial information of Albertsons Companies, Inc. has not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus.

We acquired Safeway on January 30, 2015 and United on December 29, 2013. Accordingly, this prospectus also includes the following historical financial statements:

 

    audited balance sheets of Safeway as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Safeway for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012; and

 

ii


Table of Contents
    audited balance sheets of United as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013 and statements of comprehensive income, members’ equity and cash flows of United for the 48 weeks ended December 28, 2013.

We use a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in February each year. Prior to fiscal year 2014, we used a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the closest Thursday before the last Saturday in February each year. For ease of reference, unless the context otherwise indicates, we identify our fiscal years in this prospectus by reference to the calendar year of the first day of such fiscal year. For example, “fiscal 2014” refers to our fiscal year ended February 28, 2015 and “fiscal 2015” refers to our fiscal year ended February 27, 2016. Our first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and our second, third and fourth quarters generally consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter included 13 weeks, and the fiscal year included 53 weeks. The fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 20, 2014, February 21, 2013 and February 23, 2012 included 52 weeks. Safeway’s last three fiscal years prior to the Safeway acquisition consisted of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015, the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012.

IDENTICAL STORE SALES

As used in this prospectus, the term “identical store sales” is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis. Fuel sales are excluded from identical store sales, and internet sales are included in identical store sales of the store from which the products are sourced. Fiscal 2015 is compared with the 52-week period ending February 28, 2015. Fiscal 2014 is compared with the 53-week period ending February 27, 2014. On an actual basis, acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. Stores that are open during remodeling are included in identical store sales. The stores divested in order to secure Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) clearance of the Safeway acquisition are excluded from the identical store sales calculation beginning on December 19, 2014, the announcement date of the divestitures. Also included in this prospectus, where noted, are supplemental identical store sales measures for AB Acquisition, which includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of their acquisition dates. Neither actual nor supplemental identical store sale measures in this prospectus include stores acquired in the recent A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction (each as defined herein).

PRO FORMA INFORMATION

This prospectus contains unaudited pro forma financial information prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 gives pro forma effect to:

 

    the effects of FTC-mandated divestitures related to our January 2015 acquisition of Safeway;

 

    the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions (as defined herein);

 

    the IPO-Related Transactions; and

 

    the issuance of 65,306,122 shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of such shares to repay certain existing debt and to pay fees and expenses related to this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds,”

in each case as if such transactions had been consummated on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the first

 

iii


Table of Contents

quarter of fiscal 2016 gives pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO-Related Transactions, this offering and the related use of proceeds as if such transactions had occurred on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 18, 2016 gives pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO-Related Transactions, this offering and the related use of proceeds as if such transactions had occurred on June 18, 2016. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks, including ALBERTSONS ® , SAFEWAY ® , ACME ® , AMIGOS ® , CARRS ® , HAGGEN ® , JEWEL-OSCO ® , MARKET STREET ® , PAVILIONS ® , RANDALLS ® , SAV-ON ® , SHAW’S ® , STAR MARKET ® , TOM THUMB ® , UNITED EXPRESS ® , UNITED SUPERMARKETS ® , VONS ® , EATING RIGHT ® , LUCERNE ® , O ORGANICS ® , OPEN NATURE ® , MyMixx ® and just for U ® , which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of our company and its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and outlook, which are based on publicly available information, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and/or our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of and experience in the markets and businesses in which we operate. We believe this information to be reasonable based on the information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. However, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. Historical information regarding supermarket and grocery industry revenues, including online grocery revenues, was obtained from IBISWorld. Forecasts regarding Food-at-Home inflation were obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Information with respect to our market share was obtained from Nielsen ACView All Outlets Combined (Food, Mass and Dollar but excluding Drug) for the first half of 2016. This information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in a survey of market size. In addition, market conditions, customer preferences and the competitive landscape can and do change significantly. As a result, you should be aware that the market and industry data included in this prospectus and our estimates and beliefs based on such data may not be reliable. We do not make any representations as to the accuracy of such industry and market data.

In addition, the market value reported in the appraisals of the properties described herein are an estimate of value, as of the date stated in each appraisal. The appraisals were subject to the following assumption: The estimate of market value as is, is based on the assumption that the existing occupant/user remains in occupancy in the foreseeable future, commensurate with the typical tenure of a user of this type, and is paying market rent as of the effective date of appraisal. Changes since the appraisal date in external and market factors or in the property itself can significantly affect the conclusions. As an opinion, the reported values are not necessarily a measure of current market value and may not reflect the amount which would be received if the property were sold today. While we and the

 

iv


Table of Contents

underwriters are not aware of any misstatements regarding any appraisals, market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We define EBITDA as generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing performance. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income (loss) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (collectively, the “Non-GAAP Measures”) are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. We also use Adjusted EBITDA, as further adjusted for additional items defined in our debt instruments, for board of director and bank compliance reporting. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Non-GAAP Measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect certain one-time or non-recurring cash costs to achieve the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and, with respect to acquired intangible assets, Adjusted Net Income, do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures are adjusted for certain non-recurring and non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of operations;

 

v


Table of Contents
    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

    Other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes. Please see our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA and Pro Forma Adjusted Net Income, as presented in this prospectus, are also supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data” for additional information.

 

vi


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you or that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, you should read the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition” included elsewhere in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

OUR COMPANY

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of June 18, 2016, we operated 2,311 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 19 well-known banners, including Albertsons , Safeway , Vons , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s , Acme , Tom Thumb , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Pavilions , Star Market , Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 Metropolitan Statistical Areas in the United States (“MSAs”) and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 68% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value-added services through 1,780 pharmacies and 380 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 282,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average more than 34 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales growth. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 2.9%, respectively. At Safeway, prior to our acquisition, the rate of identical store sales growth was 3.0% in fiscal 2014 and, following our acquisition, accelerated in fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016 to 5.0% and 3.9%, respectively. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal

 



 

1


Table of Contents

2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively. We also believe that our third quarter 2015 identical store sales were positively impacted in certain markets by the poor performance or closure of certain Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”) stores.

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $650 million by the end of fiscal 2016.

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $18.4 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $882 million and free cash flow of $484 million. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

OUR INTEGRATION HISTORY

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006 (the “Legacy Albertsons Stores”). This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SUPERVALU INC. (“SuperValu”), which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own (the “SVU Albertsons Stores”) and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners (the “NAI Stores”). In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc. (“A&P”) for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

OUR OPERATING PLAYBOOK

Our operating playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards.     We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 

    Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
    Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly baked bread. Our decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment, to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

    Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. Our focus on personalization includes the expansion of our “click-and-pick” online and home delivery services in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

IDENTICAL STORES SALES

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the acceleration of identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store sales growth across AB Acquisition (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of June 18, 2016. We also operate 29 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $10.2 billion.

LOGO

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. We have created an Office of the CEO to set long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. The Office of the CEO is comprised of Bob Miller, Wayne Denningham (Chief Operating Officer), Justin Dye (Chief Administrative Officer) and Shane Sampson (Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer), each of whom brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and

 



 

5


Table of Contents

our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business. Our ten Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 14 division Presidents have an average of almost 20, 22 and 30 years of service, respectively, with our company.

Proven Operating Playbook .     We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in enabling us to accelerate identical store sales growth. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 2.9%, respectively. Our Safeway stores delivered identical store sales growth of 3.0% in fiscal 2014 and, following our acquisition, accelerated in fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016 to 5.0% and 3.9%, respectively. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively. We also believe that our third quarter 2015 identical store sales were positively impacted by the poor performance or closure of certain stores then owned by Haggen.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion in fiscal 2015. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $650 million of synergies related to the Safeway acquisition on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets (as with recent acquisitions for our Jewel-Osco banner) and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

OUR STRATEGY

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne .

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We are expanding our “click-and-pick” online ordering and home delivery offering to six new markets in fiscal 2016.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,780 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $690 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We have extended the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will help us to optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs, increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale. During fiscal 2015, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $650 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined investment in new stores. We opened seven new stores in fiscal 2015 and expect to open 13 new stores in fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

OUR INDUSTRY

We operate in the $593 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2011 through 2015, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors, including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. While several food categories experienced price deflation in the first half of 2016, and several categories, including beef and eggs, are forecasted to experience price deflation in 2016, food-at-home inflation is forecasted to be between 0.25% and 1.25% in 2016, which should also benefit industry sales. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales growth across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural, and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities, including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND THIS OFFERING

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” following this prospectus summary before making an investment decision. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    Various operating factors and general economic conditions affecting the food retail industry may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.

 

    Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.

 

    Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

 

    We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on information technology (“IT”) systems. Any future intrusion into these IT systems, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

 

    We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.

 

    Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

 

    Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.

 

    There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

OUR CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Our business is currently conducted through our operating subsidiaries, which are wholly-owned by AB Acquisition. The equity interests of AB Acquisition immediately prior to the IPO-Related Transactions were owned (directly and indirectly) by entities affiliated with our Sponsors and certain current and former members of our management, whom we refer to as our “Existing Owners.” Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a newly formed entity.

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect the following series of transactions prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering that will result in the reorganization of our business so that it is owned by Albertsons Companies, Inc. Specifically, (i) our Existing Owners, other than KRS AB Acquisition and KRS ABS, LLC (collectively, “Kimco”) and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC (“Management Holdco”), will contribute all of their direct and indirect equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC (“Albertsons Investor”), including their interests in NAI Group Holdings Inc. (“NAI Group Holdings”) and Safeway Group Holdings Inc. (“Safeway Group Holdings”), (ii) Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco will contribute all of their equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc., (iii) NAI Group Holdings, Safeway Group Holdings and other special purpose corporations owned by certain of the Sponsors through which they invested in AB Acquisition will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc., with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers and (iv) certain stores owned by Albertson’s LLC will be contributed to a newly formed subsidiary, Albertson’s Stores Sub LLC, which subsidiary will be distributed to its ultimate owner AB Acquisition, AB Acquisition will transfer all of its equity interests in ACL to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and ACL will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc. with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the merger. As a result of the foregoing transactions, an aggregate of 349,832,761, 56,429,497 and 3,570,701 shares of our common stock will be owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, respectively.

The chart below summarizes our corporate structure after giving effect to this offering and the IPO-Related Transactions, but before giving effect to dilution from outstanding restricted stock units or the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares:

 

LOGO

For a further discussion of the IPO-Related Transactions, see “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.”

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Safeway, we announced that we had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. We sold 146 of these stores to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and Bankruptcy Court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, we re-acquired 35 stores from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of $33 million.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold by us to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $114 million including acquired inventory. We completed the acquisition of these 29 stores on June 23, 2016. We refer to this acquisition, together with the fiscal 2015 acquisition of 35 stores from Haggen, in this prospectus as the “Haggen Transaction.”

The Haggen Transaction involves certain risks associated with integrating these acquisitions with our business. See “Risk Factors–Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration.”

Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions

On May 31, 2016, ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of 6.625% senior notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) which will mature on June 15, 2024. The net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2024 Notes were used to (i) pay the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with the Redemption (as defined below), (ii) repay approximately $519 million of term loans then outstanding under the then existing B-3 term loan tranche under the Term Loan Agreement (as defined herein) and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the Redemption and the issuance of the 2024 Notes.

On June 22, 2016, Albertsons amended the Term Loan Agreement to establish three new term loan tranches and amend certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement. The new tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of new term B-4 loans, $1,145.0 million of new term B-5 loans and $2,100.0 million of new term B-6 loans (the “New Term Loans”). The New Term Loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under our ABL Facility (as defined herein), were used to repay the term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that were outstanding as of June 22, 2016.

On June 24, 2016, ACL and Safeway fully redeemed $609.6 million of principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 that were issued under the indenture dated October 23, 2014 (the “Secured Notes” and such redemption, the “Redemption”). Upon consummation of the Redemption, in accordance with the Safeway Indenture (as defined herein), the collateral securing the Safeway Notes and the guaranties of the Safeway Notes by ACL and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were released.

We refer to the above transactions as the “Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.” For more information on our existing indebtedness, see “Description of Indebtedness.”

 



 

12


Table of Contents

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated on June 23, 2015 to undertake this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, ID 83706. Our telephone number is (208) 395-6200 and our internet address is www.albertsons.com. Our website and the information contained thereon are not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon by prospective investors in connection with any decision to purchase our common shares.

OUR EQUITY SPONSORS

We believe that one of our strengths is our relationship with our Sponsors. We believe we will benefit from our Sponsors’ experience in the retail industry, their expertise in mergers and acquisitions and real estate, and their support on various near-term and long-term strategic initiatives.

Cerberus .    Established in 1992, Cerberus and its affiliated group of funds and companies comprise one of the world’s leading private investment firms with approximately $30 billion of capital under management in four primary strategies: control and non-control private equity investments, distressed securities and assets, commercial mid-market lending, and real estate-related investments. In addition to its New York headquarters, Cerberus has offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.

Kimco Realty .    Kimco Realty is a real estate investment trust headquartered in New Hyde Park, New York that owns and operates North America’s largest publicly traded portfolio of neighborhood and community shopping centers. As of December 31, 2015, Kimco Realty owned interests in 564 shopping centers comprising 90 million square feet of leasable space across 38 states, Puerto Rico, Canada, Mexico and Chile. Publicly traded on the NYSE since 1991, and included in the S&P 500 Index, Kimco Realty has specialized in shopping center acquisitions, development and management for more than 50 years.

Klaff Realty .    Klaff Realty is a privately-owned real estate investment company based in Chicago, Illinois that engages in the acquisition, redevelopment and management of commercial real estate throughout the United States and South America, with a primary focus on retail and office. Klaff Realty has established a leadership position in the acquisition of distressed retail space. To date, Klaff Realty affiliates have acquired properties and invested in operating entities that control in excess of 200 million square feet with a value in excess of $17 billion.

Lubert-Adler .    Lubert-Adler was co-founded in 1997 by Ira Lubert and Dean Adler, who collectively have over 60 years of experience in underwriting, acquiring, repositioning, refinancing and disposing of real estate assets. Lubert-Adler has more than 20 investment professionals and has invested $7.5 billion of equity into assets valued at over $17 billion.

Schottenstein Stores .    Schottenstein Stores, together with its affiliate Schottenstein Property Group, is a privately-owned operator, acquirer and redeveloper of high quality power/big box, community and neighborhood shopping centers located throughout the United States predominantly anchored by national retailers.

Our Sponsors will indirectly control us through their respective ownership of Albertsons Investor and Kimco and will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Following the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, our Sponsors will indirectly own approximately 80.3% of our

 



 

13


Table of Contents

common stock, or 78.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE on which we have been approved to list our shares and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. Following the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, we will be required to appoint to our board of directors individuals designated by Albertsons Investor. Furthermore, if we cease to be a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE, but Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco collectively own at least 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors and Albertsons Investor shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board. In connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into a stockholders agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), and if a permitted transferee or assignee of such party that succeeds to such party’s rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement (each transferee or assignee, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to the greater of (a) three or (b) 25% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of directors equal to the greater of (a) two or (b) 15% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one director to our board of directors.

The limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition provides for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees of $13.75 million from our company over a 48-month period beginning on January 30, 2015, the date of the consummation of the Safeway acquisition. We paid the Cerberus-led Consortium management fees totaling $15 million for fiscal 2014, $6 million of which was paid under the previous limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition and $9 million of which was paid upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition. We have paid management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium totaling $13.75 million for fiscal 2015 and $13.75 million for fiscal 2016. In exchange for the management fees, the Cerberus-led Consortium has provided strategic advice to management, including with respect to acquisitions and financings. As of June 18, 2016, management fees over the remainder of the 48-month period total $27.5 million. Consistent with the terms of the limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition, the remaining management fees will be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. We do not expect to pay any further management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium following the completion of this offering.

The interests of our Sponsors may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, our Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Cerberus-led Consortium continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant transactions.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock.”

 



 

14


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

 

Common stock outstanding immediately before this offering

409,832,959 shares.(1)

 

Common stock offered by us

65,306,122 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

475,139,081 shares.(1)

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 9,795,918 additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and approximately $13.0 million of estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $1,531 million, assuming the shares are offered at $24.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $1,531 million of principal under the Term Loan Facilities (as defined herein).

 

  See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

  See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE trading symbol

“ABS.”

 

Conflicts of Interest

The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities. Because one or more funds or accounts managed or advised by an investment management affiliate of Guggenheim Securities, LLC are lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and may receive 5% or more of the net proceeds from this offering, Guggenheim Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the

 



 

15


Table of Contents
 

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). As such, this offering is being conducted in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering. We have agreed, subject to certain terms and conditions, to indemnify Goldman, Sachs & Co. against certain liability incurred in connection with it acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Guggenheim Securities, LLC will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to our company, our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale within the United States to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus excludes up to 9,795,918 shares of our common stock that may be sold by us if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

(1) The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately before this offering takes into account the conversion of profits interests and assumes (i) the shares are offered at $24.50, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (ii) all shares offered by us in this offering are sold. An initial public offering price of $26.00, which is the high point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the common stock outstanding immediately before this offering by 300,493 shares. An initial public offering price of $23.00, which is the low point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the common stock outstanding immediately before this offering by 339,687 shares. See “Principal Stockholders.”

 



 

16


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated historical and pro forma financial and other data and should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition,” “Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of June 18, 2016 and the consolidated statement of operations data for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of February 27, 2016 and the consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

Our consolidated financial statements for the period from February 22, 2013 to March 20, 2013 reflect only the historical results of the Legacy Albertsons Stores prior to the 2013 acquisition of NAI. Commencing on March 21, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of NAI. In December 2013, we acquired United. Commencing on December 29, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of United. In addition, on January 30, 2015, we acquired Safeway. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

The Safeway acquisition (including the related FTC-mandated divestitures) had a material impact on our results of operations. Accordingly, we have included in this prospectus pro forma financial information which gives effect to the FTC-mandated divestitures, the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 as more fully described in the notes below. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for additional information.

 

    16 Weeks Ended
June 18, 2016
    16 Weeks Ended
June 20, 2015
    Fiscal 2015     Fiscal
2014(8)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

(in millions, except per share amounts,
identical store sales and store count)

 

Pro
Forma(2)(7)

   

Actual

   

Actual

    Pro
Forma(2)(7)
    Actual     Actual(1)     Actual  

Results of Operations:

           

Sales and other revenue

  $ 18,392      $ 18,392      $ 18,051      $ 58,290      $ 58,734      $ 27,199      $ 20,055   

Gross profit

  $ 5,121      $ 5,121      $ 4,918      $ 15,928      $ 16,062      $ 7,503      $ 5,399   

Selling & administrative expenses

    4,921        4,922        4,821        15,549        15,660        8,152        5,874   

Bargain purchase gain

                                              (2,005
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    200        199        97        379        402        (649     1,530   

Interest expense, net

    275        314        284        824        951        633        390   

Other (income) expense

    (5     (5     (5     (7     (7     96          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (70     (110     (182     (438     (542     (1,378     1,140   

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (27     24        (29     (170     (40     (153     (573
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

    (43     (134     (153     (268     (502     (1,225     1,713   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                              20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (43   $ (134   $ (153   $ (268   $ (502   $ (1,225   $ 1,733   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

             

Net loss per share—basic and diluted(4)

  $ (0.09         (0.56      

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted(4)

    475            475         

Other Financial Data:

             

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 882      $ 882      $ 728      $ 2,658      $ 2,681      $ 1,099      $ 586   

Adjusted Net Income(5)

    141        100        55        417        365        58        174   

Adjusted Net Income per share—basic and diluted(5)

    0.30            0.88         

Capital expenditures

    398        398        228        960        960        337        128   

Free cash flow(6)

    484        484        500        1,698        1,721        762        458   

Other Operating Data:

             

Identical store sales

    2.9     2.9     5.1     4.6     4.4     7.2     1.6

Store count (at end of fiscal period)

    2,311        2,311        2,205        2,271        2,271        2,382        1,075   

Gross square footage (at end of fiscal period) (in millions)

    115        115        110        113        113        118        56   

Fuel sales

  $ 813      $ 813      $ 1,010      $ 2,953      $ 2,955      $ 387      $ 47   

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 701      $ 1,476      $ 989        $ 580      $ 1,126      $ 307   

Total assets

    23,651        24,427        24,469          23,770        25,678        9,281   

Total members’ equity

    2,859        1,453        2,064          1,613        2,169        1,760   

Total debt

    10,776        12,913        12,145          12,226        12,569        3,694   

 

Supplemental
Identical Store
Sales

  Fiscal 2016   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013     Fiscal 2012  
 

Q1’16

 

Q4’15

 

Q3’15

  Q2’15     Q1’15     Q4’14     Q3’14     Q2’14     Q1’14     Q4’13     Q3’13     Q2’13     Q1’13     Q4’12     Q3’12     Q2’12     Q1’12  

AB Acquisition(a)(b)

  2.9%   4.7%   5.1%     4.5%        4.3%        4.1%        4.8%        5.4%        4.8%        3.5%        3.0%        1.1%        (0.1)%        (0.9)%        (0.6)%        (1.3)%        (0.6)%   

Safeway(c)

  3.9%   5.8%   5.6%     4.9%        3.8%        3.5%        3.2%        3.1%        2.2%        1.1%        1.8%        1.8%        1.1%        1.4%        1.3%        0.1%        1.0%   

 

(a) Includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of date of acquisition.
(b) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, identical store sales growth for AB Acquisition during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 would have been 4.6% and 5.2%, respectively, and, excluding the Safeway stores, would have been 6.7% and 5.7%, respectively.
(c) Includes Safeway’s Eastern Division, now owned by NAI.

 



 

18


Table of Contents

 

(1) For the period from February 21, 2014 to January 30, 2015, our consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Albertsons, NAI and United. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 

(2) The pro forma information for fiscal 2015 gives effect to the FTC-mandated divestitures as if they had been consummated on the first day of fiscal 2015. Additionally, the pro forma information for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 reflects the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO-Related Transactions and the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds thereof (as described in “Use of Proceeds”), as if these events had occurred on the first day of fiscal 2015. This assumes net proceeds of this offering to us of $1,531 million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), based on an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such pro forma financial data for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016.

For fiscal 2015, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would have resulted in pro forma net loss of ($266) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.56), and a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share would have resulted in pro forma net loss of $(270) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.57), in each case, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, a decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would have resulted in pro forma net loss of ($269) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.57), assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses. An increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, would have resulted in pro forma net loss of ($268) million and pro forma net loss per share–basic of $(0.56). The above assumes that any resulting change in net proceeds increases or decreases, as applicable, the amount used to repay indebtedness.

For the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, a $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would have resulted in pro forma net loss of $(43) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.09), and a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share would have resulted in pro forma net loss of $(44) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.09), in each case, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, a decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would have resulted in pro forma net loss of ($43) million and pro forma net loss per share-basic of $(0.09), assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses. An increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, would have resulted in pro forma net loss of ($43) million and pro forma net loss per share–basic of $(0.09). The above assumes that any resulting change in net proceeds increases or decreases, as applicable, the amount used to repay indebtedness.

 

(3) The results of operations for the period from February 22, 2013 through March 20, 2013 reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Legacy Albertsons Stores acquired on June 2, 2006. Commencing on March 21, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the SVU Albertsons Stores and the NAI Stores. Commencing on December 29, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of United.

 

(4) Gives effect to the items described in note 2 above as if they had occurred on the first day of fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, as applicable. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such pro forma financial data.

 

(5) Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Adjusted Net Income is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as (net income (loss)) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Pro forma amounts give effect to the items described in note 2 above, as applicable, as if they had occurred on the first day of our fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, as applicable.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are Non-GAAP Measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP

 



 

19


Table of Contents

measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA to net income:

 

     16 Weeks
Ended June 18,
2016
    16 Weeks
Ended June 20,
2015
    Fiscal 2015     Fiscal
2014(8)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

(in millions)

   Pro
Forma
    Actual     Actual     Pro
Forma
    Actual     Actual     Actual  

Net (Loss) Income

   $ (43   $ (134   $ (153   $ (268   $ (502   $ (1,225   $ 1,733   

Adjustments:

              

Bargain purchase gain

   $      $      $      $      $      $      $ (2,005

(Gain) loss on interest rate and commodity swaps, net

     (9     (9     (1     16        16        98          

Store transition and related costs(a)

                                               167   

Acquisition and integration costs(b)

     74        74        73        342        342        352        174   

Termination of long-term incentive plans

                                        78          

Equity-based compensation expense

     16        16        56        98        98        344        6   

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs

     (44     (44     (6     103        103        228        (2

LIFO expense

     14        14        6        30        30        43        12   

Amortization and write-off of debt discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

     35        35        19        82        82        72        75   

Pension and post-retirement expense, net of cash contributions(c)

     80        80        5        7        7        (3     (8

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

     121        121        110        377        377        149        116   

Other(d)

     14        15        15        63        63        (14     12   

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

     (117     (68     (69     (433     (251     (64     (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

   $ 141      $ 100      $ 55      $ 417      $ 365      $ 58      $ 174   

Adjustments:

              

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

   $ 117      $ 68      $ 69      $ 433      $ 251      $ 64      $ 106   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (27     24        (29     (170     (40     (153     (573

Amortization and write-off of original issue discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

     (35     (35     (19     (82     (82     (72 )       (75 )  

Interest expense – continued operations

     275        314        284        824        951        633        390   

Interest expense – discontinued operations

                                               4   

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

     (121     (121     (110     (377     (377     (149     (116

Depreciation and amortization

     532        532        478        1,613        1,613        718        676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 882      $ 882      $ 728      $ 2,658      $ 2,681      $ 1,099      $ 586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Includes costs related to the transition of stores acquired in the NAI acquisition by improving store conditions and enhancing product offerings.
  (b) Includes costs related to the Safeway acquisition (including the charge associated with the settlement of appraisal rights litigation), the A&P Transaction (as defined herein), the Haggen Transaction, the NAI acquisition and the United acquisition.
  (c) Excludes the company’s cash contribution of $260 million to the Employee Retirement Plan of Safeway Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (the “Safeway ERP”) under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition.

 



 

20


Table of Contents
  (d) Primarily includes non-cash lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on lease expenses related to closed stores and discontinued operations and costs related to facility closures and the transition to a decentralized operating model.
  (e) The tax impact was determined based on the taxable status of the subsidiary to which each of the above adjustments relates.

 

(6) We define “free cash flow” as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow.

 

(7) The pro forma balance sheet data as of June 18, 2016 gives effect to pro forma adjustments to reflect the IPO-Related Transactions, the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the issuance of 62,489,795 shares of common stock in this offering (excluding the remaining 2,816,327 shares of common stock being issued in this offering, which are deemed to have been used to pay underwriting discounts and offering expenses) and the application of $1,531 million of the proceeds to us from the sale of such shares by us to repay certain existing debt, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if these events had occurred on June 18, 2016. This assumes net proceeds from this offering to us of $1,531 million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), based on an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data.

 

  A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) would not result in a change in cash and cash equivalents or total assets and would (decrease) increase total long-term debt by ($63) million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by $63 million, in each case assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would not result in a change in cash and cash equivalents or total assets and would (decrease) increase total long-term debt by ($23) million and would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by $23 million, in each case assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming the initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus) remained the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The above assumes that any resulting change in net proceeds increases or decreases, as applicable, the amount used to repay indebtedness.

 

(8) The fiscal year ended February 28, 2015 included 53 weeks.

 



 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information, together with other information in this prospectus, before buying shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Various operating factors and general economic conditions affecting the food retail industry may affect our business and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce gross profit margins. Several food categories experienced price deflation in the first half of 2016, and several items, such as beef and eggs, are forecasted to experience price deflation in 2016. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve or predict the rate at which the economy may improve or the direction of gasoline prices. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and operating results.

The food and drug retail industry is large and dynamic, characterized by intense competition among a collection of local, regional and national participants. We face strong competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, discount stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, convenience stores and restaurants. Shifts in the competitive landscape, consumer preference or market share may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

As a result of consumers’ growing desire to shop online, we also face increasing competition from both our existing competitors who have incorporated the internet as a direct-to-consumer channel and internet-only providers that sell grocery products. Although we have a growing internet presence and offer our customers the ability to shop online for both home delivery and in-store pick-up, there is no assurance that these online initiatives will be successful. In addition, these initiatives may have an adverse impact on our profitability as a result of lower gross profits or greater operating costs to compete.

Our ability to attract customers is dependent, in large part, upon a combination of channel preference, location, store conditions, quality, price, service and selection. In each of these areas,

 

22


Table of Contents

traditional and non-traditional competitors compete with us and may successfully attract our customers to their stores by matching or exceeding what we offer. In recent years, many of our competitors have added locations and adopted a multi-channel approach to marketing and advertising. Our responses to competitive pressures, such as additional promotions, increased advertising, additional capital investment and the development of our internet offerings, could adversely affect our profitability and cash flow. We cannot guarantee that our competitive response will succeed in increasing or maintaining our share of retail food sales.

An increasingly competitive industry and a low level of inflation in food prices have made it difficult for food retailers to achieve positive identical store sales growth on a consistent basis. Our competitors have attempted to maintain or grow their share of retail food sales through capital and price investment, increased promotional activity and new store growth, creating a more difficult environment to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are or have greater financial resources available to them and, therefore, may be able to devote greater resources to invest in price, promotional activity and new or remodeled stores in order to grow their share of retail food sales. Price investment by our competitors has also, from time to time, adversely affected our operating margins. In recent years, we have invested in price in order to remain competitive and generate sales growth; however, there can be no assurance this strategy will continue to be successful.

Because we face intense competition, we need to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and demands more effectively than our competitors. We devote significant resources to differentiating our banners in the local markets where we operate and invest in loyalty programs to drive traffic. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. In addition, we strive to achieve and maintain favorable recognition of our own brands and offerings, and market these offerings to consumers and maintain and enhance a perception of value for consumers. While we seek to continuously respond to changing consumer preferences, there is no assurances that our responses will be successful.

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to control operating expenses, including managing health care and pension costs stipulated by our collective bargaining agreements to effectively compete in the food retail industry. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are, or are not subject to collective bargaining agreements, allowing them to more effectively leverage their fixed costs or more easily reduce operating expenses. Finally, we need to source, market and merchandise efficiently. Changes in our product mix also may negatively affect our profitability. Failure to accomplish our objectives could impair our ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our profitability.

Profit margins in the food retail industry are low. In order to increase or maintain our profit margins, we develop operating strategies to increase revenues, increase gross margins and reduce costs, such as new marketing programs, new advertising campaigns, productivity improvements, shrink reduction initiatives, distribution center efficiencies, manufacturing efficiencies, energy efficiency programs and other similar strategies. Our failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth, gross margin improvement or cost reductions could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.

Many of our own and sourced products include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, milk, sugar, proteins, cocoa and other commodities. Commodity prices worldwide have been volatile. Any increase in commodity prices may cause an increase in our input costs or the prices our vendors seek from us. Although we typically are able to pass on modest commodity price increases or mitigate vendor efforts to increase our costs, we may be unable to continue to do so, either in whole or in part, if commodity

 

23


Table of Contents

prices increase materially. If we are forced to increase prices, our customers may reduce their purchases at our stores or trade down to less profitable products. Both may adversely impact our profitability as a result of reduced revenue or reduced margins.

Fuel prices and availability may adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently operate 380 fuel centers that are adjacent to many of our store locations. As a result, we sell a significant amount of gasoline. Increased regulation or significant increases in wholesale fuel costs could result in lower gross profit on fuel sales, and demand could be affected by retail price increases as well as by concerns about the effect of emissions on the environment. We are unable to predict future regulations, environmental effects, political unrest, acts of terrorism and other matters that may affect the cost and availability of fuel, and how our customers will react, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.3% of our total sales in fiscal 2015. We rely on various suppliers and vendors to provide and deliver our perishable product inventory on a continuous basis. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

Severe weather and natural disasters may adversely affect our business.

Severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, extended winter storms, heat waves or tornadoes, as well as other natural disasters, in areas in which we have stores or distribution centers or from which we source or obtain products may cause physical damage to our properties, closure of one or more of our stores, manufacturing facilities or distribution centers, lack of an adequate work force in a market, temporary disruption in the manufacture of products, temporary disruption in the supply of products, disruption in the transport of goods, delays in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, a reduction in customer traffic and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. In addition, adverse climate conditions and adverse weather patterns, such as drought or flood, that impact growing conditions and the quantity and quality of crops yielded by food producers may adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within the grocery supply chain. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and adversely affect our business.

Threats or potential threats to security of food and drug safety, the occurrence of a widespread health epidemic or regulatory concerns in our supply chain may adversely affect our business.

Acts or threats, whether perceived or real, of war or terror or other criminal activity directed at the food or drug store industry or the transportation industry, whether or not directly involving our stores, could increase our operating costs and operations, or impact general consumer behavior and consumer spending. Other events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or food-borne illnesses, or a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic, such as pandemic flu, could have an adverse effect on our operating results or disrupt production and delivery of our products, our ability to appropriately staff our stores and potentially cause customers to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their shopping behaviors.

We source our products from vendors and suppliers and related networks across the globe who may be subject to regulatory actions or face criticism due to actual or perceived social injustices,

 

24


Table of Contents

including human trafficking, child labor or environmental, health and safety violations. A disruption in our supply chain due to any regulatory action or social injustice could have an adverse impact on our supply chain and ultimately our business, including potential harm to our reputation.

We could be affected if consumers lose confidence in the food supply chain or the quality and safety of our products.

We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products. Adverse publicity about these types of concerns, whether valid or not, may discourage consumers from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in product liability claims, a loss of consumer confidence and product recalls, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain risks are inherent in providing pharmacy services, and our insurance may not be adequate to cover any claims against us.

We currently operate 1,780 pharmacies, and, as a result, we are exposed to risks inherent in the packaging, dispensing, distribution, and disposal of pharmaceuticals and other healthcare products, such as risks of liability for products which cause harm to consumers, as well as increased regulatory risks and related costs. Although we maintain insurance, we cannot guarantee that the coverage limits under our insurance programs will be adequate to protect us against future claims, or that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all. Our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be materially adversely affected if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in the liability for which we self-insure, or we suffer harm to our reputation as a result of an error or omission.

We are subject to numerous federal and state regulations. Each of our in-store pharmacies must be licensed by the state government. The licensing requirements vary from state to state. An additional registration certificate must be granted by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), and, in some states, a separate controlled substance license must be obtained to dispense controlled substances. In addition, pharmacies selling controlled substances are required to maintain extensive records and often report information to state and federal agencies. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, we could suffer substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate pharmacies and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. As a consequence of the severe penalties we could face, we must devote significant operational and managerial resources to complying with these laws and regulations.

In 2014, Safeway received two subpoenas from the DEA concerning its record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. We are not a party to any pending DEA administrative or judicial proceeding arising from or related to these subpoenas. We are cooperating with the DEA on these matters and have met with the DEA on several occasions. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and that the DEA may seek administrative remedies. We have recorded an estimated liability for this matter, which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena requesting information concerning potential diversion of controlled substances by a former employee. We are in the process of responding to the third subpoena, and we are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any. Application of federal and state laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the impact of future legislation and regulatory changes on our pharmacy business or assure that we will be able to obtain or maintain the regulatory approvals required to operate our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

Part of our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions that we believe will be accretive to our business. If we consummate an acquisition, the process of integrating the acquired business may be complex and time consuming, may be disruptive to the business and may cause an interruption of, or a distraction of management’s attention from, the business as a result of a number of obstacles, including, but not limited to:

 

    a failure of our due diligence process to identify significant risks or issues;

 

    the loss of customers of the acquired company or our company;

 

    negative impact on the brands or banners of the acquired company or our company;

 

    a failure to maintain or improve the quality of customer service;

 

    difficulties assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

 

    our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company;

 

    the incurrence of unexpected expenses and working capital requirements;

 

    our inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals, including synergies, for the combined businesses; and

 

    difficulty in maintaining internal controls, procedures and policies.

Any of the foregoing obstacles, or a combination of them, could decrease gross profit margins or increase selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute terms and/or as a percentage of net sales, which could in turn negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

We may not be able to consummate acquisitions in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, future acquisitions are accompanied by the risk that the obligations and liabilities of an acquired company may not be adequately reflected in the historical financial statements of that company and the risk that those historical financial statements may be based on assumptions which are incorrect or inconsistent with our assumptions or approach to accounting policies. Any of these material obligations, liabilities or incorrect or inconsistent assumptions could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

A significant majority of our employees are unionized, and our relationship with unions, including labor disputes or work stoppages, could have an adverse impact on our operations and financial results.

As of February 27, 2016, approximately 164,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. In future negotiations with labor unions, we expect that health care, pension costs and/or contributions and wage costs, among other issues, will be important topics for negotiation. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could result in strikes by the affected workers and thereby significantly disrupt our operations. As part of our collective bargaining agreements, we may need to fund additional pension contributions, which would negatively impact our free cash flow. Further, if we are unable to control health care and pension costs provided for in the collective bargaining agreements, we may experience increased operating costs and an adverse impact on our financial results.

Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed Safeway’s defined benefit retirement plans for substantially all Safeway employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. We also assumed defined benefit retirement plans in connection with the United and NAI acquisitions. The

 

26


Table of Contents

funded status of these plans (the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation) is a significant factor in determining annual pension expense and cash contributions to fund the plans. In recent years, cash contributions have declined due to improved market conditions and the impact of the pension funding stabilization legislation, which increased the discount rate used to determine pension funding. However, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, under a settlement agreement with the PBGC in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway contributed $260 million to its largest pension plan. As a result, we do not expect to make additional contributions to this plan until 2018.

If financial markets do not improve or if financial markets decline, increased pension expense and cash contributions may have an adverse impact on our financial results. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the PBGC has the authority to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the event that our defined benefit pension plans are terminated for any reason, we could be liable to the PBGC for the entire amount of the underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based on its own assumptions (which likely would result in a larger obligation than that based on the actuarial assumptions used to fund such plans). Under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the liability under these defined benefit plans is joint and several with all members of the control group, such that each member of the control group would be liable for the defined benefit plans of each other member of the control group.

In addition, we participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. Under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), contributions in addition to those made pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement may be required in limited circumstances in the form of a surcharge that is equal to 5% of the contributions due in the first year and 10% each year thereafter until the applicable bargaining agreement expires.

Pension expenses for multiemployer pension plans are recognized by us as contributions are made. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service. Our contributions to multiemployer plans were $74.2 million, $113.4 million and $379.8 million during fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. The company is only one of a number of employers contributing to these plans, and the underfunding is not a direct obligation or liability of the company. However, the company has attempted, as of February 27, 2016, to estimate its share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which the company contributes, based on the ratio of its contributions to the total of all contributions to these plans in a year. As of February 27, 2016, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was $3.2 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans’ benefit payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code.

Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. Any accrual for withdrawal liability will be recorded when a withdrawal is probable and can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP. All trades or businesses in the employer’s control group are jointly and severally liable for the employer’s withdrawal liability.

 

27


Table of Contents

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that we may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by us in perpetuity. Our installment payments would be limited to 20 years if we are not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, we recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. Our current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and our management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. We are also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. Our estimated liability reflects our best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, we believe it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because our management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability recorded as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, primarily reflecting minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of consummation of the Safeway acquisition.

On July 19, 2015, A&P filed a Chapter 11 petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court. Our company and A&P participate in four of the same multiemployer pension plans. The bankruptcy of A&P has adversely affected the funding of these pension plans. Our subsidiary, Acme Markets, Inc. (“Acme Markets”), purchased 73 A&P stores. We purchased some but not all of the A&P stores that have contribution obligations to the four plans. Some of the A&P stores that we purchased contribute to five plans to which we do not contribute. We estimate that our share of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability in the four plans to which we and A&P have contributed increased by approximately $58 million for the stores we have acquired, and that the share of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability in the additional five plans attributable to the stores we have acquired is approximately $28 million. A&P and Acme Markets represent the substantial majority of all contributions to one of these plans (although there are approximately eight other contributing employers) and that plan’s unfunded actuarial accrued liability is currently estimated as $308 million based on that plan’s latest disclosure as of December 31, 2014. It is likely the A&P stores we did not purchase have withdrawn from the four plans in which we participate because no entity purchased them or the stores were sold to a buyer who is not obligated to contribute to the plans; therefore, our contingent liability for the underfunding of these plans likely increased further because liability for the plans’ underfunding shifted to the remaining employers in each of the plans.

See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Unfavorable changes in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our stores are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and administrative practices. We must comply with numerous provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, energy, environmental, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages and licensing for the sale of food, drugs and alcoholic beverages. We cannot predict either the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or the effect either additional government laws,

 

28


Table of Contents

regulations or administrative procedures, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, local and foreign regulatory schemes would have on our future business. In addition, regulatory changes could require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could have an adverse effect on our business.

The minimum wage continues to increase and is subject to factors outside of our control. Changes to wage regulations could have an impact on our future results of operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of June 18, 2016, we employed approximately 71,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.00 per hour effective January 1, 2016, and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 9,000 associates as of June 18, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.25 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,100 associates as of June 18, 2016, was recently increased to $11.00 per hour, and will increase to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,800 associates as of June 18, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.00 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local minimum wage increases could increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The food retail industry is labor intensive. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of qualified persons in the workforce in the local markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor laws. Such laws related to employee hours, wages, job classification and benefits could significantly increase operating costs. For example, we are currently evaluating recent revisions to the Fair Labor Standards Act regulations which could result in increased labor costs to our business and negatively impact profitability. In the event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer, while increasing wages for our employees could cause our profit margins to decrease. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

In light of our acquisitions of NAI in March 2013, United in December 2013, and Safeway in January 2015, our operating results only reflect the impact of those acquisitions from those respective dates, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as owners of NAI, United and Safeway may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability. Furthermore, given the nature of the assets acquired, our recent operating history has resulted in revenue and profitability growth rates that may not be indicative of our future results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition, Safeway completed the distribution of its remaining shares of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) in April 2014, the sale of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited in November 2013 and closed or sold its Dominick’s stores in the fourth quarter of 2013. In addition, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) was sold in December 2014, and Safeway’s 49% interest (the “Casa Ley Interest”) in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), a Mexico-based food and general merchandise retailer, is expected to be divested, with the net proceeds being paid to Safeway’s former stockholders.

As a result of the foregoing transactions and the implementation of new business initiatives and strategies, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our ongoing operations and the operating results to be expected in the future.

Our unaudited pro forma financial information may not be representative of our future results.

The pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to be indicative of the financial information that will result from our future operations. In addition, the pro forma financial information presented in this prospectus is based in part on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. We cannot assure you that our assumptions will prove to be accurate over time. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to be indicative of what our results of operations and financial condition will be in the future.

Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.

Our operations, including our 380 fuel centers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the storage, management, disposal and cleanup of hazardous materials. Some environmental laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state statutes, impose strict, and under certain circumstances joint and several, liability for costs to remediate a contaminated site, and also impose liability for damages to natural resources.

Federal regulations under the Clean Air Act require phase out of the production of ozone-depleting refrigerants that include hydrochlorofluorocarbons, the most common of which is R-22. By 2020, production of new R-22 refrigerant gas will be completely phased out; however, recovered and recycled/reclaimed R-22 will be available for servicing systems after 2020. The company is reducing its R-22 footprint while continuing to repair leaks, thus extending the useful lifespan of existing equipment. For fiscal 2016, $5 million has been budgeted for system retrofits, and we budgeted approximately $5 million in subsequent years. Leak repairs are part of the ongoing refrigeration maintenance budget. We may be required to spend additional capital above and beyond what is currently budgeted for system retrofits and leak repairs which could have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Third-party claims in connection with releases of or exposure to hazardous materials relating to our current or former properties or third-party waste disposal sites can also arise. In addition, the presence of contamination at any of our properties could impair our ability to sell or lease the contaminated properties or to borrow money using any of these properties as collateral. The costs and liabilities associated with any such contamination could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under current environmental laws, we may be held responsible for the remediation of environmental conditions regardless of whether we lease, sublease or own the stores or other facilities and regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant. In addition, the increased focus on climate change, waste management and other environmental issues may result in new environmental laws or regulations that negatively affect us directly or indirectly through increased costs on our suppliers. There can be no assurance that environmental contamination relating to prior, existing or future sites or other environmental changes will not adversely affect us through, for example, business interruption, cost of remediation or adverse publicity.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are subject to, and may in the future be subject to, legal or other proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, including matters involving personnel and employment issues, personal injury, antitrust claims, intellectual property claims and other proceedings arising in or outside of the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of cases being filed against companies generally, which contain class-action allegations under federal and state wage and hour laws. We estimate our exposure to these legal proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Although not currently anticipated by management, unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings or changes in management’s forecast assumptions or predictions, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on IT systems. Any future changes to or intrusion into these IT systems, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

We have complex IT systems that are important to the success of our business operations and marketing initiatives. If we were to experience failures, breakdowns, substandard performance or other adverse events affecting these systems, or difficulties accessing the proprietary business data stored in these systems, or in maintaining, expanding or upgrading existing systems or implementing new systems, we could incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

Our ability to effectively manage the day-to-day business of approximately 900 Albertsons and NAI stores depends significantly on IT services and systems provided by SuperValu pursuant to two transition services agreements (the “SVU TSAs”). Prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems, the failure of SuperValu’s systems to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, or unauthorized access into SuperValu’s systems, could cause us to incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

We receive and store personal information in connection with our marketing and human resources organizations. The protection of our customer and employee data is critically important to us. Despite our considerable efforts to secure our respective computer networks, security could be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur, as has occurred with a number of other retailers. If we (or through SuperValu) experience a data security breach, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions, possible assessments from the card brands if credit card data was involved and potential litigation. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop shopping at our stores altogether. The loss of confidence from a data security breach involving our employees could hurt our reputation and cause employee recruiting and retention challenges.

Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in future intrusions into or compromise of our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often cannot be recognized until launched against a target; accordingly, we may not be able to anticipate these frequently changing techniques or implement adequate preventive measures for all of them. Any unauthorized access into our customers’ sensitive information, or data belonging to us or our suppliers, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration of our customers’ confidence in us, and subject us to potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties and consent decrees, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

As merchants who accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) issued by the PCI Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical administrative and technical storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are also subject to compliance with American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”) data encryption standards and payment network security operating guidelines. In addition, we are required to comply with PCI DSS version 3.1 for our 2016 assessment, and are replacing or enhancing our in-store systems to comply with these standards. Failure to be PCI compliant or to meet other payment card standards may result in the imposition of financial penalties or the allocation by the card brands of the costs of fraudulent charges to us. Despite our efforts to comply with these or other payment card standards and other information security measures, we cannot be certain that all of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems will be able to prevent, contain or detect all cyber-attacks or intrusions from known malware or malware that may be developed in the future. To the extent that any disruption results in the loss, damage or misappropriation of information, we may be adversely affected by claims from customers, financial institutions, regulatory authorities, payment card associations and others. In addition, the cost of complying with stricter privacy and information security laws and standards, including PCI DSS version 3.1 and ANSI data encryption standards, could be significant.

Furthermore, on October 1, 2015, the payment card industry began to shift liability for certain transactions to retailers who are not able to accept Europay, Mastercard, and Visa (“EMV”) chip card transactions (the “EMV Liability Shift”). As a result, before the implementation of EMV chip card technology is completed by our company, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or cash flows.

Termination of the SuperValu transition services agreement or the failure of SuperValu to perform its obligations thereunder could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our ability to effectively monitor and control the operations of Albertsons and NAI depends to a large extent on the proper functioning of our IT and business support systems. In connection with our acquisition of NAI, Albertsons and NAI each entered into a comprehensive transition services agreement with SuperValu. Pursuant to the SVU TSAs, Albertsons and NAI each pay fees to SuperValu for certain services, including back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. The SVU TSAs limit the liability of SuperValu to instances in which SuperValu has committed gross negligence in regard to the provision of services or has breached its obligations under the SVU TSAs. The SVU TSAs terminated and replaced a transition services agreement providing for substantially similar services, which we had previously entered into with SuperValu in connection with our June 2006 acquisition of the Legacy Albertsons Stores. We plan to complete the transition of our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems by mid-2018, but may suffer disruptions as part of that process. In addition, we are dependent upon SuperValu to continue to provide these services to Albertsons and NAI until we transition Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT system and otherwise replace SuperValu as a service provider to Albertsons and NAI. In addition, we may depend on SuperValu to manage IT services and systems for additional stores we acquire, including the A&P stores we have acquired, until we are able to transition such stores onto Safeway’s IT system. The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the SVU TSAs prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems and to other service providers (external or internal) could adversely affect our business, financial results, prospects and results of operations.

Furthermore, SuperValu manages and operates NAI’s distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area. Under the Lancaster Agreement (as defined herein), SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement.

 

32


Table of Contents

The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the Lancaster Agreement could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our third-party IT services provider discovered unauthorized computer intrusions in 2014. These intrusions could adversely affect our brands and could discourage customers from shopping in our Albertsons and NAI stores.

Our third-party IT services provider for Albertsons and NAI, SuperValu, informed us in the summer of 2014 that it discovered unlawful intrusions to approximately 800 Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Jewel - Osco and Albertsons banner stores in an attempt to obtain payment card data. We have contacted the appropriate law enforcement authorities regarding these incidents and have coordinated with our merchant bank and payment processors to address the situation. We maintain insurance to address potential liabilities for cyber risks and, in the case of Albertsons and NAI, are self-insured for cyber risks for periods prior to August 11, 2014. We have also notified our various insurance carriers of these incidents and are providing further updates to the carriers as the investigation continues.

We believe the intrusions may have been an attempt to collect payment card data. The unlawful intrusions have given rise to putative class action litigation complaints against SuperValu and our company on behalf of customers. The class action complaints were dismissed without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. We are in the process of providing the requested information. In addition, the payment networks required that forensic investigations be conducted of the intrusions. The forensic firm retained by us to conduct an investigation has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the payment card networks). In both reports, the forensic firm found that not all of the PCI DSS standards had been met and that some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. We believe it is probable that the payment card networks will make claims against us. These claims will likely include amounts for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course operating expenses (such as card reissuance costs) that the payment card networks assert they or their issuing banks have incurred, and could also include a case management assessment. If the payment card networks assert claims against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the potential claims from the payment card networks. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or when the payment card networks assert their claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional loss, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have yet been asserted and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment networks are resolved.

There can be no assurance that we will not suffer a similar criminal attack in the future or that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal information of our customers. While we have recently implemented additional security software and hardware designed to provide additional

 

33


Table of Contents

protections against unauthorized intrusions, there can be no assurance that unauthorized individuals will not discover a means to circumvent our security. Computer intrusions could adversely affect our brands, have caused us to incur legal and other fees, may cause us to incur additional expenses for additional security measures and could discourage customers from shopping in our stores.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits and cyber and terrorism risks. We estimate the liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.

The majority of our workers’ compensation liability is from claims occurring in California. California workers’ compensation has received intense scrutiny from the state’s politicians, insurers, employers and providers, as well as the public in general.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment. We have incurred significant impairment charges to earnings in the past. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $40.2 million, $266.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. Failure to achieve sufficient levels of cash flow at reporting units could result in impairment charges on long-lived assets.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products. Energy and fuel costs are influenced by international, political and economic circumstances and have experienced volatility over time. To reduce the impact of volatile energy costs, we have entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices to satisfy a portion of our energy needs. We also manage our exposure to changes in energy prices utilized in the shipping process through the use of short-term diesel fuel derivative contracts. Volatility in fuel and energy costs that exceeds offsetting contractual arrangements could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation.

For example, in connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, we assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2015, we participated in Haggen’s bankruptcy auction for its non-core stores, and after additional negotiations with Haggen and having received FTC and state attorneys general clearance

 

34


Table of Contents

and Bankruptcy Court approval, we acquired 19 assigned store leases for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.7 million. We previously assigned 42 leases to Haggen that were acquired by other retailers or by landlords in the auction, and three others were modified during the bankruptcy process, eliminating our contingent lease liability. Haggen conducted a subsequent sale process with respect to its 33 core stores, which resulted in the sale to us of 29 stores (including six leases and two ground leases previously assigned by us to Haggen) for an aggregate purchase price of $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory, subject to adjustment. Haggen rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 store leases for which we have contingent lease liability. As a result, we recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

With respect to other leases we have assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired from us but assigned to other retailers in its bankruptcy), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in our consolidated balance sheet related to these contingent obligations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel, which could adversely impact our ability to successfully execute our business strategy.

The continued successful implementation of our business strategy depends in large part upon the ability and experience of members of our senior management. In addition, our performance is dependent on our ability to identify, hire, train, motivate and retain qualified management, technical, sales and marketing and retail personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain such personnel on acceptable terms or at all. If we lose the services of members of our senior management or are unable to continue to attract and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine Safeway with Albertsons and NAI, which could cause our business to suffer.

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine the operations, management, personnel and technology of Safeway with the operations of Albertsons and NAI. If the integration is not managed successfully by our management, we may experience interruptions in our business activities, a deterioration in our employee and customer relationships, increased costs of integration and harm to our reputation with consumers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also experience difficulties in combining corporate cultures, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees. In addition, the integration of our businesses will impose substantial demands on our management. There is no assurance that the benefits of consolidation will be achieved as a result of the Safeway acquisition or that our businesses will be successfully integrated in a timely manner.

We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.

Although we currently expect to achieve annual synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $800 million by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.1 billion, or approximately $690 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds, inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. Although we

 

35


Table of Contents

currently expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $575 million during fiscal 2016, or approximately $650 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2016, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant integration costs in connection with Safeway.

We expect that we will continue to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of Safeway, including associated one-time costs of approximately $1.1 billion, or approximately $690 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds, to achieve expected synergies. The substantial majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses resulting from the Safeway acquisition and will consist of our transition of Albertsons and NAI to Safeway’s IT systems, consolidation costs and employment-related costs. Achieved synergies required approximately $175 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015, and anticipated synergies are expected to require approximately $325 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2016. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of Safeway’s business and proceeds from the sale of surplus assets may be lower than anticipated. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, may offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

New business initiatives and strategies may be less successful than anticipated and could adversely affect our business.

The introduction, implementation, success and timing of new business initiatives and strategies, including, but not limited to, initiatives to increase revenue or reduce costs, may be less successful or may be different than anticipated, which could adversely affect our business.

We will be required to make payments under the contingent value rights within agreed periods even if the sale of the Casa Ley Interest is not completed within those periods.

If the Casa Ley Interest is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, we are obligated to make a cash payment to the holders of contingent value rights (the “Casa Ley CVRs”) in an amount equal to the fair market value of the unsold Casa Ley Interest, minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley Interest. The sale process for the Casa Ley Interest will be conducted by a committee, or person controlled by a committee, as representative of the former Safeway stockholders, and we cannot control such sales process. If we are required to make a payment under the contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs, our liquidity may be adversely affected.

 

36


Table of Contents

We have not provided any detailed financial information with respect to A&P or Haggen or any pro forma information reflecting the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction in this prospectus.

Pursuant to applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference any detailed financial information with respect to the assets acquired pursuant to the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction for periods prior to the transactions. In addition, in accordance with applicable SEC rules, we are not required to provide and have not provided any pro forma information giving effect to these transactions. A&P’s and Haggen’s financial condition and results of operations for periods prior to their entry into bankruptcy are of limited utility in assessing the potential impact of the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction on our financial condition because we have purchased or are purchasing only certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of A&P and Haggen.

We will incur significant acquisition-related costs in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction.

We expect to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores. The amount of one-time opening and transition costs required to improve store conditions and reposition the 137 stores we acquired from A&P and Haggen is greater on a per store basis than our previous acquisitions. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores, may offset these costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated from the A&P Transaction.

Although we currently expect to achieve annual synergies from the A&P Transaction of approximately $49 million by the end of fiscal 2019, inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2019, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including sourcing, distribution and IT. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from our estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies from the A&P Transaction.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 18, 2016 and after giving pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, this offering and the application of the use of the net proceeds of this offering, we would have had $10.2 billion of debt outstanding, and we would have been able to borrow an additional $2.5 billion under our revolving credit facilities.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

    adversely affect the market price of our common stock;

 

37


Table of Contents
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

    limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt or that we will be able to refinance our debt on commercially reasonable terms. If we were unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as:

 

    sales of assets;

 

    sales of equity; or

 

    negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to use some of our options.

Despite our significant indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the credit agreements that govern the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) and the indentures that govern the NAI Notes (as defined herein), the Safeway Notes (as defined herein) and the 2024 Notes permit us to incur significant additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face would intensify. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our debt instruments contain various covenants that limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to engage in specified types of transactions, including, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons, or issue disqualified or preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

    prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

    make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

    sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets;

 

    incur liens;

 

    engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

 

38


Table of Contents
    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

    enter into a new or different line of business; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt instruments. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter into certain types of transactions. In addition, the restrictive covenants in the revolving portion of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us, in certain circumstances, to maintain a specific fixed charge coverage ratio. Our ability to meet that financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet it. A breach of this covenant could result in a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Moreover, the occurrence of a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under our other indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures governing the 2016 Safeway Notes, the 2017 Safeway Notes, the 2019 Safeway Notes, the 2020 Safeway Notes, the 2021 Safeway Notes (each as defined herein) and the 2024 Notes (collectively, the “CoC Notes”).

Upon the occurrence of certain kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase outstanding CoC Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of the CoC Notes or that restrictions in our debt instruments will not allow such repurchases. Our failure to purchase the tendered notes would constitute an event of default under the indentures governing the CoC Notes which, in turn, would constitute a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, the occurrence of a change of control would also constitute a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. A default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities would result in a default under our indentures if the lenders accelerate the debt under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Moreover, our debt instruments restrict, and any future indebtedness we incur may restrict, our ability to repurchase the notes, including following a change of control event. As a result, following a change of control event, we may not be able to repurchase the CoC Notes unless we first repay all indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and any of our other indebtedness that contains similar provisions, or obtain a waiver from the holders of such indebtedness to permit us to repurchase the CoC Notes. We may be unable to repay all of that indebtedness or obtain a waiver of that type. Any requirement to offer to repurchase the outstanding CoC Notes may therefore require us to refinance our other outstanding debt, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. These repurchase requirements may also delay or make it more difficult for others to obtain control of us.

Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

As of June 18, 2016, our total indebtedness was approximately $12.4 billion, and after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, this offering and the use of the net proceeds of this offering, our total indebtedness as of June 18, 2016 would have been approximately $10.2 billion on a pro forma

 

39


Table of Contents

basis, including $5.6 billion outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, as of June 18, 2016, we had $617.7 million of outstanding standby letters of credit under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets are pledged as collateral for this indebtedness. As of June 18, 2016, and after giving pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, this offering and the use of the net proceeds of this offering, our revolving credit facilities would have permitted additional borrowings of up to a maximum of $2.5 billion under the borrowing bases as of that date. If we are unable to repay all secured borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities when due, whether at maturity or if declared due and payable following a default, the trustee or the lenders, as applicable, would have the right to proceed against the collateral pledged to secure the indebtedness and may sell the assets pledged as collateral in order to repay those borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Increases in interest rates and/or a downgrade of our credit ratings could negatively affect our financing costs and our ability to access capital.

We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our credit facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with operational cash flow and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the inter-bank offering rate at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results.

We rely on access to bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets, especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.

Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If the stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling shares of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering, or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

    changes in, or investors’ perception of, the food and drug retail industry;

 

40


Table of Contents
    the activities of competitors;

 

    future issuances and sales of our common stock, including in connection with acquisitions;

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

    general economic conditions; and

 

    other factors described elsewhere in these “Risk Factors.”

As a result of these factors, you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price. In addition, the stock market often experiences extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

The Cerberus-led Consortium controls us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders in the future.

After the completion of this offering, and assuming an offering of 65,306,122 shares by us, the Cerberus-led Consortium will indirectly control approximately 80.3% of our common stock. As a result, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Eight of our 12 directors are either employees of, or advisors to, members of the Cerberus-led Consortium, as described under “Management.” The Cerberus-led Consortium, through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, will also have sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. The interests of the Cerberus-led Consortium may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, Cerberus and the members of the Cerberus-led Consortium are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Cerberus and the members of the Cerberus-led Consortium may also pursue, for its own members’ accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Cerberus-led Consortium continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is traded. Being subject to these rules and regulations will result in additional legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and may also place significant strain on management, systems and resources.

 

41


Table of Contents

These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, as a group, will control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We are currently not required to meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”), and failure to meet and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a privately held company, we are not currently required to document or test our compliance with internal controls over financial reporting on a periodic basis in accordance with Section 404. We are in the process of addressing our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules and may breach the covenants under our credit facilities. We will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we

 

42


Table of Contents

are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 404. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements.

In addition, we may incur additional costs in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404, including increased auditing and legal fees and costs associated with hiring additional accounting and administrative staff.

Provisions in our charter documents, certain agreements governing our indebtedness, the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined herein) and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and, upon the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions, our bylaws, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that some stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, possibly depressing the market price of our common stock.

In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace members of our management team. Examples of such provisions are as follows:

 

    from and after such date that Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and their respective Affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act), or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Albertsons Investor, Kimco or Management Holdco’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s Affiliates) (of these entities, the entity that is the beneficial owner of the largest number of shares is referred to as the “Designated Controlling Stockholder”) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “50% Trigger Date”), the authorized number of our directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock or by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    prior to the 50% Trigger Date, only our board of directors and the Designated Controlling Stockholder are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and, from and after the 50% Trigger Date, our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of at least two-thirds of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

    from and after the 50% Trigger Date, the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board will be limited;

 

    from and after the 50% Trigger Date, stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and actions by our stockholders by written consent will be prohibited;

 

    from and after such date that Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and their respective Affiliates (or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Albertsons Investor, Kimco or Management Holdco’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s Affiliates)) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 35% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “35% Trigger Date”), advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors will be established;

 

43


Table of Contents
    limits on who may call stockholder meetings;

 

    requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert), other than, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, who seeks to transact business at a meeting or nominate directors for election to submit a list of derivative interests in any of our company’s securities, including any short interests and synthetic equity interests held by such proposing stockholder;

 

    requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert) who seeks to nominate directors for election to submit a list of “related party transactions” with the proposed nominee(s) (as if such nominating person were a registrant pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, and the proposed nominee was an executive officer or director of the “registrant”); and

 

    our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquiror, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined by our board of directors at the time of issuance or fixed by resolution without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of our common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could delay, discourage, prevent, or make it more difficult or costly to acquire or effect a change in control, thereby preserving the current stockholders’ control.

In addition, under the credit agreements governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, a change in control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies such as acceleration of the loan, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loans. Also, under the indentures governing the CoC Notes, a change of control may require us to offer to repurchase all of the CoC Notes for cash at a premium to the principal amount of the CoC Notes.

Furthermore, in connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, we will be required to appoint to our Board of Directors individuals designated by Albertsons Investor upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions. Pursuant to a limited liability company agreement entered into by the Cerberus-led Consortium, other than Kimco, and certain other individuals who agreed to co-invest with them through Albertsons Investor (the “Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement”), such appointees shall be selected by Albertsons Investor’s board of managers so long as Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Albertsons Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date on which (a) Albertsons Companies, Inc. is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements (as defined herein) equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors unless the management board

 

44


Table of Contents

of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Albertsons Investor; (b) a Holder (as defined herein) has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than 35% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (c) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); and (d) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements. The ability of Albertsons Investor or a Holder to appoint one or more directors could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have received notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds more favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If a substantial number of shares becomes available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

If our Existing Owners sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease. The perception in the public market that our Existing Owners might sell shares of common stock could also create a perceived overhang and depress our market price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 475,139,081 shares of common stock outstanding of which 409,832,959 shares will be held by our current stockholders. Prior to this offering, we and our Existing Owners will have agreed with the underwriters to a “lock-up” period, meaning that such parties may not, subject to certain exceptions, sell any of their existing shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of representatives of the underwriters for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. In addition, all of our Existing Owners will be subject to the holding period requirement of Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” When the lock-up agreements expire, these shares will become eligible for sale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144.

 

45


Table of Contents

In addition, the Cerberus-led Consortium, through Albertsons Investor, will have substantial demand and incidental registration rights, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” The market price for shares of our common stock may drop when the restrictions on resale by our Existing Owners lapse. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”) and our Restricted Stock Unit Plan (the “Restricted Stock Unit Plan”). Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 7.3% of the shares of our common stock. A decline in the market price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common shares, the market price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common shares likely will be influenced by the research and reports that equity and debt research analysts publish about the industry, us and our business. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our shares or if those analysts issue a sell recommendation or other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our shares, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

Because we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights, to receive dividends. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, modify or repeal our dividend policy. The declaration and payment of dividends depends on various factors, including: our net income, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

In addition, we are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends is restricted by agreements governing their debt instruments, and may be restricted by agreements governing any of our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of their debt agreements to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

Under the DGCL, our board of directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless it is either paid out of our surplus, as calculated in accordance with the DGCL, or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

Our existing stockholders have paid substantially less than the initial public offering price of our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the

 

46


Table of Contents

tangible book deficit per share of our outstanding common stock. Assuming an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, purchasers of our common stock will effectively incur dilution of $29.38 per share in the net tangible book value of their purchased shares. The shares of our common stock owned by existing stockholders will receive a material decrease in the net tangible book deficit per share. You may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, you may receive significantly less than the full purchase price you paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our equity incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering, we will have 524,860,919 shares of common stock authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation. We will be authorized to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for consideration and on terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved up to 7.3% of the shares of our common stock that will be available as of the consummation of this offering for issuance under existing restricted stock unit awards (following the conversion of our outstanding Phantom Unit awards granted under our Phantom Unit Plan (as defined herein)) and for future awards that may be issued under our 2015 Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Incentive Plans.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2015 Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

In the future, we may also issue our securities, including shares of our common stock, in connection with investments or acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the competitive nature of the industry in which we conduct our business;

 

    general business and economic conditions, including the rate of inflation or deflation, consumer spending levels, population, employment and job growth and/or losses in our markets;

 

    failure to successfully integrate Safeway or achieve anticipated synergies from the acquisition and integration of Safeway;

 

    failure to successfully integrate the acquired A&P and Haggen stores or to achieve anticipated synergies from the integration of the acquired stores;

 

    failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions or to achieve anticipated synergies from the integration of future acquisitions;

 

    pricing pressures and competitive factors, which could include pricing strategies, store openings, remodels or acquisitions by our competitors;

 

    our ability to increase identical store sales, expand our own brands, maintain or improve operating margins, revenue and revenue growth rate, control or reduce costs, improve buying practices and control shrink;

 

    labor costs, including benefit plan costs and severance payments, or labor disputes that may arise from time to time and work stoppages that could occur in areas where certain collective bargaining agreements have expired or are on indefinite extensions or are scheduled to expire in the near future;

 

    disruptions in our manufacturing facilities’ or distribution centers’ operations, disruption of significant supplier relationships, or disruptions to our produce or product supply chains;

 

    results of any ongoing litigation in which we are involved or any litigation in which we may become involved;

 

    data security, or the failure of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems;

 

    increased costs as the result of being a public company;

 

    the effects of government regulation;

 

    our ability to raise additional capital to finance the growth of our business, including to fund acquisitions;

 

    our ability to service our debt obligations, and restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

    financing sources;

 

    dividends; and

 

    plans for future growth and other business development activities.

 

48


Table of Contents

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $1,531 million (or approximately $1,763 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming that the common stock is offered at $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and approximately $13.0 million of our estimated expenses related to this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $63 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no other change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $1,531 million of principal under the Term Loan Facilities.

The Term Loan Agreement was dated as of August 25, 2014 and made effective as of January 30, 2015. The proceeds from the New Term Loans under the Term Loan Agreement refinanced the term loans that were used to finance the Safeway acquisition and pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing. As of June 18, 2016, after giving pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, approximately $6.5 billion in aggregate principal amount was outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities, which currently bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the base rate plus a margin ranging from 2.50% to 2.75% (depending upon the tranche) or (ii) the LIBOR rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus a margin ranging from 3.50% to 3.75% (depending upon the tranche). The maturity dates for the Term Loan B-4, the Term Loan B-5 and the Term Loan B-6 (each as defined herein) are August 25, 2021, December 21, 2022 and June 22, 2023, respectively. For more information, see “Description of Indebtedness.”

One or more funds or accounts managed or advised by an investment management affiliate of Guggenheim Securities, LLC are lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and may receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflict of Interest).” Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and BMO Capital Markets Corp. are also lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and may receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering that are used to repay borrowings under such facilities.

 

50


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. We are not required to pay dividends, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights to receive, dividends. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Our board of directors may decide, in its discretion, at any time, to modify or repeal the dividend policy or discontinue entirely the payment of dividends.

The ability of our board of directors to declare a dividend is also subject to limits imposed by Delaware corporate law. Under Delaware law, our board of directors and the boards of directors of our corporate subsidiaries incorporated in Delaware may declare dividends only to the extent of our “surplus,” which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital, or if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock—Because we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.”

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will be subject to restrictions under agreements governing its debt instruments and it and its subsidiaries will be subject to general restrictions imposed on dividend payments under the laws of their jurisdictions of incorporation or organization. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.”

 

51


Table of Contents

IPO-RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Our business is currently conducted through our operating subsidiaries, which are wholly-owned by AB Acquisition. The equity interests of AB Acquisition immediately prior to the IPO-Related Transactions were owned (directly and indirectly) by our Existing Owners.

Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a newly formed entity, formed for the purpose of effecting the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, and has engaged in no business or activities other than in connection with the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering.

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect the following series of transactions prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering, which will result in a reorganization of our business so that it is owned by Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “IPO-Related Transactions”):

 

    our Existing Owners, other than Kimco and Management Holdco, will contribute all of their direct and indirect equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Investor, including their interests in NAI Group Holdings and Safeway Group Holdings;

 

    Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco will contribute all of their equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc.;

 

    NAI Group Holdings, Safeway Group Holdings and other special purpose corporations owned by certain of the Sponsors through which they invested in AB Acquisition will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc., with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers; and

 

    Certain stores owned by Albertson’s LLC will be contributed to a newly formed subsidiary, Albertson’s Stores Sub LLC, which subsidiary will be distributed to its ultimate owner AB Acquisition, AB Acquisition will transfer all of its equity interests in ACL to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and ACL will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc. with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers.

As a result of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, (i) Albertsons Companies, Inc., the issuer of common stock in this offering, will be a holding company with no material assets other than its ownership of AB Acquisition and its subsidiaries, (ii) an aggregate of 349,832,761, 56,429,497 and 3,570,701 shares of our common stock will be owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, respectively, and such parties will enter the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Companies, Inc., (iii) our Existing Owners, other than Kimco and Management Holdco, will become holders of equity interests in our controlling stockholder, Albertsons Investor and (iv) the capital stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. will consist of (y) common stock, entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and (z) undesignated and unissued preferred stock. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. Investors in this offering will only receive, and this prospectus only describes the offering of, shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following charts summarize our ownership structure (i) prior to the IPO-Related Transactions and (ii) after giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering (before giving effect to dilution from outstanding restricted stock units and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Ownership Structure Prior to the IPO-Related Transactions

 

 

LOGO

Ownership Structure After Giving Effect to the IPO-Related Transactions

 

LOGO

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 18, 2016:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO-Related Transactions and the completion of this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 18, 2016  
     Actual      Pro Forma(7)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,476.2       $ 700.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt, including current maturities, net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs(1)

     

ABL Facility(2)

   $ 261.0       $ 561.0   

Term Loan Facilities

     6,616.3         4,765.0   

Secured Notes

     585.6        

  

2024 Notes

     1,235.8         1,235.8   

Safeway Notes(3)

     1,450.5         1,450.5   

NAI Notes(4)

     1,532.4         1,532.4   

Capital leases

     1,042.8         1,042.8   

Other notes payable, unsecured(5)

     165.5         165.5   

Other debt(6)

     23.0         23.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 12,912.9       $ 10,776.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 475,139,081 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

             4.8   

Additional paid-in capital

     

Members’ investment

     1,963.3         3,489.5   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (134.5)         (134.5)   

Accumulated deficit

     (375.6)         (501.3)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,453.2       $ 2,858.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 14,366.1       $ 13,634.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Debt discounts and deferred financing costs totaled $331.4 million and $165.7 million, respectively, on an actual basis and $336.5 million and $164.5 million, respectively, on a pro forma basis as of June 18, 2016.
(2) As of June 18, 2016, on an actual basis, the ABL Facility provided for a $4,000.0 million revolving credit facility. As of June 18, 2016, on an actual basis, the aggregate borrowing base on the credit facility was approximately $3,655.1 million, which was reduced by (i) $617.7 million of outstanding standby letters of credit and (ii) a $261.0 million outstanding loan balance and $5.4 million of interest, resulting in a net borrowing base availability of approximately $2,771.0 million. See “Description of Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”

 

54


Table of Contents
(3) Consists of the 2016 Safeway Notes, 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes (each as defined herein).
(4) Consists of the NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes (each as defined herein).
(5) Consists of unsecured build-to-suit PDC-related obligations and the ASC Notes (as defined herein).
(6) Consists of mortgage notes payable.
(7) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital by $63 million, increase (decrease) long-term debt by $63 million and increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by $63 million, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remained the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) additional paid-in capital by $23 million, increase (decrease) long-term debt by $23 million and increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by $23 million, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming the initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remained the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The above assumes that any resulting change in net proceeds increases or decreases, as applicable, the amount used to repay indebtedness.

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of the common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution. Dilution is the amount by which the price paid by the purchasers of common stock in this offering will exceed the net tangible book deficit per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book deficit at June 18, 2016 was $(3,725) million, or $(9.09) per share of common stock. Net tangible book deficit per share represents our total assets, excluding goodwill, intangibles, net, and deferred financing costs of $74 million included in other assets (related to our asset based loan facilities), less total liabilities, excluding deferred financing costs of $166 million included as a reduction of long term debt, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 18, 2016.

After giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO-Related Transactions and the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in this prospectus, our net tangible book deficit as of June 18, 2016 would have been $(2,318) million, or $(4.88) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit to existing stockholders of $4.21 per share of common stock and an immediate dilution to new investors of $29.38 per share of common stock. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $ 24.50  

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of June 18, 2016(1)

   $ (9.09)   

Decrease in net tangible book deficit per share attributable to investors in this offering

   $ 4.21   

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after this offering

     $(4.88)   

Dilution per share to new investors

   $ 29.38   

 

(1) Based on the historical book deficit of the company as of June 18, 2016 divided by the number of shares of common stock expected to be issued in the IPO-Related Transactions but before giving effect to this offering.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our net tangible book deficit by $63 million, the net tangible book deficit per share of common stock after this offering by $0.13 per share of common stock, and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors by $0.87 per share of common stock, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus (assuming that the IPO-Related Transactions had taken place), remains the same and after deducting the commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis set forth above as of June 18, 2016, the difference between the total cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and the purchasers of common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     409,832,959         86.3   $ 1,154,796,135         41.9   $ 2.82   

Purchasers of common stock in this offering

     65,306,122         13.7   $ 1,600,000,000         58.1   $ 24.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     475,139,081         100.0   $ 2,754,796,135         100.0   $ 5.80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

56


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $63 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus (assuming that the IPO-Related Transactions had taken place), remains the same and after deducting the commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us from the number of shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $23 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the commissions and discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The tables above are based on 475,139,081 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 18, 2016 (assuming that the IPO-Related Transactions had taken place) and assume an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus.

The tables above do not give effect to our reservation of up to 7.3% of the shares of our common stock that will be available as of the consummation of this offering for issuance under existing restricted stock unit awards (following the conversion of our outstanding Phantom Unit awards granted under our Phantom Unit Plan) and for future awards that may be issued under our 2015 Incentive Plan. Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2015 Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would further dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, the following will occur:

 

    the pro forma percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 84.5% of the total number of pro forma shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the pro forma number of shares of our common stock held by new public investors will increase to 75,102,040, or approximately 15.5% of the total pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF AB ACQUISITION

The information below should be read along with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” “Business” and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

The selected consolidated financial information set forth below is derived from AB Acquisition’s annual consolidated financial statements for the periods indicated below, including the consolidated balance sheets at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows for the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015 and each of the 52-week periods ended February 27, 2016 and February 20, 2014 and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of the applicable interim periods.

 

    First Quarter                                

(in millions)

  Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(1)
    Fiscal
2013(2)
    Fiscal
2012
    Fiscal
2011
 

Results of Operations

             

Net sales and other revenue

  $ 18,391.7      $ 18,051.0      $ 58,734.0      $ 27,198.6      $ 20,054.7      $ 3,712.0      $ 3,746.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  $ 5,121.0      $ 4,918.2      $ 16,061.7      $ 7,502.8      $ 5,399.0      $ 937.7      $ 890.1   

Selling and administrative expenses

    4,921.6        4,821.3        15,660.0        8,152.2        5,874.1        899.0        860.2   

Bargain purchase gain

                                (2,005.7              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    199.4        96.9        401.7        (649.4     1,530.6        38.7        29.9   

Interest expense, net

    313.7        283.8        950.5        633.2        390.1        7.2        7.3   

Other (income) expense

    (4.8     (4.6     (7.0     96.0                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (109.5     (182.3     (541.8     (1,378.6     1,140.5        31.5        22.6   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    24.1        (29.0     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6     1.7        1.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

    (133.6     (153.3     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1        29.8        21.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                19.5        49.2        51.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (133.6   $ (153.3   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6      $ 79.0      $ 72.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period)

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 1,476.2      $ 989.3      $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8      $ 307.0      $ 37.0      $ 61.3   

Total assets

    24,426.9        24,469.4        23,770.0        25,678.3        9,281.0        586.1        612.5   

Total members’ equity (deficit)

    1,453.2        2,064.0        1,613.2        2,168.5        1,759.6        (247.2     (276.1

Total debt, including capital leases

    12,912.9        12,145.3        12,226.3        12,569.0        3,694.2        120.2        136.7   

 

(1) Includes results from four weeks for the stores purchased in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(2) Includes results from 48 weeks for the stores purchased in the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013 and eight weeks for the stores purchased in the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.

 

58


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SAFEWAY

You should read the information set forth below along with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The supplemental selected historical financial information of Safeway set forth below has been derived from Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements. Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 have been included in this prospectus.

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
    Fiscal
2012
    Fiscal
2011
 

Results of Operations

        

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2      $ 35,064.9      $ 35,161.5      $ 34,655.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 9,682.0      $ 9,231.5      $ 9,229.1      $ 9,277.7   

Operating & administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7     (8,628.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     534.5        551.5        635.4        648.9   

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6     (268.1

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1              

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4              

Other income, net

     45.0        40.6        27.4        17.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0        251.6        362.2        398.0   

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0     (68.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2        329.5   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

     9.3        3,305.1        348.9        188.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5        3,522.2        598.1        518.2   

Noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5      $ 516.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B to Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

59


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presents AB Acquisition’s unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 18, 2016 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 (“fiscal 2015”) and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 based upon the consolidated historical financial statements of AB Acquisition, after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively the “Transactions”):

 

    the divestiture of certain stores required by the FTC that was a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition;

 

    the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions;

 

    the IPO-Related Transactions; and

 

    the issuance of 65,306,122 shares of common stock in the initial public offering of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the application of $1,531 million of the net proceeds from the sale of such shares (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to repay certain indebtedness as described in “Use of Proceeds” (the “IPO Transactions”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on June 18, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 gives effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015.

AB Acquisition’s historical financial and operating data for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 is derived from its audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2015 and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, respectively.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information includes adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the transactions described above, are factually supportable and, with respect to our statement of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the Transactions had been completed as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of the future results of the company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition.

 

60


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

52 WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 27, 2016

(in millions except share and per share amounts)

 

     AB
Acquisition
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Safeway
Acquisition(2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for Pre-IPO
Refinancing
Transactions(3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for IPO
Transactions(5)
    AB
Acquisition
LLC Pro

Forma
 
     52 Weeks
Ended
February 27,
2016
                            52 Weeks
Ended
February 27,
2016
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0      $ (444.5 ) 2(a)    

$

    —

  

  $      $      $ 58,289.5   

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        (310.5 ) 2(a)                            42,361.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        (134.0                          15,927.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        (110.9 ) 2(a)                            15,549.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     401.7        (23.1                          378.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5               (53.5 ) 3(a)              (73.3 ) 5(a)       823.7   

Other income

     (7.0                                 (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (23.1     53.5               73.3        (438.1

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (39.6     (3.2     8.0 3(b)       (163.3 ) 4(a)       28.4 5(c)       (169.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (502.2   $ (19.9   $ 45.5      $ 163.3      $ 44.9      $ (268.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, continuing operations Basic and diluted

             $ (0.56 ) 4(b)  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding Basic and diluted

               475,139,081 4(b)  

 

61


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

16 WEEKS ENDED June 18, 2016

(in millions except share and per share amounts)

 

    AB
Acquisition
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Pre-IPO Refinancing
Transactions(3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments

for IPO
Transactions(5)
    AB
Acquisition
LLC Pro
Forma
 
    16 Weeks
Ended
June 18,

2016
                      16 Weeks
Ended

June 18,
2016
 

Net sales and other revenue

  $ 18,391.7      $      $      $      $ 18,391.7   

Cost of sales

    13,270.7                             13,270.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    5,121.0                             5,121.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

    4,921.6                             4,921.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    199.4                             199.4   

Interest expense, net

    313.7        (16.5 ) 3(a)              (22.6 ) 5(a)       274.6   

Other income

    (4.8                          (4.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (109.5     16.5               22.6        (70.4

Income tax expense (benefit)

    24.1        2.5 3(b)       (62.6 ) 4(a)       8.8 5(c)       (27.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

  $ (133.6   $ 14.0      $ 62.6      $ 13.8      $ (43.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, continuing operations

         

Basic and diluted

          $ (0.09 ) 5(b)  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

         

Basic and diluted

            475,139,081 5(b)  

 

62


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JUNE 18, 2016

(in millions)

 

     AB Acquisition
LLC
     Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Pre-IPO
Refinancing
Transactions (3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for IPO
Transactions(5)
    AB
Acquisition
LLC
Pro Forma
 

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,476.2       $ (775.6 ) 3(c)     $      $      $ 700.6   

Receivables, net

     620.6                              620.6   

Inventories, net

     4,419.3                              4,419.3   

Other current assets

     351.7                              351.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,867.8         (775.6                   6,092.2   

Property and equipment, net

     11,729.4                              11,729.4   

Intangible assets, net

     3,785.8                              3,785.8   

Goodwill

     1,152.3                              1,152.3   

Other assets

     891.6                              891.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 24,426.9       $ (775.6   $      $      $ 23,651.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 3,831.1       $ (44.0 ) 3(d)     $      $      $ 3,787.1   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     849.4         (585.6 ) 3(e)                     263.8   

Other current liabilities

     1,167.4                              1,167.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,847.9         (629.6                   5,218.3   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     12,063.5         (34.3 ) 3(f)              (1,517.0 ) 5(d)       10,512.2   
           

Deferred income taxes

     1,360.5                              1,360.5   

Other long-term liabilities

     3,701.8                              3,701.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     22,973.7         (663.9            (1,517.0     20,792.8   

Commitments and contingencies

           

Members’ equity

     1,453.2                (1,453.2 ) 4(b)                

Stockholders’ equity

             (111.7 ) 3(g)       1,453.2 4(b)       1,531.0 5(e)       2,872.5   
            (14.0 ) 5(f)       (14.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ / STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     1,453.2         (111.7            1,517.0        2,858.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’/STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 24,426.9       $ (775.6   $      $      $ 23,651.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

1. Basis of Presentation

The historical financial information of AB Acquisition was derived from financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the transactions being reflected, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of continuing operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.

2. Pro Forma for the Safeway Acquisition

The Safeway acquisition was accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations , with AB Acquisition considered the acquirer of Safeway for accounting purposes. The Safeway acquisition closed on January 30, 2015, and, therefore, the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are already reflected in AB Acquisition’s historical condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 18, 2016. Safeway is also included in the historical operating results for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 reflects the adjustments as if the FTC divestiture occurred on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015.

The pro forma adjustments in fiscal 2015 related to the FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition consist of the following:

 

  (a) FTC divestiture

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, ACL (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), together with Safeway, announced that they entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent on the completion of the Safeway acquisition. The divestitures were completed by the end of AB Acquisition’s fiscal 2015 first quarter ended June 20, 2015. The pro forma adjustments reflect:

Fiscal 2015:

 

  (i) a reduction in net sales and other revenue of $444.5 million and the related reductions in cost of sales of $310.5 million; and

 

  (ii) a decrease in selling and administrative expenses of $110.9 million.

3. Pro Forma Adjustments for Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing Operations

 

  (a) The net pro forma adjustment to interest expense related to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions is driven by the lower average interest rates as a result of the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, partially offset by higher average borrowings. The interest expense included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects a weighted average interest rate of 7.3% (including amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs).

 

  (b) The net pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense reflects the tax effect of the pro forma adjustment to interest expense related to the debt that is attributable to Safeway by applying a blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 39.6%.

 

64


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

  (c) The pro forma adjustment to cash and cash equivalents represents the net cash used to consummate the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.

 

  (d) The pro forma adjustment to accounts payable and accrued liabilities represents the payment of accrued interest in connection with the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.

 

  (e) The pro forma adjustment to current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations represents repayment of the Secured Notes, net of $24.0 million of deferred finance and original issue discount costs that will be written off in connection with the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.

 

  (f) The pro forma adjustment to long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations primarily represents payments of deferred finance costs and original issue discounts paid in connection with the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.

 

  (g) The pro forma adjustment to stockholders’ equity represents the impact to retained earnings for the loss on early extinguishment of debt of $87.7 million and write-off of $24.0 million of deferred finance costs and original issue discount in connection with the Redemption.

4. Pro Forma Adjustments for IPO-Related Transactions

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing Operations

 

  (a) As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and as a result all of our operations will be taxable as part of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes. The pro forma adjustment to Income tax (benefit) expense is derived by applying a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.7% to the pro forma pre-tax earnings of the company, which assumes that all of the AB Acquisition entities are taxable as a group for federal and state income tax purposes. The pro forma adjustment is effective March 1, 2015 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 and the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

  (b) As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The pro forma adjustments to members’ equity and stockholders’ equity represent the creation of share capital, paid in capital and retained earnings upon the corporate reorganization and the elimination of the historical membership equity. Upon the corporate reorganization, the outstanding units will be exchanged into 409,832,959 shares of common stock.

5. Pro Forma Adjustments for IPO Transactions

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing Operations

 

  (a)

The pro forma adjustment to interest expense, net represents the decrease to pro forma interest expense related to the application of $1,531.0 million of the net proceeds to us from the sale of such shares to repay certain indebtedness as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if these events had occurred on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015, for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of continuing operations. The interest expense included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information

 

65


Table of Contents
  reflects a weighted average interest rate of 7.3% (including amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs).

 

  (b) Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net loss per weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding gives effect to the exchange of all our outstanding units into shares of our common stock as part of the IPO-Related Transactions and the issuance of 65,306,122 shares in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 

  (c) The pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense is derived by applying a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.7% to the pro forma adjustment to interest expense.

No adjustment has been made to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations or the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet to reflect the $27.5 million in management fees to be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—AB Acquisition LLC Agreement Management Fees.”

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of AB Acquisition as of June 18, 2016 reflects the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, the IPO Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions, including the pro forma effects of the issuance of shares of common stock and the application of $1,531.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of such shares to repay certain indebtedness as described in “Use of Proceeds” as if these events had occurred on June 18, 2016, as follows:

 

  (d) The pro forma adjustment to long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations represents repayments of the long-term portion of certain debts outstanding with proceeds from this offering, net of the $14.0 million write off of deferred financing costs and debt discounts in connection with the repayment of indebtedness under the Term Loan Agreement.

 

  (e) The pro forma adjustments to stockholders’ equity represent (i) the issuance of shares of common stock in this offering to fund the debt repayments discussed above and (ii) the deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

  (f) The pro forma adjustment to stockholders’ equity represents the impact to retained earnings for the write off of deferred financing costs and debt discounts incurred as a result of the debt repayments.

The following tables represent the long-term debt being repaid with the net proceeds from this offering and, on a pro forma basis, the amount of scheduled repayments remaining under the applicable debt instruments, including the scheduled maturities of such debt instruments and excluding deferred financing costs and debt discount of $14.0 million:

 

Debt Instrument

   Amount
(in millions)
 

Term Loan Facilities

   $ 1,531.0   
  

 

 

 

Total debt repayments

   $ 1,531.0   
  

 

 

 

 

Debt Instrument (in millions)

  2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Thereafter     Total  

Long-term debt maturities, excluding capital lease obligations, deferred financing costs and debt discounts

  $ 122.7      $ 207.5      $ 80.2      $ 339.6      $ 769.1      $ 8,715.1      $ 10,234.2   

 

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF AB ACQUISITION

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Our last three fiscal years consisted of the 52-week period ended February 27, 2016, the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015 and the 52-week period ended February 20, 2014. Our fiscal 2014 results include four weeks of Safeway’s financial results from January 31, 2015 through February 28, 2015. Comparability is affected by income and expense items that vary significantly between and among the periods, including as a result of our acquisition of Safeway during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the acquisition of NAI in fiscal 2013 and an extra week in fiscal 2014.

Business Overview

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with strong local presence and national scale. Over the past four years, we have completed a series of acquisitions that has significantly increased our portfolio of stores. We operated 2,311, 2,271, 2,382, 1,075 and 192 stores as of June 18, 2016, February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015, February 20, 2014 and February 21, 2013, respectively. In addition, as of June 18, 2016, we operated 380 adjacent fuel centers, 29 dedicated distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Our operations are predominantly located in the Western, Southern, Midwest, Northeast, and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States under the banners Albertsons , Safeway , Jewel-Osco , Vons , Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Carrs , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Market Street , Amigos , United Express , Haggen and Sav - On and are reported in a single reportable segment.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by U.S. economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the current economic situation does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales growth. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce earnings. Several food items and categories experienced price deflation in 2015, and several items, such as beef and eggs, are forecasted to experience price deflation in 2016. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve or predict the rate at which the economy may improve or the direction of gasoline prices. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We currently expect to achieve approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.1 billion, or approximately $690 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds. Inclusion of the projected synergies in this

 

67


Table of Contents

prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. In addition, although we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million during fiscal 2015, and we currently expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million during fiscal 2016, or approximately $650 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2016, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, decreased by $342.7 million to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015 as compared to $12.6 billion at the end of fiscal 2014. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to payments on long-term borrowings of $903.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $453.5 million, the proceeds of which were used primarily to fund the A&P Transaction. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example it could: adversely affect the market price of our common stock; increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds. See “—Debt Management.” For fiscal 2015, our interest expense was approximately $950.5 million. We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our credit facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with cash flow from operations and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results. The interest rates we pay on borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are dependent on LIBOR. We believe a 100 basis point increase on our variable interest rates would not have a material impact on our interest expense. We rely on access to bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets, especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.

In fiscal 2016, we expect to spend approximately $1,075 million for capital expenditures, or approximately 1.8% of our fiscal 2015 sales, including approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects, 13 new stores and integration-related capital expenditures in connection with the A&P

 

68


Table of Contents

Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and excluding approximately $325 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures. For additional information on our capital expenditures, see the table under the caption “Projected Fiscal 2016 Capital Expenditures” contained in “Liquidity and Financial Resources.”

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.3% of our total sales in fiscal 2015 and approximately 40.3% of our total sales in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.”

We employed a diverse workforce of approximately 282,000, 274,000, 265,000 and 123,000 associates as of June 18, 2016, February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014, respectively. As of February 27, 2016, approximately 164,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could increase our operating costs and disrupt our operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of June 18, 2016, we employed approximately 71,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.00 per hour effective January 1, 2016 and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour from January 1, 2017 to January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 9,000 associates as of June 18, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.25 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,100 associates as of June 18, 2016, was recently increased to $11.00 per hour, and will increase to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,800 associates as of June 18, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.00 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of state or local minimum wage increases could also increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. In fiscal 2015, we contributed $379.8 million to multiemployer pension plans, and in fiscal 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions. Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. As of February 27, 2016, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was approximately $3.2 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans’ benefit payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of

 

69


Table of Contents

the Code. Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.”

Acquisitions

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway, the company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and Bankruptcy Court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the company re-acquired 35 stores from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33 million.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and other intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $114 million. The second phase of the Haggen Transaction was completed in fiscal 2016.

A&P Transaction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Acme Markets, completed its acquisition of 73 stores from A&P. The purchase price for the 73 stores, including the cost of acquired inventory, was $292.7 million. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to Acme Markets’ existing store and distribution base and were re-bannered as Acme stores. During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, NAI entered into an amendment to its pre-existing term loan agreement and borrowed an additional $300 million thereunder, the proceeds of which were used to fund the balance of the purchase price. We refer to this acquisition as the “A&P Transaction.”

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights with an estimated fair value of $1.03 and $0.05 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the PDC assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. At the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 retail food stores under the banners Safeway , Vons , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Randalls and Carrs located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In addition, at the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway had 353 fuel centers, 15 distribution centers and 19 manufacturing facilities.

United Acquisition

On December 29, 2013, we acquired United Supermarkets for $362.1 million in cash, expanding our presence in North and West Texas, in a transaction that offered significant synergies and added a differentiated upscale store format, “Market Street,” to the Albertsons portfolio. At the time of the United acquisition, United operated 51 traditional, specialty and Hispanic retail food stores under its United

 

70


Table of Contents

Supermarkets , Market Street and Amigos banners, seven convenience stores and 26 fuel centers under its United Express banner and three distribution centers. United is located in 30 markets across North and West Texas.

NAI Acquisition

On March 21, 2013, the company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of NAI from SuperValu pursuant to a stock purchase agreement for a total purchase consideration of $253.6 million, including $69.9 million of working capital adjustments, and assumed debt and capital lease obligations with a carrying value prior to the acquisition date of $3.2 billion. The purchase consideration was primarily cash and a short-term payable that was fully paid as of February 20, 2014. At the time of the NAI acquisition, NAI operated 871 retail food stores under its Jewel-Osco , Acme , Shaw’s , Star Market and Albertsons banners, primarily located in the Northeast, Midwest, Mid-Atlantic and Western regions of the United States. In addition, we acquired NAI’s 10 distribution centers.

The following table shows stores operated, acquired, opened, divested and closed during the periods presented:

 

     First
Quarter
of
Fiscal
2016
  Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(2)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

Stores, beginning of period

     2,271        2,382        1,075        192   

Acquired(1)

     56        74        1,330        926   

Divested

            (153     (15       

Opened

     2        7        4        2   

Closed

     (18     (39     (12     (45
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stores, end of period

     2,311        2,271        2,382        1,075   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes acquired stores not yet re-opened as of the end of each respective period.
(2) Primarily includes the 1,325 stores acquired through the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(3) Stores acquired during this period include 871 stores acquired through the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, four stores acquired from Vons REIT, Inc. on October 10, 2013, and 51 stores acquired through the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

71


Table of Contents
    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offering across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne .

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications, and through the expansion of our online and home delivery options.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,780 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate closely to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store as well as a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth. At Safeway, prior to our acquisition, the rate of identical store sales growth was 3.0% in fiscal 2014 and, following our acquisition, accelerated in fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016 to 5.0% and 3.9%, respectively.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.1 billion, or approximately $690 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million. Achieved synergies required approximately $175 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015, and

 

72


Table of Contents

anticipated synergies will require approximately $325 million in additional capital expenditures in fiscal 2016. Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market stores with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We are extending the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs and leverage our combined scale for volume discounts on branded and generic drugs. We expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $650 million on an annual run rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to grow our store base organically through disciplined investment in new stores. We opened seven new stores in fiscal 2015 and expect to open 13 new stores in fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner in fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen in fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe that our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this offering.

 

73


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following discussion sets forth certain information and comparisons regarding the components of our consolidated statements of operations for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013.

Comparison of 16 Weeks Ended June 18, 2016 to 16 Weeks Ended June 20, 2015:

The following table and related discussion set forth certain information and comparisons regarding the components of our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 (“first quarter of fiscal 2016”) and June 20, 2015 (“first quarter of fiscal 2015”). As of the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we operated 2,311 and 2,205 stores, respectively.

 

     16 weeks ended
     (Dollars in millions)
     June 18, 2016   % of Sales      June 20, 2015   % of Sales  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 18,391.7        100.0%       $ 18,051.0        100.0%   

Cost of sales

     13,270.7        72.2%         13,132.8        72.8%   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,121.0        27.8%         4,918.2        27.2%   

Selling and administrative expenses

     4,921.6        26.7%         4,821.3        26.7%   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

     199.4        1.1%         96.9        0.5%   

Interest expense, net

     313.7        1.7%         283.8        1.6%   

Other income

     (4.8     —%         (4.6     (0.1)%   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (109.5     (0.6)%         (182.3     (1.0)%   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.1        0.1%         (29.0     (0.2)%   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (133.6     (0.7)%       $ (153.3     (0.8)%   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical Store Sales, Excluding Fuel

Identical store sales are defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis, excluding fuel. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of the acquisition. Identical store sales for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 are based on the same 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015 in the current quarter and prior quarter. The stores sold during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 as part of the FTC divestiture process are excluded from identical store sales for the entire first quarter’s 16-week period. Identical store sales increases for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015, respectively, were:

 

     16 weeks ended
     June 18,
2016
  June 20,
2015

Identical store sales, excluding fuel(1)

   2.9%   5.1%

 

(1) The acquired Safeway stores became identical on January 30, 2016. The acquired A&P and Haggen stores are not considered identical for any periods presented above.

Our identical stores sales increases were driven by an increase of 0.9% in customer traffic and an increase of 2.0% in average ticket size. We believe the increase in identical store sales was driven by, among other factors, the deployment of the Safeway own brands into our Albertsons and NAI stores. In

 

74


Table of Contents

addition, during the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, we experienced food price deflation in certain categories, primarily in proteins, but also in high volume categories including dairy categories, together with competitive pressure to lower prices in response. We believe these deflationary pressures negatively impacted identical store sales during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and have continued into the second quarter of fiscal 2016. As a result, we currently expect our identical store sales increases for the second quarter of fiscal 2016 to be less than our identical store sales increases for the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

Net Sales and Other Revenue

Net sales and other revenue increased 1.9% to $18.4 billion for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 from $18.1 billion for the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The increase in sales was driven by increases of $569.6 million from the acquired A&P and Haggen stores and $464.5 million from our 2.9% growth in identical store sales, partially offset by a decline of $444.5 million in sales related to stores sold as part of the FTC divestiture process, $197.5 million in lower fuel sales driven by lower average retail prices, and reduced sales and other revenue primarily related to the closure of 18 stores.

Gross Profit

Gross profit represents the portion of sales and other revenue remaining after deducting the cost of goods sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs associated with our distribution network. Advertising, promotional expenses and vendor allowances are also components of cost of goods sold.

For the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the gross profit margin increased to 27.8% compared to 27.2% for the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, the gross profit margin increased 40 basis points. The increase is primarily attributable to synergies achieved as part of the Safeway integration related to the deployment of our own brand products across our Albertsons and NAI stores and improved vendor allowances in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015. These improvements were partially offset by increases in shrink expense as a percent of sales.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store level costs, including wages, employee benefits, rent, depreciation and utilities, in addition to certain back-office expenses related to our corporate and division offices.

Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales was 26.7% for the first quarter of both fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, selling and administrative expense decreased 30 basis points as a percent of sales during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The decrease in selling and administrative expense was primarily attributable to lower equity based compensation expense and an increase in gains on property dispositions, partially offset by increased pension and employee benefit costs in addition to higher depreciation and amortization expense. The decrease in equity based compensation expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015 is driven by a charge of $37.6 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 related to the modification of an equity award. The increase in pension and employee benefit costs is primarily driven by the $78.9 million settlement charge to net pension expense related to the acquisition of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense is primarily driven by increases in our gross property and equipment and intangible balances in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015 related to the acquired A&P and Haggen stores.

 

75


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $313.7 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to $283.8 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily due to higher average borrowings and interest rates during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Interest expense in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 also includes a $15.0 million write off of deferred financing costs and debt discount related to the refinancing transactions described in “Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities” below.

Other Income, Net

For the first quarter of fiscal 2016, other income, net was $4.8 million compared to other income, net of $4.6 million for the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Other income, net during the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and the first quarter of fiscal 2015 is primarily driven by changes in the fair value of Casa Ley CVRs, equity in earnings of Casa Ley, and foreign currency translation gains.

Income Taxes

Income tax was an expense of $24.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and a benefit of $29.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, representing effective tax rates of (22.0)% and 15.9%, respectively. The increase in income tax expense for the first quarter of fiscal 2016 as compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2015 reflects a change in the mix of our income (loss) between companies within our affiliated group. We are organized as a partnership, which generally is not subject to entity level tax, and conduct our operations primarily through limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations. We provide for federal and state income taxes on our Subchapter C corporations, which are subject to entity level tax, and state income taxes on our limited liability companies, where applicable. As such, our effective tax rate can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of pre-tax income or loss between our limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations.

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2015 to Fiscal Year 2014

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20, 2014
 
     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0        $ 27,198.6        $ 20,054.7     

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        72.7     19,695.8        72.4     14,655.7        73.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        27.3        7,502.8        27.6        5,399.0        26.9   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        26.7        8,152.2        30.0        5,874.1        29.3   

Bargain purchase gain

                                 (2,005.7     (10.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     401.7        0.6        (649.4     (2.4     1,530.6        7.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5        1.6        633.2        2.3        390.1        1.9   

Other (income) expense

     (7.0            96.0        0.4                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (1.0     (1,378.6     (5.1     1,140.5        5.7   

Income tax benefit

     (39.6            (153.4     (0.6     (572.6     (2.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (502.2     (1.0 )%    $ (1,225.2     (4.5 )%    $ 1,713.1        8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Identical Store Sales, Excluding Fuel

Identical store sales, on an actual basis, is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis. Fuel sales are excluded from identical store sales. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. Stores that are open during remodeling are included in identical store sales. Identical store sales results, on an actual basis, for the past three fiscal years were as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Identical store sales, excluding fuel(1)

     4.4     7.2     1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) The SVU Albertsons Stores and the acquired NAI Stores became identical on March 21, 2014, and the acquired United stores became identical on December 29, 2014. The Safeway stores became identical on January 30, 2016. The stores acquired as part of the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction are not considered identical stores for any periods presented above.

The increase in our fiscal 2015 identical store sales was driven by increases of 2.6% in customer traffic and 1.8% in average ticket size. After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions within NAI during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, our estimated identical store sales growth for fiscal 2015 would have been 4.8%. We believe the increase in identical store sales was driven by, among other factors, the deployment of the Safeway own brands into our Albertsons and NAI stores and strong increases in growth in our perishable departments.

Operating Results Overview

Loss from continuing operations was $502.2 million in fiscal 2015 and $1,225.2 million in fiscal 2014, an improvement of $723.0 million. This improvement was primarily attributable to an increase in operating income of $1,051.1 million and an increase in other income of $103.0 million partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $317.3 million and a lower income tax benefit of $113.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, as previously described. The improvements in operating income are primarily attributable to the acquired Safeway stores and improved Albertsons and NAI Store operations. In addition, equity-based compensation cost, loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs and the termination of the long-term incentive plans in fiscal 2014 drove reductions in selling and administrative expenses of $246.3 million, $124.4 million and $78.0 million, respectively, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

Loss from continuing operations was $1,225.2 million in fiscal 2014, and income from continuing operations was $1,713.1 million in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $2,938.3 million. The decrease from fiscal 2013 was primarily attributable to the favorable impact of a bargain purchase gain of $2,005.7 million recognized in fiscal 2013 resulting from the NAI acquisition, the net decrease in fiscal 2014 in our income tax benefit over fiscal 2013 of $419.2 million and increased interest expense in fiscal 2014 of $243.1 million over fiscal 2013. Fiscal 2014 also included the impact of charges relating to equity-based compensation of $344.1 million, an increase in the net loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs of $230.1 million principally as a result of FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition, a net loss on interest rate and commodity hedges of $98.2 million, a net increase from fiscal 2013 in acquisition and integration related costs of $178.5 million and a $78.0 million charge associated with the termination of the company’s long-term incentive plans.

 

77


Table of Contents

Net Sales and Other Revenue

Net sales and other revenue increased $31,535.4 million, or 115.9%, from $27,198.6 million in fiscal 2014 to $58,734.0 million in fiscal 2015. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014

   $ 27,198.6   

Additional sales due to Safeway acquisition

     32,484.2   

Identical store sales increase of 4.4%

     1,049.3   

Additional sales due to A&P Transaction

     436.3   

Decline in sales from FTC-mandated divestitures of Albertsons stores

     (1,771.3

53rd-week impact

     (443.5

Other(1)

     (219.6
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015

   $ 58,734.0   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

The primary increase in sales and other revenue was driven by the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition for the 48 week period ended January 30, 2016 that were not considered identical on an actual basis. Identical store sales of 4.4% also drove an increase of $1,049.3 million, due to a 2.6% increase in customer traffic and a 1.8% increase in average ticket size during fiscal 2015, as our stores continued to benefit from the implementation of our operating playbook, including the expansion of our own brands and continued enhancement of fresh, natural and organic offerings.

Net sales and other revenue increased $7,143.9 million, or 35.6%, from $20,054.7 million in fiscal 2013 to $27,198.6 million in fiscal 2014. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2014  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2013

   $ 20,054.7   

Additional sales due to Safeway acquisition

     2,696.0   

Additional sales due to United acquisition

     1,439.9   

Identical store sales increase of 7.2%

     1,410.7   

Additional sales due to NAI acquisition

     1,357.0   

53rd-week impact

     443.5   

Other(1)

     (203.2
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014

   $ 27,198.6   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

Identical store sales of 7.2% increased $1,410.7 million, primarily due to a 6.5% increase in customer traffic during fiscal 2014, as the stores we acquired in the NAI acquisition benefited from the implementation of our operating playbook including improving store layout and conditions, enhanced fresh, natural and organic offerings, improved levels of customer service and selected investment in price.

Gross Profit

Gross profit represents the portion of sales and other revenue remaining after deducting the cost of goods sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs associated with our distribution network. Advertising and promotional expenses are also a component of cost of goods sold. Vendor allowances are classified as a reduction of cost of goods sold.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our gross profit margin decreased 30 basis points to 27.3% in fiscal 2015 compared to 27.6% in fiscal 2014. The decrease was primarily the result of the increase in low-margin fuel sales from the acquired Safeway fuel centers in fiscal 2015 in addition to increased shrink expense as we increased in-stock positions at acquired Safeway and A&P stores. These decreases were partially offset by improved product mix in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 which includes the higher overall margins in certain acquired Safeway stores across several of our divisions and lower LIFO expense as a percent of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase

(decrease)
 

Improved product mix

     33   

Lower LIFO expense

     11   

Impact of fuel

     (57

Higher shrink expense

     (15

Other

     (2
  

 

 

 

Total

     (30
  

 

 

 

Our gross profit margin increased 70 basis points to 27.6% in fiscal 2014 from 26.9% in fiscal 2013, primarily driven by improvements in shrink and improved leverage of fixed warehouse cost over a larger store base. During fiscal 2013, we increased in-stock positions in fresh product to fully stock the stores we acquired from SuperValu to improve customer perception of the acquired stores in advance of increased customer traffic, resulting in higher shrink levels throughout fiscal 2013, especially in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2014, customer traffic to our acquired stores increased resulting in reduced shrink levels as a result of increased turnover of products.

 

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Improvements in shrink

     46   

Warehouse cost

     33   

Lower advertising expense

     8   

Increased LIFO expense

     (10

Other

     (7
  

 

 

 

Total

     70   
  

 

 

 

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store level costs, including wages, employee benefits, rent, depreciation and utilities, in addition to certain back-office expenses related to our corporate and division offices.

 

79


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses decreased 330 basis points to 26.7% of net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2015 from 30.0% in fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase

(decrease)
 

Equity-based compensation

     (111

Acquisition and integration costs, including the charge to terminate the long-term incentive plans

     (100

Impact of fuel

     (78

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (66

Legal and professional fees

     (23

Depreciation and amortization

     14   

Debit and credit card fees

     14   

Other

     20   
  

 

 

 

Total

     (330
  

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 results included only four weeks of Safeway results. The company incurred significant equity-based compensation and acquisition and integration costs in fiscal 2014, improving the basis point comparison between fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. The increase in low-margin fuel sales from the acquired Safeway fuel centers also reduced the selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. In addition, the FTC-mandated divestitures in fiscal 2014 resulted in increased impairment charges. These reductions in selling and administrative expense margin in fiscal 2015 were partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense as a result of the application of acquisition accounting and increased debit and credit card fees as a result of chargebacks from EMV chip card transactions following the EMV Liability Shift.

Selling and administrative expenses increased 70 basis points to 30.0% of net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2014 from 29.3% in fiscal 2013:

 

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

   Basispoint
increase
(decrease)
 

Equity-based compensation

     123   

Acquisition and integration costs, including the charge to terminate the long-term incentive plans

     89   

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     78   

Employee-related costs

     (88

Depreciation and amortization

     (68

Rent and occupancy

     (29

Legal and professional fees

     (18

Other

     (17
  

 

 

 

Total

     70   
  

 

 

 

The Safeway acquisition resulted in additional equity-based compensation and increased acquisition and integration costs. In addition, the FTC-mandated divestitures resulted in increased impairment charges. These increases were offset by reductions in selling and administrative expense as a percentage of sales that were largely driven by increased sales from acquired stores and strong identical store sales.

 

80


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense was $950.5 million in fiscal 2015, $633.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $390.1 million in fiscal 2013. Interest expense in fiscal 2015 increased, reflecting the full fiscal year impact of increased borrowings to finance the Safeway acquisition.

The following details our components of interest expense for the respective fiscal years (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

ABL facility, senior secured notes, term loans, notes and debentures

   $ 777.0      $ 454.1       $ 246.0   

Capital lease obligations

     97.0        77.5         63.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                    49.1   

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3         25.1   

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     12.9        6.8         1.3   

Other interest (income) expense

     (5.7     29.5         5.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 950.5      $ 633.2       $ 390.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At February 27, 2016, the company had total debt, including capital lease obligations, outstanding of $12.2 billion. The weighted average interest rate during the year was 7.4%, including amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs. The weighted average interest rate during 2014 and 2013 was 7.3% and 8.4%, respectively.

Other (Income) Expense

For fiscal 2015, other income, net was $7.0 million in income, primarily driven by equity in the earnings of our unconsolidated affiliate, Casa Ley. For fiscal 2014, Other expense, net was $96.0 million, driven by the loss on our deal-contingent interest rate swap. In April 2014, we entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap to hedge against adverse fluctuations in the interest rate on anticipated variable rate debt planned to be incurred to finance the Safeway acquisition. Prior to the Safeway acquisition, the swap was treated as an economic hedge with changes in fair value recorded through earnings. Upon closing of the Safeway acquisition, the interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, with any subsequent changes in fair value being recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income. We did not have other income or expense in fiscal 2013.

Income Taxes

Income tax was a benefit of $39.6 million in fiscal 2015, $153.4 million in fiscal 2014 and $572.6 million in fiscal 2013. A substantial portion of the businesses and assets were held and operated by limited liability companies during these periods, which generally are not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation. The decrease in the tax benefit is primarily the result of lower pre-tax loss in fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014. The income tax benefit of $39.6 million in fiscal 2015 is primarily driven by tax benefit from operating results of Safeway and NAI, both of which are subject to federal and state income taxes, reduced by a valuation allowance established against current losses of NAI. The income tax benefit of $153.4 million in fiscal 2014 is primarily driven by the tax benefits from the operating results of Safeway and NAI, reduced by nondeductible acquisition-related transaction costs and equity-based compensation. The income tax benefit of $572.6 million in fiscal 2013 is the result of the bargain purchase gain related to the NAI acquisition not being subject to income taxes; the effects of the accounting for income taxes related to the intercompany sale of the Albertsons banners from NAI to Albertson’s LLC immediately after the NAI acquisition; and the operating loss of NAI.

 

81


Table of Contents

As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, as a result, all of our operations will be taxable as part of a consolidated group for federal and state income tax purposes. The consolidation of our operations will result in higher income taxes and an increase in income taxes paid. Pro forma income for fiscal 2015 reflects a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.7%. See Note 4(a) to the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP operating financial measure that we define as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful representation of operating performance because it excludes the impact of items that could be considered “non-core” in nature. We use Adjusted EBITDA to measure overall performance and assess performance against peers. Adjusted EBITDA also provides useful information for our investors, securities analysts and other interested parties. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net earnings, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

For the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016, Adjusted EBITDA was $881.5 million, or 4.8% of sales, an increase of 21.1% compared to $727.8 million, or 4.0% of sales, for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016 reflects improved operating performance of our Safeway, Albertsons and NAI stores.

Following is a reconciliation of GAAP Net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (in millions) for each of the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015:

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016     June 20, 2015  

Net loss

   $ (133.6   $ (153.3

Depreciation and amortization

     531.8        478.0   

Interest expense, net

     313.7        283.8   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.1        (29.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     736.0        579.5   

Gain on interest rate and commodity hedges, net

     (8.7     (0.8

Acquisition and integration costs(1)

     73.7        73.3   

Equity-based compensation expense

     15.8        55.5   

Net gain on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (43.5     (5.9

LIFO expense

     13.5        6.2   

Pension and postretirement expense, net of cash contributions(2)

     79.6        5.0   

Facility closures and related transition costs(3)

     11.5        9.5   

Other(4)

     3.6        5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 881.5      $ 727.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily includes costs related to acquisitions, integration of acquired businesses, expenses related to management fees paid in connection with acquisitions and financing activities.
(2) First quarter of fiscal 2016 includes a $78.9 million settlement charge to pension expense, net related to the settlement of a pre-existing contractual relationship and assumption of the pension plan related to the Collington acquisition.

 

82


Table of Contents
(3) Includes costs related to facility closures and the transition to our decentralized operating model.
(4) Primarily includes lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on leases. Also includes amortization of unfavorable leases on acquired Safeway surplus properties, charges related to changes in the fair value of our Casa Ley CVRs, earnings from Casa Ley, and foreign currency translation gains.

For fiscal 2015, Adjusted EBITDA was $2.7 billion, or 4.6% of sales, an increase of 144% compared to $1.1 billion, or 4.0% of sales, for fiscal 2014. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2015 reflects contributions from the Safeway acquisition as well as our improved operating performance.

Following is a reconciliation of GAAP Net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA (in millions) for each of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013:

 

     Fiscal 2015(1)     Fiscal 2014(2)     Fiscal 2013(3)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,613.7        718.1        676.4   

Interest expense, net—continued operations

     950.5        633.2        390.1   

Income tax benefit

     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6

Interest expense—discontinued operations

                   3.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 2,022.4      $ (27.3   $ 2,230.4   

Bargain purchase gain

                   (2,005.7

Loss on interest rate and commodity hedges, net

     16.2        98.2          

Store transition and related costs(4)

                   166.5   

Acquisition and integration costs(5)

     342.0        352.0        173.5   

Termination of long-term incentive plans

            78.0          

Equity-based compensation expense

     97.8        344.1        6.2   

Net loss (gain) on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs(6)

     103.3        227.7        (2.4

LIFO expense

     29.7        43.1        11.6   

Facility closures and related transition costs(7)

     25.0                 

Pension and postretirement expense, net of cash contributions(8)

     6.7        (3.0     (7.6

Other(9)

     38.0        (14.1     13.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2,681.1      $ 1,098.7      $ 585.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes results for the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(2) Includes results from four weeks for the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(3) Includes results from 48 weeks for the stores purchased in the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013.
(4) Includes costs related to the transition of stores acquired in the NAI acquisition by improving store conditions and enhancing product offerings.
(5) Primarily includes costs related to acquisitions, integration of acquired businesses and adjustments to tax indemnification assets and liabilities and losses on acquired contingencies in connection with the Safeway acquisition.
(6) Fiscal 2015 includes losses of $30.6 million related to leases assigned to Haggen as part of the FTC-mandated divestitures that were subsequently rejected during the Haggen bankruptcy proceedings and additional losses of $41.1 million related to the Haggen divestitures and its related bankruptcy. Fiscal 2014 includes impairment charges of $233.4 million related to the stores sold in the FTC-mandated divestiture process.

 

83


Table of Contents
(7) Includes costs related to facility closures and the transition to our decentralized operating model.
(8) Excludes the company’s fiscal 2014 cash contribution of $260.0 million to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition.
(9) Primarily includes lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on leases. Also includes amortization of unfavorable leases on acquired Safeway surplus properties and equity in the earnings of our unconsolidated affiliate.

The following is a reconciliation of Cash Flow from Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow (in millions):

 

     16 Weeks Ended    

 

   

 

   

 

 
     June 18,
2016
    June 20,
2015
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
 
            

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 570.1      $ 196.1      $ 901.6      $ (165.1   $ 49.5   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     24.1        (29.0     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6

Deferred income taxes

     145.4        54.3        90.4        170.1        657.6   

Interest expense—continued operations

     313.7        283.8        950.5        633.2        390.1   

Interest expense—discontinued operations

                                 3.9   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     (214.6     163.4        466.5        39.3        (202.1

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     (25.8     (14.9     (69.3     (65.3     (25.1

Loss on debt extinguishment

                                 (49.1

Store transition and related costs

                                 166.5   

Acquisition and integration costs

     73.7        73.3        342.0        352.0        173.5   

Termination of long-term incentive plans

                          78.0          

Pension contribution in connection with Safeway acquisition

                          260.0          

Other adjustments

     (5.1     0.8        39.0        (50.1     (6.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     881.5        727.8        2,681.1        1,098.7        585.9   

Less: capital expenditures

     (397.8     (227.6     (960.0     (336.5     (128.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 483.7      $ 500.2      $ 1,721.1      $ 762.2      $ 457.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Financial Resources

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $570.1 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to $196.1 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in cash flow from operations for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015 was due primarily to an increase in operating income of $102.5 million, a $133.7 million payment in the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015 related to the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement, and improvements in working capital during fiscal 2016.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $901.6 million during fiscal 2015 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $165.1 million during fiscal 2014 and net cash provided by operating activities of $49.5 million in fiscal 2013. The $1,066.7 million increase in net cash flow from operating activities during fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily related to additional contributions from the acquired Safeway stores and improvement in operations of our Albertsons and NAI stores, partially offset by an increase of $382.9 million in interest paid due to borrowings used to fund the Safeway acquisition and the $260.0 million contribution to the Safeway ERP in fiscal 2014.

 

84


Table of Contents

Net cash flow used in operating activities increased by $214.6 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase was due to (i) our higher cash contributions to our pension and post-retirement benefits plans in fiscal 2014, primarily as a result of a $260.0 million contribution to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC related to the Safeway acquisition, (ii) an increase in interest payments of $298.4 million due to the increased borrowings for acquisitions and (iii) an increase in payments for acquisition and integration costs related to the Safeway acquisition, offset by cash inflows related to improved operations and the additional Safeway operations. As a result of the $260.0 million cash contribution to the Safeway ERP, we do not expect to make additional contributions to the Safeway ERP until 2018.

Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $235.5 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $144.6 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015.

For the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016, payments for property and equipment, including lease buyouts, of $397.8 million, payments for business acquisitions, consisting primarily of 29 stores from Haggen, of $146.6 million and an increase in restricted cash of $90.8 million were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $336.2 million. Asset sale proceeds were primarily from the sale and subsequent leaseback of two distribution centers in Southern California and the sale of a portfolio of surplus properties.

For the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015, proceeds from the sale of assets and divestitures of $478.4 million and a decrease in restricted cash of $254.4 million were offset by $387.2 million related to the merger consideration paid related to the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement and $227.6 million of payments for property and equipment, including lease buyouts.

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 was $811.8 million primarily due to the merger consideration paid in connection with the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement, purchase consideration paid for the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and cash paid for capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of our FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition and a decrease in restricted cash due to the elimination of certain collateral requirements.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5,945.0 million in fiscal 2014, consisting primarily of cash paid for the Safeway acquisition, net of cash acquired, of $5,673.4 million and cash paid for property additions of $336.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $781.5 million in fiscal 2013, consisting primarily of cash paid for the acquisition of NAI and United, net of cash acquired, of $463.9 million, cash paid for property additions of $128.4 million and changes in restricted cash of $246.0 million related to collateralized surety bonds and letters of credit obtained during fiscal 2013.

 

85


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2016, the company expects to spend approximately $1,400 million in capital expenditures, including approximately $325 million of Safeway-related integration-related capital expenditures, as well as integration-related capital expenditures in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction, as follows (in millions):

 

Projected Fiscal 2016 Capital Expenditures

  

Integration capital

   $ 325.0   

New stores and remodels

     450.0   

Maintenance

     250.0   

Supply chain

     100.0   

IT

     150.0   

Real estate and expansion capital

     125.0   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400.0   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $561.9 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2016 consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $1,300.0 million partly offset by payments of long-term debt of $648.7 million and payment of capital lease obligations of $34.1 million.

The proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $1,300.0 million consisted of $1,250.0 million of the 2024 Notes and $50.0 million of borrowings from the ABL Facility.

The $648.7 million payments on long-term borrowings consisted of $519.8 million of principal on the then existing B-3 tranche of term loans using proceeds from the 2024 Notes, $28.1 million of scheduled payments under the Term Loan Agreement and $100.0 million of payments under the ABL Facility. On June 24, 2016, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the 2024 Notes was used to fully redeem the Secured Notes, and to pay an associated make-whole premium of $87.7 million and accrued interest.

Net cash used in financing activities was $477.2 million for the first 16 weeks of fiscal 2015 and consisted primarily of net payments on debt from the proceeds of asset sales.

On June 22, 2016, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company amended the Term Loan Agreement pursuant to which three new term loans tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of new term B-4 loans, $1,145.0 million of new term B-5 loans and $2,100.0 million of new term B-6 loans. The net proceeds from these loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, were used to repay the term loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of June 22, 2016 and to pay related interest and fees. The new term B-4 loans mature on August 25, 2021, and have an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.50%. The new term B-5 loans mature on December 21, 2022, and have an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The new term B-6 loans mature on June 22, 2023, and have an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

Net cash used in financing activities was $635.9 million in fiscal 2015 due primarily to payments on our ABL and term loan borrowings from the proceeds of FTC-mandated divestitures, partially offset by $300.0 million in borrowings under NAI’s pre-existing term loan facility to fund the A&P Transaction. Net cash provided by financing activities was $6,928.9 million in fiscal 2014 and $1,002.0 million in fiscal 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and equity contributions used to finance the Safeway acquisition.

 

86


Table of Contents

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt were $453.5 million in fiscal 2015, $8,097.0 million in fiscal 2014 and $2,485.0 million in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2015, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $903.4 million, cash payments for debt financing costs were $41.5 million and cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $120.0 million. In fiscal 2014, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $2,123.6 million, including $864.6 million of assumed debt that was immediately paid following the Safeway acquisition, cash payments for debt financing costs were $229.1 million and cash payments on obligations under capital leases were $64.1 million. In fiscal 2013, cash payments for long-term borrowings were $923.3 million, cash payments for debt financing costs were $121.0 million and cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $24.5 million. In addition, we repurchased $619.9 million of debt under tender offers in fiscal 2013.

Proceeds from equity contributions were $21.6 million in fiscal 2015, $1,283.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $250.0 million in fiscal 2013. In addition, we made no distributions to our equityholders in fiscal 2015, distributions of $34.5 million in fiscal 2014 and no distributions in fiscal 2013.

Debt Management

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, decreased by $342.7 million to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015 compared to $12.6 billion as of the end of fiscal 2014. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to payments on long-term borrowings of $903.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $453.5 million, which were primarily comprised of additional borrowings used to fund the A&P Transaction.

Outstanding debt, including current maturities and net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs, principally consisted of (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016  

Term loans

   $ 7,136.6   

Notes and debentures

     3,564.5   

Capital leases

     1,042.2   

ABL borrowings

     311.0   

Other notes payable and mortgages

     172.0   
  

 

 

 

Total debt, including capital leases

   $ 12,226.3   
  

 

 

 

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, increased by $8.9 billion to $12.6 billion as of the end of fiscal 2014 compared to $3.7 billion as of the end of fiscal 2013. The increase in fiscal 2014 was primarily the result of the financing for the Safeway acquisition and the assumption of Safeway debt. In anticipation of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we secured term-loan financing of $5.7 billion with interest rates ranging from 4.75% to 5.5% and completed the sale of $1,145.0 million of 7.750% second lien notes, of which $535.4 million was subsequently redeemed on February 9, 2015. We assumed notes and debentures with a fair value of $2.5 billion from Safeway and subsequently redeemed $864.6 million of the Safeway debt pursuant to change of control tender offers. We also increased the borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit agreements by approximately $800 million.

On June 22, 2016, we consummated the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions. See “Summary—Recent Developments—Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions” and “Description of Indebtedness” for more information.

 

87


Table of Contents

See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information related to our outstanding debt.

Liquidity and Factors Affecting Liquidity

We estimate our liquidity needs over the next fiscal year to be in the range of $4.0 billion to $4.5 billion, which includes anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest payments and scheduled principal payments of debt, operating leases, capital leases and our TSA agreements with SuperValu. Based on current operating trends, we believe that cash flows from operating activities and other sources of liquidity, including borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facilities, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. We believe we have adequate cash flow to continue to maintain our current debt ratings and to respond effectively to competitive conditions. In addition, we may enter into refinancing transactions from time to time. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels or that we will maintain our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facilities. See “—Contractual Obligations” for a more detailed description of our commitments as of the end of fiscal 2015.

As of June 18, 2016, we had approximately $261.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $2.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage). As of February 27, 2016, we had approximately $311.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $2.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage). As of February 28, 2015, we had approximately $980.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facilities and total availability of approximately $1.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage).

The ABL Facility contains no financial maintenance covenants unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any such event occurs, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016, there were no financial maintenance covenants in effect under our asset-based revolving credit facilities because the conditions listed above (and similar conditions in our refinanced asset-based revolving credit facilities) had not been met.

 

88


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

There have been no material changes to our contractual obligations during the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016.

The table below presents our significant contractual obligations as of February 27, 2016 (in millions) (1) :

 

     Payments Due Per Year(s)  
     Total      2016      2017-2018      2019-2020      Thereafter  

Long-term debt(2)

   $ 11,703.9       $ 214.3       $ 531.5       $ 2,817.5       $ 8,140.6   

Interest on long-term debt(3)

     5,100.5         681.8         1,323.1         1,084.1         2,011.5   

Operating leases(4)

     5,602.8         740.1         1,301.3         984.8         2,576.6   

Capital leases(4)

     1,695.5         209.3         379.6         306.8         799.8   

Other long-term liabilities(5)

     1,320.8         308.7         383.0         188.5         440.6   

SVU TSA(6)

     253.2         164.6         88.6                   

Purchase obligations(7)

     627.6         421.2         161.5         31.2         13.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 26,304.3       $ 2,740.0       $ 4,168.6       $ 5,412.9       $ 13,982.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The contractual obligations table excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, which totaled approximately $7.4 million in fiscal 2015 and is expected to total approximately $10.4 million in fiscal 2016. This table excludes contributions under various multi-employer pension plans, which totaled $379.8 million in fiscal 2015 and are expected to total approximately $400 million in fiscal 2016.
(2) Long-term debt amounts include asset-backed loans and exclude any original issue discount and deferred financing costs. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(3) Amounts include contractual interest payments using the interest rate as of February 27, 2016 applicable to our variable interest term debt instruments and stated fixed rates for all other debt instruments, excluding interest rate swaps. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(4) Represents the minimum rents payable under operating and capital leases, excluding common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments, for which the company is also obligated.
(5) Consists of self-insurance liabilities which have not been reduced by insurance-related receivables. Excludes the $202.7 million of assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division and excludes the unfunded pension and postretirement benefit obligation of $731.0 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits ($435.3 million as of February 27, 2016) has been excluded from the contractual obligations table because a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future tax settlements cannot be determined. Excludes Casa Ley CVR liability of $269.9 million because the timing of future settlement is uncertain. Also excludes certain deferred liabilities that will not be settled in cash and other lease-related liabilities already reflected as operating lease commitments.
(6) Represents minimum contractual commitments expected to be paid under the SVU TSAs and the wind-down agreement, executed on April 16, 2015. See Note 15—Related Parties in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(7) Purchase obligations include various obligations that have annual purchase commitments. As of February 27, 2016, future purchase obligations primarily relate to fixed asset, marketing and information technology commitments, including fixed price contracts. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the company enters into supply contracts to purchase product for resale to consumers which are typically of a short-term nature with limited or no purchase commitments. The company also enters into supply contracts which typically include either volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other customary contractual considerations. The supply contracts that are cancelable have not been included above.

 

89


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

The company is party to a variety of contractual agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to the company’s commercial contracts, operating leases and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. The company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the company’s financial statements.

We are liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation, including the 11 store leases that Haggen rejected in its bankruptcy case. As a result, we have recorded a loss of $30.6 million during fiscal 2015 for this estimated liability. See Note 16—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements in the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition for additional information. Because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.”

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

Letters of Credit

We had letters of credit of $617.7 million outstanding as of June 18, 2016. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support our performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations. We pay bank fees ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% plus a fronting fee of 0.125% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

New Accounting Policies Not Yet Adopted

See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for new accounting pronouncements which have not yet been adopted.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

90


Table of Contents

We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating results and financial position, and we apply those accounting policies in a fair and consistent manner. See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of our significant accounting policies.

Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Vendor Allowances

Consistent with standard practices in the retail industry, we receive allowances from many of the vendors whose products we buy for resale in our stores. These vendor allowances are provided to increase the sell-through of the related products. We receive vendor allowances for a variety of merchandising activities: placement of the vendors’ products in our advertising; display of the vendors’ products in prominent locations in our stores; supporting the introduction of new products into our retail stores and distribution systems; exclusivity rights in certain categories; and compensation for temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale at retail stores. We also receive vendor allowances for buying activities such as volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their need and cash discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. The majority of the vendor allowance contracts have terms of less than one year.

We recognize vendor allowances for merchandising activities as a reduction of cost of sales when the related products are sold. Vendor allowances that have been earned because of completing the required performance under the terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The amount and timing of recognition of vendor allowances as well as the amount of vendor allowances to be recognized as a reduction of ending inventory require management judgment and estimates. We determine these amounts based on estimates of current year purchase volume using forecast and historical data and a review of average inventory turnover data. These judgments and estimates affect our reported gross profit, operating earnings (loss) and inventory amounts. Our historical estimates have been reliable in the past, and we believe the methodology will continue to be reliable in the future. Based on previous experience, we do not expect significant changes in the level of vendor support.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, healthcare and general and automobile liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We have established stop-loss amounts that limit our further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. In determining our self-insurance liabilities, we perform a continuing review of our overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

Any actuarial projection of self-insured losses is subject to a high degree of variability. Litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes, claim settlement patterns and similar factors influenced historical development trends that were used to determine the current year expense and, therefore, contributed to the variability in the annual expense. However, these factors are not direct inputs into the actuarial projection, and thus their individual impact cannot be quantified.

 

91


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

We regularly review our individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indications of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, we recognize impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $40.2 million, $266.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the Safeway acquisition, we, together with Safeway, announced that we had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. The divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent on the closing of the Safeway acquisition. The impairment charge in fiscal 2014 was primarily related to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

Business Combination Measurements

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approaches used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

Goodwill

As of February 27, 2016, our goodwill totaled $1.1 billion, of which $942.4 million was recorded as part of our acquisition of Safeway. We review goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, and also upon the occurrence of triggering events. We perform reviews of each of our reporting units that have goodwill balances. We review goodwill for impairment by initially assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential

 

92


Table of Contents

goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. We recognize goodwill impairment for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. The impairment review requires the use of management judgment and financial estimates. Application of alternative estimates and assumptions, such as reviewing goodwill for impairment at a different level, could produce significantly different results. The cash flow projections embedded in our goodwill impairment reviews can be affected by several factors such as inflation, business valuations in the market, the economy and market competition.

The annual evaluation of goodwill performed for our reporting units during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 did not result in impairment. Based on current and future expected cash flows, we believe goodwill impairments are not reasonably likely.

Equity-Based Compensation

We periodically grant membership interests to employees and non-employees in exchange for services. The membership interests we grant to employees are not traditional stock options or stock awards, but are equity interests in a privately held company that participate in earnings, subject to certain distribution thresholds. We account for these as equity-based awards in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity awards issued to employees and non-employees, respectively. To value these awards, the company has determined that an option pricing model is the most appropriate method to measure the fair value of these awards.

In March 2013, we granted 103 Class C Units (2,641,428 Class C Units following a 25,598 for 1 split in January 2015) (the “Class C Units”) to certain key executives under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan (the “Class C Plan”). Class C Units were accounted for as equity awards to employees in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The fair value of these grants was based on the grant date fair value, which was based on the enterprise valuation at the date of grant and the residual cash flows distributed to Class C Unit holders after hurdles are met as defined in the limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition. The fair value of the Class C Units was calculated using an assumed and expected term of three years and no forfeiture rate given the low likelihood that the recipients’ would discontinue working for the company.

The Class C Units granted were valued at $7.70 per unit with a $20.3 million aggregate fair value. Factors contributing to the March 2013 fair value included the acquisition of NAI, which significantly expanded the company’s operations, but whose store performance and expected synergies had not yet been proven.

In January 2015, we granted the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

    3.3 million Series 1 Incentive Units (as defined herein) to a member of management under the Incentive Unit Plan. 50% of the Series 1 Incentive Units have a service vesting period of four years from the date awarded and vest 25% on each of the subsequent four anniversaries of such date. The remaining 50% have performance-based vesting terms, which vest 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year for each of the following four fiscal years, subject to specific performance targets. The units accelerate upon a qualifying change of control.

 

    3.3 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units in exchange for services. The units convert into an equal number of ABS Units, NAI Units and Safeway Units based on the fair value of the Investor Incentive Units on the conversion date after five years or upon a qualifying change of control.

 

93


Table of Contents
    11.6 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units to five institutional investors. The units granted and issued to our institutional investors were treated as non-employee compensation for merger consulting services and direct equity issuance costs related to the Safeway acquisition. The units vest immediately and convert into an equal number of ABS Units, NAI Units and Safeway Units based on the fair market value of the Investor Incentive Units on the conversion date after five years or upon a qualifying change of control.

In fiscal 2015, we issued the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

    11.7 million Phantom Units (as defined herein) to employees and independent directors of the company with 6.7 million Phantom Units reserved for future issuance. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. Generally, 50% of the Phantom Units are Time-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Phantom Units are Performance-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date, and will also be subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, the unvested Phantom Units that are Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will convert into Phantom Units that are solely Time-Based Units. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, all unvested Phantom Units will accelerate and become vested in the event of the termination of the participant’s employment due to death or disability or by the company without cause.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we issued the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

    1.0 million Phantom Units to employees of the company. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. Generally, 50% of the Phantom Units are Time-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Phantom Units are Performance-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date, and will also be subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, the unvested Phantom Units that are Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will convert into Phantom Units that are solely Time-Based Units. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, all unvested Phantom Units will accelerate and become vested in the event of the termination of the participant’s employment due to death or disability or by the company without cause.

 

    23,392 Phantom Units to independent directors that will vest 100% on the last day of fiscal 2016 subject to the applicable independent director’s continued service through such date.

 

94


Table of Contents

We determine fair value of unvested and issued awards on the grant date using an option pricing model, adjusted for a lack of marketability and using an expected term or time to liquidity based on judgments made by management. We also consider forfeitures for equity-based grants which are not expected to vest. Expected volatility is calculated based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies over a time frame consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. Dividend yield was estimated at zero as we do not anticipate making regular future distributions to stockholders. Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of our equity-based compensation expense.

We are required to estimate the enterprise value underlying our equity-based awards when performing fair value calculations. Due to the prior absence of a market for our equity interests, enterprise value is determined by management with the assistance of valuation specialists. The most recent valuation was performed as of January 2015 and uses a “Market Approach” and “Income Approach” weighted at 50% each. The Market Approach uses the Guideline Public Company Method, which focuses on comparing the subject entity to selected reasonably similar (or guideline) publicly traded companies. Under this method, valuation multiples are: (i) derived from the operating data of selected guideline companies; (ii) evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of the subject entity relative to the selected guideline companies; and (iii) applied to the operating data of the subject entity to arrive at an indication of value. The Income Approach utilized the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) Method. The DCF Method measures the value of the enterprise by estimating the present worth of the net economic benefit (cash receipts less cash outlays) to be received over the life of the company. The steps followed in applying this approach include estimating the expected after-tax cash flows attributable to the company over its life and discounts the cash flows using a rate of return that accounts for both the time value of money and investment risk factors. Management utilized future projections discounted using a present value factor ranging from 9% to 10% and a long-term terminal growth rate of 2.4%. Grants subsequent to our initial public offering will be based on the trading value of our common stock.

The Series 1 Incentive Units and Investor Incentive Units granted in January 2015 were valued at $22.11 per unit with a $403.7 million aggregate fair value. Factors contributing to the January 2015 fair value included the significant improvement of the stores acquired as part of the NAI acquisition in 2013 and realization of operational synergies, the acquisition of United and the acquisition of Safeway, as well as market valuations of comparable publicly traded grocers, and general capital market conditions in the U.S.

The Phantom Units issued in fiscal 2015 were valued at a weighted average of $21.75 per unit with a $254.8 million aggregate fair value. The Phantom Units issued in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 were valued at a weighted average of $17.10 per unit with a $17.5 million aggregate fair value.

The following assumptions were used for the equity awards issued and granted:

 

     First Quarter 2016      Fiscal 2015  
     June 18, 2016      February 27, 2016  

Dividend yield

     —%         —%   

Expected volatility

     55.1%         41.7%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.70%         0.61%   

Time to liquidity

     1.5 years         1.9 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     19.0%         16.0%   

 

95


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements

Substantially all of our employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing or 401(k) plans, in addition to a dedicated defined benefit plan for Safeway, a plan for NAI and a plan for United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. We also provide certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement. Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by us.

We recognize a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within other comprehensive (loss) income. The determination of our obligation and related expense for our sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

The objective of our discount rate assumptions was intended to reflect the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. In making this determination, we take into account the timing and amount of benefits that would be available under the plans. As of February 27, 2016, we changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. We have elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. We utilized weighted discount rates of 3.92% and 3.75% for our pension plan expenses for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively. To determine the expected rate of return on pension plan assets held by us for fiscal 2014, we considered current and forecasted plan asset allocations as well as historical and forecasted rates of return on various asset categories. Our weighted assumed pension plan investment rate of return was 6.96% for fiscal 2015 and 6.97% for fiscal 2014. See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information on the asset allocations of pension plan assets.

Sensitivity to changes in the major assumptions used in the calculation of our pension and other post-retirement plan liabilities is illustrated below (dollars in millions).

 

     Percentage
Point Change
    Projected Benefit Obligation
Decrease /(Increase)
   Expense
Decrease / (Increase)
 

Discount rate

     +/- 1.00   $293.2 / $(369.1)    $ 27.6 / $   0.5   

Expected return on assets

     +/- 1.00   — / —    $ 20.5 / $(20.5)   

In fiscal 2015, we contributed $7.4 million to our pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. We expect to contribute approximately $11.8 million to our pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2016.

 

96


Table of Contents

Multiemployer Pension Plans

We contribute to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded. We made contributions to these plans of $379.8 million, $113.4 million and $74.2 million in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. In fiscal 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities of $221.8 million related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that we may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW Midwest Plan, were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by us in perpetuity. Our annual installment payments would be limited to 20 years if we are not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Our estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and our belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. We are also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. Our estimated liability reflects our best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, we believe it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because we believe that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, we believe the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, which primarily reflects minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of the Safeway acquisition.

See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

We review the tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a benefit can be recognized in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 13—Income Taxes in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and other disclosures related to uncertain tax positions. Various taxing authorities periodically examine our income tax returns. These examinations include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income to various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating these various tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, we assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is examined and fully resolved. As of February 27, 2016, we are no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years prior to 2007 and in most states are no

 

97


Table of Contents

longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. Tax years 2007 through 2015 remain under examination. The assessment of our tax position relies on the judgment of management to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from a variety of sources, including changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We have from time to time selectively used derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks. We do not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor do we utilize leveraged financial instruments. Our market risk exposures related to interest rates, foreign currency and commodity prices are discussed below and have not materially changed from the prior fiscal year. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks related to interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk and Long-Term Debt

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). Our risk management objective and strategy is to utilize these interest rate swaps to protect the company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. We believe that we are meeting our objectives of hedging our risks in changes in cash flows that are attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, which is the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Additionally, we had a Deal-Contingent Swap that was entered into on April 16, 2014 in order to reduce our exposure to anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, we receive a floating rate of interest and pay a fixed rate of interest over the life of the contract.

Interest rate volatility could also materially affect the interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are dependent on the LIBOR rate. We believe a 100 basis point increase or decrease on our variable interest rates would not be significant.

See Note 7—Derivative Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.

The table below provides information about our interest rate derivatives classified as Cash Flow Hedges, deal-contingent swaps and underlying debt portfolio as of February 27, 2016 (dollars in millions).

 

    Pay Fixed/Receive Variable  
    Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Thereafter  

Cash Flow Hedges and Deal-Contingent Swap

           

Average notional amount outstanding

  $ 4,628      $ 3,807      $ 2,925      $ 1,921      $ 1,364      $ 1,060   

Average pay rate

    7.08     7.06     7.03     7.27     7.26     7.27

Average receive rate

    5.5     5.5     5.2     5.7     5.92     6.15

 

98


Table of Contents
    Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
 

Long-Term Debt

               

Principal payments

  $ 214.3      $ 315.3      $ 216.2      $ 2,313.4      $ 504.1      $ 8,140.6      $ 11,703.9      $ 11,036.2   

Weighted average interest rate(1)

    4.63     5.86     5.36     5.35     2.91     6.31     5.91  

 

(1) Excludes effect of interest rate swaps. Also excludes deferred financing costs and debt discounts.

Commodity Price Risk

We have entered into fixed price contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas for a portion of our energy needs. We expect to take delivery of these commitments in the normal course of business, and, as a result, these commitments qualify as normal purchases. We do not believe that these energy and commodity swaps would cause a material change to the financial position of the company.

 

99


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of June 18, 2016, we operated 2,311 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 19 well-known banners, including Albertsons , Safeway , Vons , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s , Acme , Tom Thumb , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Pavilions , Star Market , Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 MSAs and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 68% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value-added services through 1,780 pharmacies, 1,133 in-store branded coffee shops and 380 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 282,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average more than 34 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales growth. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 2.9%, respectively. At Safeway, prior to our acquisition, the rate of identical store sales growth was 3.0% in fiscal 2014 and, following our acquisition, accelerated in fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016 to 5.0% and 3.9%, respectively. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively. We also believe that our third quarter 2015 identical store sales were positively impacted in certain markets by the poor performance or closure of certain stores then owned by Haggen.

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $650 million by the end of fiscal 2016.

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $18.4 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $882 million and free cash flow of $484 million. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through

 

100


Table of Contents

the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

Our Integration History and Banners

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006. This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SuperValu, which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners. In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of June 18, 2016. We also operate 29 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $10.2 billion (see “—Properties”). Our principal banners are described in more detail below.

 

LOGO

Albertsons

Under the Albertsons banner, which dates back to 1939, we operate 471 stores in 15 states across the Western and Southern United States. In addition to our broad grocery offering, approximately 385 Albertsons stores include in-store pharmacies (offering prescriptions, immunizations, online prescription refills and prescription savings plans), and we operate four fuel centers adjacent to our Albertsons stores. The operating performance of the Albertsons stores that we acquired in 2013 has significantly improved since acquisition.

 

101


Table of Contents

Safeway

We operate 1,247 Safeway stores in 19 states across the Western, Southern and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, as well as the District of Columbia. We operate these stores under the Safeway banner, which dates back to 1926, as well as the Vons, Pavilions , Randalls , Tom Thumb and Carrs banners. Our Safeway stores also provide convenience to our customers through a network of 984 in-store pharmacies and 340 adjacent fuel centers.

The Safeway acquisition has better positioned us for long-term growth by providing us with a broader assortment of products, a more efficient supply chain, enhanced fresh and perishable offerings and a high-quality and expansive portfolio of own brand products. These improvements enable us to respond to changing customer tastes and preferences and compete more effectively in a highly competitive industry.

Safeway has achieved consistent positive identical store sales growth over the past 21 fiscal quarters, driven in part by continued investment in the store base (with approximately 81% of Safeway stores new or remodeled since 2003) and the implementation of local marketing programs to enhance sales. Safeway experienced an acceleration in identical store sales growth, from 1.4% in fiscal 2013 to 3.0% in fiscal 2014, 5.0% in fiscal 2015 and 3.9% in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

Acme, Jewel-Osco, Shaw’s and Star Market

Under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners, we operate 515 stores, 346 in-store pharmacies and five adjacent fuel centers in 14 states across the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Northeast regions of the United States. Each of these banners has an operating history going back more than 100 years, has excellent store locations and has a loyal customer base. The operating performance of these banners has significantly improved since we acquired them in 2013.

United Supermarkets

In the North and West Texas area, we operate 61 stores under the United Supermarkets , Amigos and Market Street banners, together with 31 adjacent fuel centers and 12 United Express convenience stores. Our acquisition of United in December 2013 represented a unique opportunity to add a growing and profitable business in the growing Texas economy with an experienced and successful management team in place. Retaining the local management team was critical to our acquisition thesis. We have leveraged their abilities by both re-assigning and opening additional stores under their direct oversight. The United management team has considerable expertise in meeting the preferences of an upscale customer base with its Market Street format. United addresses its significant Hispanic customer base through its Amigos format, which we intend to leverage across other relevant regions going forward. We also benefit from distribution center and transportation efficiencies as a result of United’s adjacencies to our other operating divisions in the Southwest.

Our Organizational Structure and Operating Playbook

Our Organizational Structure

We are organized across 14 operating divisions. We operate with a decentralized management structure. Our division and district-level leadership teams are responsible and accountable for their own sales, profitability and capital expenditures, and are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending to best serve the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our division leaders collaborate to facilitate the rapid sharing of best practices. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time

 

102


Table of Contents

working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. Our store directors are responsible for ensuring that our employees provide outstanding service to our customers. We believe that this aspect of our operating playbook, combined with ongoing investments in store labor, coordinated employee training and a simple, well-understood quarterly sales and EBITDA-based bonus structure, fosters an organization that is nimble and responsive to the local tastes and preferences of our customers.

Our executive management team sets long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. They also facilitate the sharing of expertise and best practices across our business, including through the operation of centers of excellence for areas such as our own brands, space planning, pricing analytics, promotional effectiveness, product category trends and consumer insights. They seek to leverage our national scale by driving our efforts to maintain and deepen strong relationships with large, national consumer products vendors. The executive management team also provides substantial data-driven analytical support for decision-making, providing division management teams with insights on their relative performance. Together, all of these elements reinforce our high standards of store-level execution and foster a collaborative, competitive and winning culture.

Our Operating Playbook

Our management team has developed and implemented a proven and successful operating playbook to drive sales growth, profitability and free cash flow. Our playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards .    We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 

    Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 

    Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly-baked bread. Our decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

   

Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We

 

103


Table of Contents
 

systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. Our focus on personalization includes the expansion of our “click-and-pick” online and home delivery services in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

Identical Store Sales

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the acceleration of identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store sales growth across AB Acquisition (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in

 

104


Table of Contents

which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. We have created an Office of the CEO to set long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. The Office of the CEO is comprised of Bob Miller, Wayne Denningham (Chief Operating Officer), Justin Dye (Chief Administrative Officer) and Shane Sampson (Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer), each of whom brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business. Our ten Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 14 division Presidents have an average of almost 20, 22 and 30 years of service, respectively, with our company.

Proven Operating Playbook .    We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in enabling us to accelerate identical store sales growth. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 2.9%, respectively. Our Safeway stores delivered identical store sales growth of 3.0% in fiscal 2014, and, following our acquisition, accelerated in fiscal 2015 and the first quarter of fiscal 2016 to 5.0% and 3.9%, respectively. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively. We also believe that our third quarter 2015 identical store sales were positively impacted by the poor performance or closure of certain stores then owned by Haggen.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion in fiscal 2015. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $650 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets (as with recent acquisitions for our Jewel-Osco banner) and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 

105


Table of Contents

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics , Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne .

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We are expanding our “click-and-pick” online ordering and home delivery offering to six new markets in fiscal 2016.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,780 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

 

106


Table of Contents

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $690 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $650 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. Synergies are expected to consist of approximately 28% from operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing operations, 21% from the conversion of Albertsons stores onto Safeway’s information technology systems, 14% from increased own brand penetration and improved synergies and 15% from improved vendor relationships. An additional 22% of synergies are expected to come from optimizing marketing and advertising spend in adjacent regions, as well as actionable synergies in pharmacy, utilities and insurance. A more detailed description of the expected sources of synergy is set out below:

 

    Corporate and Division Cost Savings .    We are removing complexity from our business by simplifying business processes and rationalizing redundant positions. As part of this process, we have finalized the plans and timing of headcount reductions in connection with our acquisition of Safeway, and, as of February 27, 2016, these reductions were substantially complete. In addition, we are taking steps to reduce transportation costs due to reduced mileage, improved facility utilization and fleet rationalization.

 

    IT Conversion .    We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems, which we believe will result in significant savings as we wind down our transition services agreements with SuperValu. We have obtained Safeway systems access for Albertsons and NAI users, developed initial consolidated reporting, launched our Data Integrity/Validation team and consolidated email directories across the company. In addition, we hired new Chief Information and Chief Information Security Officers in fiscal 2015.

 

    Own Brands .    We are leveraging the high-quality and expansive portfolio of our own brand products, consumer brands and manufacturing facilities owned by Safeway to improve profitability across our company. We recently developed a plan to redesign and consolidate our own brand packaging, which will no longer be differentiated by banners. Upon completion, each of our banners will offer the same own brand products. As of the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we have launched 3,000 distinct products with our new “Signature” branding and have made the majority of our own brand products available to most or all of our Albertsons and NAI stores for sale to our customers.

 

   

Vendor Funding .    We believe our increased scale will provide optimized and improved vendor relationships, through which we receive allowances and credits for volume

 

107


Table of Contents
 

incentives, promotional allowances and new product placement. We intend to leverage our scale through our joint accelerated growth program with leading consumer packaged goods vendors.

 

    Marketing and Advertising .    We believe our scale provides opportunities for marketing and advertising savings, primarily from lower advertising rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. We intend to leverage our scale, but operate locally. Our national team will execute cutting-edge merchandising programs, optimize best practice sharing across divisions and enhance consumer understanding through consumer insight and analysis. Our local marketing teams will set brand strategy and communicate brand message to customers through the use of direct mail, radio, email and web applications, just for U and MyMixx personalization, television, social media, display and signage, search engines and weekly inserts. We also intend to develop and leverage cutting-edge loyalty and digital marketing programs. Since the Safeway acquisition, we have outsourced tactical advertising functions and implemented a standardized consumer survey index across the company.

 

    Pharmacy, Utilities and Insurance .    We intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs, increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale for volume discounts on branded and generic drugs. We entered into a five-year distribution agreement with McKesson Corporation (“McKesson”) to source and distribute both branded and generic pharmaceuticals, which commenced on April 1, 2016. Assuming that this agreement had been effective during fiscal 2015, management estimates that our purchases from McKesson would have represented approximately 8.3% of our fiscal 2015 sales. We will also benefit from the conversion of our banners to Safeway’s leading energy purchasing program that will allow us to buy a portion of our electrical power needs at wholesale prices. In addition, we expect to lower our corporate insurance costs by leveraging best practices and scale across the combined company. In addition, in May 2015 we hired a new Senior Vice President of Pharmacy, Health and Wellness to help grow our pharmacy business.

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined investment in new stores. We opened seven new stores in fiscal 2015 and expect to open 13 new stores in fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering.

 

108


Table of Contents

Our Industry

We operate in the $593 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2011 through 2015, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. While several food categories experienced price deflation in the first half of 2016, and several categories, including beef and eggs, are forecasted to experience price deflation in 2016, food-at-home inflation is forecasted to be between 0.25% and 1.25% in 2016, which should also benefit industry sales. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales growth across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities and services, including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, fuel centers, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

 

109


Table of Contents

Properties

As of June 18, 2016, we operated 2,311 stores located in 35 states and the District of Columbia as shown in the following table:

 

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
 

Alaska

     25      

Indiana

     4      

New York

     16   

Arizona

     144      

Iowa

     1      

North Dakota

     1   

Arkansas

     1      

Louisiana

     18      

Oregon

     121   

California

     593      

Maine

     21      

Pennsylvania

     52   

Colorado

     115      

Maryland

     72      

Rhode Island

     8   

Connecticut

     4      

Massachusetts

     78      

South Dakota

     3   

Delaware

     20      

Montana

     38      

Texas

     220   

District of Columbia

     13      

Nebraska

     5      

Utah

     5   

Florida

     3      

Nevada

     48      

Vermont

     19   

Hawaii

     22      

New Hampshire

     28      

Virginia

     40   

Idaho

     41      

New Jersey

     82       Washington      220   

Illinois

     180      

New Mexico

     35       Wyoming      15   

The following table summarizes our stores by size as of June 18, 2016:

 

Square Footage

   Number of Stores      Percent of Total  

Less than 30,000

     205         8.9

30,000 to 50,000

     815         35.3

More than 50,000

     1,291         55.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stores

     2,311         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased properties. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $10.2 billion. Appraisals of our real estate were conducted by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. between the fourth quarter of 2012 and the fourth quarter of 2014. The foregoing value estimate includes a third-party valuation of United properties relied on by management and is adjusted to give effect to FTC-mandated divestitures and other asset sales since the dates of the appraisals.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Boise, Idaho. We own our headquarters. The premises is approximately 250,000 square feet in size. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we have corporate offices in Pleasanton, California and Phoenix, Arizona. We are in the process of consolidating our corporate campuses and division offices to increase efficiency.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC, an unrelated party. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included grocery stores that are leased back to Safeway.

 

110


Table of Contents

Products

Our stores offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items and services. We are not dependent on any individual supplier, and no third-party supplier represented more than 5% of our fiscal 2015 sales. During fiscal 2015, approximately 22% of sales, excluding fuel and pharmacy, were from our own brand products. The following table represents sales by revenue by similar type of product (in millions). Year over year increases in volume reflect acquisitions as well as identical store sales growth.

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2015     2014     2013  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,284         44.8   $ 12,906         47.5   $ 9,956         49.6

Perishables(2)

     23,661         40.3     11,044         40.6     7,842         39.1

Pharmacy

     5,073         8.6     2,603         9.6     2,019         10.1

Fuel

     2,955         5.0     387         1.4     47         0.2

Other(3)

     761         1.3     259         0.9     191         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,734         100.0   $ 27,199         100.0   $ 20,055         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions and other miscellaneous income.

Distribution

As of June 18, 2016, we operated 29 strategically located distribution centers, 66% of which are owned or ground-leased. Our distribution centers collectively provide approximately 64% of all products to our retail operating areas. We are in the process of consolidating our distribution centers and moving Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems in order to operate our entire distribution network across one unified platform.

Manufacturing

As measured by units for fiscal 2015, 12% of our own brand merchandise was manufactured in company-owned facilities, and the remainder of our own brand merchandise was purchased from third parties. We closely monitor make-versus-buy decisions on internally sourced products to optimize our profitability. In addition, we believe that our scale will provide opportunities to leverage our fixed manufacturing costs in order to drive innovation across our own brand portfolio.

We operated the following manufacturing and processing facilities as of June 18, 2016:

 

Facility Type

   Number  

Milk plants

     6   

Soft drink bottling plants

     4   

Bakery plants

     3   

Grocery/prepared food plants

     2   

Ice cream plants

     2   

Ice plant

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

     18   
  

 

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

In addition, we operate laboratory facilities for quality assurance and research and development in certain plants and at our corporate offices.

Marketing, Advertising and Online Sales

Our marketing efforts involve collaboration between our national marketing and merchandising team and local divisions and stores. We augment the local division teams with corporate resources and are focused on providing expertise, sharing best practices and leveraging scale in partnership with leading consumer packaged goods vendors. Our corporate teams support divisions by providing strategic guidance in order to drive key areas of our business, including pharmacy, general merchandise and our own brands. Our local marketing teams set brand strategy and communicate brand messages through our integrated digital and physical marketing and advertising channels. Our online ordering platform, www.safeway.com, was the fourth largest in the United States based on estimated 2015 sales. We are expanding our “click and pick” online ordering and home delivery services, in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters, to six new markets in fiscal 2016.

Relationship with SuperValu

Transition Services Agreements with SuperValu

Services .    Currently, SuperValu provides certain business support services to Albertsons and NAI pursuant to the SVU TSAs. The services provided by SuperValu to Albertsons and NAI include back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. Albertsons provides records management and retention services and environmental services to SuperValu, and also provides office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices. NAI provides pharmacy services to SuperValu.

Fees .    Albertsons’ and NAI’s fees under the SVU TSAs are 50% fixed and 50% variable, and are determined in part based on the number of stores and distribution centers receiving services, which number can be reduced by Albertsons and by NAI at any time upon five weeks’ notice, with a corresponding reduction in the variable portion of the fees due to SuperValu.

Albertsons, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $84.2 million for fiscal 2015. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2016 is $56.5 million. SuperValu reimburses Albertsons’ monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices, as well as fees for records management and retention services, and environmental services.

NAI, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $87.8 million for fiscal 2015. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2016 is $96.1 million. SuperValu pays NAI fees based on the number of operating SuperValu pharmacies receiving services.

Term .    The provision of services commenced in March 2013 and terminates on September 21, 2017. Each of SuperValu, Albertsons and NAI has eight remaining one-year consecutive options to extend the term for receipt of services under the SVU TSAs, exercisable one year in advance.

Transition and Wind Down of SuperValu TSA Services

We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems to Safeway’s IT systems and, in April 2015, we reached an agreement with SuperValu for its support of our implementation of this IT conversion. Specifically, we have agreed to pay SuperValu $50 million in the aggregate, subject to certain conditions, by November 1, 2018 to support the transition

 

112


Table of Contents

and wind down of the SVU TSAs, including the transition of services supporting Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers, divisions, back office, general office, surplus properties and other functions and facilities. We also agreed with SuperValu to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e., 5% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support our transition and wind down activities.

SuperValu—Albertsons and NAI Trademark Cross Licenses

In March 2013, NAI and Albertsons each entered into a trademark cross licensing agreement with SuperValu, pursuant to which each party granted the other a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) consistent with the parties’ past practices and uses of the relevant proprietary rights. The cross license agreements will each remain in effect for so long as and to the extent that either party to the cross-license agreements owns any of the proprietary rights subject to the agreements.

Lancaster Operating and Supply Agreement

In March 2013, NAI entered into an operating and supply agreement with SuperValu for the operation of, and supply of products from, the distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area (the “Lancaster Agreement”). Under the Lancaster Agreement, NAI owns the Lancaster distribution center and SuperValu manages and operates the distribution center on behalf of NAI. In addition, SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement, allocating costs ratably based on each parties’ use of the distribution center. Unless earlier terminated, the initial term of the Lancaster Agreement continues until March 21, 2018. Subject to either party’s right to terminate the Lancaster Agreement for any reason and without cause upon 24 months’ notice (provided that NAI cannot give a termination notice prior to May 28, 2016), SuperValu may extend the term of the agreement for up to two consecutive periods of five years each. For fiscal 2015, NAI paid SuperValu approximately $1.4 billion under the Lancaster Agreement.

Capital Expenditure Program

Our capital expenditure program funds new stores, remodels, distribution facilities and IT. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. In fiscal 2016, we expect to spend approximately $1,075 million for capital expenditures, or 1.8% of our fiscal 2015 sales, including approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects and excluding approximately $325 million of Safeway-related integration-related capital expenditures. This amount includes one-time opening and transition costs and capital expenditures that we expect to spend by the end of fiscal 2016 to remodel and remerchandise the stores we have acquired in the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction.

Trade Names and Trademarks

We have invested significantly in the development and protection of “Albertsons” and “Safeway” as both trade names and as trademarks, and consider each to be an important business asset. We also own or license more than 650 other trademarks registered and/or pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and other jurisdictions, including trademarks for products and services such as Essential Everyday , Wild Harvest , Baby Basics , Steakhouse Choice , Culinary Circle, Safeway, Rancher’s Reserve, O Organics, Lucerne, Primo Taglio, the Deli Counter, Eating Right, mom to mom, waterfront BISTRO, Bright Green, Open Nature, Refreshe, Snack Artist, Signature Café, Signature Care, Signature Farms, Signature Kitchens , Signature Home, Signature SELECT, Value Corner,

 

113


Table of Contents

Priority, just for U, My Simple Nutrition, Ingredients for Life and other trademarks such as United Express, United Supermarkets , Amigos , Market Street , Haggen, Lucky, Pak’N Save Foods, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, ACME, Sav-On, Shaw’s, Star Market, Super Saver and Jewel-Osco .

Seasonality

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.

Competition

The food and drug retail industry is highly competitive. The principal competitive factors that affect our business are location, quality, price, service, selection and condition of assets such as our stores.

We face intense competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, discount stores, convenience stores and restaurants. We and our competitors engage in price and non-price competition which, from time to time, has adversely affected our operating margins.

For more information on the competitive pressures that we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.”

Raw Materials

Various agricultural commodities constitute the principal raw materials used by the company in the manufacture of its food products. We believe that raw materials for our products are not in short supply, and all are readily available from a wide variety of independent suppliers.

Environmental Laws

Our operations are subject to regulation under environmental laws, including those relating to waste management, air emissions and underground storage tanks. In addition, as an owner and operator of commercial real estate, we may be subject to liability under applicable environmental laws for clean-up of contamination at our facilities. Compliance with, and clean-up liability under, these laws has not had and is not expected to have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results. See “—Legal Proceedings” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.”

Employees

As of February 27, 2016, we employed approximately 274,000 full- and part-time employees, of which approximately 164,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2016, 248 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

 

114


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

It is our management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to certain of the matters described herein cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability of these and other matters, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

In the second quarter of 2014, we received two subpoenas from the DEA requesting information concerning our record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. We are not a party to any pending DEA administrative or judicial proceeding arising from or related to these subpoenas. We are cooperating with the DEA in all investigative matters and have met with the DEA on several occasions. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and that the DEA may seek administrative remedies. We have recorded an estimated liability for this matter, which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena requesting information concerning potential diversion of controlled substances by a former employee, and we are in the process of responding to the third subpoena. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

In January 2016, we received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under our MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by our company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. We are cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

On August 14, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of our computer network that processes payment card transactions for retail store locations for our Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Jewel - Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. We believe these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on our IT service provider, SuperValu, we took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. We believe that we have eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. We notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks, and our insurance carriers and are cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment networks, we retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although our network had previously been found to be compliant with PCI DSS, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. We believe it is probable that the payment card networks will make claims against us. These claims will likely include amounts for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course operating expenses (such as card reissuance costs) that the payment card networks assert they or their issuing banks have incurred, and could also include a case management assessment. If the payment card networks assert claims

 

115


Table of Contents

against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the potential claims from the payment card networks. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or when the payment card networks assert their claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional loss, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have yet been asserted and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment networks are resolved. As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against us by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, we and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. We are in the process of providing the requested information. The multistate group has not made a monetary demand, and we are unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any.

On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. The company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal. On April 6, 2016, the plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. The sanctions motion is set for hearing on August 25, 2016.

 

116


Table of Contents

On June 29, 2015, counsel for Haggen delivered a notice of claims to Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC asserting that those companies had committed fraud and breached the Asset Purchase Agreement under which Haggen purchased 146 divested stores by improperly transferring inventory out of purchased stores, overstocking and understocking inventory, failing to advertise in the ordinary course of business, misusing confidential information and failing to use commercially reasonably efforts to preserve existing relationships. Haggen made no specific monetary demands, but withheld payment of approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory at 38 stores on the basis of these allegations. On July 17, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the Superior Court of Los Angeles County, alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay the approximately $41.1 million due for the purchased inventory. On July 20, 2015, an essentially identical complaint was filed in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County (the “State Court Action”). On August 26, 2015, we voluntarily dismissed the action we had commenced in Superior Court in Los Angeles County. On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”). In the complaint, Haggen alleged that we, among other actions set out in the complaint, misused Haggen’s confidential information to draw customers away from Haggen stores, provided inaccurate, incomplete and misleading inventory data and pricing information on products transferred to Haggen, deliberately understocked and overstocked inventory in stores acquired by Haggen and wrongfully cut off advertising prior to the transfer of the stores to Haggen. Furthermore, Haggen alleged that, if it is destroyed as a competitor, its damages may exceed $1 billion, and asserted it is entitled to treble and punitive damages and to seek rescission of the asset purchase agreement. On September 8, 2015, the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case. In addition, On September 17, 2015, we received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit. We believe that the claims asserted by the additional purchaser are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against the claims. On January 21, 2016, we entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the Haggen bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”) and (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates pursuant to which we resolved the District Court Action and State Court Action. The settlement agreement, which was approved by the Bankruptcy Court administering Haggen’s bankruptcy case and which is now final, provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Pending Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by us of $5.75 million to the creditor trust formed by the Creditors’ Committee (the “Creditor Trust”), (b) an agreement that we will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which we will transfer to the Creditor Trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and we paid $5.75 million to the Creditor Trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million cash payment is incremental to the previously recorded losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $30.6 million related to our contingent lease liability for leases Haggen rejected in fiscal 2015.

 

117


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our board of directors and executive officers upon completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age   Position

Robert G. Miller

   72   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Wayne A. Denningham

   54   Chief Operating Officer

Justin Dye

   43   Chief Administrative Officer

Shane Sampson

   51   Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer

Robert B. Dimond

   54   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Justin Ewing

   47   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real
Estate

Robert A. Gordon

   64   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Susan Morris

   47   Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region

Jim Perkins

   52   Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region

Andrew J. Scoggin

   54   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor
Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs

Anuj Dhanda

   53   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Dean S. Adler(a)

   59   Director

Sharon L. Allen*(a)(b)

   64   Director

Steven A. Davis*(c)(d)

   58   Director

Kim Fennebresque*(b)(d)

   66   Director

Lisa A. Gray(a)(c)

   60   Director

Hersch Klaff(c)

   62   Director

Ronald Kravit(c)

   59   Director

Alan Schumacher*(d)

   69   Director

Jay L. Schottenstein

   62   Director

Lenard B. Tessler(a)(b)

   64   Lead Director

Scott Wille

   35   Director

 

  As of June 18, 2016
* Independent Director
(a) Member, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(b) Member, Compensation Committee
(c) Member, Compliance Committee
(d) Member, Audit and Risk Committee

Executive Officer and Director Biographies

Robert G. Miller , Chairman and Chief Executive Officer .    Mr. Miller has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since April 2015 and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Miller previously served as our Executive Chairman from January 2015 to April 2015, and as Chief Executive Officer from June 2006 to January 2015. Mr. Miller has over 50 years of retail food and grocery experience. Mr. Miller previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fred Meyer Inc. and Rite Aid Corp. He is the former Vice Chairman of Kroger and former Chairman of Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a nationwide chain of natural and organic food markets. Earlier in his career, Mr. Miller served as Executive Vice President of Operations of Albertson’s, Inc. Mr. Miller is a current or former board member of Nordstrom Inc., JoAnn Fabrics, Harrah’s Entertainment Inc. and the Jim Pattison Group, Inc. Mr. Miller has detailed knowledge and valuable perspective and insights regarding our business and has responsibility for the development and implementation of our business strategy.

 

118


Table of Contents

Wayne A. Denningham , Chief Operating Officer .    Mr. Denningham has been our Chief Operating Officer since April 2015. Mr. Denningham is also a member of the Office of the CEO, a group that reports directly to, and meets frequently with, our Chief Executive Officer to discuss the development and implementation of our business strategy as well as operations, administration and marketing and merchandising priorities. Previously, he served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, South Region, from January 2015 to April 2015 and President of our Southern California division from March 2013 to January 2015. From 2006 to March 2013, he led Albertson’s LLC’s Rocky Mountain, Florida and Southern divisions. Mr. Denningham began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. in 1977 as a courtesy clerk and served in a variety of positions with the company, including Executive Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising and Executive Vice President of Operations and Regional President.

Justin Dye , Chief Administrative Officer .    Mr. Dye has been our Chief Administrative Officer since February 2015. Mr. Dye is a member of the Office of the CEO. Mr. Dye joined Albertson’s LLC as Chief Strategy Officer in 2006 and served as Chief Operating Officer of NAI from March 2013 until February 2015. Prior to joining Albertson’s LLC in 2006, Mr. Dye served as an executive at Cerberus, in various roles at General Electric, and as a consultant at Arthur Andersen.

Shane Sampson , Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer .    Mr. Sampson has been our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since April 2015. Mr. Sampson is a member of the Office of the CEO. Previously, Mr. Sampson served as our Executive Vice President, Marketing and Merchandising from January 2015 to April 2015. He previously served as President of NAI’s Jewel-Osco division from March 2014 to January 2015. Previously, in 2013, Mr. Sampson led NAI’s Shaw’s and Star Market’s management team. Prior to joining NAI, Mr. Sampson served as Senior Vice President of Operations at Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain and division of Ahold USA, from 2009 to January 2013. He has over 35 years of experience in the grocery industry at several chains, including roles as Vice President of Merchandising and Marketing and President of numerous Albertson’s, Inc. divisions.

Robert B. Dimond , Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer .    Mr. Dimond has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2014. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dimond previously served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Nash Finch Co., a food distributor, from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Dimond has over 26 years of financial and senior executive management experience in the retail food and distribution industry. Mr. Dimond has served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Wild Oats, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for the western region of Kroger, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fred Meyer, Inc. and as Vice President, Administration and Controller for Smith’s Food and Drug Centers Inc., a regional supermarket chain. Mr. Dimond is a Certified Public Accountant.

Justin Ewing , Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate .    Mr. Ewing has been our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since January 2015. Previously, Mr. Ewing had served as Albertson’s LLC’s Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since 2013, as its Vice President of Real Estate and Development since 2011 and its Vice President of Corporate Development since 2006, when Mr. Ewing originally joined Albertson’s LLC from the operations group at Cerberus. Prior to his work with Cerberus, Mr. Ewing was with Trowbridge Group, a strategic sourcing firm. Mr. Ewing also spent over 13 years with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Ewing is a Chartered Accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

Robert A. Gordon , Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary .    Mr. Gordon has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2015. Previously, he served as Safeway’s General Counsel from June 2000 to January 2015 and as Chief Governance

 

119


Table of Contents

Officer since 2004, Safeway’s Secretary since 2005 and as Safeway’s Deputy General Counsel from 1999 to 2000. Prior to joining Safeway, Mr. Gordon was a partner at the law firm Pillsbury Winthrop from 1984 to 1999.

Susan Morris , Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region .    Ms. Morris has been our Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region, since April 2016. Previously, Ms. Morris served as President of our Denver Division from March 2015 to March 2016 and as President of our Intermountain Division from March 2013 to March 2015. From June 2012 to February 2013, Ms. Morris served as our Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising, Southwest Division. From February 2010 to June 2012, Ms. Morris served as a Sales Manager in our Southwest Division. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Morris served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Merchandising and Vice President of Customer Satisfaction at SuperValu. Ms. Morris also previously served as Vice President of Operations at Albertson’s, Inc.

Jim Perkins , Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region .    Mr. Perkins has been our Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region since April 2016. He also served as our Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region, from April 2015 to April 2016. He served as President of NAI’s Acme Markets division from March 2013 to April 2015. Previously, he served as regional Vice President of Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain, from 2009 to 2013. He began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. as a clerk in 1982. Mr. Perkins served in roles of increasing responsibility, ultimately being named Vice President of Operations for Albertson’s, Inc. In 2006, Mr. Perkins joined Albertson’s LLC’s southern division as Director of Operations.

Andrew J. Scoggin , Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs .    Mr. Scoggin has served as our current Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs since January 2015. Mr. Scoggin has also served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC since March 2013, and served as the Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC from June 2006 to March 2013. Mr. Scoggin joined Albertson’s, Inc. in the Labor Relations and Human Resources department in 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Scoggin practiced law with a San Francisco Bay Area law firm.

Anuj Dhanda , Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer .    Mr. Dhanda has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 7, 2015. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dhanda served as Senior Vice President of Digital Commerce of the Giant Eagle supermarket chain since March 2015, and as its Chief Information Officer since September 2013. Previously, Mr. Dhanda served at PNC Financial Services as Chief Information Officer from March 2008 to August 2013, after having served in other senior information technology positions at PNC Bank from 1995 to 2013.

Dean S. Adler , Director .    Mr. Adler has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Adler is CEO of Lubert-Adler, which he co-founded in 1997. Mr. Adler has served on the board of directors of Bed Bath & Beyond Inc., a nationwide retailer of domestic goods, since 2001, and previously served on the board of directors for Developers Diversified Realty Corp., a shopping center real estate investment trust, and Electronics Boutique, Inc., a mall retailer. Mr. Adler’s extensive experience in the retail and real estate industries, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of directors in industries critical to our operations.

Sharon L. Allen , Director .    Ms. Allen has been a member of our board since June 2015. Ms. Allen served as U.S. Chairman of Deloitte LLP from 2003 to 2011, retiring from that position in May 2011. Ms. Allen was also a member of the Global Board of Directors, Chair of the Global Risk Committee and U.S. Representative of the Global Governance Committee of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited from 2003 to May 2011. Ms. Allen worked at Deloitte for nearly 40 years in various

 

120


Table of Contents

leadership roles, including partner and regional managing partner, and was previously responsible for audit and consulting services for a number of Fortune 500 and large private companies. Ms. Allen is currently an independent director of Bank of America Corporation. Ms. Allen has also served as a director of First Solar, Inc. since 2013. Ms. Allen is a Certified Public Accountant (Retired). Ms. Allen’s extensive leadership, accounting and audit experience broadens the scope of our board of directors’ oversight of our financial performance and reporting and provides our board of directors with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Steven A. Davis , Director .    Mr. Davis has been a member of our board since June 2015. Mr. Davis is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bob Evans Farms, Inc., a foodservice and consumer products company, where he served from May 2006 to December 2014. Mr. Davis has also served as a director of Marathon Petroleum Corporation, a petroleum refiner, marketer, retailer and transporter, since 2013, Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. (formerly Walgreens Co.), a pharmacy-led wellbeing enterprise, from 2009 to 2015, and CenturyLink, Inc. (formerly Embarq Corporation), a provider of communication services, from 2006 to 2009. Prior to joining Bob Evans Farms, Inc. in 2006, Mr. Davis served in a variety of restaurant and consumer packaged goods leadership positions, including president of Long John Silver’s LLC and A&W All-American Food Restaurants. In addition, he held executive and operational positions at Yum! Brands, Inc.’s Pizza Hut division and at Kraft General Foods Inc. Mr. Davis brings to our board of directors extensive leadership experience. In particular, Mr. Davis’ leadership of retail and food service companies and pharmacies provides our board of directors with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Kim Fennebresque , Director .    Mr. Fennebresque has been a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Mr. Fennebresque has served as a senior advisor to Cowen Group Inc., a diversified financial services firm, since 2008, where he also served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer from 1999 to 2008. He has served on the boards of directors of Ally Financial Inc., a financial services company, since May 2009, BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, since May 2013 and Delta Tucker Holdings, Inc. (the parent of DynCorp International, a provider of defense and technical services and government outsourced solutions) since May 2015. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Fennebresque served as chairman of Dahlman Rose & Co., LLC, an investment bank. He has also served as head of the corporate finance and mergers & acquisitions departments at UBS and was a general partner and co-head of investment banking at Lazard Frères & Co. He has also held various positions at First Boston Corporation, an investment bank acquired by Credit Suisse. Mr. Fennebresque’s extensive experience as a director of several public companies and history of leadership in the financial services industry brings corporate governance expertise and a diverse viewpoint to the deliberations of our board of directors.

Lisa A. Gray , Director.     Ms. Gray has been member of our board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Gray has served as Vice Chairman of Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company, LLC (“COAC”), an affiliate of Cerberus, since May 2015, and has served as General Counsel of COAC since 2004. Prior to joining Cerberus in 2004, she served as Chief Operating Executive and General Counsel for WAM!NET Inc., a provider of content hosting and distribution solutions, from 1996 to 2004. Prior to that, she was a partner at the law firm of Larkin, Hoffman, Daly & Lindgren, Ltd from 1986 to 1996. Ms. Gray serves as Vice Chairman and General Counsel of COAC, an affiliate of our largest beneficial owner, and has extensive experience and familiarity with us. In addition, Ms. Gray has extensive legal and corporate governance skills which broadens the scope of our board of directors’ experience.

Hersch Klaff , Director .    Mr. Klaff has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Klaff is the Chief Executive Officer of Klaff Realty, which he formed in 1984. Mr. Klaff began his career with the public accounting firm of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser in Chicago and is a Certified

 

121


Table of Contents

Public Accountant. Mr. Klaff’s real estate expertise and accounting and investment experience, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, broadens the scope of our board of directors’ oversight of our financial performance.

Ronald Kravit , Director .    Mr. Kravit has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Kravit is currently a Senior Managing Director and head of real estate investing at Cerberus, which he joined in 1996. Mr. Kravit has currently or previously served on the boards of Chrysler Financial Services Americas LLC, a financial services company, LNR Property LLC, a diversified real estate investment company, and Residential Capital LLC, a real estate finance company. Mr. Kravit joined Cerberus in 1996. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P., a real estate investment firm, from 1994 to 1996. Prior to his tenure at Apollo, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at G. Soros Realty Advisors/Reichmann International, an affiliate of Soros Fund Management, from 1993 to 1994. Mr. Kravit is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Kravit’s experience in the real estate and financial services industries, and his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of directors.

Alan Schumacher , Director .    Alan H. Schumacher has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. He has currently or previously served as a director of BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, Evertec Inc., a full-service transaction processing business in Latin America, School Bus Holdings Inc., an indirect parent of school-bus manufacturer Blue Bird Corporation, Quality Distribution Inc., a chemical bulk tank truck operator, and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, a producer of aluminum. Mr. Schumacher was a member of the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board from 2002 through June 2012. The board of directors has determined that the simultaneous service on more than three audit committees of public companies by Mr. Schumacher does not impair his ability to serve on our audit and risk committee nor does it represent or in any way create a conflict of interest for our company. Mr. Schumacher’s experience as a board director of several public companies, and his deep understanding of accounting principles, provides our board of directors with experience to oversee our accounting and financial reporting.

Jay Schottenstein , Director .    Mr. Schottenstein has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Schottenstein has served as interim Chief Executive Officer of American Eagle Outfitters, Inc. (“American Eagle”), an apparel and accessories retailer, since January 2014 and as Chairman of their board of directors since March 1992. Mr. Schottenstein previously served as Chief Executive Officer of American Eagle from March 1992 until December 2002. He has also served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Schottenstein Stores since March 1992 and as president since 2001. Mr. Schottenstein also served as chief executive officer of DSW, Inc., a footwear and accessories retailer, from March 2005 to April 2009, and as chairman of the board of directors of DSW since March 2005. Mr. Schottenstein’s experience as a chief executive officer and a director of other major publically-owned retailers, and his prior experience as a member of our board of directors, gives him and our board of directors valuable knowledge and insight to oversee our operations.

Lenard B. Tessler , Lead Director .    Mr. Tessler has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Tessler is currently Vice Chairman and Senior Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Tessler served as Managing Partner of TGV Partners, a private equity firm that he founded, from 1990 to 2001. From 1987 to 1990, he was a founding partner of Levine, Tessler, Leichtman & Co. From 1982 to 1987, he was a founder, Director and Executive Vice President of Walker Energy Partners. Mr. Tessler is a member of the Cerberus Capital Management Investment Committee. Mr. Tessler’s leadership roles at our largest beneficial owner, his board service and his extensive experience in financing and private equity investments and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, provides critical skills for our board of directors to oversee our strategic planning and operations.

 

122


Table of Contents

Scott Wille , Director .    Mr. Wille has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Mr. Wille is currently Co-Head of North American Private Equity and Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2006. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Wille worked in the leveraged finance group at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Wille has served as a director of Remington Outdoor Company, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of firearms, ammunition and related products, since February 2014 and Keane Group Holdings, LLC, a provider of hydraulic fracturing, wireline technologies and drilling services, since 2011. Mr. Wille previously served as a director of Tower International, Inc., a manufacturer of engineered structural metal components and assemblies, from September 2010 to October 2012. Mr. Wille serves as Managing Director of our largest beneficial owner, and his experience in the financial and private equity industries, and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, are valuable to our board of directors’ understanding of our business and financial performance.

Board of Directors

Family Relationships

None of our officers or directors has any family relationship with any director or other officer. “Family relationship” for this purpose means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are currently managed under the limited liability company board of managers of AB Acquisition. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of the AB Acquisition board of managers will become our board of directors, and we refer to them as such. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have 12 members, comprised of one executive officer, seven directors affiliated with the Sponsors and four independent directors. Members of the board of directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders to serve for a term of one year or until their successors have been elected and qualified, subject to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE and as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, as a group, will control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

123


Table of Contents
    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

In the event that we cease to be a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to comply with these provisions after specified transition periods.

More specifically, if we cease to be a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to (i) satisfy the majority independent board requirement within one year of our status change, and (ii) have (a) at least one independent member on each of our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee by the date of our status change, (b) at least a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the date of our status change and (c) fully independent committees within one year of the date of our status change.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors does not have a formal policy on whether the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors should be separate. However, Robert G. Miller currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and believes at this time that our company and its stockholders are best served by having one person serve in both positions. Combining the roles fosters accountability, effective decision-making and alignment between interests of our board of directors and management. Mr. Miller also is able to use the in-depth focus and perspective gained in his executive function to assist our board of directors in addressing both internal and external issues affecting the company.

Our corporate governance guidelines provide for the election of one of our non-management directors to serve as Lead Director when the Chairman of the board of directors is also the Chief Executive Officer. Lenard B. Tessler currently serves as our Lead Director, and is responsible for serving as a liaison between the Chairman and the non-management directors, approving meeting agendas and schedules for our board and presiding at executive sessions of the non-management directors and any other board meetings at which the Chairman is not present, among other responsibilities.

Our board of directors expects to periodically review its leadership structure to ensure that it continues to meet the company’s needs.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our audit and risk committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks. Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our compliance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of compliance and regulatory risks facing our

 

124


Table of Contents

company and risks associated with business conduct and ethics. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees risks associated with corporate governance. Pursuant to our board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by our board of directors and its committees.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has assigned certain of its responsibilities to permanent committees consisting of board members appointed by it. Following this offering, our board of directors will have an audit and risk committee, compensation committee, compliance committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the responsibilities and composition described below:

Audit and Risk Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit and risk committee will consist of Kim Fennebresque, Alan Schumacher and Steven Davis, with Mr. Schumacher serving as chair of the committee. The committee assists the board in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (to the extent not otherwise handled by our compliance committee), our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and the establishment and performance of our internal audit function and the performance of the independent auditor. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have three independent directors serving on our audit and risk committee. Our board of directors will determine which member of our audit and risk committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which the audit and risk committee operates. A copy of the audit and risk committee charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE, will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Kim Fennebresque, Lenard B. Tessler and Sharon Allen, with Mr. Fennebresque serving as chair of the committee. The compensation committee of the board of directors is authorized to review our compensation and benefits plans to ensure they meet our corporate objectives, approve the compensation structure of our executive officers and evaluate our executive officers’ performance and advise on salary, bonus and other incentive and equity compensation. A copy of the compensation committee charter will be available on our website.

Compliance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compliance committee will consist of Lisa A. Gray, Hersch Klaff, Ronald Kravit and Steven Davis, with Ms. Gray serving as chair of the committee. The purpose of the compliance committee is to assist the board in implementing and overseeing our compliance programs, policies and procedures that are designed to respond to the various compliance and regulatory risks facing our company, and monitor our performance with respect to such programs, policies and procedures. A copy of the charter for the compliance committee will be available on our website.

 

125


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dean Adler, Sharon Allen, Lisa Gray and Lenard Tessler, with Ms. Allen serving as chair of the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is primarily concerned with identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, selecting the director nominees for the next annual meeting of the stockholders, selection of the director candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and the development of our corporate governance guidelines and principles. A copy of the nominating and corporate governance committee charter will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, as applicable, that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas, including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, executive sessions, standing board committees, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.

Director Compensation

Only our independent directors received compensation for their service on our board of directors or any board committees in fiscal 2015. We reimburse all of our directors for reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attendance at board of directors and committee meetings.

In connection with Robert L. Edwards becoming our Vice Chairman, on April 9, 2015, Mr. Edwards, the company and AB Management Services Corp. entered into a Director and Consultancy Agreement (the “Director and Consultancy Agreement”), under which Mr. Edwards received compensation for his service as a director through his resignation as a director on June 13, 2015. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In March 2015, the board of directors approved independent director annual fees of $150,000 per year for Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher, and additional annual fees of $25,000 per year for Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher for their service as the chairs of the compensation committee

 

126


Table of Contents

and the audit and risk committee, respectively. Upon the commencement of their service on the board of directors in June 2015, Sharon L. Allen and Steven A. Davis became eligible to receive independent director annual fees of $150,000 per year.

During fiscal 2015, the independent directors were granted the number of Phantom Units under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan (the “Phantom Unit Plan”) set forth below (the “Director Phantom Units”):

 

Participant

   Units  

Sharon L. Allen

     100,000   

Steven A. Davis

     25,000   

Kim Fennebresque

     25,000   

Alan Schumacher

     25,000   

50% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, with the first such installment having vested on the last day of fiscal 2015, and the remaining installments subject to the director’s continued service through each remaining vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, with the first such installment having vested on the last day of fiscal 2015 as discussed below, and the remaining installments subject to the director’s continued service through each remaining vesting date, and subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year (“Performance Units”). If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, any Performance Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, however, any Performance Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will become vested based solely on the director’s continued service. In addition, if, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, a director’s service is terminated by the company without cause (as defined in the Phantom Unit Plan), or due to the director’s death or disability, all of such director’s Director Phantom Units will become 100% vested.

The portion of the Performance Units subject to vesting on February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015, were subject to the company’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, each of Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis became vested in 25% of his Performance Units on February 27, 2016.

100% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Ms. Allen vested on the last day of fiscal 2015. 60% of Ms. Allen’s Director Phantom Units were settled in Series 2 Incentive Units, and she received a cash payment in the amount of $684,000, the fair value of the remaining 40% of her Series 2 Incentive Units on the vesting date.

On April 28, 2016, our board approved awards of 5,848 Phantom Units to each of Messrs. Davis, Fennebresque and Schumacher and Ms. Allen. These Phantom Unit awards will vest 100% on the last day of fiscal 2016 subject to the applicable director’s continued service through such date.

Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, the Director Phantom Units will be converted into restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock. See “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

 

127


Table of Contents

In August 2015, the board of directors approved a director compensation plan, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering. Each director will receive an annual cash fee in the amount of $125,000, which the director may elect to receive in the form of a grant of fully vested stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. In addition, each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $100,000 that, if vested, will be settled in shares of our common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. The restricted stock unit grants will be made on the first day of the trading window following the first annual meeting of our stockholders in each calendar year and will vest 100% upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the first stockholder meeting in the calendar year following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to the director’s continuous service through the vesting date. A director appointed to serve on our board of directors between annual stockholders meetings will receive a pro-rated restricted stock unit grant for the year of appointment, subject to the same terms (including timing of vesting) as the grants made to the other directors for such year, but based on the grant date value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, our Lead Director will receive an annual fee in the amount of $20,000 and committee members will receive an annual fee of $20,000, with the committee chairs receiving an additional annual fee in the amount of $20,000.

Director Compensation Table

Four members of our board of directors, Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher, received compensation for their service on our board during fiscal 2015, as set forth in the table below and as described in “—Director Compensation.”

 

(in dollars)

Name         

  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
    Unit
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and non
qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Sharon L. Allen

    112,500        2,182,000 (1)                                  2,294,500   

Steven A. Davis

    112,500        545,500 (2)                                  658,000   

Kim Fennebresque

    173,438        545,500 (2)                                  718,938   

Alan Schumacher

    173,438        545,500 (2)                                  718,938   

 

(1) Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Ms. Allen, the amount reflects the 100,000 Phantom Units granted to her on June 16, 2015. The Phantom Units vested 100% on February 27, 2016.
(2) Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Mr. Davis, the amount reflects the 25,000 Phantom Units granted to him on June 16, 2015. For Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher, the amounts reflect the 25,000 Phantom Units granted to each of them on March 5, 2015. The Phantom Units vested 25% on February 27, 2016. The remainder of the Phantom Units will vest 25% each year at the end of fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, subject to the terms described in “—Director Compensation.”

 

128


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is designed to provide an understanding of our compensation philosophy and objectives, compensation-setting process, and the fiscal 2015 compensation of our named executive officers, or “NEOs.” Our NEOs for fiscal 2015 are:

 

    Robert G. Miller, our current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who served as our Chief Executive Officer from the commencement of fiscal 2014 (February 21, 2014) through January 29, 2015, and as our Executive Chairman from January 30, 2015 through his appointment as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on April 9, 2015;

 

    Robert L. Edwards, who joined the company from Safeway on January 30, 2015, the closing date of the Safeway acquisition, and who served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from that date through his transition to Vice Chairman (a non-employee position) on April 9, 2015;

 

    Robert B. Dimond, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Wayne A. Denningham, our Chief Operating Officer;

 

    Justin Dye, our Chief Administrative Officer; and

 

    Shane Sampson, our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate our executive officers who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a competitive compensation package to our executive officers to reward achievement of our business objectives and align their interests with the interests of our equityholders. We have sought to accomplish these goals through a combination of short- and long-term compensation components that are linked to our annual and long-term business objectives and strategies. To focus our executive officers on the fulfillment of our business objectives, a significant portion of their compensation is performance-based.

The Role of the Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include determining and approving the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and reviewing and approving the compensation of all other executive officers.

Compensation Setting Process

In recent years, our compensation program reflected our operations as a private company. In determining the compensation for our executive officers, we relied largely upon the experience of our management and our board of directors with input from our Chief Executive Officer.

In contemplation of this offering, our board of directors has established a compensation committee to be responsible for administering our executive compensation programs. As part of the administration of our executive compensation programs, the Chief Executive Officer provides the compensation committee with his assessment of the NEOs’ performance and other factors used in developing his recommendation for their compensation, including salary adjustments, cash incentives and equity grants.

 

129


Table of Contents

We have engaged a compensation consultant to provide assistance in determining the compensation of our executive officers. Such assistance may include establishing a peer group and formal benchmarking process to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive and offers the appropriate retention and performance incentives.

Components of the NEO Fiscal 2015 Compensation Program

The company uses various compensation elements to provide an overall competitive total compensation and benefits package to the NEOs that is tied to creating value and commensurate with our results and aligns with our business strategy. Set forth below are the key elements of the fiscal 2015 compensation program for our NEOs:

 

    base salary that reflects compensation for the NEO’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance;

 

    quarterly bonus based on division performance;

 

    annual bonus based on our financial performance for the fiscal year;

 

    incentive compensation based on the value of the company’s equity;

 

    severance protection; and

 

    other benefits that are provided to all employees, including healthcare benefits, life insurance, retirement savings plans and disability plans.

Base Salary

We provide the NEOs with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salaries for the NEOs are determined on the basis of each executive’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance.

The initial annual base salaries for fiscal 2015 for our NEOs (other than Mr. Edwards) were as follows: Mr. Miller—$2,000,000; Mr. Dimond—$700,000; Mr. Denningham—$750,000; Mr. Sampson—$700,000; and Mr. Dye—$800,000. To align the base salaries of the members of the Office of the CEO reporting to Mr. Miller, the base salaries for Messrs. Denningham and Sampson were both increased to $800,000 starting April 12, 2015. Mr. Edwards’ annual base salary was $1,500,000 during the period that he served as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Bonuses

Performance-Based Bonus Plans

We recognize that our corporate management employees shoulder responsibility for supporting our operations and in achieving positive financial results. Therefore, we believe that a substantial percentage of each executive officer’s annual compensation should be tied directly to the achievement of performance goals.

2015 Bonus Plan .     All of our NEOs, other than Mr. Edwards, participated in the Corporate Management Bonus Plan established for fiscal 2015 (the “2015 Bonus Plan”). Consistent with our historic bonus plans, the 2015 Bonus Plan provided for a quarterly bonus component based on the performance achieved by each of our divisions for each fiscal quarter in fiscal 2015 (each a “Quarterly Division Bonus”), other than our United Supermarket division, which maintains a separate bonus plan. In addition, to align our bonus structure with the bonus structure maintained by Safeway prior to the Safeway acquisition, the 2015 Bonus Plan also included an annual bonus component based on

 

130


Table of Contents

performance for the full fiscal 2015 (“Annual Corporate Bonus”). The goals set under the 2015 Bonus Plan were designed to be challenging and difficult to achieve, but still within a realizable range so that achievement was both uncertain and objective. We believe that this methodology created a strong link between our NEOs and our financial performance.

The Quarterly Division Bonus component and the Annual Corporate Bonus component each constituted 50% of each NEO’s 2015 target bonus opportunity. We established the fiscal year 2015 target bonus opportunity for each NEO under the 2015 Bonus Plan as 60% of the NEO’s annual base salary. Mr. Miller historically did not participate in our annual bonus plans due to his active involvement in administering and making determinations under such plans. Following the establishment of our compensation committee, our company decided that Mr. Miller would participate in the 2015 Bonus Plan with a target bonus opportunity consistent with our other executive officers to align his compensation with that of our other executive officers. Mr. Denningham’s target bonus opportunity was increased from his fiscal 2014 target bonus opportunity of 55% to reflect his promotion to Chief Operating Officer and increased responsibilities. We believe that the target bonus opportunity for our NEOs is appropriate based on their positions and responsibilities, as well as their individual ability to impact our financial performance, and places a proportionately larger percentage of total annual pay for our NEOs at risk based on our performance.

Quarterly Division Bonus .    The target bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter was calculated by dividing the NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity by 52 weeks and multiplying the result by the number of weeks in the applicable fiscal quarter, then dividing by half (each a “Quarterly Bonus Target”). Higher and lower percentages of base salary could be earned for each fiscal quarter if minimum performance levels or performance levels above target were achieved. The maximum bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter under the 2015 Bonus Plan was 200% of the applicable Quarterly Bonus Target. No amount would be payable for the applicable fiscal quarter if results fell below established threshold levels. We believe that having a maximum cap serves to promote good judgment by the NEOs, reduces the likelihood of windfalls and makes the maximum cost of the plan predictable.

At the beginning of each fiscal quarter, the management of each division participating in the 2015 Bonus Plan, with approval from our corporate management, established the division’s EBITDA goal for the applicable fiscal quarter with threshold, plan, target and maximum goals. After the end of the fiscal quarter, our corporate finance team calculated the financial results for each retail division and reported the Quarterly Division Bonus percentage earned, if any. A division earned between 0% to 100% of its bonus target amount for achievement of EBITDA for the fiscal quarter between the threshold and target levels. If the division exceeded 100% of its target EBITDA for a fiscal quarter, the amount in excess of target EBITDA would be earned in proportion to the maximum goals, subject to a cap based on achievement of division sales goals for such fiscal quarter as follows:

 

Quarterly Sales Goal Percentage Achieved

   Maximum Percentage of Quarterly Division Bonus Target Earned

Below 99%

   100%

99%-99.99%

   150%

100% or greater

   200%

The bonuses earned by our NEOs for each fiscal quarter were determined by adding together the percentage of the quarterly division bonus target amounts earned for all of the divisions and dividing the sum by thirteen (the number of our divisions participating in the 2015 Bonus Plan).

Annual Corporate Bonus .    The Annual Corporate Bonus component was based on the level of achievement by the company of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Amounts under the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned above or below target level. The

 

131


Table of Contents

threshold level above which a percentage of the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned was achievement above 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target and 100% of the Annual Corporate Bonus may be earned at achievement of 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, with interim percentages earned for achievement between levels. If achievement exceeded 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, 10% of the excess Adjusted EBITDA would be added to the bonus pool, but payout was capped at 200% on the Annual Corporate Bonus component of the NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, 109.2% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, the compensation committee determined that 200% of the Annual Corporate Bonus component of each NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity was earned.

Our NEOs earned the following amounts under the 2015 Bonus Plan:

 

Name

   Aggregate Fiscal 2015
Quarterly Division
Bonus Earned
   Fiscal 2015 Annual
Corporate Bonus Earned
   Aggregate Fiscal 2015
Bonus Earned

Robert G. Miller

   $572,317    $1,200,000    $1,772,317

Robert B. Dimond

   $200,311    $420,000    $620,311

Wayne A. Denningham

   $226,497    $476,538    $703,035

Justin Dye

   $228,927    $480,000    $708,927

Shane Sampson

   $224,067    $473,077    $697,144

2016 Bonus Plan .    Our 2016 bonus plan generally has been structured in the same manner as our 2015 Bonus Plan.

Special Bonuses

In addition to the annual cash incentive program, we may from time to time pay our NEOs discretionary bonuses as determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee to provide for additional retention or upon special circumstances. In connection with the commencement of their employment, Messrs. Dimond and Sampson received retention bonuses in the amounts of $1,500,000 and $1,000,000, respectively. Upon his subsequent transfer to the position of Division President of Jewel-Osco and in recognition of his performance, in March 2014, Mr. Sampson’s retention award was increased to $1,240,000. The first, second and third installments of Mr. Dimond’s and Mr. Sampson’s retention bonuses in the amounts of $375,000 and $310,000, respectively, were paid to them on April 1, 2014, April 1, 2015 and April 1, 2016, and the final installment will be payable on April 1, 2017, generally subject to the applicable NEO remaining actively working, without having been demoted, through the payment date.

In recognition of his performance and as an additional incentive, in March 2013, Mr. Denningham received a retention bonus in the amount of $700,000. The first, second and third installments of Mr. Denningham’s retention bonus, each in the amount of $175,000, were paid to Mr. Denningham in April 2014, April 2015 and April 2016, and the final installment will be paid in April 2017, generally subject to Mr. Denningham remaining employed through the payment date.

Incentive Plans

Miller Incentive Units

Under an amendment to Mr. Miller’s employment agreement entered into in March 2014, the company agreed that, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller would be granted a fully-vested equity award equal to a 1.0% interest in AB Acquisition. Accordingly, as required under his employment agreement, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller was granted 3,350,084

 

132


Table of Contents

fully-vested and non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units of AB Acquisition (the “Miller Incentive Units”). The Miller Incentive Units entitle Mr. Miller to participate in cash distributions of Albertsons, NAI and Safeway based on his ownership percentage of the aggregate ABS, NAI and Safeway units, Series 1 Incentive Units and Investor Incentive Units outstanding. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertsons, NAI and Safeway unitholders after which Mr. Miller will participate on a pro rata basis. The Miller Incentive Units are convertible to an equal number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units reflecting the fair market value of such units as of the conversion date, which is the earlier of (i) January 30, 2020 and (ii) the effective date of consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering or a sale of all or substantially all of the equity of the company or of the consolidated assets of the company and its subsidiaries. The Miller Incentive Units are fully vested and contain no voting rights.

Incentive Unit Plan

Effective upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we adopted the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan (the “Incentive Unit Plan”). See “—Incentive Plans—Incentive Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Incentive Unit Plan.

Under terms agreed to by Mr. Edwards and the company in August 2014 and further set forth in the employment agreement with Mr. Edwards entered into in December 2014, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Edwards was granted 3,350,083 Incentive Units under the Incentive Unit Plan (the “Series 1 Incentive Units”). The Series 1 Incentive Units represented 1% of our fully diluted equity above a valuation threshold determined at grant of $2.3 million. 50% of the Series 1 Incentive Units were scheduled to vest in four annual installments of 25% on each of the anniversaries of the date of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, subject to Mr. Edwards’ continued employment through such date and would become 100% vested upon the completion of an initial public offering by the company or a change in control. The remaining 50% would become vested in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of Safeway’s fiscal year starting with 2015 if the annual performance targets set by our management board for the respective fiscal year would be achieved and Mr. Edwards remained employed. The Series 1 Incentive Units subject to performance targets not attained in any fiscal year could have become vested in a subsequent year if the performance in a subsequent year satisfied the performance target for such year and, on a cumulative basis, the performance target for the earlier fiscal year in which the performance target was not met. In the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), or due to his death or disability, a pro-rated portion of Mr. Edwards’ Series 1 Incentive Units would have become vested as if he had remained employed through the next vesting date and the performance targets for the applicable fiscal year had been achieved.

In connection with his transition to the position of Vice Chairman, Mr. Edwards and the company agreed that Mr. Edwards would forfeit 1,675,041.5 of his Series 1 Incentive Units. The remaining 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units would vest in full on January 30, 2016, the first anniversary of the closing date of the Safeway acquisition, subject to his continued service as a consultant through that date and accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of his service due to a breach by the company of his Director and Consultancy Agreement, his death or due to disability. Mr. Edwards became fully vested in his Series 1 Incentive Units on January 30, 2016.

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, we adopted the Phantom Unit Plan. See “—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

 

133


Table of Contents

On March 5, 2015, we granted to the NEOs listed below the number of Phantom Units set forth below (the “2015 Phantom Units”):

 

Participant

   Units  

Shane Sampson

     1,200,000   

Justin Dye

     1,000,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     700,000   

Wayne A. Denningham

     600,000   

50% of the 2015 Phantom Units are time-based units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of fiscal 2015, subject to the NEO’s continued service through each vesting date (“Time-Based Units”). The remaining 50% of the 2015 Phantom Units are performance-based units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of fiscal 2015, subject to the NEO’s continued service through each vesting date, and will also be subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year (“Performance-Based Units”). If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, however, any Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will become vested based solely on the NEO’s continued employment (like the Time-Based Units). In addition, if, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, an NEO’s employment with the company is terminated by the company without “Cause,” or due to the participant’s death or disability, all Time-Based Units and Performance-Based Units will become 100% vested.

The 2015 Phantom Units were granted with the right to receive a “Tax Bonus” that entitles the participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair value of the Series 2 Incentive Units paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, the 2015 Phantom Units will be converted into restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock.

The portion of the Performance-Based Units subject to vesting on February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015, were subject to the company’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, our compensation committee determined that each of our NEOs became vested in 25% of his Performance-Based Units on February 27, 2016.

Because this offering did not occur prior to the first vesting date under the 2015 Phantom Units, our compensation committee allowed our NEOs and other officers holding Phantom Units to make an election with regard to the method by which the company satisfied its required tax withholding obligations and the participant satisfied his or her other tax liability upon the issuance of the Series 2 Incentive Units underlying the vesting 2015 Phantom Units. To provide the participants with flexibility, the company allowed participants to elect to direct the company to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units up to the applicable statutory rate, retain the after-tax portion of the participant’s Tax Bonus and/or pay any tax shortfall out of pocket to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulations. If the participant did not make an election or to the extent such election did not provide for the amount required for the company to satisfy its required statutory tax withholding obligation, the company reduced the number of Series 2 Incentive Units otherwise issuable to a participant to satisfy its required tax withholding obligations.

 

134


Table of Contents

Messrs. Sampson, Dye and Denningham each directed the company to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units underlying their respective vested 2015 Phantom Units up to the applicable statutory rate. Mr. Dimond directed the company to retain the after-tax portion of his Tax Bonus and to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units underlying his vested 2015 Phantom Units for the remainder of his tax liability. The chart below lists the number of Series 2 Incentive Units withheld and issued to the NEOs:

 

Name

   Series 2 Incentive
Units Withheld
     Series 2 Incentive
Units Issued
 

Shane Sampson

     148,050         151,950   

Justin Dye

     123,375         126,626   

Robert B. Dimond

     54,249         120,751   

Wayne A. Denningham

     74,025         75,975   

Employment Agreements and Offer Letters

Robert G. Miller

During fiscal 2015, Mr. Miller was a party to an employment agreement with AB Acquisition, dated March 13, 2006, as amended (the “Miller Employment Agreement”). On September 21, 2015, Mr. Miller and the company entered into an agreement pursuant to which, upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the Miller Employment Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect the assignment of Mr. Miller’s employment and the Miller Employment Agreement to the company. The term of Mr. Miller’s employment under the Miller Employment Agreement will expire on January 30, 2018.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (which will be the senior most executive officer) and a voting member of the board of directors and of any executive or operating committee of the board of directors other than, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, the compensation committee, audit committee or any other committee required by the rules of the SEC or the applicable securities exchange to be made up of solely independent directors.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will receive an annual base salary in the amount of $2,000,000 per year.

In the event of a termination of Mr. Miller’s employment by us without Cause or by Mr. Miller with Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to his base salary for the remainder of the term and, if such termination is following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, his target bonus. In addition, following the term of Mr. Miller’s employment, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a payment of $50,000 per month (or partial month) during his lifetime and, after his death, his spouse will become entitled to a payment of $25,000 per month for each month (or partial month) during her lifetime. In any event, such payments will cease on the tenth anniversary of the end of the term.

Pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours of personal use per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. In addition, pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, we assigned $5.0 million of the key man life insurance policy we had obtained on Mr. Miller’s life to Mr. Miller in favor of one or more beneficiaries designated by him from time to time. We agreed to maintain such policy (or substitute equivalent policies) in effect for a period of at least 10 years following the closing of the Safeway acquisition (whether or not Mr. Miller remains employed with the company).

 

135


Table of Contents

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    an act of fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation by Mr. Miller intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the company; or

 

    Mr. Miller’s willful or intentional failure to materially comply (to the best of his ability) with a specific, written direction of the board of directors that is consistent with normal business practice and not inconsistent with the Miller Employment Agreement and his responsibilities thereunder, and that within 10 business days after the delivery of written notice of the failure is not cured to the best of his ability or that Mr. Miller has not provided notice that the failure was based on his good faith belief that the implementation of such direction would be unlawful or unethical.

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a change of control;

 

    any material adverse alteration in Mr. Miller’s titles, positions, duties, authorities, reporting relationships or responsibilities that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller; or

 

    any material failure by us to comply with the Miller Employment Agreement that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller.

Robert L. Edwards

Mr. Edwards was party to an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp., a subsidiary of the company, dated December 15, 2014 (the “Edwards Employment Agreement”). The Edwards Employment Agreement became effective as of the closing date of the Safeway acquisition. Pursuant to the Edwards Employment Agreement, Mr. Edwards served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the company, and certain of its subsidiaries. Mr. Edwards’ annual base salary was $1,500,000 and he was eligible to receive a bonus under a plan established by the company with a target bonus of 100% of his base salary and a maximum bonus of 200% of base salary. The Edwards Employment Agreement also provided for the grant of Series 1 Incentive Units described above under “—Incentive Plans—Incentive Unit Plan.” If Mr. Edwards’ employment would have been terminated by us without cause or by him for good reason, subject to his execution of a release, Mr. Edwards would have been entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary and the target bonus, and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for 18 months; but if the termination was within 24 months of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, the severance amount would not be less than he would have received under the Safeway Executive Severance Plan for termination following a “Change in Control.”

On April 9, 2015, the company, AB Management Services Corp. and Mr. Edwards entered into the Director and Consultancy Agreement which superseded the Edwards Employment Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Robert B. Dimond and Justin Dye

During fiscal 2015, Mr. Dimond was party to an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp. dated September 9, 2014, and Mr. Dye was party to an employment agreement with NAI dated March 21, 2013 (each as amended, a “D&D Employment Agreement” and, collectively, the “D&D Employment Agreements”). On September 21, 2015, Messrs. Dimond and Dye each entered into an agreement with the company pursuant to which, upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the respective D&D Employment Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect the

 

136


Table of Contents

assignment of the respective executive’s employment and the respective D&D Employment Agreement to the company. The D&D Employment Agreements both currently provide for a term through the third anniversary of the closing of the Safeway acquisition. Each of the D&D Employment Agreements provide for an annual base salary ($700,000 for Mr. Dimond and $750,000 (increased to $800,000 under the amended and restated agreement) for Mr. Dye), and each executive is eligible to receive an annual bonus targeted at 60% of his annual base salary.

If the executive’s employment terminates due to his death or he is terminated due to disability, the executive or his legal representative, as appropriate, will be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to 25% of his base salary. If the executive’s employment is terminated by the company without Cause or by the executive for Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, the executive is entitled to a lump sum payment of his base salary and target bonus for the period from the date of such termination through January 30, 2018, if the termination occurs prior to January 30, 2016, or for a period of 24 months if the termination occurs following January 30, 2016, and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for 36 months.

For the purposes of each D&D Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    conviction of a felony;

 

    acts of intentional dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates;

 

    a material breach of the executive’s obligations under the applicable D&D Employment Agreement, including but not limited to breach of the restrictive covenants or fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent conduct by the executive in connection with his duties under the applicable D&D Employment Agreement;

 

    Personal conduct by the executive which seriously discredits or damages the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; or

 

    contravention of specific lawful direction from the board of directors.

For the purposes of each D&D Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a reduction in the base salary or target bonus; or

 

    without prior written consent, relocation of the executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from such location on the date of the applicable D&D Employment Agreement.

In addition, in connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Dimond entered into an offer letter with AB Management Services Corp., dated February 5, 2014, which provided Mr. Dimond with the retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.” The remaining payments under Mr. Dimond’s retention bonus are provided for under his amended and restated D&D Employment Agreement.

Shane Sampson

In connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Sampson entered into an offer letter with Albertson’s LLC, dated January 16, 2013, pursuant to which he initially served as President of Shaw’s and Star Market. The offer letter provided Mr. Sampson with an initial base salary of $350,000 and a bonus opportunity of 50% of base salary. In addition, the offer letter provided for a signing bonus in the amount of $200,000 and the retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.” Mr. Sampson subsequently entered into a letter agreement with AB Management Services Corp., effective as of January 30, 2015. Pursuant to the letter agreement,

 

137


Table of Contents

Mr. Sampson became Executive Vice President Marketing and Merchandising, his base salary was increased to $700,000 (further increased to $800,000 effective as of April 12, 2015) and his bonus opportunity was increased to 60% of base salary. On September 18, 2015, Mr. Sampson and the company entered into a letter agreement which, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, will reflect the assignment of his employment to the company and provides for the continued payment of his retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.”

Wayne A. Denningham

On September 18, 2015, Mr. Denningham and the company entered into a letter agreement which, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, will reflect the assignment of his employment to the company, his base salary of $800,000 and bonus opportunity of 60% of his base salary. In addition, the letter agreement provides for the continued payment of his retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.”

Severance Plan

Prior to January 1, 2016, we maintained the Albertson’s LLC Severance Plan for Officers (the “Prior Severance Plan”) to provide severance benefits to certain employees who do not have severance rights under an employment agreement. Messrs. Denningham and Sampson were eligible to participate in the Prior Severance Plan. The Prior Severance Plan provided that, subject to the execution of a release of claims and to certain exceptions set forth in the Prior Severance Plan, an eligible employee who incurred an involuntary termination of employment due to certain job restructurings, reductions in force, sale of facilities, or job eliminations (and not due to any other reason including termination for misconduct or unsatisfactory job performance as determined by the company, or voluntary termination) would be eligible to receive:

 

    a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to two weeks of pay per year of service, with a minimum of eight weeks of severance pay; and

 

    continued health insurance coverage at the active employee rate for a period of up to six months (the “COBRA Benefit”).

Effective as of January 1, 2016, we adopted the Albertsons Severance Plan for Officers (the “Severance Plan”). The Severance Plan is substantially identical to the Prior Severance Plan except as follows:

 

    to align the rights of participants in the Severance Plan with those available to officers under severance plans of public companies similar to us, participants will be eligible for severance benefits if they resign for good reason within 18 months following a change in control; and

 

    under the Severance Plan, in lieu of the COBRA Benefit, participants are eligible to receive a lump sum payment equal to 12 weeks of our premium cost for providing medical, dental and vision coverage.

For the purposes of the Severance Plan, “good reason” means either a good reason event as defined in the participant’s written employment agreement, or if none, a material adverse change in the participant’s responsibilities, authority or duties, or a reduction in the participant’s annual rate of base salary below 90% of his or her current base pay.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Our subsidiaries Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan and NAI Makeup Plan, respectively (collectively, the “Makeup Plans”). The Makeup Plans are unfunded non-

 

138


Table of Contents

qualified deferred compensation arrangements. Designated employees, including our NEOs, may elect to defer the receipt of a portion of their base pay, bonus and incentive payments under the Makeup Plan. For fiscal 2014, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the NAI Makeup Plan, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan. The amounts deferred are held in a book entry account and are deemed to have been invested by the participant in investment options designated by the participant from among the investment options made available by the committee under the Makeup Plans. Participants are vested in their accounts under the Makeup Plans to the same extent they are vested in their accounts under the 401(k) plan discussed below, except that accounts under the Makeup Plans will become fully vested upon a change in control. No deferral contributions for a year will be credited, however, until the participant has been credited with the maximum amount of elective deferrals permitted by the terms of the 401(k) plans and/or the limitations imposed by the Code. In addition, participants will be credited with an amount equal to the excess of the amount we would contribute to the 401(k) plans as a company contribution on the participant’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the participant’s compensation over the amount of our actual company contributions for the plan year. Generally, payment of the participant’s account under the Makeup Plans will be made in a lump sum following the participant’s separation from service. Participants may receive a distribution of up to 100% of their account during employment in the event of an emergency. Participants in the Makeup Plans are unsecured general creditors. See the table entitled “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” below for information with regard to the participation of the NEOs in the Makeup Plans.

401(k) Plan

Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain 401(k) plans with terms that are substantially identical. For fiscal 2014, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan sponsored by NAI, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in Albertson’s LLC’s 401(k) plan. The plans permit eligible employees to make voluntary, pre-tax contributions to the plan up to a specified percentage of compensation, subject to applicable tax limitations. We may make a discretionary matching contribution to the plans equal to a pre-determined percentage of an employee’s voluntary, pre-tax contributions and may make an additional discretionary profit sharing contribution to the plans, subject to applicable tax limitations. Eligible employees who elect to participate in the plans are generally vested in any matching contribution after one year of service with us and fully vested at all times in their employee contributions to the plans. The plans are intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; accordingly, contributions to the plans and income earned on plan contributions are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan, and so that our contributions, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Our board of directors determines the matching contribution rate under the 401(k) plans for each year. For fiscal 2014, our board of directors set a matching contribution rate equal to 50% up to 7% of base salary.

Safeway Retirement Plans

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed the Safeway ERP, a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan, and the Safeway Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan and Retirement Restoration Plan II (collectively, the “Safeway RRP”), each of which is a non-qualified and unfunded defined benefit pension plan. See “—Pension Benefits” below for information regarding Mr. Edwards’ participation in these plans.

Other Benefits

Executives participate in the health and dental coverage, company-paid term life insurance, disability insurance, paid time off and paid holidays programs applicable to other employees in their locality. We also maintain a relocation policy applicable to employees who are required to relocate their residence. Messrs. Dimond, Denningham and Sampson received relocation benefits under the policy

 

139


Table of Contents

in fiscal 2015. These benefits are designed to be competitive with overall market practices and are in place to attract and retain the necessary talent in the business. During fiscal 2015, we agreed to indemnify Mr. Dimond for compensation in the amount of $1,530,000 lost from his prior employer.

Perquisites

Our NEOs generally are not entitled to any perquisites that are not otherwise available to all of our employees.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. Other executives, generally those with the title of executive vice president or above, may request the personal use of a company-owned aircraft subject to availability.

The company agreed to continue to maintain life insurance coverage on Mr. Edwards’ life to the extent Safeway maintained such policy, for a period during his term of employment and beyond his termination, for a period not to exceed five years and an amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

For fiscal 2015, Messrs. Edwards, Denningham, Dye and Dimond were eligible for financial and tax planning services. The maximum annual amount of the benefit for Mr. Edwards was $15,000 and for Messrs. Denningham, Dye and Dimond was $8,000.

Risk Mitigation

Our compensation committee has assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

Impact of Accounting and Tax Matters

As a general matter, the compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing and considering the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles that we utilize. With respect to accounting matters, the compensation committee will examine the accounting cost associated with equity compensation in light of ASC 718.

With respect to tax matters, the compensation committee may consider the impact of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Section 162(m)”), which generally prohibits any publicly-held corporation from taking a Federal income tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of $1 million in any taxable year to the chief executive officer and any other executive officer (other than the chief financial officer) employed on the last day of the taxable year whose compensation is required to be disclosed to stockholders under SEC rules. One exception is qualified performance-based compensation. Because of a transition period permitted under Section 162(m) in connection with a company’s initial public offering, the deduction limit under Section 162(m) generally will not currently apply to compensation payable by the company under the plans approved by our equityholders prior to the offering. This transition period will continue until the earliest of a material amendment of the plan, all of the stock or other compensation that has been allocated under the plan has been issued and our first annual stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year that the offering occurs. It is the compensation committee’s intent to maximize the effectiveness of our executive compensation plans in this regard. Nonetheless, the compensation committee retains the discretion to grant awards (such as restricted stock with

 

140


Table of Contents

time-based vesting) that will not comply with the performance-based exception of Section 162(m) if it is deemed in the best interest of the company to do so.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Unit
Awards
($)(3)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(5)
    All
Other
Compensation
($)(6)
    Total
($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(7)

    2015        2,000,000        —          —          —          1,772,317        —          913,547        4,685,864   
    2014        1,567,307        15,000,000        74,070,357        —          12,334,179        —          327,912        103,299,755   
    2013        1,482,692        700,000        3,383,335        —          381,750        —          118,823        6,066,600   

Robert L. Edwards

Former President and Chief Executive Officer(8)

   

 

2015

2014

  

  

   

 

450,000

127,404

  

  

 

 

—  

  

   

 

—  

74,070,335

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

57,913

17,201

  

  

   

 

507,913

74,214,940

  

  

                 

Robert B. Dimond

    2015        700,000        375,000        15,274,000        —          620,311        —          2,230,000        19,199,311   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(9)     2014        713,462        625,000        —          —          664,482        —          11,676        2,014,620   

Wayne A. Denningham

Chief Operating Officer(10)

    2015        794,231        175,000        13,092,000        —          703,035        —          338,498        15,102,764   
    2014        387,500        275,000        —          —          8,648,669        —          34,051        9,345,220   
    2013        341,250        24,550        —          —          610,888        —          47,173        1,023,861   

Justin Dye

Chief Administrative Officer(11)

    2015        800,000        —          21,820,000        —          708,927        —          449,138        23,778,065   
    2014        767,308        500,000        —          —          10,877,525        —          81,695        12,226,528   
    2013        727,500        700,000        3,383,335        —          885,175        —          50,482        5,746,492   

Shane Sampson

Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer(12)

    2015        788,461        310,000        26,184,000        —          697,144        —          16,901        27,996,506   
    2014        383,654        560,000        —          —          358,416        —          10,347        1,312,417   
    2013        324,423        200,000        —          —          171,538        —          41,099        737,060   

 

 

1. Reflects a 52 week year for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2013 and a 53 week year for fiscal 2014.
2. Reflects retention bonuses and special deal bonuses paid to the NEOs, as set forth in the table below. The retention bonuses for fiscal 2015 are further described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The special deal bonus paid to Mr. Miller for fiscal 2014 was paid in connection with our achievement of certain financial metrics in connection with the NAI acquisition. The special deal bonuses paid to Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson for fiscal 2014 were paid in recognition of their efforts in connection with the successful completion of the Safeway acquisition. The special deal bonuses paid to Messrs. Miller, Denningham and Dye for fiscal 2013 were paid in recognition of each executive’s effort in connection with the successful completion of the NAI acquisition. In addition, for Mr. Sampson, the amount for fiscal 2013 reflects a sign-on bonus in the amount of $200,000.

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Retention Bonus ($)      Special Deal Bonus ($)  

Robert G. Miller

     2015         —           —     
     2014         —           15,000,000   
     2013         —           700,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     2015         375,000         —     
     2014         375,000         250,000   

Wayne A. Denningham

     2015         175,000         —     
     2014         175,000         100,000   
     2013         —           24,550   

Justin Dye

     2015         —           —     
     2014         —           500,000   
     2013         —           700,000   

Shane Sampson

     2015         310,000         —     
     2014         310,000         250,000   
     2013         —           —     

 

141


Table of Contents
3. Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Mr. Miller, the amount reflects the Investor Incentive Units granted to him in fiscal 2014 and the Class C Units granted to him in fiscal 2013 under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan. For Mr. Edwards, the amount reflects the Series 1 Incentive Units granted to him in fiscal 2014. For Mr. Dye, the amount reflects the Class C Units granted to him in fiscal 2013 under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan. In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the Class C Units held by Messrs. Miller and Dye became fully vested and were converted into Class A Units. See Note 10—Equity-Based Compensation in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of equity-based awards.
4. Reflects amounts paid to the NEOs under our bonus plan for the applicable fiscal year, as set forth in the table below. In addition, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, the table reflects amounts paid to the NEOs with respect to long-term incentive plan awards that vested in the applicable fiscal year or otherwise became payable in fiscal 2014 upon termination of the long-term incentive plan, as set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Fiscal Year
Quarterly
Bonus
($)
     Fiscal Year
Annual
Bonus
($)
     LTIP I Bonus
($)
     LTIP II Bonus
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

     2015         572,317         1,200,000         —        
     2014         —              4,344,067         7,990,112   
     2013         —              6,750         375,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     2015         200,311         420,000        —           —     
     2014         664,482            —           —     

Wayne A. Denningham

     2015         226,497         476,538        —           —     
     2014         371,551            1,086,017         7,191,101   
     2013         271,700            1,688         337,500   

Justin Dye

     2015         228,927         480,000        —           —     
     2014         715,379            2,172,034         7,990,112   
     2013         506,800            3,375         375,000   

Shane Sampson

     2015         224,067         473,077        —           —     
     2014         358,416            —           —     
     2013         171,538            —           —     

 

5. For Mr. Edwards, the amount of aggregate change in pension value during fiscal 2015 was ($66,962) under the Safeway Inc. Employee Retirement Plan, Retirement Restoration Plan and Retirement Restoration Plan II. The company assumed these plans in connection with the Safeway acquisition. The aggregate value of Mr. Edwards’ account under these plans at the end of fiscal 2015 was $573,138.
6. A detailed breakdown of “All Other Compensation” is provided in the table below:

 

Name

  Year     Aircraft
($) (a)
    Relocation
($)
    COBRA/
Life
Insurance
($)
    Other
Payments
($)(d)
    Financial/
Tax
Planning
($)
    Makeup
Plan
Company
Contribution
($)(e)
    401(k) Plan
Company
Contribution

($)
    Total
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

    2015        304,351        —          125,000 (b)       —          475,446        8,750        913,547   
    2014        114,554        —          125,000 (b)       —          79,608        8,750        327,912   
    2013        48,489        —              —          61,834        8,500        118,823   

Robert L. Edwards

    2015        16,010        —          31,325 (c)        10,578        —          —          57,913   
    2014        16,239        —              962        —          —          17,201   

Robert B. Dimond

    2015        —          700,000          1,530,000        —          —          —          2,230,000   
    2014        —          11,676            —          —          —          11,676   

Wayne A. Denningham

    2015        —          10,560            7,875        311,313        8,750        338,498   
    2014        —          —              4,500        20,801        8,750        34,051   
    2013        —          7,681            4,500        26,492        8,500        47,173   

Justin Dye

    2015        35,268        —              8,350        396,770        8,750        449,138   
    2014        6,295              4,500        62,150        8,750        81,695   
    2013        —                4,500        37,482        8,500        50,482   

Shane Sampson

    2015        1,766        6,385            —          —          8,750        16,901   
    2014        —          10,347            —          —          —          10,347   
    2013        659        40,440            —          —          —          41,099   

 

(a) Represents the aggregate incremental cost to the company for personal use of the company’s aircraft.
(b) Reflects our payment of premiums for a life insurance policy we maintain for Mr. Miller.
(c) Reflects a lump sum payment to Mr. Edwards for the cost of 18 months’ continuation of group health coverage.
(d) Reflects a one-time indemnification payment made to Mr. Dimond for compensation lost from his prior employer.

 

142


Table of Contents
(e) Reflects our contributions to the NEO’s Makeup Plan account in an amount equal to the excess of the amount we would contribute to the 401(k) plans as a company contribution on the NEO’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the NEO’s compensation over the amount of our actual contributions to the 401(k) plans for the plan year.

 

7. Mr. Miller served as our Chief Executive Officer during fiscal 2013 and from the commencement of fiscal 2014 (February 21, 2014) through January 29, 2015. Mr. Miller subsequently served as our Executive Chairman from January 30, 2015 through April 9, 2015, and was appointed as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on April 9, 2015.
8. Mr. Edwards served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from January 30, 2015 through his transition to Vice Chairman (a non-employee position) on April 9, 2015.
9. Mr. Dimond joined the company and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in February 2014.
10. Mr. Denningham was appointed as our Chief Operating Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company and Albertson’s LLC.
11. Mr. Dye was appointed as our Chief Administrative Officer in February 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company, Albertson’s LLC and NAI.
12. Mr. Sampson was appointed as our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with Albertson’s LLC and NAI.

Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated
Future
Payouts
Under
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards(1)
    Estimated
Future
Payouts
Under
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
    All Other
Unit
Awards:
Number
of Units
(#)(2)
    All
Other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Unit)
    Date
Fair
Stock
Option
Awards
($)(3)
 
    Threshold
($)
    Target ($)     Maximum
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

Robert
G. Miller

    1/30/2015          1,200,000        —          —          —          —             

Robert
Edwards

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert
B. Dimond

    3/5/2015        —          420,000        840,000        —          —          —          700,000        —          —          15,274,000   

Wayne
A. Denningham

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          600,000        —          —          13,092,000   

Justin
Dye

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          1,000,000        —          —          21,820,000   

Shane
Sampson

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          1,200,000        —          —          26,184,000   

 

1. Amounts represent the range of annual cash incentive awards the NEO was potentially entitled to receive based on the achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2014 under the company’s 2015 Bonus Plan as more fully described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The amounts actually paid are reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column of the Summary Compensation table. Pursuant to the 2015 Bonus Plan, performance below a specific threshold will result in no payment with respect to that performance goal. Performance at or above the threshold will result in a payment from $0 up to the maximum bonus amounts reflected in the table.
2. Represents Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
3. Reflects the grant date fair value of $21.82 per unit as calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity based awards are discussed in Note 10—Equity-Based Compensation in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

143


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2015

 

    Option Awards     Unit Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value
of
Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested ($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert L. Edwards

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert B. Dimond

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          525,000        8,977,500   

Wayne A. Denningham

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          450,000        7,695,000   

Justin Dye

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          750,000        12,825,000   

Shane Sampson

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          900,000        15,390,000   

 

1. Reflects the number of unvested Phantom Units held by Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson. These Phantom Units are subject to vesting in equal portions on the last day of each of fiscal years 2016, 2017 and 2018 as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
2. Based on a per unit value for our Series 2 Incentive Units of $17.10 as of February 27, 2016.

Option Exercises and Units Vested in Fiscal 2015

 

Name

   Option Awards      Unit Awards  
   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
     Number of Units
Acquired on
Vesting (#)(1)
     Value Realized on
Vesting ($)(2)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

Robert G. Miller

     —           —           

Robert L. Edwards

     —           —           1,675,041.5         31,524,281   

Robert B. Dimond

     —           —           175,000         2,992,500   

Wayne A. Denningham

     —           —           150,000         2,565,000   

Justin Dye

     —           —           250,000         4,275,000   

Shane Sampson

     —           —           300,000         5,130,000   

 

1. For Mr. Edwards, represents the vesting of 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units on January 30, 2016 as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, represents the vesting of Phantom Units on February 27, 2016, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
2. For Mr. Edwards, the value realized upon vesting of the Series 1 Incentive Units is based on a vesting date per unit value of $18.82. For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, the value realized upon vesting of the Phantom Units is based on a vesting date per unit value of $17.10.

 

144


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The following table quantifies the benefits expected to be paid to Mr. Edwards under the Safeway ERP, a qualified defined benefit pension plan, and the Safeway RRP, non-qualified and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, as of February 27, 2016. The company assumed the Safeway ERP and the Safeway RRP from Safeway in connection with the Safeway acquisition. The terms of the plans are described below the table.

The following actuarial assumptions were employed to derive the calculations shown on the table below: (1) pension economic assumptions consistent with pension financial reporting by Safeway for its 2015 fiscal year were used for calculations at the end of 2015; (2) demographic assumptions are also consistent with pension financial reporting, with the exception of modified retirement and pre-retirement decrements as required by SEC guidance; and (3) a discount rate of 4.13% for the Safeway RRP.

Additional actuarial assumptions used include post-retirement mortality—following the RP2014 fully generational mortality table using MP 2015 scale.

 

Name

   Plan Name(1)      Number of Years
Credited Service (#)(2)
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($)
     Payments During
Last Fiscal
Year ($)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

Robert L. Edwards

     ERP         10.1         0         148,652   
     RRP         10.1         573,138         27,352   

 

1. In connection with the termination of his employment, Mr. Edwards elected to receive his vested benefit under the Safeway ERP in a lump sum, which was paid during fiscal 2015. In connection with the termination of his employment, Mr. Edwards’ vested benefit under the Safeway RRP is being paid to him via an annuity paid monthly, which commenced during fiscal 2015.
2. The number of years of credited service and the present value of accumulated benefits are calculated as of February 27, 2016.

 

145


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table shows the executive and company contributions, earnings and account balances for the NEOs under the Makeup Plans during fiscal 2015. The Makeup Plans are non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the terms and conditions of the Makeup Plans. The aggregate balance of each participant’s account consists of amounts that have been deferred by the participant, company contributions, plus earnings (or minus losses). We do not deposit any amounts into any trust or other account for the benefit of plan participants. In accordance with tax requirements, the assets of the Makeup Plan are subject to claims of our creditors.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(2)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY

($)(3)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions

($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE

($)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)     (e)      (f)  

Robert G. Miller

     154,044         475,446         (77,830     —           4,404,442   

Robert L. Edwards

     —           —           —          —           —     

Robert B. Dimond

     89,881         —           (7,993     —           175,448   

Wayne A. Denningham

     76,415         311,313         (53,070     —           1,590,747   

Justin Dye

     69,766         396,770         (136,359     —           2,618,934   

Shane Sampson

     —           —           —          —           —     

 

1. All executive contributions represent amounts deferred by each NEO under a Makeup Plan and are included as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table under “Salary,” “Bonus” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
2. All registrant contributions are reported under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.
3. These amounts are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table as none of the earnings are based on interest above the market rate.

Incentive Plans

Incentive Unit Plan

Effective upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we adopted the Incentive Unit Plan which provided for grants of “Incentive Units” to the employees, directors and consultants of the company or its subsidiaries selected by the board of directors. A maximum of 20,100,503 Incentive Units were available for issuance under the Incentive Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the company’s capital structure. The Incentive Units represent a membership interest in the company. Any Incentive Units will be granted as profits interests that would only share in the value of the company above its valuation at grant.

The Incentive Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any vested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

For purposes of the Incentive Unit Plan, “Cause” is as defined in a participant’s employment agreement, or if not so defined, generally means:

 

    the commission of a felony or a misdemeanor (excluding petty offenses) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude;

 

146


Table of Contents
    a participant’s failure (other than as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical impairment) to perform his material duties;

 

    acts of dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the company, or its subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

    a breach of any material written policy of the company or its subsidiaries;

 

    the failure to follow the lawful written directions of our Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Chairman, the board of directors or the person to whom the participant reports;

 

    conduct in connection with a participant’s duties that is fraudulent, grossly negligent or otherwise materially injurious to the company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

 

    a breach of restrictive covenants under which the participant is subject.

The Incentive Unit Plan will terminate upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering.

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, we adopted the Phantom Unit Plan which provides for grants of “Phantom Units” to the employees, directors and consultants of the company or its subsidiaries selected by the board of directors. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. A maximum of 20,100,503 Phantom Units, less the number of Incentive Units granted under the Incentive Unit Plan, are available for issuance under the Phantom Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the company’s capital structure.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that the company may provide for a participant’s Phantom Unit award to include a separate right to receive a “Tax Bonus.” A Tax Bonus entitles a participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair market value of the Series 2 Incentive Units paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units. Tax Bonuses may be paid in cash, Incentive Units or a combination thereof.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Phantom Units and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause (which for purposes of the Phantom Unit Plan has the same meaning as defined in the Incentive Unit Plan as set forth above), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any Series 2 Incentive Units issued with respect to a vested Phantom Unit and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, all outstanding Phantom Units will automatically be converted to restricted stock units that will be settled upon vesting in shares of our common stock. The restricted stock units will be subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Plan that will have substantially the same terms as, and will supersede, the Phantom Unit Plan except that no new awards may be granted thereunder. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 8,309,642 Phantom Units outstanding that, based on an initial public offering price of $24.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would automatically convert into 8,192,552 restricted stock units.

2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan

We have adopted the 2015 Incentive Plan, although no awards will be made under it until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The principal features of

 

147


Table of Contents

the 2015 Incentive Plan are summarized below, but the summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2015 Incentive Plan itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Securities Subject to the 2015 Incentive Plan . A maximum of five percent (5%) of the shares of our common stock that are outstanding as of the consummation of this offering may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The number of shares of our common stock available under the 2015 Incentive Plan will be reduced by one share for each share issued under an award. The shares of our common stock covered by the 2015 Incentive Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market.

In the event of any termination, expiration, lapse or forfeiture of an award, any shares subject to the award will again be made available for future grants under the 2015 Incentive Plan. Any shares of restricted stock repurchased by the company at the same price paid for such shares will be made available for issuance again under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Eligibility . All of our employees, consultants, and directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan . The 2015 Incentive Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, which may be non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) or, solely to eligible employees, incentive stock options designed to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. The terms and conditions of each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Award Limits . The 2015 Incentive Plan provides for a maximum aggregate amount of shares of common stock that may be granted to a participant in any calendar year subject to adjustment under certain circumstances in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Incentive Plan, as described below. In addition, the 2015 Incentive Plan provides for an annual award limit for performance awards that are payable solely in cash.

Vesting and Exercise of Awards . The applicable award agreement will contain the period during which the right to exercise the award in whole or in part vests, including the events or conditions upon which the vesting of an award may accelerate. No portion of an award which is not vested at the participant’s termination of employment, termination of directorship or termination of consulting relationship, as applicable, will subsequently become vested, except as may be otherwise provided by the administrator either in the agreement relating to the award or by action following the grant of the award.

Transferability of Awards . Awards generally may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the administrator, pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until such award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NQSOs may be transferred without consideration to certain family members and trusts with the administrator’s consent. Awards may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant or such permitted transferee.

Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions . In the event a participant (i) terminates service with the company prior to a specified date or within a specified time following receipt or exercise of the award, (ii) the company terminates the participant’s service for “cause,” or (iii) the participant engages in

 

148


Table of Contents

certain competitive activities with the company, the administrator has the right to require the participant to repay any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the participant or to terminate the award. In addition, all awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the participant) may be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

2015 Incentive Plan Benefits . The future benefits that will be received under the 2015 Incentive Plan by our current directors, executive officers and all eligible employees are not currently determinable.

Adjustments for Stock Splits, Recapitalizations, Mergers and Equity Restructurings . In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off or other transaction that affects our common stock, the 2015 Incentive Plan will be equitably adjusted, including the number of available shares, in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Incentive Plan or with respect to any award.

Administration of the 2015 Incentive Plan . The compensation committee is the administrator of the 2015 Incentive Plan. Subject to certain limitations, the committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to one or more committees consisting of one or more members of the board of directors or one or more of our officers.

Amendment and Termination of the 2015 Incentive Plan . Our board of directors and the compensation committee may amend the 2015 Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or regulation or the listing standards of the market or stock exchange on which our common stock is at the time primarily traded.

Additionally, stockholder approval will be specifically required to increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock which may be issued under the 2015 Incentive Plan, change the eligibility requirements or decrease the exercise price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The board of directors and the compensation committee may amend the terms of any award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, however, except as otherwise provided in the 2015 Incentive Plan, no such amendment will, without the consent of the participant, alter or impair any rights of the participant under such award without the consent of the participant unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides.

Our board of directors and the compensation committee may suspend or terminate the 2015 Incentive Plan at any time. However, in no event may an award be granted pursuant to the 2015 Incentive Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Prohibition on Repricing . Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the company (including, without limitation, any stock distribution, stock split, extraordinary cash distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), the administrator will not, without the approval of the stockholders, authorize the amendment of any outstanding award to reduce its price per share, including any amendment to reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding options or SARs.

 

149


Table of Contents

Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

We have adopted the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan. The principal features of the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan are summarized below, but the summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Plan Administration . The Executive Incentive Bonus Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee selected by our board of directors to administer the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan and composed of not less than two directors, each of whom is an “outside director” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) (as applicable, the “Plan Committee”). The Plan Committee selects the officers or key executives who will be eligible to receive awards, establishes the maximum award that may be earned by each participant and establishes the goals for each participant. The Plan Committee calculates and determines each participant’s level of attainment of such goals, and calculates the bonus award for each participant based upon such level of attainment.

Eligibility . For each performance period, the Plan Committee will select the officers and key executives of the company and its subsidiaries and divisions who are eligible to participate in the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.

General Description of the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan . Participants in the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan will be eligible to receive cash performance awards based on attainment by the company and/or a subsidiary, division or other operational unit of the company of specified performance goals to be established for each performance period by the Compensation Committee. The Executive Incentive Bonus Plan provides for a maximum amount of any bonus award intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m) of the Code payable to a single participant for any performance period consisting of a 12-month period (including a fiscal or calendar year), which amount is reduced on a pro rata basis for any performance period of less than 12 months. Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Committee or set forth in a written agreement between the company and a participant, bonus awards are intended to constitute “short term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and will be paid within the applicable short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code. Payment of bonus awards will be made in the form of cash, our common stock or equity awards in respect of our common stock, which common stock or equity awards may be subject to additional vesting provisions as determined by the Plan Committee. Any shares of common stock or equity awards granted in satisfaction of a bonus award will be granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan. To be eligible to receive a payment of a bonus award with respect to a performance period, a participant must satisfy such employment requirements as may be imposed by the Plan Committee. In the event of a participant’s death prior to the payment of a bonus award which has been earned, such payment will be made to the participant’s designated beneficiary or, if there is none living, to the estate of the participant.

Performance Criteria . The performance criteria will be measured in terms of one or more of the following objectives, which objectives may relate to company-wide objectives or of the subsidiary, division, department or function of the company or subsidiary: (i) net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (ii) gross or net sales or revenue, (iii) net income (either before or after taxes), (iv) operating income, (v) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), (vi) return on assets, (vii) return on capital, (viii) return on stockholders’ equity, (ix) return on sales, (x) gross or net profit or operating margin, (xi) costs, (xii) funds from operations, (xiii) expense, (xiv) working capital, (xv) earnings per share, (xvi) price per share of our common stock, (xvii) United States Food and Drug Administration or other regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product, (xviii) market share, (xix) identical store sales, and (xx) identical store sales excluding fuel, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group.

 

150


Table of Contents

Term and Amendment . The Plan Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan at any time, except that no amendment may be made without the approval of our stockholders if the effect of such amendment would be to cause outstanding or pending awards intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m) of the Code to cease to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m) of the Code.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The tables below describe and estimate the amounts and benefits that our NEOs would have been entitled to receive upon a termination of their employment in certain circumstances or, if applicable, upon a change in control, assuming such events occurred as of February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015 (based on the plans and arrangements in effect on such date). The estimated payments are not necessarily indicative of the actual amounts any of our NEOs would have received in such circumstances. The tables exclude compensation amounts accrued through February 27, 2016, that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, payment for accrued but unused vacation and vested account balances under our retirement plans that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, Mr. Edwards ceased to be an employee of the company on April 9, 2015 and ceased to provide services to the company as of January 31, 2016.

 

Robert G. Miller

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death ($)     For Any Reason ($)     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     3,000,000 (1)      6,000,000 (2)      9,833,333 (3) 

Total

     3,000,000        6,000,000        9,833,333   

 

(1) Reflects cash payments of $25,000 per month to Mr. Miller’s spouse payable for a period of 10 years following his termination due to death. Such payments would cease upon the death of Mr. Miller’s spouse.
(2) Reflects cash payments of $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason. In the event of his death following termination, such payments will cease and thereafter his surviving spouse will become entitled to cash payments of $25,000 per month through the earlier of her death and the 10-year anniversary of Mr. Miller’s termination.
(3) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (a) $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason and (2) an amount equal to Mr. Miller’s base salary for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (23 months following February 27, 2016).

 

Robert B. Dimond

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     175,000 (1)              2,240,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                    53,788 (3) 

Total

     175,000                2,293,788   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dimond’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dimond’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (24 months following February 27, 2016).
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months continuation of health coverage.

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Justin Dye

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     200,000 (1)              2,560,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                    48,472 (3) 

Total

     200,000                2,608,472   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dye’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dye’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (24 months following February 28, 2015).
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months continuation of health coverage.

 

Wayne A. Denningham

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)      For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

                     1,169,231 (1) 

Health Benefits

                     2,009 (2) 

Total

                     1,171,240   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 76 weeks of Mr. Denningham’s base salary.
(2) Reflects our cost for continued health insurance coverage above the active employee rate for a period of up to 12 weeks.

 

Shane Sampson

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)      For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

                     984,616 (1) 

Health Benefits

                     2,950 (2) 

Total

                     987,566   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 64 weeks of Mr. Sampson’s base salary.
(2) Reflects our cost for continued health insurance coverage above the active employee rate for a period of up to 12 weeks.

In addition to the foregoing, each of Messrs. Dimond, Dye, Denningham and Sampson would have been entitled to full vesting of his unvested Phantom Units in the amounts set forth in the table below (based on a per unit price of $17.10 as of February 27, 2016) if following a change in control the relevant NEO’s employment terminated due to death or disability or by the company without cause on February 27, 2016:

 

NEO

   Number of Vesting
Phantom Units
     Value of Vesting
Performance Units ($)  
     Tax
Bonus
($)
 

Dimond

     525,000           8,977,500         359,100   

Dye

     750,000         12,825,000         513,000   

Denningham

     450,000           7,695,000         307,800   

Sampson

     900,000         15,390,000         615,600   

 

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain material arrangements, agreements and transactions we have with related parties. It does not include all of the provisions of our material arrangements, agreements and transactions with related parties, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the arrangements, agreements and transactions described. We enter into transactions with our stockholders and other entities owned by, or affiliated with, our direct and indirect stockholders in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include, amongst others, professional advisory, consulting and other corporate services.

On April 9, 2015, we entered into the Director and Consultancy Agreement with Robert Edwards, our former CEO and a former member of the board of managers of AB Acquisition. Pursuant to the Director and Consultancy Agreement, Mr. Edwards serves as a consultant to the board of directors and, prior to his resignation from the board of managers of AB Acquisition on June 13, 2015, served as Vice Chairman. The Director and Consultancy Agreement provided for us to pay Robert Edwards a consulting fee of $3 million for his service as a consultant through January 31, 2016. Mr. Edwards was also eligible to receive a director’s fee of $200,000 for his service on the board through January 31, 2016, of which $60,000 was paid to him for his service prior to his resignation from the AB Acquisition board of managers on June 13, 2015. In addition, as the Director and Consultancy Agreement was not extended through January 31, 2017, Mr. Edwards received an additional payment of $3 million. In addition, under the Director and Consultancy Agreement, we have agreed to maintain any life insurance policy or death benefit, in an amount up to $5 million, provided to Mr. Edwards by Safeway for a period not beyond April 9, 2020, and to reimburse or pay his cost for health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended. Prior to his resignation from the AB Acquisition board of managers, we also agreed to provide him with up to 50 hours of personal use of the company-owned aircraft through December 31, 2015.

We paid COAC, an affiliate of Cerberus, fees totaling approximately $489,088, $1,667,692 and $970,450 for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, for consulting services provided in connection with improving the company’s operations. We may retain COAC to provide similar services in the future.

Several of our board members are employees of our Sponsors (excluding Kimco), and funds managed by one or more affiliates of our Sponsors indirectly own a substantial portion of our equity through their respective ownership of Albertsons Investor and Kimco.

IPO-Related Transactions

In connection with our corporate reorganization, we will engage in transactions with affiliates and our Existing Owners. See “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure” for a description of these transactions.

AB Acquisition LLC Agreement Management Fees

In March 2013, as then provided for by the third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid Cerberus a transaction fee of $15 million in connection with the NAI acquisition. The 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement also provided for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees from our company over a 42-month period beginning on March 21, 2013. We paid annual management fees under the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement totaling $6 million for fiscal 2013 and $6 million for fiscal 2014. In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement was amended and restated. Pursuant to the

 

153


Table of Contents

fourth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid the Cerberus-led Consortium the remaining $9 million in annual management fees provided for by the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement.

The 4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement provides for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees of $13.75 million from our company over a 48-month period beginning on January 30, 2015, the date of the consummation of the Safeway acquisition. We have paid management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium totaling $13.75 million for fiscal 2015 and $13.75 million for fiscal 2016. In exchange for the management fees, the Cerberus-led Consortium has provided strategic advice to management, including with respect to acquisitions and financings. As of February 27, 2016, management fees over the remainder of the 48-month period total $27.5 million. Consistent with the terms of the 4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement, the remaining management fees will be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. We do not expect to pay any further management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium following the completion of this offering.

Management Loans

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, on January 30, 2015, we provided loans (the “Management Loans”) to nine members of our management to enable them to invest in equity of AB Acquisition. Other than the loan to Robert Butler, who retired in December 2014 as our Chief Operating Officer, the Management Loans were repaid in full on July 2, 2015 from the proceeds of loans provided to Management Holdco by Goldman Sachs Bank USA and secured by a pledge of the equity owned by Management Holdco. The table below provides details for each of the Management Loans:

 

Name

  

Position

  Original
Loan Amount
    Interest Rate     Aggregate
Amount of
Principal
Paid
    Aggregate
Amount of
Interest Paid
 

Mark Bates

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Services

  $ 217,203        1.75   $ 217,203      $ 1,572   

Robert Butler

   Chief Operating Officer (former)   $ 500,000        1.75     N/A        N/A   

Wayne A. Denningham

   Chief Operating Officer (current)   $ 3,801,000        1.75   $ 3,801,000      $ 27,518   

Shane Dorcheus

   Southwest Division President   $ 2,000,000        1.75   $ 2,000,000      $ 14,479   

Justin Dye

   Chief Administrative Officer   $ 4,706,073        1.75   $ 4,706,073      $ 34,071   

Justin Ewing

   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate   $ 1,267,020        1.75   $ 1,267,020      $ 9,173   

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   $ 5,792,090        1.75   $ 5,792,090      $ 41,933   

Paul Rowan

   Assistant Secretary and Deputy General Counsel (Retired)   $ 1,000,000        1.75   $ 1,000,000      $ 7,240   

Andrew J. Scoggin

   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs   $ 2,353,036        1.75   $ 2,353,036      $ 17,035   

Safeway Relationship with Blackhawk and Related Transactions

During Safeway’s fiscal year ended January 3, 2015, Safeway completed the following transactions with Blackhawk involving amounts in excess of $120,000, including the spin-off of Blackhawk which became effective April 14, 2014.

 

154


Table of Contents

Gift Card Transfer and Management Agreement

Under the Gift Card Transfer and Management Agreement Safeway entered into with Blackhawk in February 2006 (the “Card Management Agreement”), Blackhawk provides Safeway with certain services related to Safeway-branded gift cards. During 2014, Safeway paid Blackhawk $455,688 under the Card Management Agreement.

Gift Card Alliance Partners Program Agreement

Safeway entered into the Amended and Restated Gift Card Alliance Partners Program Agreement with Blackhawk effective December 30, 2012, as amended in February 2014 (the “Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement”). Under the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, Safeway offers products provided by Blackhawk for sale in our Safeway stores, and Blackhawk provides funds and services relating to the management, marketing and service of products and services offered through the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, as well as relating to those products.

During Safeway’s 2014 fiscal year, under the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, Blackhawk paid an aggregate of $11.3 million to Safeway, and Safeway paid an aggregate of $274.6 million to Blackhawk.

Card Production and Card Services Agreement

In October 2011, Safeway entered into a card production and card services agreement with Blackhawk, under which Blackhawk produces Safeway-branded gift cards and provides Safeway with related services.

During Safeway’s 2014 fiscal year, Safeway paid Blackhawk $519,330 under this agreement.

Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement

Safeway filed federal income tax returns and certain state income tax returns on a consolidated basis with Blackhawk starting in 2003. On April 11, 2014, Safeway entered into an Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement (the “New TSA”) with Blackhawk. Prior to Blackhawk’s initial public offering, Safeway and Blackhawk entered into a prior tax sharing agreement that was last amended effective December 30, 2012 (the “Prior TSA”). The Prior TSA provided that Safeway and Blackhawk would generally make payments to each other such that, with respect to U.S. federal income tax returns for any taxable period in which Blackhawk or any of its subsidiaries were included in Safeway’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of taxes to be paid by Blackhawk was determined, subject to certain adjustments, as if Blackhawk and each of its subsidiaries included in such consolidated group filed their own consolidated federal income tax return. For state and local income tax purposes, the Prior TSA provided that Safeway and Blackhawk would generally make payments to each other such that, with respect to state and local income tax returns for any taxable period in which Blackhawk or any of its subsidiaries were included in Safeway’s combined, consolidated or unitary group for state or local income tax purposes, the amount of taxes to be paid by Blackhawk was determined, subject to certain limitations, by calculating the excess of any taxes shown due on any such return over the amount that would otherwise be due if the return were recalculated by excluding Blackhawk and any of its included subsidiaries.

In preparation for the pro rata distribution of the shares of Blackhawk Class B common stock owned by Safeway to the Safeway stockholders that occurred on April 14, 2014 (the “Distribution”), Safeway and Blackhawk entered into the New TSA, which became effective as of the Distribution, to address certain tax matters related to the facts and circumstances of the Distribution, including, among other things, the manner, amount and timing of the tax payments related to the Distribution. The New TSA also provides certain procedures for the allocation of taxes and the filing of returns that are

 

155


Table of Contents

consistent with the Prior TSA. In addition, the New TSA contemplates that Blackhawk may be included in Safeway’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes until the date of the Distribution.

During 2014, Blackhawk paid Safeway $0.7 million for prior years’ taxes due under the New TSA, and Safeway advanced approximately $27.7 million to Blackhawk to fund 2014 estimated state tax payments by Blackhawk. In early 2015, Safeway converted the remaining amount of this advance to Blackhawk to a capital contribution. See Notes A and B to Safeway’s historical financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further information.

Lease Agreements

Safeway leases corporate offices to Blackhawk under a sublease that expires in April 2017. Safeway also leased approximately 6,000 square feet of office space in Phoenix, Arizona to Blackhawk under a lease agreement that expired in 2014. During 2014, Blackhawk paid Safeway an aggregate of $608,727 pursuant to these lease agreements.

Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement

On April 4, 2013, Safeway entered into a cash management and treasury services agreement with Blackhawk (the “CMATSA”). Safeway was permitted to borrow cash from Blackhawk’s operating accounts in excess of its immediate working capital and other operating requirements, calculated in accordance with the CMATSA, on an overnight basis, to meet short-term funding requirements. These advances were evidenced by unsecured promissory notes.

The CMATSA, together with the promissory notes issued thereunder, were terminated effective March 28, 2014.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco. The rights of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco under such agreement are described below:

Registration Rights

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Albertsons Investor holds registration rights that allow it at any time after 180 days following the completion of this offering to request that we register the resale under the Securities Act, of all or any portion of the shares of our common stock that Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco or a permitted transferee or assignee of such party that succeeds to such party’s rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement (each transferee or assignee, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) owns on a pro rata and pari passu basis. If Albertsons Investor is no longer a Holder, then any Holder who owns at least 5% of our then outstanding common stock (a “Demand Holder”) shall have the right to exercise the registration rights referenced in the preceding sentence. Albertsons Investor, or a Demand Holder, may require us to effect a long-form registration provided that the number of securities requested to be registered must have a value equal to at least $75 million based on the closing price of such security on the last trading day prior to the registration request. We may postpone for a reasonable period of time, which may not exceed 90 days, the filing of a registration statement that Albertsons Investor, or a Demand Holder, requested that we file pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement if our board of directors determines that the filing of the registration statement would require us to disclose material non-public information that, in our board of directors’ good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the company, would be required to be disclosed in such registration statement but which the company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly, provided that, unless otherwise approved in writing by the

 

156


Table of Contents

Holders of a majority of our common stock that demanded the registration, we may not postpone such filing more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case, during any 12-month period. In addition, if we propose to register additional shares of common stock, Albertsons Investor and each other Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and Albertsons Investor will be entitled to include its, Kimco’s and Management Holdco’s shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Albertsons Investor of all of our common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, Holders other than Albertsons Investor will not be entitled to include shares of our common stock held by such Holder in a registration proposed by us unless Albertsons Investor also elects to participate in such registration.

Board Representation Rights

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, we will be required to appoint individuals designated by Albertsons Investor (the “Albertsons Investor Designees”) to our board of directors upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or a majority of our directors. The Designated Controlling Stockholder shall, immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, set the size of the board of directors at 13 directors. On or after the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock or by resolution of our board of directors. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Albertsons Investor, or any Holder (other than Kimco Realty), will have the following board representation rights:

 

    from the date on which Albertsons Companies, Inc. is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time, and will (i) cause its directors appointed to the board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors (unless the management board of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the management board of Albertsons Investor) and (ii) appoint three directors designated by Cerberus and three directors in total designated by the other equityholders of Albertsons Investor and Robert Miller (whose contractual right to a seat on the board of directors shall be unaffected); provided , however , that such Albertsons Investor Designees are qualified and suitable to serve as members of our board of directors under all applicable corporate governance policies and guidelines of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and our board of directors, and all applicable legal, regulatory and stock exchange requirements (other than any requirements under the NYSE regarding director independence) (the “Director Requirements”);

 

    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) three or (ii) 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number);

 

    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) two or (ii) 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number).

 

157


Table of Contents
    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one individual to our board of directors who satisfies the Director Requirements.

For so long as any Sponsor (other than Kimco Realty) indirectly beneficially owns at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, but does not have a representative (whether an Albertsons Investor Designee or otherwise) on our board of directors, such Sponsor shall have the right to appoint one observer to our board of directors (an “Observer”). An Observer may attend any meeting of our board of directors provided that no Observer shall have the right to vote or otherwise participate in the board of directors meeting in any way other than to observe any applicable meeting of our board of directors. Our board of directors or any committee thereof shall have the right to exclude an Observer from any meeting or portion thereof in the sole discretion of a majority of the members in attendance at such meeting.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, in the event of a vacancy on our board of directors arising through the death, resignation or removal of a Holder’s board designee, the Holder shall have the right to designate a replacement who satisfies the Director Requirements to fill such vacancy.

Indemnification; Expenses

We have agreed to indemnify Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco or any Holder, against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which it sells our shares, unless such liability arose from Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco or any such Holder’s, misstatement or omission, and Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and the Holders, have agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by its misstatements or omissions. We also agreed to pay all expenses incident to our performance of or compliance with the registration rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement, including but not limited to all underwriting discounts, commissions, fees and related expenses of underwriters.

Albertsons Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement

The Cerberus-led Consortium, other than Kimco, and certain other individuals who agreed to co-invest with them through Albertsons Investor, will enter the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement. The Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement will be entered into upon consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering. A copy of the form Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement that will be entered into will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Policy and Procedures for the Review, Approval or Ratification of

Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy (the “Related Party Policy”) and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of “Related Party Transactions” by the independent members of the audit and risk committee of our board of directors. For purposes of the Related Party Policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including the incurrence or issuance of any indebtedness or the guarantee of indebtedness) in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be reasonably expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) the company or any of its subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any Related Party (as defined herein) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Related Party Policy defines “Related Party” as any person who is, or, at any time since the beginning of the company’s last fiscal year, was (1) an executive officer, director or nominee for

 

158


Table of Contents

election as a director of the company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a person with greater than five percent (5%) beneficial interest in the company, (3) an immediate family member of any of the foregoing individuals or entities identified in (1) or (2) of this paragraph, and (4) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals or entities is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person or entity has a five percent (5%) or greater beneficial interest. Immediate family members (each, a “Family Member”) includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers- in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person’s home, other than a tenant or employee.

Prior to the company entering into any Related Party Transaction, such Related Party Transaction will be reported to our General Counsel who will report the same to the audit and risk committee. Our General Counsel will conduct an investigation and evaluation of the Related Party Transaction and will report his or her findings to the audit and risk committee, including a summary of material facts. The audit and risk committee will review the material facts of all Related Party Transactions which require the audit and risk committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the Related Party Transaction, subject to the exceptions described below. If advance notice of a Related Party Transaction has been given to the audit and risk committee and it is not possible to convene a meeting of the audit and risk committee, then the chairman of the audit and risk committee will consider whether the Related Party Transaction is appropriate and, if it is, will approve the Related Party Transaction, with the audit and risk committee being asked to ratify the Related Party Transaction at the next regularly-scheduled meeting of the audit and risk committee. In the event the audit and risk committee does not ratify any such Related Party Transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such Related Party Transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, will consider all factors it deems appropriate, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.”

Entering into a Related Party Transaction without the approval or ratification required by the terms of the Related Party Policy is prohibited and a violation of such policy. In the event the company’s directors, executive officers or Chief Accounting Officer become aware of a Related Party Transaction that was not previously approved or ratified under the Related Party Policy, such person will promptly notify the audit and risk committee and its chairman (or, if it is not practicable for the company to wait for the audit and risk committee to consider the matter, the chairman of the audit and risk committee) will consider whether the Related Party Transaction should be ratified or rescinded or other action should be taken, with such review considering all of the relevant facts and circumstances regarding the Related Party Transaction, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.” The chairman of the audit and risk committee will report to the committee at its next regularly-scheduled meeting any actions taken under the Related Party Policy pursuant to the authority delegated in this paragraph. The audit and risk committee will also review all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the failure to report the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee and will take, or recommend to our board of directors, any action the audit and risk committee deems appropriate.

No member of the audit and risk committee or director of our board will participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Party Transaction for which he or she is a Related Party, except that the audit and risk committee member or board director will provide all material information concerning the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee.

If a Related Party Transaction will be ongoing, the audit and risk committee may establish guidelines for the company’s management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the Related Party. Thereafter, the audit and risk committee, on at least an annual basis, will review and assess ongoing relationships with the Related Party to ensure that they are in compliance with the audit and risk committee’s guidelines and that the Related Party Transaction remains appropriate.

 

159


Table of Contents

Review Criteria

All Related Party Transactions will be reviewed in accordance with the standards set forth in the Related Party Policy after full disclosure of the Related Party’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit and risk committee or its chairman, as applicable, will review and consider:

 

    the Related Party’s interest in the Related Party Transaction;

 

    the terms of the Related Party Transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the Related Party Transaction and the approximate dollar value of the amount of the Related Party’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the company;

 

    whether the transaction with the Related Party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to the company of, the Related Party Transaction;

 

    description of any provisions or limitations imposed as a result of entering into the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction includes any potential reputational risk issues for the company which may arise as a result of or in connection with the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction would violate any requirements of the company’s financing or other material agreements; and

 

    any other relevant information regarding the Related Party Transaction or the Related Party.

The audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, may approve or ratify the Related Party Transaction only if the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, determines in good faith that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is fair as to the company. The audit and risk committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on the company or the Related Party in connection with approval of the Related Party Transaction.

Pre-Approved Related Party Transactions

The audit and risk committee has determined that the following transactions will be deemed pre-approved or ratified and will not require review or approval of the audit and risk committee, even if the aggregate amount involved will exceed $120,000, unless otherwise specifically determined by the audit and risk committee.

 

    Any employment by the company of an executive officer of the company or any of its subsidiaries if the related compensation conforms with our company’s compensation policies and if the executive officer is not a Family Member of another executive officer or of a director of our board; and

 

    Any compensation paid to a director of our board if the compensation is consistent with the company’s bylaws and any compensation policies.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Related Party Policy, in the event the bylaws of the company require review by our board of directors and/or approval of a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, and its chairman, will not have the authority to review or approve a Related Party Transaction but will provide a recommendation to our board of directors for the board’s use in its consideration of a given Related Party Transaction.

 

160


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 18, 2016, after giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions by:

 

    each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

    each member of our board of directors;

 

    each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive Compensation”; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. None of the persons listed in the following table owns any securities that are convertible into common stock at his or her option currently or within 60 days of our listing date on the NYSE. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each 5% stockholder, director and executive officer listed below is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, Idaho 83706.

 

     Shares
beneficially owned
     Percentage of shares
beneficially owned(1)
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Before Offering(2)     After Offering  

5% Stockholders :

       

Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC(3)(4)

     349,832,761         85.4     72.1

KRS AB Acquisition, LLC(5)

     49,124,245         12.0     10.1

KRS ABS, LLC(5)

     7,305,252         1.8     1.5

Directors :

       

Robert G. Miller

     9,670,764         2.4     2.0

Dean S. Adler(3)

                      

Sharon L. Allen

                      

Steven A. Davis

                      

Kim Fennebresque

                      

Lisa A. Gray(4)

                      

Hersch Klaff(3)

                      

Ronald Kravit(4)

                      

Alan Schumacher

                      

Jay L. Schottenstein(3)

                      

Lenard B. Tessler(4)

                      

Scott Wille(4)

                      

Named Executive Officers :

       

Robert B. Dimond

                      

Wayne A. Denningham

     1,650,607         *        *   

Justin Dye

     3,232,451         *        *   

Robert L. Edwards

                      

Shane Sampson

                      

All directors and executive officers as a group(3) (22 persons)

     188,874,344         46.1     38.9

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1)

Percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 409,832,959 shares of our common stock outstanding as of our listing date on the NYSE after giving effect to the IPO-

 

161


Table of Contents
  Related Transactions. Percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes exercise of underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in full.
(2) All the issued and outstanding common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. is held by Albertsons Investor, Management Holdco and Kimco. Accordingly, shareholdings of directors and named executive officers reflected in the table above reflect indirect ownership in Albertsons Companies, Inc. held through interests in Albertsons Investor and Management Holdco. Profits interests in AB Acquisition totaling 5.1% of the outstanding equity of AB Acquisition on a fully participating basis will convert into direct and indirect ownership of our shares based on our equity valuation after taking account the proceeds to be received by us in this offering. Assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $24.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and all shares offered by us in this offering are sold, (i) profits interests in AB Acquisition would convert into equity of Albertsons Investor with an indirect ownership of 19,382,213 shares and into 450,749 shares owned by Kimco, for a total direct and indirect ownership of 19,832,962 shares upon completion of this offering and (ii) Phantom units of AB Acquisition would convert into 10,711,903 restricted units of Albertsons Companies, Inc., or ownership of 10,711,903 shares, or 2.3% of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering. An initial public offering price of $26.00, which is the high point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Albertsons Investor and Kimco upon completion of this offering by 300,493 shares. An initial public offering price of $23.00, which is the low point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Albertsons Investor and Kimco upon completion of this offering by 339,687 shares.
(3) Albertsons Investor is held by a private investor group, including affiliates of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Klaff Realty, LP, Schottenstein Stores Corp., Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P and certain members of management. Messrs. Kravit, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray are affiliated with Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. Stephen Feinberg exercises voting and investment authority over membership interests in Albertsons Investor owned by the affiliates of Cerberus and may be deemed to have indirect ownership of 155,848,651 shares, or 38.0% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and 32.1% upon the completion of this offering, through Cerberus’ interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Klaff is affiliated with Klaff Realty, LP, whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of 56,429,497 shares, or 13.8% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and 11.6% upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Schottenstein is affiliated with Schottenstein Stores Corp., whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of 56,429,497 shares, or 13.8% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and 11.6% upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Adler is affiliated with Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P., whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of 56,429,497 shares, or 13.8% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and 11.6% upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Messrs. Miller, Denningham, Dye and six additional officers together hold 19,585,852 shares, or 4.8% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and 4.0% upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor and Management Holdco. Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, Kimco and Management Holdco will vote common stock held by them upon the completion of this offering as instructed by Albertsons Investor and will not transfer their common stock other than in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(4) The address for Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC and Messrs. Kravit, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray is c/o Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
(5) KRS AB Acquisition, LLC and KRS ABS, LLC are affiliates of Kimco Realty Corporation. The address for KRS AB Acquisition, LLC and KRS ABS, LLC is c/o Kimco Realty Corporation, Attention: Ray Edwards and Bruce Rubenstein, 3333 New Hyde Park Road, New Hyde Park, New York 11042.

 

162


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock and related provisions of the certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering. This description also summarizes the principal agreements relating to our common stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the agreements referred to below, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

After giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, there will be 475,139,081 shares of our common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock outstanding will increase by 9,795,918 shares.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on all matters voted upon by stockholders. A majority vote is required for all action to be taken by stockholders, except as otherwise provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or as required by law, including the election of directors in an election that is determined by our board of directors to be a contested election, which requires a plurality. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors and, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws after the 50% Trigger Date with the approval of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in any annual election of directors.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Rights

Our common stock has no preemptive rights, no cumulative voting rights and no redemption, sinking fund or conversion provisions.

 

163


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to issue up to 30,000,000 shares of our preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of our preferred stock, for one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, including voting powers and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of preferred stock pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL. Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could discourage a takeover or other transaction that some holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of common stock might receive a premium for their shares over and above market price. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Upon the closing of this offering, it is anticipated that we will have 12 directors. The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date (a) immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder shall set the size of the board of directors at 13 directors; (b) on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors unless the management board of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Albertsons Investor; (c) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than a 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (d) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number) and (e) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements.

Pursuant to the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, a majority vote of the management board of Albertsons Investor is required to designate directors to our board of directors if the designated directors consist of four designees of Cerberus (if Cerberus so requests) and one designee from each other member of the Cerberus-led Consortium (other than Kimco) and Robert Miller (if such member and Mr. Miller so requests). From the date on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, then a majority vote of the management board of Albertsons Investor is required to designate nominees to be included in the slate for election to our board of directors if the designated nominees consist of three nominees of Cerberus and three nominees in total from the other members of the Cerberus-led Consortium and Robert Miller. The nominees shall include persons that are “independent” for purposes of the Listed Company Rules of the NYSE if required to comply with such rules.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will consist of not less than seven directors and not more than 15 directors, and that the exact number of directors will be determined by our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder may increase or decrease the authorized

 

164


Table of Contents

number of directors on our board of directors. Following the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our then-outstanding capital stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals, other than proposals made by or at the direction of our board of directors or, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, by the Designated Controlling Stockholder. Our bylaws also establish advance notice procedures with respect to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed, and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Calling Special Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors or by stockholders owning at least 25% in amount of our entire capital stock issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent after the 50% Trigger Date.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the company.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law (“Section 203”). This law prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging under certain circumstances in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

165


Table of Contents
    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include: any merger or consolidation involving us and the interested stockholder; any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested stockholder; in general, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any of our stock to the interested stockholder; or the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us. In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. We have opted out of this provision. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, following the 50% Trigger Date, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that vacancies, including those resulting from newly created directorships or removal of directors, may only be filled (i) by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or by a majority of the directors then in office, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, and (ii) after the 50% Trigger Date, by a majority of the directors then in office, in each case although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. This may deter a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of the board of directors by filling the remaining vacancies with its own nominees.

Limitation on Director’s Liability

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were in bad faith, (ii) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (iii) involved a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled. The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability for acts or omissions which resulted in a violation of a statute prohibiting certain dividend declarations, certain payments to stockholders after dissolution and particular types of loans. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

166


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

Under our credit agreements, a change of control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies, such as acceleration of their loans, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loan.

Notes

Under the indentures governing the CoC Notes, a change of control may require us to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding CoC Notes for cash at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the CoC Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Stockholders’ Agreement

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, Holders owning more than 5% of our then-outstanding common stock, will have the right to require us to register their shares (and in the case of Albertsons Investor, such registration shall also include shares held by Kimco and Management Holdco on a pro rata and pari passu basis) under the Securities Act under specified circumstances.

Demand and Form S-3 Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, the Holders, subject to specified limitations, may require that we register all or part of their shares of our common stock (and in the case of Albertsons Investor, such registration shall also include shares held by Kimco and Management Holdco on a pro rata and pari passu basis) for sale under the Securities Act on an unlimited number of occasions. In addition, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, the Holders, may from time to time make demand for registrations on Form S-1, a long-form registration statement, or Form S-3, a short form registration statement, when we are eligible to use those forms.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our common stock, either for our own account or for the account of other securityholders, Albertsons Investor and each other Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and Albertsons Investor will be entitled to include its, Kimco’s and Management Holdco’s shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Albertsons Investor of all of our common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, Holders other than Albertsons Investor will not be entitled to include shares of our common stock held by such Holder in a registration proposed by us unless Albertsons Investor also elects to participate in such registration.

 

167


Table of Contents

Limitations and Expenses

Other than in a demand registration, with specified exceptions, the rights of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a Holder, the Holders, to include shares in a registration are subject to the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering. All fees, costs and expenses of any registrations made pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, including demand registrations, registrations on Form S-3 and piggyback registrations, will be paid by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be paid by us.

Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ABS.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.

 

168


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions, upon the closing of this offering, 475,139,081 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming the number of shares sold in this offering is the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. Shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144, including shares held by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities, as such term is defined in Rule 144, or are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering, as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period pursuant to any such lock-up agreements, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of such sale, which will equal 4,751,391 shares as of the closing of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares); or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information, and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of all of our restricted shares will have entered into lock-up agreements as described under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest),” and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale only following expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

169


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act (“Rule 701”), as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our team members, executive officers, directors, or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest),” and will become eligible for sale only following expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock on the date of this prospectus will have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters providing, subject to certain exceptions, that we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus unless extended pursuant to its terms. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. For a more complete description of the lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions, see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Transfer Restrictions under the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement

The Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement will restrict the distribution of our common stock held by Albertsons Investor to the members of Albertsons Investor for a period that is the earlier of (x) four years beginning on the date of our listing on the NYSE and (y) the 35% Trigger Date (subject to extension by vote of holders of the equity interests in Albertsons Investor and Kimco, voting together as a single class, that directly or indirectly own our common stock issued to Albertsons Investor and Kimco on the date of our listing on the NYSE representing at least 70% of such common stock, provided , that any extension of greater than one year shall require the consent of 100% of the equity interests of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (so long as Kimco and Management Holdco own our common stock)). If any equityholder of Albertsons Investor does not wish to participate in a private block sale or resale by Albertsons Investor (a “Sell-Down”), Albertsons Investor shall, subject to compliance with securities laws, distribute to such equityholder such equityholder’s pro rata share of our common stock that would have otherwise been sold in such Sell-Down (the “Distributed Stock”); provided that the Distributed Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, market stand-off and lock-up provisions to which Albertsons Investor is subject with respect to such Sell-Down and the Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Transaction Transfer Restrictions”). Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Distributed Stock may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the holder thereof so long as no Transaction Transfer Restriction period is in effect. Albertsons Investor shall provide notice to such holder or its representatives of its intention to effect a Sell-Down not more than 30 calendar days prior to the intended date for the completion of such Sell-Down, in which event the holder of the Distributed Stock shall have the right to participate in such Sell-Down with Albertsons Investor pro rata based on such holder’s beneficial ownership of our common stock, or, if not participating in such Sell-Down, shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Distributed Stock (or other of our common stock beneficially owned by such holder) during such 30 calendar day period or such longer transfer, market stand-off or lock up provision that Albertsons Investor shall become subject to in connection with such Sell-Down.

 

170


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor, which will hold an aggregate of 349,832,761 shares of our common stock, will have the right to require us to register the shares of our common stock held by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration and sale pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan. The Form S-8 registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans.”

 

171


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the instruments and agreements evidencing the material indebtedness, after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, of ACL, Albertsons, Safeway, NAI and certain of their subsidiaries. It does not include all of the provisions of our material indebtedness, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the instruments and agreements described. Pursuant to the IPO-Related Transactions, Albertsons Companies, Inc., as the surviving corporation of the merger of ACL into it, will become a borrower under the agreement governing the ABL Facility, a guarantor under the Term Loan Agreement and a co-issuer under the 2024 Notes Indenture (as defined below).

ABL Facility

On December 21, 2015, ACL entered into a new amended and restated senior secured asset-based loan facility (the “ABL Facility”) to, among other things, provide for a $4,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility.

Structure .    The ABL Facility provides for a $4,000 million revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans), subject to a borrowing base (described below). In addition, we are entitled to increase the commitments under the ABL Facility by up to $1,500 million.

Maturit y .    The ABL Facility matures on December 21, 2020.

Borrowing Base.     The amount of loans and letters of credit available under the ABL Facility is limited to the lesser of the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility or an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time is equal to 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% of the net amount of eligible health care receivables, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible inventory (other than perishable inventory) multiplied by the book value thereof, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible perishable inventory multiplied by the book value thereof (subject to a cap of 25% of the borrowing base), plus 85% of the product of the average per script net orderly liquidation value of the eligible prescription files of the borrowers and the guarantors thereunder (“ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts”) multiplied by the number of such ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts (subject to a cap of 30% of the borrowing base), minus eligibility reserves. The eligibility of accounts receivable, inventory and prescription files for inclusion in the borrowing base will be determined in accordance with certain customary criteria specified in the credit agreement that governs the ABL Facility, including periodic appraisals.

Interes t .    Amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, (a) the base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 0.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 0.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 0.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (b) the LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 1.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 1.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 1.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments). If not paid when due, the ABL Facility bears interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans at such time plus an additional 2% per annum during the continuance of such

 

172


Table of Contents

payment event of default and the letter of credit fees increase by 2%. Other overdue amounts bear interest at a rate equal to the rate otherwise applicable to such revolving loans bearing interest at the base rate at such time, plus 2% until such amounts are paid in full.

Guarantee s .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by each of our existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

Securit y .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of ACL or any of its subsidiaries), chattel paper, and supporting obligations of the company and its subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under the ABL Facility and (b) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the ABL Facility, including a commitment fee on the average daily unused amount of the ABL Facility, in an amount equal to (a) 0.25% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the aggregate commitments and (b) 0.375% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the aggregate commitments.

Affirmative and Negative Covenant s .    The ABL Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay other indebtedness; (iv) make certain restricted payments, including the payment of dividends by us; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business; or (xii) make certain accounting changes.

Financial Covenant s .    The ABL Facility provides that if (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing, the company and its subsidiaries must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

Events of Defaul t .    The ABL Facility contains customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-accelerations with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) invalidity of guarantees; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; and (x) certain change of control events (including after completion of this offering, any person or group (other than the Equity Investors)).

 

173


Table of Contents

Term Loan Agreement

Albertsons, Safeway and certain other of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, entered into a second amended and restated term loan agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 2 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 3 and Consent dated February 11, 2016 and further amended by Amendment No. 4, dated June 22, 2016 (the “Term Loan Agreement”) among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent.

Structure .    The Term Loan Agreement provides for a $6,525 million term loan facility, consisting of a $3,280 million term loan tranche B-4 as of June 22, 2016 (the “Term Loan B-4”), a $1,145 million term loan tranche B-5 as of June 22, 2016 (the “Term Loan B-5”) and a $2,100 million term loan tranche B-6 as of June 22, 2016 (the “Term Loan B-6” and, together with the Term Loan B-4 and the Term Loan B-5, the “Term Loan Facilities”). In addition, the borrowers are entitled to increase the term loan commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an aggregate principal amount up to $750 million, plus an unlimited additional principal amount subject to satisfaction of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test, plus certain additional amounts pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.

Maturity .    The Term Loan B-4 has a maturity date of August 25, 2021, the Term Loan B-5 has a maturity date of December 21, 2022 and the Term Loan B-6 has a maturity date of June 22, 2023.

Amortization .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-4 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith), (b) the Term Loan B-5 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-5 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith) and (c) the Term Loan B-6 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-6 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith).

Prepayment .    The Term Loan Facilities are required to be prepaid with: (i) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, casualty events and other dispositions, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the agent for the Term Loan Facilities and the agent for the ABL Facility and certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of debt incurrences (other than debt incurrences permitted under the Term Loan Agreement) and (iii) 75% (subject to step-downs to zero, in accordance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) of excess cash flow minus certain payments made under the ABL Facility and voluntary prepayments of, and purchases of loans under, the Term Loan Facilities.

Interest .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.50% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.50%; (b) the Term Loan B-5 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.75% or (ii) the LIBOR rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.75%; and (c) the Term Loan B-6 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.75% or (ii) the LIBOR rate (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.75%.

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions, the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement are guaranteed by ACL and each of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

 

174


Table of Contents

Security . Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by (i) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined below)), including real property and the equity interests of the borrowers and the “Restricted Subsidiaries” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) of ACL, and (ii) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of the borrowers or any of their subsidiaries), chattel paper, and supporting obligations, in each case, relating solely to or constituting proceeds of other ABL Priority Collateral, and certain related assets of the borrowers and guarantors and all proceeds thereof (the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the Term Loan Agreement, including a call premium of 1% for each applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or is refinanced with debt having a lower effective yield than the applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or refinanced within six months following June 22, 2016.

Covenants .    The Term Loan Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of (a) the subsidiaries of ACL to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay certain indebtedness; (iv) pay certain restricted payments and dividends; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict distributions from subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business or (xii) make certain accounting changes, and (b) ACL to engage in material operating or business activities. The Term Loan Agreement contains no financial covenants.

Events of Default .    The Term Loan Agreement contains customary events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, but not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) actual or asserted invalidity of guarantees or other security documents or other term facilities documentation; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; (x) certain change of control events (including after completion of this offering (other than (a) Cerberus; (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P.; (c) Klaff Realty; (d) Schottenstein Stores; and (e) Kimco Realty, and their affiliates, related funds and managed accounts (the “Equity Investors”) owning more than 50% of the equity interests of ACL or ACL failing to own 100% of the equity interests of the co-borrowers); and (xi) loss of lien priority.

2024 Notes Indenture

ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI (collectively, the “2024 Issuers”), are co-issuers under an indenture, dated as of May 31, 2016 and as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “2024 Notes Indenture”), by and among the 2024 Issuers, certain subsidiaries of the 2024 Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, under which the 2024 Issuers have issued $1,250 million of 6.625% senior notes due June 15, 2024 (such notes, the “2024 Notes”).

Interest .    Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year.

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the 2024 Notes Indenture are guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of ACL (other than Albertsons, Safeway and NAI).

 

175


Table of Contents

Security .    The 2024 Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .    Prior to June 15, 2019, the 2024 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus an applicable make-whole premium equal to the greater of (a) 1.0% and (b) the excess of (i) the sum of the present value of 104.969% of the principal amount being redeemed, plus all required interest payments due on the note through June 15, 2019 (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus 50 basis points. In addition, prior to June 15, 2019, the 2024 Issuers may redeem up to 40% of the outstanding 2024 Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 106.625% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.

After June 15, 2019, the 2024 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the following redemption prices: (a) 104.969% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2019 and June 14, 2020, (b) 103.313% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2020 and June 14, 2021, (c) 101.656% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2021 and June 14, 2022, and (d) at par thereafter.

Mandatory Redemption .    The 2024 Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders .    If a “change of control” transaction (which includes, subject to certain exceptions, (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of ACL and its restricted subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a person other than the Equity Investors, (ii) ACL becomes aware of the acquisition by any person or group, other than any of the Equity Investors, of more than 50% of the voting power of ACL or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or (iii) ACL ceases to, directly or indirectly own 100% of the equity interests of Albertsons, Safeway or NAI, and as a result thereof, a “rating event” occurs (i.e., the 2024 Notes rating is lowered by certain of the rating agencies then rating the 2024 Notes due to such change of control by one more gradations within 60 days after the change of control or announcement of an intention to effect a change of control), the 2024 Issuers are required to offer to purchase all of the 2024 Notes from the holders thereof at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount outstanding plus all accrued interest thereon.

Covenants .    The 2024 Notes Indenture contains various affirmative and negative covenants (subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of ACL and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) make certain restricted payments, investments and payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness; (iv) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (v) engage in mergers or consolidations; and (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default .    The 2024 Notes Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest or premium; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness; (iv) certain judgments; and (v) certain bankruptcy related events.

 

176


Table of Contents

Safeway Indenture

Safeway is party to an indenture, dated September 10, 1997 (the “Safeway Indenture”), with The Bank of New York, as trustee, under which Safeway has the following seven outstanding issues of notes (amounts as of February 27, 2016):

a) $80,000,000 of 3.40% Senior Notes due December 2016 (the “2016 Safeway Notes”);

b) $100,000,000 of 6.35% Senior Notes due August 2017 (the “2017 Safeway Notes”);

c) $268,557,000 of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 2019 (the “2019 Safeway Notes”);

d) $136,826,000 of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 2020 (the “2020 Safeway Notes”);

e) $130,020,000 of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 2021 (the “2021 Safeway Notes”);

f) $150,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due September 2027 (the “2027 Safeway Notes”); and

g) $600,000,000 of 7.25% Senior Debentures due February 2031 (the “2031 Safeway Notes”).

The 2016 Safeway Notes, 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes are collectively referred to as the “Safeway Notes.”

Interest .    Interest is payable on (a) February 15 and August 15 of each year for the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes and 2020 Safeway Notes, (b) June 1 and December 1 of each year for the 2016 Safeway Notes and 2021 Safeway Notes, (c) March 15 and September 15 of each year for the 2027 Safeway Notes and (d) February 1 and August 1 of each year for the 2031 Safeway Notes.

Guarantees .    The Safeway Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The Safeway Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .    The Safeway Notes are redeemable at our option at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Safeway Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Safeway Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus the following:

2016 Safeway Notes: 40 basis points;

2017 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points;

2019 Safeway Notes: 30 basis points;

2020 Safeway Notes: 20 basis points;

2021 Safeway Notes: 45 basis points;

2027 Safeway Notes: 10 basis points; and

2031 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points.

 

177


Table of Contents

Mandatory Redemption .    The Safeway Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders .    If a “change of control” transaction (which includes (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of Safeway’s and its subsidiaries properties or assets, (b) the consummation of any transaction pursuant to which any person owns more than 50% of the voting stock of Safeway or (c) a majority of the members of Safeway’s board of directors not constituting continuing directors), and as a result thereof, a “rating event” occurs (i.e., the rating on a series of Safeway Notes is lowered by each of the rating agencies then rating the Safeway Notes below an investment grade rating within 60 days after the change of control or announcement of an intention to effect a change of control), Safeway is required to offer to purchase all of the 2016 Safeway Notes, 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes and 2021 Safeway Notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount outstanding plus all accrued interest thereon.

Covenants .    The Safeway Indenture contains various affirmative and negative covenants (subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to (i) create liens on assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default.     The Safeway Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

NAI Indenture

NAI (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 with U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008; collectively, the “NAI Indenture”), under which NAI has the following outstanding issues of notes:

a) $301,000,000 6.47% to 7.15% Medium-Term Notes, due July 2017—June 2028 (the “NAI Medium-Term Notes”)

b) $200,000,000 of 7.75% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 NAI Notes”);

c) $650,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due August 2029 (the “2029 NAI Notes”);

d) $225,000,000 of 8.70% Senior Debentures due May 2030 (the “2030 NAI Notes”); and

e) $400,000,000 of 8.00% Senior Debentures due May 2031 (the “2031 NAI Notes”).

The NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes are collectively referred to as the “NAI Notes.”

Interest .    Interest on the NAI Notes is payable semiannually.

Guarantees .    The NAI Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The NAI Notes are unsecured.

 

178


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption .    The NAI Medium-Term Notes and the 2026 NAI Notes are not redeemable or repayable prior to maturity. The 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes, and 2031 NAI Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time, at a price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the applicable notes to be redeemed (excluding any portion of payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus, in the case of:

(i) the 2031 NAI Notes, 30 basis points and

(ii) the 2029 NAI Notes and 2030 NAI Notes, 20 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption .    The NAI Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Covenants .    The NAI Indenture contains certain covenants restricting the ability of NAI and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default .    The NAI Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

American Stores Company Indenture

American Stores Company, LLC (“ASC”) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented; together the “ASC Indenture”), under which ASC has the following four outstanding issues of notes:

a) $1,741,000 of 7.90% Debentures due May 2017 (the “2017 ASC Notes”);

b) $2,902,000 of 8% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 ASC Notes”);

c) $746,000 of 7.10% Medium Term Notes due March 2028 (the “2028 ASC MT Notes”); and

d) $143,000 of 7.5% Debentures due May 2037 (the “2037 ASC Notes”).

The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes, the 2028 ASC MT Notes, and the 2037 ASC Notes are collectively referred to as the “ASC Notes.” Interest on the ASC Notes is payable semiannually. The ASC Notes are guaranteed by SuperValu. The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes and 2037 ASC Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. The 2028 ASC MT Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at the option of ASC, subject to certain conditions. The ASC Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Concurrently with the acquisition of NAI in March 2013, ASC, SuperValu, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as escrow agent, entered into an escrow agreement pursuant to which ASC has deposited into escrow an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the ASC Notes plus funds sufficient to pay interest thereon for three years. ASC granted to SuperValu a security interest in its rights under the escrow agreement to secure reimbursement to SuperValu of any amounts paid by SuperValu under its guarantee of the ASC Notes. The ASC Indenture contains, solely for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Notes (but not any other series of the ASC Notes) certain covenants restricting the ability of ASC and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

 

179


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined herein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

Except as modified for estate tax purposes (as discussed below), a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not address the effects of any other United States federal tax laws (including gift tax or the Medicare tax on certain investment income) and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income or estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined herein) below, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

180


Table of Contents

However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States are generally not subject to the United States federal withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to United States federal income tax on the net gain derived from the disposition on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. However, even if we become a “United States real property holding corporation,” if our common stock is considered to be regularly traded on

 

181


Table of Contents

an established securities market for United States federal income tax purposes, only a non-U.S. holder who, actually or constructively, holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain derived from the disposition of our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held (or deemed held) at the time of death by an individual non-U.S. holder who is neither a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for United States estate tax purposes) will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

182


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.

  

Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     65,306,122   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 9,795,918 shares from the company. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date hereof. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 9,795,918 additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

183


Table of Contents

The company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale within the United States to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ABS.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

184


Table of Contents

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $13,000,000. The company has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any required review of the terms of the offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount not to exceed $35,000.

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the company and to persons and entities with relationships with the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Lazard Frères & Co. is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. We expect to pay Lazard Frères & Co., upon the successful completion of this offering, a fee of $2,250,000 for its services, which fee shall be reduced by the amount of any underwriting discount paid to Lazard Frères & Co. in connection with this offering. We have also agreed to reimburse Lazard Frères & Co. for certain expenses incurred in connection with its engagement of up to $50,000, and, in our sole discretion, may pay Lazard Frères & Co. an additional incentive fee of up to $1,750,000.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters act as lenders and/or agents under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters hold a position in our debt securities. Affiliates of the underwriters who are lenders under the Term Loan Facilities may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Sharon Allen, a member of the our board of directors, also serves on the board of directors of Bank of America Corporation, the parent company of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

185


Table of Contents

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts ( NI 33-105 ), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

186


Table of Contents

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not apply to the company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the

 

187


Table of Contents

registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any

 

188


Table of Contents

securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Conflicts of Interest

The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities. Because one or more funds or accounts managed or advised by an investment management affiliate of Guggenheim Securities, LLC are lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and may receive 5% or more of the net proceeds from this offering, Guggenheim Securities, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Rule 5121. As such, this offering is being conducted in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering. We have agreed, subject to certain terms and conditions, to indemnify Goldman, Sachs & Co. against certain liability incurred in connection with it acting as a qualified independent underwriter in this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Guggenheim Securities, LLC will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer.

 

189


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby. Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and for each of the three years in the period ended February 27, 2016 and the balance sheet of the Albertsons Companies, Inc. as of February 27, 2016 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and balance sheet have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Safeway as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2015, and the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of United for the 48 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of RSM US LLP, independent certified public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us and the common stock being offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file quarterly and annual reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, such reports and other information may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains our SEC filings. Statements made in this prospectus about legal documents may not necessarily be complete, and you should read the documents which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement otherwise filed with the SEC.

 

190


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

  

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016

     F-2   

Notes to Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-4   

Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016

     F-5   

Notes to the Balance Sheet

     F-6   

AB Acquisition

  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-7   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-8   

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-31   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-34   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity

     F-36   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-37   

Safeway

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-101   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-102   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-103   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-104   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-105   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-107   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-109   

United

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditors

     F-159   

Balance Sheet

     F-160   

Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-161   

Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-162   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-163   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-164   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Balance Sheets

(unaudited)

 

     June 18,
2016
     February 27,
2016
 

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $     —       $     —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Total liabilities

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

               

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Balance Sheets.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Notes to the Balance Sheets

Note 1—Organization

Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 23, 2015. Pursuant to a planned reorganization and initial public offering, the Company will become a holding corporation for the subsidiaries of AB Acquisition LLC and Albertsons Companies, LLC.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs —Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company’s common share offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Underwriting commissions and offering costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering.

Organizational Costs —Organizational costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering. Thereafter, costs incurred to organize the Company will be expensed as incurred.

Note 3—Stockholder’s Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation all shares of common stock are identical.

Note 4—Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events as of July 28, 2016 which represents the date of issuance of this balance sheet. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure or adjustments to the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of

Albertsons Companies, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 27, 2016. The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Albertsons Companies, Inc. as of February 27, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 10, 2016

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016

 

     February 27,
2016
 

ASSETS

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Total liabilities

   $   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

       

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

       
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Balance Sheet.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Notes to the Balance Sheet

Note 1—Organization

Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 23, 2015. Pursuant to a planned reorganization and initial public offering, the Company will become a holding corporation for the subsidiaries of AB Acquisition LLC and Albertsons Companies, LLC.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs —Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company’s common share offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Underwriting commissions and offering costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering.

Organizational Costs —Organizational costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering. Thereafter, costs incurred to organize the Company will be expensed as incurred.

Note 3—Stockholder’s Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation as in effect as of February 27, 2016, all shares of common stock are identical.

Note 4—Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events as of May 10, 2016 which represents the date of issuance of this balance sheet. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure or adjustments to the balance sheet.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in millions, except unit amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     June 18,
2016
    February 27,
2016
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,476.2      $ 579.7   

Receivables, net

     620.6        647.8   

Inventories, net

     4,419.3        4,421.8   

Other current assets

     351.7        464.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,867.8        6,113.3   

Property and equipment, net

     11,729.4        11,846.2   

Intangible assets, net

     3,785.8        3,882.5   

Goodwill

     1,152.3        1,131.1   

Other assets

     891.6        796.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 24,426.9      $ 23,770.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,882.4      $ 2,779.9   

Accrued salaries and wages

     948.7        1,001.8   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     849.4        334.7   

Current portion of self-insurance liability

     302.7        308.7   

Taxes other than income taxes

     318.5        304.1   

Other current liabilities

     546.2        453.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,847.9        5,182.5   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     12,063.5        11,891.6   

Deferred income taxes

     1,360.5        1,512.9   

Long-term self-insurance liability

     1,005.7        1,012.1   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,696.1        2,557.7   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Members’ equity

    

Tracking units, 300,000,000 units issued and outstanding each of Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway units as of both June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016

    

Residual units, 14,907,871 units issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 3,210,449 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 and Series 2 incentive units as of June 18, 2016 and 14,907,871 issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 1,675,042 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 incentive units as of February 27, 2016

    

Members’ investment

     1,963.3        1,967.9   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (134.5     (112.7

Accumulated deficit

     (375.6     (242.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,453.2        1,613.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 24,426.9      $ 23,770.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

($ in millions, except per unit amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18,
2016
    June 20,
2015
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 18,391.7      $ 18,051.0   

Cost of sales

     13,270.7        13,132.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,121.0        4,918.2   

Selling and administrative expenses

     4,921.6        4,821.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     199.4        96.9   

Interest expense, net

     313.7        283.8   

Other income

     (4.8     (4.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (109.5     (182.3

Income tax expense (benefit)

     24.1        (29.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (133.6   $ (153.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Loss on interest rate swaps, net of tax

     (3.3     (7.3

Recognition of pension loss, net of tax

     (13.8       

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (5.2       

Other, net of tax

     0.5        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (155.4   $ (160.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net loss per unit attributable to:

    

Tracking Group continuing operations

   $ (0.45   $ (0.52

Tracking Group basic earnings per unit

   $ (0.45   $ (0.52

Diluted net loss per unit attributable to:

    

Tracking Group continuing operations

   $ (0.45   $ (0.52

Tracking Group basic earnings per unit

   $ (0.45   $ (0.52

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions and unaudited)

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18,
2016
    June 20,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (133.6   $ (153.3

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net gain on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (43.5     (5.9

Depreciation and amortization

     531.8        478.0   

LIFO expense

     13.5        6.2   

Deferred income tax

     (145.4     (54.3

Pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     84.8        6.8   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (5.2     (1.8

Gain on interest rate swaps and commodity hedges, net

     (8.7     (0.8

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     25.8        14.9   

Equity-based compensation expense

     15.8        55.5   

Other

     20.2        14.2   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

    

Receivables, net

     27.2        27.1   

Inventories, net

     24.9        (30.2

Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other accrued liabilities

     46.9        (269.8

Other operating assets and liabilities

     115.6        109.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     570.1        196.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (146.6     (387.2

Payments for property, equipment and intangibles, including payments for lease buyouts

     (397.8     (227.6

Proceeds from divestitures

            453.6   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     336.2        24.8   

Changes in restricted cash

     (90.8     254.4   

Other

     63.5        26.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (235.5     144.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,300.0          

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (648.7     (441.8

Payments of obligations under capital leases

     (34.1     (29.7

Payments for debt financing costs

     (15.5     (4.7

Other

     (39.8     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     561.9        (477.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     896.5        (136.5

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     579.7        1,125.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,476.2      $ 989.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of AB Acquisition LLC and subsidiaries (“AB Acquisition” or the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated. The Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016 is derived from the Company’s annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended February 27, 2016, included in this Form S-1, which should be read in conjunction with these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Certain information in footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements was condensed or omitted for the interim periods presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, the interim data includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods. The interim results of operations and cash flows are not necessarily indicative of those results and cash flows expected for the year. The Company’s results of operations are for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015.

Significant Accounting Policies

Restricted cash: Restricted cash is included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and primarily relates to collateralized funds to be used in like-kind exchanges and funds held in escrow. The Company had $104.1 million and $13.3 million of restricted cash as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively. During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, restricted cash increased by $90.8 million primarily due to proceeds from the sale of a distribution center that are being held by a qualified intermediary to facilitate a like-kind exchange.

Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor allowances.

The Company uses either item-cost or the retail inventory method to value discrete inventory items at lower of cost or market before application of any last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) reserve. Interim LIFO inventory costs are based on management’s estimates of expected year-end inventory levels and inflation rates. LIFO expense was $13.5 million and $6.2 million for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015, respectively.

Company-owned life insurance policies (“COLI”): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has loans against these policies and has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, the cash surrender values of the policies were $188.8 million and $190.0 million, and the balance of the policy loans were $113.8 million and $115.8 million, respectively. The net balance of the COLI policies is included in Other assets.

Income Tax : The Company operates primarily through limited liability companies, which generally are not subject to entity level tax, and Subchapter C corporations, which are subject to entity level tax. As a result, a change in the mix of pre-tax income or loss among these operating entities can cause the Company’s effective tax rate to fluctuate. The mix of the income (loss) between companies

 

  F-10    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

within the Company’s affiliated group fluctuated between periods resulting in income tax expense of $24.1 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and a benefit of $29.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The effective tax rates for the 16 week periods ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015 were (22.0)% and 15.9%, respectively.

Segments: The Company and its subsidiaries operate food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items and services. The Company’s retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance and are reported in one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments and reporting units are its 14 divisions, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format. Each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, has similar distribution methods, operates in similar regulatory environments and purchases merchandise from similar or the same vendors. Except for an equity method investment in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), all of the Company’s retail operations are domestic.

The following table represents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016     June 20, 2015  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 8,348.5         45.4   $ 7,989.8         44.3

Perishables(2)

     7,407.5         40.3     7,276.6         40.3

Pharmacy

     1,566.7         8.5     1,544.1         8.6

Fuel

     812.7         4.4     1,010.2         5.6

Other(3)

     256.3         1.4     230.3         1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 18,391.7         100.0   $ 18,051.0         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions and other miscellaneous income.

Recently adopted accounting standards: In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, “ Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting .” The new standard contains several amendments that will simplify the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, statutory tax withholding requirements, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. We have elected to early adopt these amendments with an effective date as of February 28, 2016. Under the new standard, excess tax benefits or deficiencies are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of the provision for income taxes, whereas they previously were recognized in Members’ equity. Additionally, our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows now present excess tax benefits as an operating activity, and cash paid by the Company when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity. Finally, we have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The adoption of this standard did not have a material

 

  F-11    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently issued accounting standards: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. For public entities, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is not permitted. Though the Company currently believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition, our evaluation is continuing and is not complete.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “ Leases (Topic 842)” . The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will require both classifications of leases, operating and capital, to be recognized on the balance sheet. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on its classification. The ASU also will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

On March 25, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire 29 stores from Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”), including 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) mandated divestitures, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in millions):

 

     June 2, 2016  

Inventory

   $ 31.8   

Other current assets

     2.5   

Property and equipment

     89.9   

Intangible assets, primarily pharmacy scripts and trade names

     31.4   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     155.6   

Capital lease obligations

     35.2   

Other long-term liabilities

     22.7   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     57.9   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     97.7   

Goodwill

     16.1   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 113.8   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-12    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Of the $113.8 million in purchase consideration, $11.3 million was paid subsequent to the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The goodwill recorded of $16.1 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The goodwill associated with this acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company had other individually immaterial acquisitions resulting in net cash paid of $44.1 million and an additional $5.1 million of goodwill.

NOTE 3—PROPERTIES HELD FOR SALE AND OTHER PROPERTY DISPOSITIONS

Properties Held for Sale

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale are recorded in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, and consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     June 18, 2016     February 27, 2016  

Assets held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 4.6      $ 521.2   

Transfers in

            10.5   

Disposals

     (0.4     (527.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4.2      $ 4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 27.1      $ 90.4   

Transfers in

            4.1   

Disposals

     (4.7     (67.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 22.4      $ 27.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of Distribution Centers

During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company sold two distributions centers in Southern California for $237.5 million, net of selling expenses, and leased them back for a 36-month period in a transaction that qualified for sale-leaseback accounting. The gain on the sale of these distribution centers of $97.7 million will be amortized over the 36-month lease period.

Divestitures

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”, “the Safeway acquisition”), the Company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertson’s”) and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The divestiture of these stores was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 in accordance with the asset purchase agreements. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertson’s stores for the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015 were $298.8 million and $14.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015 were $145.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

 

  F-13    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 4—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 18, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market(1)

   $ 892.7       $ 892.7       $       $   

Short-term investments(2)

     44.8         42.0         2.8           

Non-current investments(3)

     59.9         7.8         52.1           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 997.4       $ 942.5       $ 54.9       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(4)

   $ 173.1       $       $ 173.1       $   

Contingent consideration(5)

     276.0                         276.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 449.1       $       $ 173.1       $ 276.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to proceeds from the sale of our senior unsecured notes which were used to redeem debt subsequent to the end of the quarter. See Note 6—Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations for further explanation.
(2) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(5) Primarily relates to Casa Ley contingent value rights (“CVRs”) and is included in Other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

  F-14    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Short-term investments(1)

   $ 20.5       $ 17.7       $ 2.8       $   

Non-current investments(2)

     59.4         8.1         51.3           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79.9       $ 25.8       $ 54.1       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 184.5       $       $ 184.5       $   

Contingent consideration(4)

     269.9                         269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454.4       $       $ 184.5       $ 269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Money Market and other Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVRs and is included in Other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Beginning balance

   $ 269.9   

Change in fair value

     7.2   

Payments

     (1.1
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 276.0   
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, including current maturities, were based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments. As of June 18, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $12,377.3 million compared to a carrying value of $12,367.2 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. As of February 27, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,036.2 million compared to the carrying value of $11,703.9 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

 

  F-15    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

As of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, except in relation to assets classified as held for sale, no other material amounts of assets have been adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company’s held for sale assets are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily based on estimated selling prices less costs of disposal.

NOTE 5—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). The Company’s risk management objective and strategy with respect to interest rate swaps is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company is meeting its objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments, the Company reports the effective portion of the gain or loss as a component of Other comprehensive (loss) income until the interest payments being hedged are recorded as Interest expense, net, at which time the amounts in Other comprehensive (loss) income are reclassified as an adjustment to Interest expense, net. Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships are recorded in the period in which they occur as a component of Other income in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company has entered into several swaps with maturity dates in 2019 and 2021 to hedge against variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of the Company’s outstanding variable rate term debt. The aggregate notional amount of all swaps as of both June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, were $4,820.2 million, of which $4,762.2 million are designated as Cash Flow Hedges as defined by GAAP. The undesignated portion of the Company’s interest rate swaps is attributable to principal payments expected to be made through the loan’s maturity.

As of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, the fair value of the cash flow interest rate swaps were $170.4 million and $171.2 million, respectively, and is recorded in Other current liabilities.

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as Cash Flow Hedges consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
      

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   16 weeks
ended
June 18,
2016
    16 weeks
ended
June 20,
2015
     Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives

Designated interest rate swaps

   $ (3.3   $ (7.3    Other comprehensive
(loss) income, net of tax

 

  F-16    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
      

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   16 weeks
ended
June 18,
2016
     16 weeks
ended
June 20,
2015
     Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives

Undesignated and ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

   $       $ (0.5    Other income

NOTE 6—LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company’s long-term debt as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, net of unamortized debt discounts of $331.4 million and $349.2 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $165.7 million and $170.6 million, respectively, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     June 18,
2016
    February 27,
2016
 

Albertson’s Term Loans, Due 2019 to 2022, interest range of 5.0% to 5.5%

   $ 6,616.3      $ 7,136.6   

Albertson’s 6.625% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024

     1,235.8          

Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility, average interest rate of 1.94%

     261.0        311.0   

NAI 7.45% Debentures Due 2029

     546.6        542.9   

Albertson’s 7.750% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

     585.6        584.7   

Safeway 7.25% Debentures Due 2031

     575.0        574.7   

NAI 8.0% Debentures Due 2031

     353.7        352.0   

NAI 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes Due 2017—2028

     253.0        251.1   

Safeway 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2019

     270.5        270.7   

NAI 8.7% Debentures Due 2030

     207.6        206.9   

NAI 7.75% Debentures Due 2026

     171.5        170.3   

Safeway 7.45% Senior Debentures Due 2027

     152.8        152.8   

Safeway 3.95% Senior Notes Due 2020

     137.8        137.9   

Safeway 4.75% Senior Notes Due 2021

     131.1        131.1   

Safeway 6.35% Notes Due 2017

     103.3        104.1   

Safeway 3.4% Senior Notes Due 2016

     80.0        80.0   

Other Notes Payable, Unsecured

     165.5        154.0   

Mortgage Notes Payable, Secured

     23.0        23.3   
    

Total debt

     11,870.1        11,184.1   

Less current maturities

     (737.1     (214.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 11,133.0      $ 10,969.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Unsecured Notes

On May 31, 2016, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, as co-Issuers, completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Unsecured Notes (“2024 Notes”) which will mature on June 15, 2024. Interest on the 2024 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2016. Subject to certain exceptions,

 

  F-17    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

the 2024 Notes are guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (other than the co-issuers).

Senior Secured Notes

On June 24, 2016, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to fully redeem Albertson’s $609.6 million of principal amount of 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “Secured Notes”), and to pay an associated make-whole premium of $87.7 million and accrued interest (the “Redemption”).

Term Loans

On May 31, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to repay $519.8 million of principal on the existing Term Loan B-3 due 2019. The Company wrote off $15.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in connection with the Term Loan B-3 paydown.

On June 22, 2016, subsequent to the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company amended the agreement governing the Albertson’s Term Loans in which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of a $3,280.0 million of a new Term Loan B-4, $1,145.0 million of a new Term Loan B-5 and $2,100.0 million of a new Term Loan B-6 (collectively, the “New Term Loans”). The proceeds from the issuance of the New Term Loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility (“ABL”), were used to repay the Albertson’s Term Loans that were outstanding as of June 22, 2016 and to pay related interest and fees (collectively, the “Term Loan Refinancing”). The new Term Loan B-4 matures on August 25, 2021, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.50%. The new Term Loan B-5 matures on December 21, 2022, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The new Term Loan B-6 matures on June 22, 2023, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%.

Asset-Based Loan Facility

Borrowings outstanding under the new Albertson’s ABL as of June 18, 2016 consisted of loans of $261.0 million and letters of credit (“LOC”) issued under the LOC sub-facility of $617.7 million. Borrowings outstanding under the Albertson’s ABL as of February 27, 2016, consisted of loans of $311.0 million and letters of credit issued under the LOC sub-facility of $616.2 million. As noted above, borrowings under the Albertson’s ABL increased $300.0 million on June 22, 2016 in connection with the Term Loan Refinancing.

Safeway Notes

On June 24, 2016, upon consummation of the Redemption, the collateral securing the 2016, 2017, 2019, 2021, 2027 and 2031 Safeway Notes and the guaranties of the 2016, 2017 and 2019 Safeway Notes by Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were released.

Capitalized Lease Obligations

The Company’s total capitalized lease obligations were $1,042.8 million and $1,042.2 million as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively. Current maturities of capitalized lease

 

  F-18    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

obligations were $112.3 million and $120.4 million and long-term maturities were $930.5 million and $921.8 million, as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

NOTE 7—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

The equity-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016      June 20, 2015  

Equity-based compensation expense:

     

Phantom units

   $ 15.8       $ 17.9   

Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units

             37.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense

   $ 15.8       $ 55.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $3.3 million and $3.7 million related to equity-based compensation for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015, respectively.

The weighted-average assumptions used to value the Company’s equity-based awards are as follows:

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016     June 20, 2015  

Dividend yield

        

Expected volatility

     55.1     41.7

Risk-free interest rate

     0.70     0.61

Time to liquidity

     1.5 years        1.9 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     19.0     16.0

Phantom Units

During the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, the Company issued approximately 1.0 million Phantom units to its employees and directors, of which approximately 0.6 million Phantom units were deemed granted for accounting purposes. The 1.0 million Phantom units include 0.5 million Phantom units that have solely time-based vesting and 0.1 million performance-based Phantom units that were deemed granted upon the establishment of the fiscal 2016 annual performance target and that vest upon both the achievement of such performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 0.4 million performance-based Phantom units will only be deemed granted upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2018 or fiscal 2019, as applicable.

 

  F-19    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Phantom unit activity for the period was as follows:

 

     Time-Based      Performance-Based  
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
 

Phantom units unvested at February 27, 2016

     4,049,375      $ 21.74         1,358,125      $ 17.10   

Issued

     523,392        17.10         500,000        17.10   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Granted

     523,392        17.10         125,000        17.10   

Vested

                             

Forfeited or canceled

     (406,250     21.24         (131,250     17.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Phantom units unvested at June 18, 2016

     4,166,517      $ 20.59         1,351,875      $ 17.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 18, 2016, the Company had $108.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to Phantom units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.42 years.

Series 1 Incentive Units

On April 9, 2015, the Company and a member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.675 million of the previously granted Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.675 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of April 9, 2015, the Company had recognized a cumulative amount of $2.2 million in compensation expense associated with the original January 30, 2015 Series 1 incentive unit grant.

The Company has accounted for the April 2015 consulting arrangement transition as a modification to the originally granted award of 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units. 1.675 million Series 1 incentive units, or the newly agreed upon maximum number of shares to be received by the former employee, were valued as of April 9, 2015 at a per unit price of $23.76, or a total award value of $39.8 million. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded a total charge of $37.6 million during the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015, representing the entire fair value of 1.675 million Series 1 incentive units on the modification date less cumulative amounts previously recognized as compensation expense prior to the modification. As of June 18, 2016, there is no amount of unrecognized compensation expense associated with previously granted Series 1 incentive units.

 

  F-20    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 8—NET LOSS PER UNIT

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per Tracking group unit and per Residual group unit (in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016     June 20, 2015  

Net loss

   $ (133.6   $ (153.3

Less: undistributed loss available to Tracking group up to Distribution Targets

     (133.6     (153.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations available to Tracking group and Residual group unitholders

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and distributions attributable to:

    

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $ (133.6   $ (153.3

Residual group unitholders—basic

              

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

     (133.6     (153.3

Residual group unitholders—diluted

              

Weighted average Tracking group units outstanding used in computing net loss attributable to Tracking group unitholders—basic and diluted

     300.0        297.2   

Weighted average Residual group units outstanding used in computing net loss attributable to Residual group unitholders—basic

     18.1        14.9   

Net loss per unit attributable to:

    

Tracking group—basic

   $ (0.45   $ (0.52

Residual group—basic

              

Tracking group—diluted

     (0.45     (0.52

Residual group—diluted

              

For the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016, zero units for the Tracking group and 4.9 million units for the Residual group have been excluded from diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015, 2.8 million units and 9.0 million units for the Tracking group and Residual group, respectively, have been excluded from diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

NOTE 9—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension Plans

On May 15, 2016, the Company, through an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”) for nominal cash consideration and the assumption of certain liabilities, primarily related to employee compensation and benefits of the workforce acquired. Prior to the acquisition, C&S, under a supply agreement with the Company and through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Collington, managed and operated the Company’s distribution center located in Upper Marlboro, Maryland. By purchasing the equity of Collington, the Company settled a pre-existing reimbursement arrangement under the previous supply agreement relating to the pension plan in which the Collington employees participate. Consequently, the Company, through its newly acquired subsidiary, Collington, assumed primary liability for the Collington employees participating in the pension plan. Prior to the acquisition of Collington, the pension plan was a multiple employer plan, with Safeway and C&S being the respective employers. The Safeway portion of the plan was accounted for as a multiemployer plan, with the

 

  F-21    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

reimbursement of the C&S portion being accounted for by the Company through the previous supply agreement. Also, contemporaneously with the acquisition of Collington, the Company negotiated a new supply agreement with C&S and negotiated concessions directly from the unions representing the Collington employees at the distribution center. The acquisition of Collington resulted in a charge of approximately $78.9 million to net pension expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Upon the assumption of the C&S portion of the pension plan through the equity acquisition, the multiple employer pension plan will be accounted for as a single employer pension plan.

At the date of the Collington acquisition, the pension plan had a projected benefit obligation of $222.3 million which exceeded the fair value of its plan assets of $143.4 million. The Company considers approximately 31% of the plan assets as Level 1 for valuation purposes which are composed principally of domestic and international common stock. The remaining 69% of plan assets are considered Level 2 and primarily consist of collective trust funds, corporate bonds and U.S. government securities.

The Company also contributes to various multiemployer pension plans based on obligations arising from most of its collective bargaining agreements. These plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The Company recognizes expense in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company acquired plans as part of the Safeway acquisition that provide post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. The plans are unfunded.

Additionally, in connection with the Collington transaction, the Company negotiated with the respective unions a new unfunded post-retirement obligation with a projected benefit obligation of approximately $15.5 million, recorded through Other comprehensive loss as prior service cost.

The following tables provide the components of net pension and post-retirement expense (in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended  
     Pension     Other post-retirement
benefits
 
     June 18,
2016
    June 20,
2015
    June 18,
2016
     June 20,
2015
 

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (34.8   $ (43.0   $       $   

Service cost

     16.2        18.5                  

Interest cost

     24.3        31.1        0.2         0.2   

Settlement charge

     78.9                         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net expense

   $ 84.6      $ 6.6      $ 0.2       $ 0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize an additional $5.1 million of expense in 2016 related to the pension and post-retirement plans in which the Collington employees participate.

The Company contributed $5.2 million and $1.8 million to its defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans during the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015,

 

  F-22    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

respectively. For the remainder of fiscal 2016, the Company currently anticipates contributing an additional $6.5 million to these plans, including $1.5 million related to the pension and post-retirement plans in which the Collington employees participate.

Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans

Many of the Company’s employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans (“401(k) Plans”). Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. Total contributions for these plans were $12.8 million and $11.2 million for the 16 weeks ended June 18, 2016 and June 20, 2015, respectively.

NOTE 10—RELATED PARTIES

Summary of SuperValu activity

Related party activities with SuperValu that are included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended  
     June 18, 2016      June 20, 2015  

Supply agreements included in Cost of sales

   $ 531.6       $ 397.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     51.6         59.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 583.2       $ 456.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

California Department of Industrial Relations: On October 24, 2012, the Office of Self-Insurance Plans, a program within the director’s office of the California Department of Industrial Relations (the “DIR”), notified SuperValu that additional security was required to be posted in connection with the Company’s, and certain other subsidiaries’, California self-insured workers’ compensation obligations pursuant to applicable regulations. The notice from the DIR stated that the additional security was required as a result of an increase in estimated future liabilities, as determined by the DIR pursuant to a review of the self-insured California workers’ compensation claims with respect to the applicable businesses, and a decline in SuperValu’s net worth. A security deposit of $271.0 million was demanded in addition to security of $427.0 million provided through SuperValu’s participation in California’s Self-Insurer’s Security Fund (the “Fund”). SuperValu appealed this demand. The Fund had attempted to create a secured interest in certain assets of the Company for the total amount of the additional security deposit. The dispute with the Fund and the DIR was resolved through a settlement agreement as part of the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, and the primary obligation to the Fund and the DIR was retained by the Company following the NAI acquisition. Subsequent to the NAI acquisition, the Company set up a fund of $75.0 million to be used for the payment of future claims. In addition, the Company provided to the DIR a $225.0 million LOC to collateralize any of the

 

  F-23    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

self-insurance workers’ compensation future obligations in excess of the $75.0 million fund. As of February 27, 2016, there was no balance remaining in the fund. Prior to January 21, 2014, the California Self Insurers’ Security Fund also held mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets as collateral. On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Collateral Substitution Agreement with the California Self-Insurers’ Security Fund to provide an irrevocable LOC to replace the mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets and the previously issued $225.0 million LOC. The amount of the LOC is adjusted semi-annually based on annual filings of an actuarial study reflecting liabilities as of December 31 of each year reduced by claim closures and settlements. The related LOC was $247.7 million as of June 18, 2016 and February 27, 2016.

Lease Guarantees: The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation.

In connection with the FTC-mandated divestitures, the Company assigned store leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2015, the Company participated in Haggen’s bankruptcy auction for its non-core stores, and after additional negotiations with Haggen and having received FTC and state attorneys general clearance and bankruptcy court approval, the Company acquired 19 assigned leases from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million. The Company previously assigned 42 leases to Haggen that were acquired by other retailers or by landlords in the auction, and three others were modified during the bankruptcy process, eliminating the Company’s contingent lease liability. Haggen conducted a subsequent sale process with respect to its 33 core stores, which resulted in the sale to the Company of 29 stores (including six leases and two ground leases previously assigned by the Company to Haggen) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory, subject to adjustment.

Haggen rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 store leases for which the Company has contingent lease liability. As a result, the Company recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

With respect to other leases the Company has assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired but assigned to third parties in its bankruptcy), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee became insolvent, it would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet related to these contingent obligations.

The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.

Legal Contingencies

Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain wage and hour or civil rights laws, are pending against the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled.

 

  F-24    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made provisions where the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated and an adverse outcome is probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Management currently believes that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss for the Company’s exposure in excess of the amount accrued is expected to be immaterial to the Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Haggen, et al: On July 20, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the State of Delaware in and for Newcastle County (the “State Court Action”), alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory in connection with Haggen’s purchase of 146 divested stores.

On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”) and alleged that its damages may exceed $1.0 billion. On September 8, 2015, Haggen filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s bankruptcy case. Also as a result of the bankruptcy case, the Company recorded an allowance of $41.1 million against the amount owed by Haggen for the purchased inventory during the second quarter ended September 12, 2015. On September 17, 2015, the Company received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit, which the Company believes are without merit.

On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”), (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates and (iv) Cerberus Capital Management, pursuant to which the Company resolved the disputes in the State Court Action and the District Court Action (together, the “Haggen Litigations”). The settlement agreement provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Haggen Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by the Company of $5.75 million to a creditor trust to be formed by the Creditors’ Committee, (b) an agreement that the Company will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which the Company will transfer to the creditor trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and the Company paid $5.75 million to the creditor trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million was recorded as a loss in fiscal 2015 and is incremental to the losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $32.2 million related to the Company’s contingent lease liability for the rejected Haggen leases.

 

  F-25    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Security Breach: On August 14, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of its computer network that processes payment card transactions for its retail store locations, including the Company’s Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme, Jewel - Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. The Company believes these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on its IT service provider, SuperValu, the Company took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. The Company believes that it has eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. The Company notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks and its insurance carriers and is cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands, the Company retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although the Company’s network had previously been found to be compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard issued by the PCI Council, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions.

The Company believes it is probable that the payment card networks will make claims against the Company. These claims will likely include amounts for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course operating expenses (such as card reissuance costs) that the payment card networks assert they or their issuing banks have incurred and could also include a case management assessment. If the payment card networks assert claims against the Company, the Company currently intends to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will incur a loss in connection with the potential claims from the payment card networks. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that it expects to incur in connection with the potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available or when the payment card networks assert their claims against the Company. The Company will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above the Company’s currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have yet been asserted and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, the Company agreed with one of its third party payment administrators to provide a $15.0 million LOC to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against the Company by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, the Company and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit.

 

  F-26    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

On October 6, 2015, AB Acquisition received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multi-state group has not made a monetary demand, and the Company is unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any. The Company has cooperated with the investigation.

Drug Enforcement Administration : During fiscal 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) requesting information concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation, and the Company is cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. The Company anticipates that there will be monetary fines assessed, and possible administrative remedies. The Company has established an estimated liability for this matter, which is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available. The Company has met with the DEA on several occasions, including December 2015, May 2016 and June 2016, to discuss the investigation, and the Company anticipates further meetings in the near future. On June 7, 2016, the Company received a third subpoena, which requested information concerning potential diversion by one former employee in the Seattle/Tacoma area (Washington State). The Company is cooperating with the DEA in responding to this third subpoena.

Office of Inspector General : In January 2016, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under the Company’s MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by the Company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. The Company is cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

Rodman: On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in

 

  F-27    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. On April 6, 2016, Plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. The sanctions motion is set for hearing on August 25, 2016. The Company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

NOTE 12—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in members’ equity during a period, other than those from investments by or distributions to members. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income or loss equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     16 weeks ended June 18, 2016  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plans
    Interest
rate swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7   

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (45.5     (15.5     (21.8     (9.0     0.8   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     15.7               15.7                 

Tax benefit (expense)

     8.0        1.7        2.8        3.8        (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive (loss) income, net

     (21.8     (13.8     (3.3     (5.2     0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ (134.5   $ (16.1   $ (70.8   $ (50.8   $ 3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-28    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

     16 weeks ended June 20, 2015  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plans
     Interest
rate swaps
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1       $ (20.6   $ 3.1   

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (16.0             (16.7     0.7   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     6.1                6.1          

Tax benefit (expense)

     3.2                3.3        (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive (loss) income, net

     (6.7             (7.3     0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ 52.9      $ 77.1       $ (27.9   $ 3.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 28, 2016, which is the date of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

     Page  

Financial Information

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-31   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015

     F-32   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-33   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-34   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-36   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-37   

 

F-30


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of

AB Acquisition LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and members’ (deficit) equity for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended February 20, 2014. The financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AB Acquisition LLC and subsidiaries as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended February 20, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 10, 2016

 

F-31


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in millions, except unit amounts)

 

     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8   

Receivables, net

     647.8        631.9   

Inventories, net

     4,421.8        4,156.6   

Prepaid assets

     362.4        392.9   

Other current assets

     101.6        797.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,113.3        7,104.7   

Property and equipment, net

     11,846.2        12,048.5   

Intangible assets, net

     3,882.5        4,235.0   

Goodwill

     1,131.1        1,013.8   

Other assets

     796.9        1,276.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 23,770.0      $ 25,678.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,779.9      $ 2,763.5   

Accrued salaries and wages

     1,001.8        1,136.4   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     334.7        624.0   

Current portion of self-insurance liability

     308.7        311.6   

Taxes other than income taxes

     304.1        287.5   

Other current liabilities

     453.3        933.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,182.5        6,056.0   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     11,891.6        11,945.0   

Deferred income taxes

     1,512.9        1,852.7   

Long-term self-insurance liability

     1,012.1        1,133.7   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,557.7        2,522.4   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Members’ equity:

    

Tracking units, 300,000,000 units issued and outstanding each of Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway units as of February 27, 2016 and 300,000,000 units issued and 297,188,332 outstanding as of February 28, 2015

              

Residual units, 14,907,871 units issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 1,675,042 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 incentive units as of February 27, 2016 and 14,907,871 issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units as of February 28, 2015

              

Members’ investment

     1,967.9        1,848.7   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (112.7     59.6   

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (242.0     260.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,613.2        2,168.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 23,770.0      $ 25,678.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

($ in millions, except per unit amounts)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0      $ 27,198.6      $ 20,054.7   

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        19,695.8        14,655.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        7,502.8        5,399.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        8,152.2        5,874.1   

Bargain purchase gain

                   (2,005.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     401.7        (649.4     1,530.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5        633.2        390.1   

Other (income) expense

     (7.0     96.0          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (1,378.6     1,140.5   

Income tax benefit

     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                   19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Loss on interest rate swaps, net of tax

     (46.9     (20.6       

Recognition of pension (loss) income, net of tax

     (79.4     59.3        17.8   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (45.6              

Other

     (0.4     2.9        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (674.5   $ (1,183.6   $ 1,750.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) earnings per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group continuing operations

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.87   

Tracking group discontinued operations

                   0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tracking group basic (loss) earnings per unit

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 14.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group continuing operations

   $      $      $   

Residual group discontinued operations

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group basic earnings per unit

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net (loss) earnings per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group continuing operations

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.69   

Tracking group discontinued operations

                   0.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tracking group diluted (loss) earnings per unit

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group continuing operations

   $      $      $ 9.27   

Residual group discontinued operations

                   0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group diluted earnings per unit

   $      $      $ 9.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Net loss (gain) on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     103.3        227.7        (2.4

Depreciation and amortization

     1,613.7        718.1        676.4   

LIFO expense

     29.7        43.1        11.6   

Deferred income tax

     (90.4     (170.1     (657.6

Pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     14.1        8.8        8.1   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (7.4     (272.3     (15.7

Loss on interest rate swaps and commodity hedges, net

     16.2        98.2          

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3        25.1   

Bargain purchase gain

                   (2,005.7

Loss on debt extinguishment

                   49.1   

Equity-based compensation expense

     97.8        344.1        6.2   

Other

     24.0        36.5        19.7   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

      

Receivables, net

     (15.8     (8.5     11.0   

Inventories, net

     (245.0     (52.4     (39.6

Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other accrued liabilities

     (244.4     184.0        304.9   

Self-insurance liabilities

     (133.4     (195.0     (127.9

Other operating assets and liabilities

     172.1        32.6        53.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     901.6        (165.1     49.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(1)

     (710.8     (5,673.4     (463.9

Payments for property, equipment, intangibles, including payments for lease buyouts

     (960.0     (336.5     (128.4

Proceeds from divestitures

     454.7                 

Proceeds from sale of assets

     112.8        31.7        59.1   

Changes in restricted cash

     256.9        39.3        (246.0

Other

     34.6        (6.1     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (811.8     (5,945.0     (781.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

   $ 453.5      $ 8,097.0      $ 2,485.0   

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (903.4     (2,123.6     (923.3

Payments on short-term borrowings related to business acquisition

                   (44.3

Repurchase of debt under tender offer

                   (619.9

Payments of obligations under capital leases

     (120.0     (64.1     (24.5

Payments for debt financing costs

     (41.5     (229.1     (121.0

Proceeds from member contributions

     21.6        1,283.2        250.0   

Other

     (46.1     (34.5       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (635.9     6,928.9        1,002.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (546.1     818.8        270.0   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,125.8        307.0        37.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8      $ 307.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-34    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Reconciliation of capital investments:

    

Payments for property and equipment, including payments for lease buyouts

   $ (960.0   $ (336.5   $ (128.4

Payments for lease buyouts

     48.3        8.3        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total payments for capital investments, excluding lease buyouts

   $ (911.7   $ (328.2   $ (128.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows:

    

Additions of capital lease obligations, excluding business acquisitions

   $ 52.4      $ 23.7      $ 6.0   

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

     166.3        109.1        11.7   

Interest and income taxes paid:

    

Interest paid, net of amount capitalized

     964.3        581.4        283.0   

Income taxes (refunded) paid

     (78.3     (21.5     40.8   

 

(1) See Note 2—Acquisitions and Note 16—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements under caption “Appraisal of Safeway Inc.”

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity

(in millions, except units)

 

    Tracking group     Residual group                          
    ABS units     NAI units     Safeway
units
    Class C
units
    Convertible
investor
incentive
units
    Series 1
incentive
units
    Members’
investment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Accumulated
(deficit)/

Retained
earnings
    Total
members’

(deficit)
equity
 

Balance at February 21, 2013

    69,708,763                                         $      $      $ (247.2   $ (247.2

Issuance of tracking units to existing members

      69,708,763                                       

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units

    58,090,647        58,090,647                250.0                      250.0   

Equity-based compensation

                6.2                 6.2   

Net income

                              1,732.6        1,732.6   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                       18.0               18.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 20, 2014

    127,799,410        127,799,410                                    256.2        18.0        1,485.4        1,759.6   

Vesting of Class C units

          2,641,428                                   

Exchange of Class C units for tracking units

    2,641,428        2,641,428          (2,641,428                                

Issuance of convertible investor incentive units for services

            14,907,871          265.7                      265.7   

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units to management

    4,309,128        4,309,128                33.2                      33.2   

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units

    162,438,366        162,438,366                1,250.0                      1,250.0   

Equity-based compensation

                78.4                      78.4   

Issuance of Safeway tracking units to existing members

        297,188,332                                     

Net loss

                              (1,225.2     (1,225.2

Members’ distribution

                (34.5                   (34.5

Other member activity

                (0.3                   (0.3

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                       41.6               41.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 28, 2015

    297,188,332        297,188,332        297,188,332               14,907,871               1,848.7        59.6        260.2        2,168.5   

Equity-based compensation

                97.8                      97.8   

Vesting of Series 1 incentive units

              1,675,042                               

Contributions related to repayment of member loans

    2,811,668        2,811,668        2,811,668              21.6                      21.6   

Net loss

                              (502.2     (502.2

Other member activity

                (0.2                   (0.2

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                       (172.3            (172.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 27, 2016

    300,000,000        300,000,000        300,000,000               14,907,871        1,675,042      $ 1,967.9      $ (112.7   $ (242.0   $ 1,613.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a food and drug retailer that, as of February 27, 2016, operated 2,271 retail food and drug stores together with 379 associated fuel centers, 30 dedicated distribution centers and 19 manufacturing facilities. The Company is composed of retail food businesses and in-store pharmacies with operations primarily located throughout the United States under the banners Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, United Supermarkets, Market Street, Amigos, United Express, Sav-On, Jewel-Osco, Acme, Shaw’s and Star Market. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com. The Company also has a 49% ownership in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 216 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. AB Acquisition LLC has no separate operating assets or liabilities other than the investments in its subsidiaries, and all its business operations are conducted through its operating subsidiaries. The Company is owned by a consortium of investors led by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”).

On January 30, 2015, the Company, through a subsidiary, Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertson’s”), acquired Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended April 7, 2014 and June 13, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”), under which Albertson’s acquired all of the outstanding shares of Safeway (the “Safeway acquisition”). Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers.

On December 29, 2013, the Company acquired United Supermarkets, LLC (“United”). United operated 51 supermarkets under the banners United Supermarkets, Market Street, Amigos and United Express. On March 21, 2013, the Company acquired from SUPERVALU INC. (“SuperValu”) all of the issued and outstanding shares of New Albertson’s, Inc. (“NAI”) through a newly formed subsidiary of the Company, NAI Holdings LLC (the “NAI acquisition”). NAI operated 871 supermarkets under the banners Jewel-Osco, ACME, Shaw’s, Star Market and Albertsons. Prior to the NAI acquisition, the Company owned 192 supermarkets under the Albertsons banner and two distribution centers operating within certain geographical markets.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation for all periods presented. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method.

Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal year: In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the Company elected to change its fiscal year from the Thursday before the last Saturday in February to the last Saturday in February. Unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to a fiscal year of the Company refers to the calendar year in which such fiscal year commences. The Company’s first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and the second, third, and fourth quarters generally each consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter consisted of 13 weeks, and the fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks. For each of the other years presented, the fiscal year consisted of 52 weeks.

 

  F-37    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Use of estimates: The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting periods presented. Certain estimates require difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase and outstanding deposits related to credit and debit card sales transactions that settle within a few days. Cash and cash equivalents related to credit and debit card transactions were $285.5 million and $299.2 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Restricted cash: Restricted cash primarily relates to collateralized surety bonds, letters of credit and cash related to contingent value rights (“CVRs”). During fiscal year 2015, restricted cash was reduced by $256.9 million primarily due to certain collateral requirements being eliminated. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had restricted cash of $13.3 million included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of February 28, 2015, the Company had restricted cash of $270.2 million included in Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Receivables, net: Receivables consist primarily of trade accounts receivable, pharmacy accounts receivable and vendor receivables. Management makes estimates of the uncollectibility of its accounts receivable. In determining the adequacy of the allowances for doubtful accounts, management analyzes the value of collateral, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other economic and industry factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially impacted by different judgments, estimations and assumptions based on the information considered and could result in a further adjustment of receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expenses were not material for any of the periods presented.

Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor allowances.

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, approximately 86.6% and 84.5%, respectively, of the Company’s inventories were valued under the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. The Company primarily uses the item-cost or the retail inventory method to determine inventory cost before application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the item-cost method, the most recent purchase cost is used to determine the cost of inventory before the application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the retail inventory method, inventory cost is determined, before the application of any LIFO adjustment, by applying a cost-to-retail ratio to various categories of similar items to the retail value of those items. Replacement or current cost was higher than the carrying amount of inventories valued using LIFO by $122.0 million and $92.3 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations.

Cost for the remaining inventories, which represents perishable, pharmacy and fuel inventories, was determined using the most recent purchase cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost which approximates FIFO cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records inventory shortages based on actual physical counts at its facilities and also provides allowances for inventory shortages for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date.

 

  F-38    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and equipment, net: Property and equipment is recorded at cost or fair value for assets acquired as part of a business combination and depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—seven to 40 years; leasehold improvements—the shorter of the remaining lease term or ten to 20 years; fixtures and equipment—three to 15 years; specialized supply chain equipment—six to 25 years.

Assets under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or the fair value of the asset and are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Interest capitalized on property under construction was immaterial for all periods presented.

Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company regularly reviews its individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indicators of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, the Company recognizes impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Losses on long-lived asset impairments are recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Lease exit costs: The Company records a liability for costs associated with closures of retail stores, distribution centers and other properties that are no longer utilized in current operations. For properties that have closed and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any remaining liability under the lease, net of estimated sublease recovery and discounted using credit adjusted risk-free rates, is recognized as a liability and charged to Selling and administrative expenses. These lease liabilities are usually paid over the lease terms associated with the property. Adjustments to lease exit reserves primarily relate to changes in subtenant income or actual exit costs that differ from original estimates. Lease exit reserves for closed properties are included as a component of Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Intangible assets, net: The Company reviews intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and tests for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The review consists of comparing the estimated fair value of the cash flows generated by the asset to the carrying value of the asset. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives consist of restricted covenants and liquor licenses. Intangible assets with finite lives consist primarily of trade names, naming rights, customer prescription files, internally developed software and beneficial lease rights. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic life ranging from three to 40 years. Customer prescription files are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five-year useful life, which management believes is reflective of the economic life of the related assets. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are recorded on acquired leases based on the differences between the contractual rents for the remaining lease terms under the respective lease agreement and prevailing market rents for the related geography as of the lease acquisition date. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are amortized over the lease term using the straight-line method.

 

  F-39    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Business combination measurements: In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approach used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired as of the acquisition date. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. We review goodwill for impairment by initially considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. In the first step, if the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company must perform step two in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Generally fair value is determined by a multiple of earnings based on the guideline publicly traded business method or discounting projected future cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded for any periods presented.

Company-Owned life insurance policies (“COLI”): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has loans against these policies. The Company has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the cash surrender values of the policies were $190.0 million and $194.7 million, and the balance of the policy loans were $115.8 million and $120.0 million, respectively. The net balance of the COLI are included in Other assets.

 

  F-40    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Interest rate risk management: The Company has entered into several interest rate swap contracts (“Swaps”) to hedge against the variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on its outstanding variable rate term debt. Swaps are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of Swaps designated as “cash flow” hedges, to the extent the hedges are highly effective, are recorded in Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes. Ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized in current period earnings. Other comprehensive (loss) income is reclassified into current period earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether derivatives used as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or ceases to be highly effective, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

Energy contracts: The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. The Company expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not recorded at fair value. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered. The Company also manages its exposure to changes in energy prices utilized in the shipping process through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts used to hedge diesel fuel. These contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings.

Self-Insurance liabilities: The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company has established stop-loss amounts that limit the Company’s further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. Stop-loss amounts for claims incurred for the years presented range from $0.5 million to $5.0 million per claim, depending upon the type of insurance coverage and the year the claim is incurred. In determining its self-insurance liabilities, the Company performs a continuing review of its overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition and NAI acquisition, the Company assumed outstanding self-insurance liabilities. Under the acquisition method of accounting, these assumed liabilities were recorded on the acquisition dates of Safeway and NAI at fair values of $613.5 million and $1,082.9 million, respectively. Subsequent to the acquisitions, the Company measures and accounts for the assumed self-insurance liabilities using a systematic and rational approach, which considers actual claims experience in each period compared to total expected claims over the estimated remaining life of the claims.

The Company has deposits with its insurers to fund workers’ compensation and automobile and general liability claims payments. The Company had $12.0 million and $12.9 million of deposits for its workers’ compensation and automobile liability claims as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively, included in Other assets. The Company has reinsurance receivables of $39.3 million and $30.4 million recorded within Receivables, net and $52.4 million and $70.8 million recorded within Other assets as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. The self-insurance liabilities and related reinsurance receivables are recorded gross.

 

  F-41    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,445.3      $ 1,009.7      $ 52.5   

Assumed liabilities from acquisitions

            613.5        1,082.9   

Expense

     293.7        157.7        128.6   

Claim payments

     (268.0     (205.3     (192.3

Other reductions(1)

     (150.2     (130.3     (62.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     1,320.8        1,445.3        1,009.7   

Less current portion

     (308.7     (311.6     (200.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 1,012.1      $ 1,133.7      $ 809.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily reflects the systematic adjustments to the fair value of assumed self-insurance liabilities from acquisitions and actuarial adjustments for claims experience.

Deferred rents: The Company recognizes rent holidays, from the period of time the Company has possession of the property, as well as tenant allowances and escalating rent provisions, on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the operating lease. The expected term may also include the exercise of renewal options if such exercise is determined to be reasonably assured and is used to determine whether the lease is capital or operating. Deferred rents are included in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Deferred gains on leases: The Company may receive up-front funds upon sublease or assignment of existing leases. Deferred gains related to subleases and assignments as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 were $13.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, recorded in Other current liabilities, and $75.1 million and $72.7 million, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. These proceeds are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated sublease term as rent income and were $14.9 million, $12.6 million and $12.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In addition, deferred gains have been recorded in connection with several sale-leaseback transactions and are recognized over the lives of the leases. The current portion of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $12.5 million at both February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, recorded in Other current liabilities, with the long-term portion of $170.3 million and $183.3 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. Amortization of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $12.7 million in fiscal 2015 and $13.4 million for both fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, and was recorded as a reduction in rent expense.

Benefit plans: Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing, or 401(k) plans, in addition to dedicated defined benefit plans for Safeway, Shaw’s and United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by the Company. The Company also provides certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement.

 

  F-42    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company recognizes a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of Other long-term liabilities. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within Other comprehensive (loss) income. The determination of the Company’s obligation and related expense for its sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Pension expense for the multiemployer plans is recognized as contributions are funded.

Revenue recognition: Revenues from the sale of products are recognized at the point of sale to the customer, net of returns and sales tax. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided to customers by vendors, usually in the form of coupons, are not recognized as a reduction in sales, provided the coupons are redeemable at any retailer that accepts coupons. The Company recognizes revenue and records a corresponding receivable from the vendor for the difference between the sales prices and the cash received from the customer. The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells its own proprietary gift cards. The Company records a sale when the customer redeems the gift card. The gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and records revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two to five years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were immaterial for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Cost of sales and vendor allowances: Cost of sales includes, among other things, purchasing, inbound freight costs, product quality testing costs, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs, advertising costs, private label program costs, and strategic sourcing program costs.

The Company receives vendor allowances or rebates (“Vendor Allowances”) for a variety of merchandising initiatives and buying activities. The terms of the Company’s Vendor Allowances arrangements vary in length but are primarily expected to be completed within a quarter. The Company records Vendor Allowances as a reduction of Cost of sales when the associated products are sold. Vendor Allowances that have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The reduction of inventory for these Vendor Allowances was $117.9 million and $92.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Advertising costs are included in Cost of sales and are expensed in the period the advertising occurs. Cooperative advertising funds are recorded as a reduction of Cost of sales when the advertising occurs. Advertising costs were $475.8 million, $239.9 million and $192.4 million, net of cooperative advertising allowances of $36.2 million, $16.9 million and $11.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Selling and administrative expenses: Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store and corporate employee-related costs such as salaries and wages, health and welfare, workers’ compensation and pension benefits, as well as marketing and merchandising, rent, occupancy and operating costs, amortization of intangibles and other administrative costs.

Equity-Based employee compensation: The Company has granted membership interests to employees and non-employees and accounts for these awards in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity awards issued to employees and non-employees.

Employee awards are recorded under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation with equity-based compensation expense measured at the grant date, based on the fair

 

  F-43    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

value of the award. As required under this guidance, the Company estimates forfeitures for equity-based grants which are not expected to vest. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the requisite vesting period of the award. Time based awards are generally recognized on a straight-line basis, while performance based awards are generally recognized on a graded vesting basis. The Company recognizes compensation expense for equity-based awards subject to a performance vesting condition when achieving the performance condition becomes probable. Changes in inputs and assumptions used to calculate the fair value of equity-based payments can materially affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity-based compensation expense.

The Company measures equity-based compensation to non-employees in accordance with ASC 505-50 Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505”), and recognizes the fair value of the award over the period the services are rendered or goods are provided.

Net (Loss) Income Per Unit (“EPU”): The Company has two classes of common units: tracking units and residual units. The tracking units include ABS, NAI and Safeway units (collectively referred to as the “Tracking group”) and residual units include Class C units, Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units (collectively referred to as the “Residual group”). EPU is calculated separately for the Tracking group and for the Residual group using the two-class method.

Basic (loss) income per unit (“Basic EPU”) is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to the Tracking group unitholders and Residual group unitholders by the weighted average number of Tracking group and Residual group units outstanding, respectively, for the period. Diluted (loss) income per unit (“Diluted EPU”) gives effect to all dilutive potential tracking units and residual units outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Diluted EPU excludes all potentially dilutive units if the effect of their inclusion is anti-dilutive. Diluted EPU is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to the Tracking group unitholders and Residual group unitholders by the weighted average number of units outstanding, respectively, plus, where applicable, units that would have been outstanding related to dilutive units secured by member loans for the Tracking group and Class C units, Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units for the Residual group.

Income taxes: The Company is organized as a limited liability company, taxed as a partnership which generally is not subject to entity-level tax. The income taxes in respect of these operations are payable by the equity members in accordance with their respective ownership percentages. The Company conducts the operations of its Safeway, NAI and United operations through Subchapter C Corporations. The Company provides for federal and state income taxes on its Subchapter C Corporations, which are subject to entity-level tax, and state income taxes on its limited liability companies where applicable. The Company’s (loss) income from continuing operations before taxes is primarily from domestic operations.

Deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established where management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company reviews tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a tax benefit can be recognized. The Company evaluates its positions taken and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions. The Company reviews these liabilities as facts and circumstances change and adjusts accordingly. The Company recognizes any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of Income tax expense.

 

  F-44    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company is contractually indemnified by SuperValu for any tax liability of NAI arising from tax years prior to the NAI acquisition. The Company is also contractually obligated to pay SuperValu any tax benefit it receives in a tax year after the NAI acquisition as a result of an indemnification payment made by SuperValu. An indemnification asset and liability, where necessary, has been recorded to reflect this arrangement.

Segments: The Company and its subsidiaries operate food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel, and other items and services. The Company’s retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance and are reported in one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments and reporting units are its 14 divisions, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format. Each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, have similar distribution methods, operate in similar regulatory environments and purchase merchandise from similar or the same vendors. Except for an equity method investment in Casa Ley, all of the Company’s retail operations are domestic.

The following table represents sales revenue by type of similar product (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,283.9         44.8   $ 12,906.1         47.5   $ 9,956.4         49.7

Perishables(2)

     23,661.4         40.3     11,043.8         40.6     7,842.3         39.1

Pharmacy

     5,073.0         8.6     2,602.9         9.6     2,019.4         10.1

Fuel

     2,954.8         5.0     387.4         1.4     46.9         0.2

Other(3)

     760.9         1.3     258.4         0.9     189.7         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,734.0         100.0   $ 27,198.6         100.0   $ 20,054.7         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery, and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral, and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions, and other miscellaneous income.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards: In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “ Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The objective of this ASU is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 for publicly traded companies and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-03 during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of the adoption, the Company retrospectively reclassified $187.8 million of unamortized debt issuance costs as of February 28, 2015 from Other assets to a reduction in Long-term debt. Deferred finance costs related to the Company’s asset-based loans were not reclassified. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

  F-45    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Practical Expedient for the Measurement Date of an Employer’s Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets .” This ASU gives an employer whose fiscal year-end does not coincide with a calendar month-end (e.g., an entity that has a 52- or 53-week fiscal year) the ability, as a practical expedient, to measure defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal year 2015.

In November 2015, the FASB issued authoritative guidance through FASB ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” This ASU requires entities to classify Deferred Tax Assets (“DTAs”) and Deferred Tax Liabilities (“DTLs”) as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present DTAs and DTLs as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public companies, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted for any interim or annual financial statements that have not been issued. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 in the third quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of the adoption, the Company retrospectively reclassified current DTLs of $145.4 million and noncurrent DTAs of $93.0 million to noncurrent DTLs as of February 28, 2015. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. For public entities, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is not permitted. Though the Company currently believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on its results of operations or financial condition, the Company’s evaluation is continuing and is not complete.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “ Leases (Topic 842)” . The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will require both classifications of leases, operating and capital, to be recognized on the balance sheet. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on its classification. The ASU also will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

In March 2016, the FASB issued 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting .” The ASU affects all entities that issue

 

  F-46    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

share-based payment awards, and includes several aspects of share-based payment transactions, including classifying awards as equity or liabilities, tax consequences, and cash flow statement classification. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

Fiscal 2015

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway and as discussed further in Note 3—Lease exit costs and properties held for sale, the Company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The Company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”). On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 35 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures for an aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million. The Haggen transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs were immaterial for fiscal 2015 and were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $117 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of fiscal 2016.

A&P Transaction

On November 17, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of 73 stores operated by A&P pursuant to Section 363 of Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The purchase price for the 73 stores, including the cost of acquired inventory, was $292.7 million. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to the Company’s existing store and distribution base and have been bannered as Acme stores.

 

  F-47    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The A&P transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

     November 17, 2015  

Current assets, including $1.7 million in acquired cash

   $ 51.1   

Property and equipment

     133.9   

Intangible assets

     67.1   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     252.1   

Current liabilities

     2.3   

Capital lease obligations

     71.7   

Other long-term liabilities

     16.2   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     90.2   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     161.9   

Goodwill

     130.8   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 292.7   
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the A&P transaction (in millions):

 

Beneficial lease rights

   $ 44.0   

Customer lists, including prescription files

     19.4   

Other intangibles

     2.5   
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     65.9   

Liquor licenses

     1.2   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 67.1   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded of $130.8 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs of $11.1 million in fiscal 2015 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Fiscal 2014

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights of $1.0266 and $0.0488 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. The Casa Ley contingent value right will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of

 

  F-48    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Casa Ley. In the event that Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley contingent value rights will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of Casa Ley. The PDC contingent value right will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the previous sale of the PDC assets. At the time of the acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers, with an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. Safeway also owned and operated GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC an online grocery channel. The acquisition was financed through a combination of debt financing and equity contributions from existing members.

The Safeway acquisition allowed the Company to expand into various new and existing markets and provided the Company access to a broad range of brands and own brand products. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

     January 30, 2015  

Cash

   $ 2,202.9   

Receivables

     348.4   

Inventories

     2,493.7   

Other current assets

     614.1   

Property and equipment

     8,102.4   

Intangible assets

     3,102.2   

Other assets

     719.7   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     17,583.4   

Current liabilities

     2,984.8   

Long-term capital lease obligations

     514.2   

Long-term debt

     2,470.3   

Long-term deferred income taxes

     1,817.1   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,205.0   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     9,991.4   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     7,592.0   

Goodwill

     942.4   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 8,534.4   
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

Trade names

   $ 1,458.0   

Beneficial lease rights

     367.2   

Customer lists, including prescription files and licenses

     865.2   

Internally developed software and loyalty program technology

     375.3   
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     3,065.7   

Liquor licenses

     36.5   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 3,102.2   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-49    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The goodwill recorded of $942.4 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The acquisition is treated as a stock purchase for income tax purposes, and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the acquisition did not result in a step up of tax basis and goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Third party acquisition-related costs of $110.5 million in fiscal 2014 and $5.9 million in fiscal 2013 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

As part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed long-term debt and long-term capital lease obligations with fair values of $2,470.3 million and $514.2 million, respectively. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company redeemed $864.6 million of assumed debt and paid accrued interest and breakage fees of $8.6 million.

Safeway contributed revenues of $2,696.0 million and an operating loss of $184.2 million for the period from January 31, 2015 to February 28, 2015.

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information

The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of operations that would have been achieved from the Safeway acquisition had they occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2013. The pro forma results exclude the results of operations for the divested stores and PDC. Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 57,496.9      $ 52,145.4   

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ (281.5   $ 739.3   

The unaudited pro forma supplemental amounts have been calculated to reflect interest expense, net and additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and related financing events had been applied from the beginning of fiscal 2013 with the related tax effects.

Fiscal 2013

United Acquisition

On December 29, 2013, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Albertson’s LLC, acquired United for $362.1 million in cash (“United acquisition”). At the time of the acquisition, United operated 51 traditional, specialty, and Hispanic retail food stores under its United Supermarkets, Market Street and Amigos banners, seven convenience stores and 26 fuel centers under its United Express banner and three distribution centers. United is located in 30 markets across north and west Texas.

The acquisition of United, with its focus on selection, quality, and customer service, allowed the Company to add a complementary base of stores in Texas. To fund the United acquisition, the Company amended its Term Loan and Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement on December 27, 2013.

 

  F-50    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

     December 29, 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19.6   

Receivables

     28.6   

Inventories

     117.8   

Other current assets

     3.5   

Property and equipment

     241.8   

Intangible assets

     74.2   

Other assets

     4.5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     490.0   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     113.1   

Long-term capitalized lease obligations

     5.9   

Other long term liabilities

     76.8   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     195.8   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     294.2   

Goodwill

     67.9   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 362.1   
  

 

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the acquisition date (in millions):

 

   

Trade names

   $ 32.9   

Beneficial lease rights

     13.5   

Customer prescription files

     27.8   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 74.2   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded as part of the acquisition was attributable to the United workforce and the operational synergies expected from the acquisition, and is not tax deductible. Acquisition-related costs for the United acquisition of $10.3 million in fiscal 2013 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Vons REIT, Inc. Acquisition

On October 10, 2013, the Company purchased all of the stock of Vons REIT, Inc. (“Vons”) for $30.0 million in cash. Vons owned and operated four Dominick’s-bannered stores in the Chicago metropolitan area at the time of the acquisition. The Vons acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

NAI Acquisition

On March 21, 2013, the Company acquired from SuperValu all of the issued and outstanding shares of NAI pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement for a total purchase consideration of $253.6 million, including $69.9 million of working capital adjustments, and assumed debt and capital lease obligations with a carrying value prior to the acquisition date of $3.2 billion. The purchase consideration

 

  F-51    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

was primarily cash and a short-term payable that was fully paid as of February 20, 2014. The estimated fair value of debt and capital leases assumed was $2.6 billion on the acquisition date of March 21, 2013.

The NAI acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the NAI acquisition (in millions):

 

     March 21, 2013  

Cash

   $ 111.2   

Receivables

     215.2   

Inventories

     1,408.6   

Other current assets

     69.2   

Property and equipment

     4,615.0   

Intangible assets

     1,502.9   

Other assets

     389.6   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     8,311.7   

Current liabilities

     1,308.0   

Long-term capital lease obligations

     430.0   

Long-term debt

     2,036.4   

Long-term deferred income taxes

     503.9   

Other long-term liabilities

     1,774.1   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     6,052.4   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     2,259.3   

Excess of net assets acquired over purchase consideration

     2,005.7   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 253.6   
  

 

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the acquisition date (in millions):

 

   

Trade names

   $ 407.0   

Beneficial lease rights

     519.3   

Customer lists, including prescription files, covenants not to compete and naming rights

     552.5   
  

 

 

 

Total of finite life intangible assets

     1,478.8   

Restricted covenants and liquor licenses

     24.1   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 1,502.9   
  

 

 

 

The Company recognized a bargain purchase gain of $2,005.7 million as the amount by which the fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase consideration paid. The bargain purchase was recognized as a gain within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. The Company believes it was able to acquire the net assets for lower than fair value due to the seller’s financial condition, together with the Company’s historical experience and position with the acquired banners. These factors resulted in NAI being marketed in a limited manner without exposure to the usual and customary marketing conditions. Acquisition-related costs for the NAI acquisition of $34.0 million were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

 

  F-52    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information

The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of operations that would have been achieved from the NAI, Vons and United acquisitions had they all occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2013. Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 22,653.3   

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 571.2   

The unaudited pro forma supplemental amounts have been calculated to reflect interest expense, net and additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and related financing events had been applied from the beginning of fiscal 2013 with the related tax effects.

NOTE 3—LEASE EXIT COSTS AND PROPERTIES HELD FOR SALE

Lease Exit Costs

Changes to the Company’s lease exit cost reserves for closed properties consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Beginning balance

   $ 43.5      $ 55.1   

Additions

     28.6        22.9   

Payments

     (21.8     (21.4

Disposals, transferred to held for sale

     (0.6     (13.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 49.7      $ 43.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company closed 39 non-strategic stores in fiscal 2015, 12 in fiscal 2014 and 45 in fiscal 2013. Lease exit costs related to closed properties were recorded at the time of closing. Additions to the lease exit cost reserves for closed properties were recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

 

  F-53    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Properties Held for Sale

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale are recorded in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, and consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Assets held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 521.2      $ 9.3   

Transfers in

     10.5        558.1   

Disposals

     (527.1     (46.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4.6      $ 521.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 90.4      $ 2.1   

Transfers in

     4.1        103.2   

Disposals

     (67.4     (14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 27.1      $ 90.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Divestitures

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the pending Safeway acquisition, the Company, together with Safeway, announced that they had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the Federal Trade Commission as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent upon the completion of the Safeway acquisition. The aggregate sales price of these stores was $327.5 million plus the book value of inventory. The proceeds from the sale were used to pay outstanding borrowings under Albertson’s Term Loans and Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility per the respective terms of the credit facilities. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss on the Albertsons stores of $233.4 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The related assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale, net of the impairment loss. No gain or loss was recorded for the Safeway stores as the related assets and liabilities were recorded for purchase accounting at fair value less the cost to sell. The divestiture of these stores commenced upon completion of the Safeway acquisition and closed in the first fiscal quarter of 2015 in accordance with the asset purchase agreements. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores for fiscal 2015 were $298.8 million and $14.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for fiscal 2015 were $145.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores included in the Company’s fiscal 2014 results were $2,070.1 million and $25.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for the four weeks ended February 28, 2015 were $89.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Discontinued Operations

The Company adopted ASU 2014-8, Subtopic 205-20 on February 21, 2014, which changed the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. Based on the guidelines set forth in ASU 2014-8, the Company did not have any discontinued operations in either fiscal 2015 or 2014. For fiscal 2013, the results of operations and related costs of stores or groups of stores that were held for sale or closed were reported as Income from discontinued operations, net of tax. The notes to the consolidated financial statements exclude discontinued operations for all prior periods, unless otherwise noted.

 

  F-54    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The results of discontinued operations are summarized as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales

   $ 52.7   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 19.5   

NOTE 4—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Land

   $ 2,923.8      $ 2,951.1   

Buildings

     5,611.0        5,489.1   

Property under construction

     364.8        233.6   

Leasehold improvements

     1,138.2        1,023.7   

Fixtures and equipment

     3,034.7        2,551.3   

Buildings under capital leases

     1,044.8        872.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     14,117.3        13,120.8   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,271.1     (1,072.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 11,846.2      $ 12,048.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1,096.2 million, $523.1 million and $526.1 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized lease assets was $137.1 million, $45.5 million and $35.8 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Fixed asset impairment charges of $35.9 million, $227.7 million and $2.0 million were recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Fiscal 2014 impairment losses related primarily to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s goodwill balances (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,013.8       $ 71.4   

Acquisitions and related adjustments(1)

     117.3         942.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,131.1       $ 1,013.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fiscal 2015 includes a $13.5 million adjustment to deferred income tax liabilities assumed in the Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-55    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Intangible assets consisted of the following (in millions):

 

        February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  
    Estimated
useful
lives
(Years)
  Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net     Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net  

Trade names

  40   $ 1,900.8      $ (72.7   $ 1,828.1      $ 1,900.8      $ (24.4   $ 1,876.4   

Beneficial lease rights

  12     911.4        (201.7     709.7        868.8        (124.7     744.1   

Customer prescription files

  5     1,437.9        (495.2     942.7        1,395.2        (212.9     1,182.3   

Covenants not to compete

  5     3.4        (1.4     2.0        1.3        (0.7     0.6   

Internally developed software

  5     422.7        (85.8     336.9        375.3        (5.8     369.5   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

      4,676.2        (856.8     3,819.4        4,541.4        (368.5     4,172.9   

Liquor licenses and restricted covenants

  Indefinite     63.1               63.1        62.1               62.1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

    $ 4,739.3      $ (856.8   $ 3,882.5      $ 4,603.5      $ (368.5   $ 4,235.0   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the acquisitions, total Intangible assets acquired of $4,746.4 million were valued at fair value at the respective acquisition dates.

Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite useful lives was $497.6 million, $201.2 million and $157.1 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense associated with the net carrying amount of intangibles with finite lives is as follows (in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

   Amortization
Expected
 

2016

   $ 462.2   

2017

     459.6   

2018

     366.2   

2019

     331.7   

2020

     96.0   

Thereafter

     2,103.7   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,819.4   
  

 

 

 

During fiscal 2015 and 2014, the Company had intangible asset impairment charges of $4.3 million and $39.2 million, respectively. The majority of the fiscal 2014 impairment charges were related to the Albertsons divested stores. There were no intangible asset impairment charges for fiscal 2013.

The Company had long-term liabilities for unfavorable operating lease intangibles related to above-market leases of $630.0 million and $775.4 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Amortization of unfavorable operating leases recorded as a reduction of expense, was $117.2 million, $51.8 million and $40.9 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

  F-56    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 6—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Short-term investments(1)

   $ 20.5       $ 17.7       $ 2.8       $   

Non-current investments(2)

     59.4         8.1         51.3           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79.9       $ 25.8       $ 54.1       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 184.5       $       $ 184.5       $   

Contingent consideration(4)

     269.9                         269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454.4       $       $ 184.5       $ 269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Money Market and other Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned Captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVR and is Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

  F-57    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at February 28, 2015 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 565.0       $ 565.0       $       $   

Short-term investments(1)

     24.1         17.1         7.0           

Non-current investments(2)

     55.3         8.4         46.9           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 644.4       $ 590.5       $ 53.9       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 121.7       $       $ 121.7       $   

Contingent consideration(4)

     270.9                         270.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 392.6       $       $ 121.7       $ 270.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Classified as available-for-sale securities and included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned Captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVR and is Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company records its CVR obligations at fair value using a combined income and market approach. The CVR obligation is estimated using the income approach of a discounted cash flow model with a weighted average cost of capital of 10.0%, and a guideline company method resulting in adjusted total invested capital. As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the estimated fair value of the CVR obligations were $269.9 million and $270.9 million, respectively. The above inputs used for determining the fair value of the CVR obligations are Level 3 fair value measurements. Changes in the fair value of the CVR obligations can result from changes to the discount rates, as well as the Mexican currency value relative to the US Dollar.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent Consideration  
     February 27, 2016     February 20, 2015  

Beginning balance

   $ 270.9      $   

Additions

            270.9   

Changes in fair value

     0.7          

Payments

     (1.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 269.9      $ 270.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-58    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, including current maturities, was based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments. At February 27, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,036.2 million compared to a carrying value of $11,703.9 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. At February 28, 2015, the fair value of total debt was $12,095.2 million compared to the carrying value of $12,158.5 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, except in relation to assets classified as held-for-sale, no other material amounts of assets have been adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company’s held-for-sale assets are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily based on estimated selling prices less costs of disposal.

NOTE 7—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). The Company’s risk management objective and strategy with respect to interest rate swaps is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company is meeting its objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments, the Company reports the effective portion of the gain or loss as a component of Other comprehensive (loss) income until the interest payments being hedged are recorded as interest expense, net, at which time the amounts in Other comprehensive (loss) income are reclassified as an adjustment to interest expense, net. Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships are recorded in the period in which they occur as a component of Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into several swaps with maturity dates in 2019 and 2021 to hedge against variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of the Company’s outstanding variable rate term debt. The aggregate notional amount of all swaps as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, were $4,820.2 million and $5,240.7 million, of which $4,762.2 million and $5,182.7 million are designated as Cash Flow Hedges, respectively, as defined by GAAP. The undesignated portion of the Company’s interest rate swaps is attributable to principal payments expected to be made through the loan’s maturity.

Deal-Contingent Swap

During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap (“Deal-Contingent Swap”) used to hedge against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by

 

  F-59    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, the Company receives a floating rate of interest and pays a fixed rate of interest for the life of the contract. The aggregate notional amount of the Deal Contingent Swap as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 was $2,548.2 million and $2,960.2 million, respectively. At the close of the Safeway acquisition, the Company designated it as a cash flow hedge. The fair value of the swap on the designation date was $96.1 million with changes in fair value recorded through earnings for the period prior to the designation date. This charge is included in Other (income) expense in the fiscal 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the fair value of the cash flow interest rate swaps was $171.2 million and $116.5 million, respectively, and was recorded in Other current liabilities.

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as Cash Flow Hedges consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
       

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives
 

Designated interest rate swaps

   $ (46.9   $ (20.6    

 

Other comprehensive

(loss) income, net of tax

 

  

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments consisted of the following (in millions):

 

    Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014    

Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives

Deal-Contingent Swap (through date of designation)

  $      $ (96.1   Other (income) expense

Undesignated and ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

    (2.9     (0.9   Other (income) expense

 

  F-60    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 8—LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company’s long-term debt as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, net of debt discounts of $349.2 million and $376.4 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $170.6 million and $187.8 million, respectively, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 

Albertson’s Term Loans, Due 2019 to 2022, interest range of 4.25% to 5.5%

   $ 7,136.6      $ 6,077.0   

Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility, average interest rate of 1.94%

     311.0        980.0   

NAI 7.45% Debentures due 2029

     542.9        530.3   

Albertson’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

     584.7        583.6   

Safeway 7.25% Debentures Due 2031

     574.7        573.8   

NAI 8.00% Debentures Due 2031

     352.0        346.5   

NAI 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028

     251.1        244.1   

Safeway 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2019

     270.7        271.2   

NAI 8.70% Debentures Due 2030

     206.9        204.6   

NAI 7.75% Debentures Due 2026

     170.3        166.1   

Safeway 7.45% Senior Debentures Due 2027

     152.8        153.0   

Safeway 3.95% Senior Notes Due 2020

     137.9        138.2   

Safeway 4.75% Senior Notes Due 2021

     131.1        131.3   

Safeway 6.35% Notes Due 2017

     104.1        106.8   

Safeway 3.4% Senior Notes Due 2016

     80.0        79.9   

NAI 4.75% Senior Secured Term Loan Due 2021

            822.9   

Other Notes Payable, Unsecured

     154.0        160.6   

Mortgage Notes Payable, Secured

     23.3        24.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     11,184.1        11,594.3   

Less current maturities

     (214.3     (502.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 10,969.8      $ 11,091.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Term Loans, Asset-Based Loan (“ABL”) Facility and certain of the outstanding notes and debentures have restrictive covenants, subject to the right to cure in certain circumstances, calling for the acceleration of payments due in the event of a breach of a covenant or a default in the payment of a specified amount of indebtedness due under certain debt arrangements. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants and provisions as of and for the fiscal year ended February 27, 2016.

Albertson’s Term Loans

On March 21, 2013, in conjunction with the NAI acquisition, Albertson’s entered into a Term Loan Agreement in the amount of $1,150.0 million, consisting of Term B Loans with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.50% and an expiration date of March 21, 2016. On May 9, 2013, Albertson’s amended the original Term Loan (“Amendment 1”), dividing the Term B Loan into Term B-1 and Term B-2 Loans. A Term B-1 Loan of $450.0 million was re-priced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.25% and an expiration date of March 21, 2016. A Term B-2 Loan of $700.0 million was re-priced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75% and an expiration date of March 21, 2019. The Term Loans include a floor on LIBOR set at 1.0%. On September 19, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a second amendment to

 

  F-61    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

update certain restrictive covenants in Amendment 1, and on December 27, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a third amendment to increase the outstanding borrowings on the Term B-2 Loans to $996.5 million, with all other terms remaining the same. The Term Loans require annual principal payments of 1.0% of the original amended loan balance, paid quarterly.

On May 5, 2014, Albertson’s entered into a fourth amendment converting the B-1 Loan into the B-2 Loan for a total principal amount of $1,440.6 million. The terms on the Term B-2 Loan remain consistent with Amendment 1.

On August 25, 2014, Albertson’s amended and restated the Term Loan facility (“fifth amendment”), which provided funds for the Safeway acquisition to be held in escrow, consisting of a $950.0 million Term B-3 Loan and a $3,609.0 million Term B-4 Loan, with an original debt discount of $68.4 million. Prior to the release from escrow upon consummation of the Safeway acquisition, the Term B-3 and B-4 Loans accrued fees at rates of 4.0% and 4.5% per annum, respectively. Following the release from escrow, borrowings under the Term B-3 Loan bear interest at the current LIBOR rate, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.0%. Following the release from escrow, borrowings under the Term B-4 Loan bear interest at the current LIBOR rate, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%. The Term B-3 Loan has a maturity date of August 25, 2019, and the Term B-4 Loan has a maturity date of August 25, 2021. The Term B-3 Loan required annual principal payments starting on June 30, 2015 based on rates ranging from 5.0% to 15.0% of the outstanding balance, paid quarterly. The Term B-4 Loan required annual principal payments starting on June 30, 2015 of 1.0% of the original amended balance, paid quarterly. Pursuant to the fifth amendment, no principal payments were made on the Term B-2 Loan during the third or fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, and future principal payments were not required until June 2015. On the date of the Safeway acquisition, the Term B-2 Loan was repriced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.375% with a maturity date of March 21, 2019.

On October 23, 2014, Albertson’s executed an incremental amendment to the Term Loan facility, which created a Term B-4-1 Loan of $300.0 million. The terms are identical to the Term B-4 Loan except that the closing fee on the Term B-4-1 Loan was 0.5%. The $300.0 million of the Term B-4-1 Loan was funded on October 23, 2014. The proceeds of the Term B-4-1 Loan were released from escrow upon closing of the Safeway acquisition, and all applicable closing fees are netted from any amount repaid. The proceeds from the Term B-4-1 Loan were $298.5 million, net of $1.5 million original issue discount. The Term B-4-1 Loan required annual principal payments starting June 30, 2015 of 1.0% of the original amended balance, paid quarterly.

On December 21, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment to the Albertson’s Term Loans to borrow an additional $1,145.0 million of B-5 Albertsons Term Loans. The borrowings were used to replace the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan principal of $1,141.5 million and pay related interest and fees. The B-5 loan matures on December 21, 2022 and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%. In connection with the term loan amendment, the Company increased the applicable margin of the B-2 and B-3 Albertson’s Term Loans by 12.5 basis points.

The Albertson’s Term Loan facilities are guaranteed by Albertson’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The Albertson’s Term Loan facilities are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of the proceeds thereof (the “Albertson’s ABL priority collateral”)) and (ii) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral.

 

  F-62    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NAI Term Loan

On June 27, 2014, in anticipation of the Safeway acquisition, NAI entered into a Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement in the amount of $850.0 million, with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75% and an expiration date of June 27, 2021. The borrowings are guaranteed by NAI’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The borrowings are secured by (i) a first-priority lien on (a) all of the borrowers’ and guarantors’ real property, equipment, fixtures and intellectual property, certain other property relating solely to or constituting proceeds of such assets, and all proceeds of the foregoing and (b) equity interests in NAI and its subsidiaries and intercompany notes, certain dividends and distributions with respect thereto and proceeds thereof and (ii) a second-priority lien on all of the borrowers’ and guarantors’ accounts, inventory, documents, letters of credit and letters of credit rights, investment property (excluding equity interests in the Company and its subsidiaries), general intangibles (excluding intellectual property), deposit accounts, scripts and prescription files, and certain related assets, and all proceeds of the foregoing (the “NAI ABL priority collateral”). The agreement requires annual principal payments of 1.0% of the original loan balance, paid quarterly.

On November 10, 2015, the Company increased the borrowings under the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan by approximately $300.0 million at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR, subject to a 1% floor, to fund the A&P Transaction. As previously discussed, on December 21, 2015, the Company replaced the NAI Term Loan with the additional $1,145.0 million borrowing under the Albertson’s Term Loan.

Asset-Based Loan Facilities

On March 21, 2013, and in conjunction with the NAI acquisition, Albertson’s repaid and replaced an existing ABL Facility of $350.0 million with a new ABL facility in the amount of $850.0 million (the “Albertson’s ABL”) and NAI entered into an ABL facility of $400.0 million (the “NAI ABL”), in each case providing for borrowings collateralized by accounts receivable, customer pharmacy files, inventory, and certain other assets.

Albertson’s ABL: The Albertson’s ABL had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% and also provided for a letter-of-credit (“LOC”) sub-facility of $400.0 million. On September 19, 2013, Albertson’s amended the Albertson’s ABL and on December 27, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a second amendment to the Albertson’s ABL facility, increasing the commitment to $950.0 million, with a maturity date of March 21, 2018. The Albertson’s ABL continued to provide for a LOC sub-facility of $400.0 million. The Albertson’s ABL had a loan interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%. In addition, a facility fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% was charged for any unused portion of the Albertson’s ABL, which was based on the average daily unused amount as a percentage of the aggregate commitments during the most recent fiscal quarter ended. The fees for the Albertson’s ABL LOC sub-facility were based upon the Albertson’s ABL interest rate margin plus a fronting fee of 0.125%. Concurrently with the Safeway acquisition, the Albertson’s ABL was amended and restated to provide for borrowing capacity of up to $3,000.0 million and to extend the maturity date to the earlier of January 30, 2020 and the date that is 91 days prior to the final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if not prepaid or extended prior to such 91st day). As amended and restated, the Albertson’s ABL had a loan interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00% and also provided for a LOC sub-facility of $1,250.0 million. Facility and fronting fees remained unchanged.

 

  F-63    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On December 21, 2015, the Albertson’s ABL was amended and restated in connection with the issuance of a new Albertson’s ABL facility issued through the Company’s newly formed wholly owned subsidiary Albertsons Companies, LLC. The new Albertson’s ABL facility, among other things, provides for a $4,000.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The new Albertson’s ABL has an interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% and matures on December 21, 2020. The new Albertson’s ABL also provides for a new LOC sub-facility of $1,975.0 million and terminated the Amended NAI LOC facility.

As of February 27, 2016, the Albertson’s ABL had $311.0 million of outstanding borrowings and the Albertson’s ABL LOC sub-facility had $616.2 million letters of credit outstanding. Borrowings outstanding under the Albertson’s ABL as of February 28, 2015 consisted of loans of $980.0 million and letters of credit issued under the LOC sub-facilities of $272.1 million.

The Albertson’s ABL is guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The Albertson’s ABL is secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral and (ii) a third-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property). The new Albertson’s ABL contains no financial maintenance covenant unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10.0% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or is (ii) $250.0 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any of such events occur, the Company must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

NAI ABL: The NAI ABL had an interest rate ranging from LIBOR plus 1.75% to 2.25% and a facility fee on the unused portion ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. NAI also entered into a separate LOC facility in the amount of $125.0 million. The NAI LOC facility had an interest rate of 1.75% and a facility fee on the unused portion of 0.25%.

On January 24, 2014, NAI replaced the NAI ABL with an amended ABL facility in the amount of $1,200.0 million, which expires on the earlier of January 24, 2019 and the date that is 91 days prior to final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if not prepaid or extended prior to such 91st day). Included in the amended NAI ABL was a $600.0 million sub-facility for LOC’s (“NAI ABL LOC sub-facility”). In connection with entering into the NAI Term Loan facility, the amount of the NAI ABL was reduced to $1,000.0 million, and $5.0 million of the NAI ABL capitalized deferred financing costs were written off. All other terms of the NAI ABL remained unchanged. Borrowings under the NAI ABL were secured by (i) a first priority lien on the NAI ABL priority collateral and (ii) a second-priority lien on the other collateral securing the NAI Term Loan facility (excluding any real estate that NAI had not elected to include in the borrowing base under the NAI ABL). The NAI ABL interest rate was based upon LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% to 3.0%. The margin was determined by the average daily excess availability percentage for the most recent quarterly period. In addition, a facility fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% was charged for any unused portion of the NAI ABL, which was based on the average daily unused amount as a percentage of the aggregate commitments during the most recent fiscal quarter ended. The fees for the NAI ABL LOC sub-facility were based upon the amended NAI ABL interest rate margin plus a fronting fee of 0.125%.

On December 21, 2015, the NAI ABL was replaced concurrently with the Company entering into the newly issued Albertson’s ABL previously described above. The NAI LOC facility and NAI LOC sub-facility were also replaced by the newly issued Albertson’s ABL. The NAI ABL had no outstanding

 

  F-64    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

borrowings as of February 28, 2015. The NAI ABL LOC sub-facility had $418.7 million of outstanding issued letters of credit as of February 28, 2015. The NAI LOC facility had $104.6 million outstanding issued letters of credit as of February 28, 2015.

Senior Secured Notes

On October 23, 2014, Albertson’s completed the sale of $1,145.0 million of principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes (“2022 Notes”) which will mature on October 15, 2022. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2022 Notes were $1,128.4 million, net of $16.6 million of original issue discount. Safeway is a co-issuer of the 2022 Notes. Albertson’s also capitalized an additional $6.3 million of deferred financing costs. Pursuant to the Safeway acquisition, Safeway became a co-obligor on the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Albertson’s current and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than Safeway), subject to certain exceptions. Interest on the 2022 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2015. On February 9, 2015, following the Safeway acquisition, Albertson’s redeemed $535.4 million of the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Albertson’s, Safeway and the guarantors (other than the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral), and (ii) a third-priority lien on the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral.

Safeway Debt, Including Other Notes Payable

As of January 30, 2015, Safeway had outstanding notes and debentures with a fair value of $2,470.3 million (the “Safeway Debt”). Immediately following the Safeway acquisition, Safeway redeemed $864.6 million of the Safeway Debt.

The Safeway Debt maturing in 2016, 2017 and 2019 is guaranteed by Albertson’s and its subsidiaries that guarantee the 2022 Notes. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2020, 2021, 2027 and 2031 is not guaranteed. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2016, 2017 and 2019 is secured on a pari passu basis with the 2022 Notes by all of the collateral that secures the 2022 Notes. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2020, 2021, 2027 and 2031 is equally and ratably secured on a pari passu basis with the 2022 Notes to the extent of certain of the collateral owned by Safeway and its subsidiaries.

NAI’s Unsecured Debentures and 6.47% to 7.15% Medium-Term Notes

NAI has outstanding various series of debentures and medium-term notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,776.0 million, before debt discounts, that were issued by a predecessor entity prior to the NAI acquisition. Such debentures and medium-term notes are unsecured and are not guaranteed. Interest is payable semi-annually in accordance with their respective underlying terms.

American Stores Company, LLC Debentures and 7.10% Medium Term Notes

At the date of the NAI acquisition, a wholly owned subsidiary of NAI, American Stores Company, LLC (“American Stores”), had outstanding 7.90% Debentures due 2017 (the “2017 Debentures”), 8.00% Debentures due 2026 (the “2026 Debentures”), and 7.10% Medium Term Notes, Series B due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”) with a fair value of $592.5 million. On December 13, 2013, American Stores commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash all of its outstanding 2017 Debentures and 2026 Debentures, and 2028 Notes, culminating in the repurchase and retirement of substantially all the related debt for $619.9 million. As a result of the debt repurchase the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $49.1 million. As of February 27, 2016, the non-repurchased balance of approximately $5 million continues to be guaranteed by SuperValu and continues to be cash collateralized.

 

  F-65    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s debentures and medium term notes are unsecured, and interest is payable semi-annually in accordance with their respective underlying terms.

As of February 27, 2016, the future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

2016

   $ 214.3   

2017

     315.3   

2018

     216.2   

2019

     2,313.4   

2020

     504.1   

Thereafter

     8,140.6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,703.9   
  

 

 

 

Deferred Financing Costs and Interest Expense, Net

Financing costs incurred to obtain all financing other than ABL financing are recognized as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability and amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs recorded as a reduction of debt were $170.6 million and $187.8 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Financing costs incurred to obtain ABL financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related debt facilities using the straight-line method. Deferred financing costs associated with ABL financing are included in Other assets and were $79.2 million and $75.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. For fiscal 2015, total amortization expense of $69.3 million included $17.9 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2014, total amortization expense of $65.3 million included $36.8 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2013, total amortization expense of $25.1 million included $9.0 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments.

Interest expense, net consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

ABL facility, senior secured notes, term loans and debentures

   $ 777.0      $ 454.1       $ 246.0   

Capital lease obligations

     97.0        77.5         63.3   

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3         25.1   

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     12.9        6.8         1.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                    49.1   

Other interest (income) expense, net

     (5.7     29.5         5.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 950.5      $ 633.2       $ 390.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9—LEASES

The Company leases certain retail stores, distribution centers, office facilities, and equipment from third parties. The typical lease period is 15 to 20 years with renewal options for varying terms and, to a limited extent, options to purchase. Certain leases contain percent rent based on sales, escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities, insurance and maintenance.

 

  F-66    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future minimum lease payments to be made by the Company for non-cancelable operating lease and capital lease obligations as of February 27, 2016 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Lease Obligations  

Fiscal year

   Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

2016

   $ 740.1       $ 209.3   

2017

     689.9         205.5   

2018

     611.4         174.1   

2019

     526.3         161.8   

2020

     458.5         145.0   

Thereafter

     2,576.6         799.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total future minimum obligations

   $ 5,602.8         1,695.5   
  

 

 

    

Less interest

        (653.3
     

 

 

 

Present value of net future minimum lease obligations

        1,042.2   

Less current portion

        (120.4
     

 

 

 

Long-term obligations

      $ 921.8   
     

 

 

 

The Company subleases certain property to third parties. Future minimum tenant rental income under these non-cancelable operating leases as of February 27, 2016 was $330.3 million.

Rent expense and tenant rental income under operating leases consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Minimum rent

   $ 759.6      $ 371.3      $ 300.8   

Contingent rent

     21.5        4.7        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense

     781.1        376.0        304.1   

Tenant rental income

     (89.3     (51.9     (45.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense, net of tenant rental income

   $ 691.8      $ 324.1      $ 258.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10—MEMBERS’ EQUITY

Interests in the Company held by its members are presented as “units.” The Company effected a unit split in fiscal 2014, discussed below. All share and per share information set forth in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, and the related footnotes thereto, with the exception of this footnote, has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the January 30, 2015 stock split described below.

As of February 21, 2013, the Company had 880 Class A units and 106 Class B units issued and outstanding.

Class A Units

The Class A units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The original 880 Class A units were granted on June 1, 2006 to the members of the Company in connection with their

 

  F-67    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

initial investments. The holders of the Class A units were entitled to participate first in cash distributions of the Company in connection with their respective ownership percentages: (i) up to an amount equal to the aggregate of the original invested capital not already returned, (ii) accrued distributions based on a rate of 10.0% per annum on the capital not already paid through previous distributions and the aggregate amounts accrued but not yet distributed and (iii) once the minimum amounts were distributed, then pro rata in accordance with their ownership percentage with respect to Class A and Class B units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class A unitholders were also entitled to allocations of profits and losses of the Company for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class A members held voting rights equal to their percentage ownership of Class A units.

Class B Units

The Class B units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. One hundred eighteen Class B units were granted to management on June 1, 2006 and vested over four years. At the end of the vesting period, 12 Class B units were forfeited, resulting in 106 outstanding Class B units. The holders of the fully vested units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of the Company based on their respective ownership percentages on a subordinate basis to the Class A members. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class B unitholders were also entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from the Company for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class B units held no voting rights.

March 2013 Tracking Unit Issuance and Member Contributions

In connection with the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, the Class A and Class B units then outstanding were exchanged into Class A and Class B Albertson’s (“ABS”) units, and a new class of Class A and Class B NAI units were issued. Additional Class A ABS units and NAI units were also issued with the investment of $250.0 million from the institutional investors. The Company also granted Class C units to certain executives with participation rights that allow participation in profits subordinate to the Class A ABS and NAI units and the Class B ABS and NAI units.

Class A and Class B ABS Units

The Class A and Class B ABS units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the Class A and Class B ABS units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s in connection with their respective ownership percentages of Class A and Class B ABS units up to an amount equal to, in aggregate with Class A and Class B ABS distributions and Class A and Class B NAI distributions, $550.0 million plus an annual return of 8.0%. Upon achieving the distribution target, the holders of Class A and Class B ABS units and Class C units shared pro rata in the distributions of ABS. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms would be applied after payment to creditors. The Class A and Class B ABS unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from ABS for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. The Class A ABS units maintained voting interests that were commensurate with their ownership percentage of Class A ABS units. Class B ABS units held no voting rights.

 

  F-68    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Class A and Class B NAI Units

The Class A and Class B NAI units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of NAI in connection with their respective ownership percentages of NAI up to an amount equal to, in aggregate with Class A and Class B NAI distributions and Class A and Class B ABS distributions, $550.0 million plus an annual return of 8.0%. Upon achieving the distribution target, the holders of Class A and Class B NAI units and Class C units shared pro rata in the distributions of NAI. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class A and Class B NAI unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class A and Class B NAI units held no voting rights.

Class C Units

The Class C units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company that were issued to management. Holders of the vested Class C units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of ABS and NAI based on their respective ownership percentages on a subordinate basis to the distribution target of $550.0 million and 8.0% annual interest distributed to ABS and NAI unitholders. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class C units vested over three years with one-third of the units vesting on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the grant date. The Class C unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from ABS and NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class C units held no voting rights.

January 2015 Member Unit Split and Member Contributions

On January 30, 2015, the Company effected a 70,699 for 1 unit split of the Company’s then outstanding Class A and Class B ABS units and Class A and Class B NAI units and effected a 25,598 for 1 unit split of the Company’s then outstanding Class C units (collectively, the “Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits”). In connection with the Safeway acquisition, these units were exchanged into a single class of ABS units and a single class of NAI units. Concurrent with the Safeway acquisition, the Company also established a class of Safeway units and issued equity-based compensation in the form of the Series 1 incentive units and the Investor incentive units.

Immediately following the Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits, certain investors and management contributed $1,250.0 million and $54.8 million respectively, in the Company in exchange for additional ABS and NAI units. Management’s contribution of $33.2 million was in connection with the termination of the Company’s long-term incentive plans (“LTIPs”). The remaining contribution of $21.6 million was funded in the form of a loan from the Company to its executive officers for the purchase of 2.8 million units each of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units and is accounted for as an equity-based compensation award.

The equityholders’ agreement, as amended, with the existing holders of the ABS, NAI and Safeway units provides, among other things, for preemptive or anti-dilution rights that entitle the unitholder the right to purchase additional units to give them the same pro rata percentage ownership in the event additional units are issued. Restrictions on the transfer of units require that a member transfer its ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units on a pari passu percentage basis to the total number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units to the same holder. Furthermore, if the Company

 

  F-69    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

enters into a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, conversion, contribution, exchange and/or other restructuring in connection with an initial public offering (“IPO”), each investor member will receive a proportionate number of shares such that the fair value of the units exchanged will equal the fair value of units received.

The members’ agreement established a management board, currently comprised of 13 voting members, representing the institutional and individual investors. In addition, each member will maintain certain voting rights commensurate with the ownership in the Company. No specific voting rights are associated with the share classes described below. The Company has issued an identical number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units to its members, each of which holds a similar ownership percentage in each class of unit and has similar features. Each class of unit participates in the profits and losses of the respective subsidiary. The Company characterizes a single unit each of ABS, NAI and Safeway units as a Common unit.

Albertson’s Units (ABS Units)

The ABS units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s in connection with their respective ownership percentages of ABS units up to an amount, in aggregate with the NAI and Safeway distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of Albertson’s will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of ABS units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The ABS unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from Albertson’s for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

New Albertson’s Units (NAI Units)

The NAI units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of NAI in connection with their respective ownership percentages of NAI units up to an amount, in aggregate with the Albertson’s and Safeway distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of NAI will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of NAI units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The NAI unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

Safeway Units

The Safeway units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Safeway in connection with their respective ownership percentages of Safeway units up to an amount, in aggregate with the Albertson’s and NAI distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of Safeway will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of Safeway units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The Safeway unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from Safeway for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

 

  F-70    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Investor Incentive Units

The Company also granted 14.9 million Investor incentive units to five institutional investors and a member of management. The holders of the Investor incentive units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on their respective ownership percentages of aggregate ABS, NAI and Safeway units and vested incentive units. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway unitholders after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The units are convertible to an equal number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units reflecting the fair market value of such units as of the conversion date, which is the earlier of (i) January 30, 2020 and (ii) the effective date of consummation of an IPO of the Company (or any conversion entity) or a sale of all or substantially all of the equity of the Company or of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Investor incentive units vested immediately and contain no voting rights.

The Investor incentive units issued to the five institutional investors were accounted for under the guidance for equity-based payments to non-employees. The Investor incentive units issued to the member of management were accounted for as employee equity-based compensation.

Series 1 Incentive Units

The Company granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units to a member of management. The holder of these units is entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on the respective ownership percentages of the aggregate of ABS units, NAI units, Safeway units and incentive units. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway unitholders; after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The Series 1 incentive units are accounted for as employee equity-based compensation.

On April 9, 2015, the Company and such member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.675 million of the previously granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.675 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of February 27, 2016, these 1.675 million units were fully vested. See Note 11—Equity-based compensation for additional information.

Members’ Equity Presentation and Disclosure

As discussed above, the Company effected the Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits, which has been applied retroactively in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the related footnotes thereto, with the exception of this footnote.

As of February 27, 2016, the Company has authorized 300.0 million Common units, with each Common unit consisting of a single ABS unit, a NAI unit and a Safeway unit, of which 300.0 million Common units are issued and outstanding. The Company has issued 14.9 million Investor incentive units, of which 11.6 million were issued to certain institutional investors and 3.3 million to a member of management. The Company has also authorized and issued 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units and authorized 18.4 million Phantom units, of which 11.7 million Phantom units have been issued as of February 27, 2016 and are subject to vesting terms.

 

 

  F-71    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table depicts how the historical equity capitalization is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity. This presentation is based on the underlying subsidiaries’ profits and losses that these units participate in, which are also described in the preceding paragraphs.

 

Consolidated Statements of
Members’ (Deficit) Equity
  ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units
Fiscal 2013   Class A ABS units

Class B ABS units

  Class A NAI units

Class B NAI units

 
Fiscal 2014   ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units
Fiscal 2015   ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units

NOTE 11—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has issued incentive units and other units to management and key investors who provided consulting services to the Company under the equityholders’ agreement, as amended. For equity awards issued to employees, a five percent forfeiture rate was used.

The equity-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Equity-based compensation expense related to employees:

        

Phantom units

   $ 60.2       $       $   

Class C units

             14.1         6.2   

Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units

     37.6         76.2           

Loans to members

             62.2           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense to employees

   $ 97.8       $ 152.5       $ 6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense to non-employees:

        

Investor incentive units

             191.6           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense

   $ 97.8       $ 344.1       $ 6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $12.5 million related to the equity-based compensation for fiscal 2015. No tax benefit was recognized for equity-based compensation for fiscal 2014 and 2013.

The Company determined fair value of awards on the grant date using an option pricing model adjusted for a lack of marketability and using an expected term or time to liquidity based on judgments made by management. Expected volatility is calculated based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies over a time frame consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. Dividend yield was estimated at zero as the Company does not anticipate making regular future distributions to unitholders. As part of calculating fair value for its equity-based awards, the Company estimates the enterprise value underlying the equity-based awards. Each valuation was performed using a Market and Income approach weighted at 50% each. The Market Approach uses the Guideline Public Company Method, which focuses on comparing the subject entity to selected reasonably similar (or guideline) publicly traded companies, while the Income approach uses discounted cash-flows to measure the value of the

 

  F-72    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

enterprise by estimating the present worth of the net economic benefit (cash receipts less cash outlays) to be received over the life of the Company.

The valuations used to determine the fair values of the Phantom units, Series 1 incentive units, Investor incentive units, Class C units, and Member loans to employees were retrospective. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value the Company’s equity-based awards are as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Dividend yield

     —%         —%   

Expected volatility

     41.7%         42.4%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.61%         0.47%   

Time to liquidity

     1.9 years         2 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     16.0%         16.0%   

Phantom Units

During the year ended February 27, 2016, the Company issued 11.7 million Phantom units to its employees and directors, of which 8.7 million Phantom units were deemed granted. The 8.7 million Phantom units include the 5.9 million Phantom units that have solely time-based vesting, 1.5 million performance-based Phantom units that vested upon both the achievement of the fiscal 2015 annual performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2015, and 1.3 million performance-based Phantom units that were deemed granted upon the establishment of the fiscal 2016 annual performance target and that vest upon both the achievement of such performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 3.0 million performance-based Phantom units will only be deemed granted upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2018, as applicable.

The time-based units generally vest in four equal annual installments of 25% on the last day of the four fiscal years, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The performance-based units generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on the last day of the four fiscal years, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to both continued service through each vesting date and the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the performance-based units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. The annual performance target for a fiscal year is generally established immediately preceding the start of the fiscal year for which that installment of 25% of the performance-based vesting is based.

Under the Phantom Unit Plan, each Phantom unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive, upon vesting, one incentive unit. Holders of the incentive units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on their respective ownership percentages of the aggregate Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway units and vested incentive units. Distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway unitholders; after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The Phantom units contain no voting rights. Upon an IPO, the performance targets with respect to the fiscal year in which the IPO occurs and each subsequent year will be deemed to have been attained, and all outstanding performance-based Phantom units will thereafter solely be subject to time-based vesting.

 

  F-73    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the Phantom units subject solely to a service condition, the estimated total fair value is charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For the Phantom units subject to a performance condition, compensation cost will be recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. Upon the consummation of an IPO, the unvested Phantom units subject to performance conditions are converted into Phantom units subject solely to a continuation of service condition.

Phantom unit activity for the period was as follows:

 

     Time-Based      Performance-Based  
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
 

Phantom units unvested at February 28, 2015

          $              $   

Issued

     5,907,500                5,807,500          
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     5,907,500        21.75         2,797,500        19.51   

Vested

     (1,433,125     21.76         (1,333,125     21.76   

Forfeited or canceled

     (425,000     21.82         (106,250     21.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Phantom units unvested at February 27, 2016

     4,049,375      $ 21.74         1,358,125      $ 17.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate fair value of Phantom units that vested in fiscal 2015 was $47.3 million. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had $111.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to Phantom units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

Series 1 Incentive Units

On January 30, 2015, the Company granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units to a member of management. 50% of the Incentive units have a service vesting period of four years from the date awarded and vest 25% on each of the subsequent four anniversaries of such date. On April 9, 2015, the Company and such member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.7 million of the previously granted Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.7 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of April 9, 2015, the Company had recognized a cumulative amount of $2.2 million in compensation expense associated with the original January 30, 2015 Series 1 incentive unit grant.

The Company has accounted for the April 9, 2015 consulting arrangement transition as a modification to the originally granted award of 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units. 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units, or the newly agreed upon maximum number of shares to be received by the former employee, were valued as of April 9, 2015 at a per unit price of $23.76, or a total award value of $39.8 million. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded a total charge of $37.6 million, representing the entire fair value of 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units on the modification date less cumulative amounts previously recognized as compensation expense prior to the modification. As of February 27, 2016, there is no amount of unrecognized compensation expense associated with previously granted Series 1 incentive units.

 

  F-74    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Investor Incentive Units

On January 30, 2015, the Company granted 14.9 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor incentive units to five investors and a member of management. The 11.6 million units granted and issued to the Company’s investors were treated as non-employee compensation for merger and acquisition services related to the Safeway acquisition and direct equity issuance services. For fiscal 2014, the value of the units was $22.11 per unit or $255.5 million, of which $191.6 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as compensation expense for services. The remaining $63.9 million was equity issuance costs and recorded as a reduction in proceeds from member contributions. The 3.3 million Investor incentive units granted to a member of management were recorded as employee compensation cost. The fair value of the units was $22.11 per unit or $74.1 million, and was recorded as compensation cost in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and also reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity.

Class C Units

On March 21, 2013, the Company granted 103 Class C units (2.6 million Class C units following a 25,598 for 1 split on January 30, 2015) to certain key executives under the Company’s Class C Interest Plan. These grants are accounted for as a grant of equity awards to employees in accordance with GAAP. The fair value of these grants is based on the grant date fair value, which was based on the enterprise valuation of the Company at the date of grant, the Class C units’ ownership percentage and residual cash flows distributed to C unitholders after the tracking units hurdles were met. The estimated total fair value is charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of three years, with one third of the units vesting on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the grant date. During fiscal 2014, concurrently with the termination of the Company’s LTIPs, the vesting of unvested Class C units was accelerated, resulting in compensation expense of $9.8 million. The fully vested units were then subsequently exchanged for ABS and NAI units in conjunction with the Safeway acquisition.

Member Loans to Employees

Upon termination of the Company’s LTIPs, certain executives were entitled to the right to receive a loan from the Company to purchase additional ABS and NAI units. Employees took loans of $21.6 million to purchase an additional 2.8 million units. The loans were treated as non-recourse for accounting purposes and accounted for as equity-based compensation. Upon issuance, the units issued to employees were fully vested, and as such the Company recognized compensation with an offsetting entry to Members’ Investment. Eight of the nine loans were repaid in full on July 2, 2015 from the proceeds of loans provided to management by Goldman Sachs Bank USA and secured by a pledge of the equity owned by these members of management. In fiscal 2015, one of the members of management retired and subsequently repaid his loan during the second quarter of fiscal 2015. The member loans to employees were initially accounted for as share-based payments. Upon repayment of the loans, the related units were accounted for similar to an exercise of share-based payments and became outstanding units in the Tracking group, and were included in the Tracking group’s basis Earnings Per Unit.

NOTE 12—NET (LOSS) INCOME PER UNIT

The Company calculates EPU separately for the Tracking group and for the Residual group using the two-class method, which are both presented on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under

 

  F-75    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the two-class method, EPU is determined for the Tracking group and the Residual group based on the separate earnings attributed to actual distributions to the respective classes of units and undistributed earnings available for distribution to the respective classes of units.

The Company treats ABS, NAI and Safeway units as tracking units due to their participation (or “tracking”) of the earnings of the individual subsidiaries. ABS, NAI and Safeway units have been presented as one Tracking group, as each member holds a pro rata share of each of the units, the units are contractually inseparable from one another, and the individual unit distributions are co-dependent on the distributions of the other units due to an aggregate distribution target, as defined. Tracking units issued to members through employee loans (as described in Note 11—Equity-based compensation) participate in distributions of the Tracking group. Upon repayment of the member loans in the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the related units became outstanding units in the Tracking group, and were included in basic EPU for the Tracking group. In fiscal 2014, the related units were not outstanding and were excluded from the Tracking group diluted EPU because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

The Residual group consists of the Class C units, Series 1 incentive units and Investor incentive units, of which the Series 1 incentive units and Investor incentive units participate in earnings and distributions on a pro rata basis at the AB Acquisition LLC level with the Tracking group once the distribution hurdles of the Tracking group have been met. In fiscal 2014, units of 0.2 million and 1.4 million for the Tracking group and Residual group, respectively, have been excluded from the diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. In fiscal 2015, units of 1.0 million and 8.8 million for the Tracking group and Residual group, respectively, have been excluded from the diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

  F-76    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per Tracking group unit and diluted net (loss) income per Residual group unit (in millions, except per unit amounts):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   

Less: income from discontinued operations

                   19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1   

Less: distributions to Tracking group unitholders

            34.5          

Less: undistributed (loss) income available to Tracking group unitholders up to Distribution Targets

     (502.2     (1,259.7     594.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations available to Tracking group and Residual group unitholders

   $      $      $ 1,119.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations and distributions attributable to:

      

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,713.1   

Residual group unitholders—basic

                     

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,690.4   

Residual group unitholders—diluted

                   22.7   

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations and distributions attributable to:

      

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $      $      $ 19.5   

Residual group unitholders—basic

                     

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

                   19.1   

Residual group unitholders—diluted

                   0.4   

Weighted average Tracking group units outstanding used in computing net income attributable to Tracking group unitholders—basic and diluted

     299.0        141.4        123.5   

Weighted average Residual group units outstanding used in computing net income attributable to Residual group unitholders—basic

     15.1        2.7          

Dilutive effect of Class C units

                   2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average units for calculating diluted EPU—Residual group

     15.1        2.7        2.5   

(Loss) income from continuing operations per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group—basic

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.87   

Residual group—basic

                     

Tracking group—diluted

     (1.68     (8.66     13.69   

Residual group—diluted

                   9.27   

Income from discontinued operations per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group—basic

   $      $      $ 0.16   

Residual group—basic

                     

Tracking group—diluted

                   0.15   

Residual group—diluted

                   0.16   

 

  F-77    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax benefit consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Current

      

Federal

   $ 41.0      $ 8.5      $ 67.8   

State

     9.8        8.2        17.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current

     50.8        16.7        85.0   

Deferred

      

Federal

     (93.0     (110.9     (561.1

State

     2.6        (59.2     (96.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred

     (90.4     (170.1     (657.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit, continuing operations

   $ (39.6   $ (153.4   $ (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to losses from continuing operations before income taxes was attributable to the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Income tax (benefit) expense at federal statutory rate

   $ (189.6   $ (482.5   $ 399.1   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (38.9     (38.4     (30.5

Change in valuation allowance

     113.0        6.4        2.0   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     3.1        11.3        (15.5

Members’ loss (income)

     60.4        251.0        (581.4

Common control transaction

            13.3        (357.7

Charitable donations

     (11.1              

Effect of tax rate change

     8.7        (3.7       

Indemnification asset/liability

     14.0        (26.3       

Transaction costs

            62.1          

Nondeductible equity compensation

     12.3        51.0          

Other

     (11.5     2.4        11.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit, continuing operations

   $ (39.6   $ (153.4   $ (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income from limited liability companies held in partnership are payable by the members in accordance with their respective ownership percentages. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) of $60.4 million, $251.0 million and $(581.4) million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Immediately subsequent to the March 21, 2013 acquisition of NAI, the Company sold and transferred the Albertsons-bannered stores and six distribution centers from NAI to Albertson’s LLC and recorded an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) of $13.3 million and $(357.7) million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. There was no adjustment to income tax expense related to the sale of the Albertsons-bannered stores for fiscal 2015. The adjustment primarily represents a net reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to the sale and transfer.

 

  F-78    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Compensation and benefits

   $ 202.9      $ 231.6   

Net operating loss

     226.4        65.1   

Pension & postretirement benefits

     361.2        329.5   

Reserves

     66.0        38.4   

Self-Insurance

     338.1        385.1   

Tax credits

     46.7        32.6   

Other

     149.4        161.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     1,390.7        1,243.6   

Less: valuation allowance

     (286.8     (90.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,103.9        1,153.2   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Debt discount

     97.6        111.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,848.7        2,177.8   

Inventories

     477.6        491.3   

Investment in foreign operations

     125.1        163.9   

Other

     67.8        61.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     2,616.8        3,005.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,512.9   $ (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

   $      $   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (1,512.9     (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,512.9   $ (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of February 27, 2016, a valuation allowance of $286.8 million has been recorded for the portion of the deferred tax asset that is not more likely than not to be realized. The Company will continue to evaluate the need to adjust the valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if the Company continues to incur losses in the future.

The Company currently has federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $535.9 million and $2,149.8 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2016 and continue through the fiscal year ending February 2036. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had federal and state credit carryforwards of $7.0 million and $53.5 million, respectively, the majority of which will expire in 2023.

 

  F-79    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 451.5      $ 180.4      $   

Increase from acquisitions

            262.7        147.0   

Increase related to tax positions taken in the current year

     11.5        10.6        152.3   

Increase related to tax positions taken in prior years

     19.7        19.9        8.8   

Decrease related to tax position taken in prior years

     (3.5     (15.5     (10.8

Foreign currency translation

            (0.1       

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (42.1     (4.9     (115.5

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

     (1.8     (1.6     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 435.3      $ 451.5      $ 180.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014 are tax positions of $228.0 million, $221.6 million and $103.0 million, respectively, which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. Of the $228.0 million that could impact tax expense, the Company has recorded $11.4 million of indemnification assets that would offset any future recognition. As of February 27, 2016, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for the fiscal years prior to 2007 and in most states, is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized expense (benefit) related to interest and penalties, net of settlement adjustments, of $2.4 million, $(1.2) million and $(5.9) million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company does not expect any material amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change in the next 12 months.

NOTE 14—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

Pension Plans

The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Shaw’s Plan”) covering union employees under the Shaw’s banner. The Company also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Safeway Plan”) for substantially all of its employees under the Safeway banners not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Effective April 1, 2015, the Company implemented a soft freeze of the Safeway Plan. A soft freeze means that all existing employees as of March 31, 2015 currently participating will remain in the Safeway Plan but any new eligible employees hired after that date will no longer be part of the Safeway Plan but instead will be offered retirement benefits under an enhanced 401(k) program. The Company also sponsors a frozen plan covering certain employees under the United banners and a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and supplemental income payments for certain senior executives after retirement. The Retirement Restoration Plan is unfunded.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company provides post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. The plans are unfunded.

As of February 27, 2016, the Company changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit pension plans and other

 

  F-80    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning on the period. The Company has elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The Company made this change to improve the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and to provide a more precise measurement of service and interest costs. This change does not affect the measurement and calculation of the Company’s total benefit obligations. The Company has accounted for this change as a change in estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accordingly will account for it prospectively starting in the first quarter of 2016.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended February 27, 2016 and a statement of funded status as of fiscal year-end 2015 and fiscal year-end 2014 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
    February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,724.8      $ 357.4      $ 19.0      $   

Safeway acquisition

            2,452.9               19.4   

Service cost

     56.7        13.5                 

Interest cost

     104.0        24.5        0.6        0.1   

Actuarial gain

     (173.3     (61.9     (1.3     (0.3

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9          

Benefit payments

     (280.4     (61.6     (2.5     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,431.8      $ 2,724.8      $ 16.7      $ 19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,144.1      $ 298.1      $      $   

Safeway acquisition

            1,547.3                 

Actual return on plan assets

     (152.0     88.2                 

Employer contributions

     5.8        272.1        1.6        0.2   

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9          

Benefit payments

     (280.4     (61.6     (2.5     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,717.5      $ 2,144.1      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other current liabilities

   $ (5.7   $ (5.5   $ (1.8   $ (1.9

Other long-term liabilities

     (708.6     (575.2     (14.9     (17.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (714.3   $ (580.7   $ (16.7   $ (19.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-81    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Net actuarial gain

   $ (24.6   $ (150.1   $ (1.6   $ (0.3

Prior service cost

     0.3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (24.3   $ (150.1   $ (1.6   $ (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for the Company’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of fiscal year-end 2015 and 2014, is shown below (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,431.8       $ 2,724.8   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,368.9         2,659.5   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,717.5         2,144.1   

The following tables provide the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Components of net expense:

        

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (143.2   $ (29.9   $      $   

Service cost

     56.7        13.5                 

Interest cost

     104.0        24.5        0.6        0.1   

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     0.1                        

Settlement (gain) loss

     (4.1     0.5                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

     13.5        8.6        0.6        0.1   

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     121.5        (120.7     (1.3     (0.3

Recognition of net actuarial gain

     4.0                        

Prior service cost

     0.3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income

     125.8        (120.7     (1.3     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ 139.3      $ (112.1   $ (0.7   $ (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. When the accumulation of actuarial gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, the excess is amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants. No prior service costs or estimated net actuarial gain or loss is expected to be amortized from other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2016.

 

  F-82    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Assumptions

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Discount rate

     4.25     3.92

Rate of compensation increase

     3.31     3.32

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Discount rate

     3.92     3.75

Expected return on plan assets:

     6.96     6.97

On February 27, 2016, the Company adopted the new MP-2015 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table to be applied on a generational basis for calculating the Company’s 2015 year-end benefit plan obligations. The tables assume an improvement in life expectancy in the future but at a slower rate than the MP-2014 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table used for calculating the Company’s 2014 year-end benefit plan obligations and 2015 expense. The change to the mortality table projection scale results in a decrease to the Company’s current year benefit obligation and future expenses.

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for the Safeway Plan which had $1.5 billion in plan assets at February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Equity

     65     60.5     64.9

Fixed income

     35     39.4     34.1

Cash and other

            0.1     1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the Shaw’s Plan which had $201.0 million in plan assets as of February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Domestic Equity

     35     43.7     34.9

International Equity

     20     19.2     20.2

Fixed income

     45     37.1     44.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-83    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The target market value of equity securities for the United Plan is 50% of plan assets. If the equity percentage exceeds 60% or drops below 40%, the asset allocation is adjusted to target. The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the United Plan which had $49.0 million in plan assets as of February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Equity

     50     56.1     55.0

Fixed income(1)

            34.5     32.9

Cash and other(1)

            9.4     12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     50     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) No formal allocation percentages have been established for these asset categories. Allocations are evaluated monthly and adjusted to meet the cash needs of the plan.

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintaining a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintaining an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximizing the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintaining adequate controls over administrative costs.

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolios and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. The Company’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

Pension Plan Assets

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at February 27, 2016, excluding pending transactions of $56.2 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 16.2      $ 13.2      $ 3.0      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    24.8               24.8          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    274.8        274.8                 

International common stock

    55.4        55.4                 

Collective trust funds(2)

    658.3               658.3          

Corporate bonds(4)

    146.7               146.7          

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    57.5               57.5          

Mutual funds(6)

    141.3        125.5        15.8          

U.S. government securities(7)

    344.1               344.1          

Other securities(8)

    54.6               54.6          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,773.7      $ 468.9      $ 1,304.8      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-84    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities is a commingled fund valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and is provided by the issuer and exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives, assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

 

  F-85    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at February 28, 2015, excluding pending transactions of $45.1 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 20.4      $ 9.6      $ 10.8      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    47.4               47.4          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    306.1        306.1                 

International common stock

    67.2        67.2                 

Collective trust funds(2)

    914.3               914.3          

Corporate bonds(4)

    153.7               153.7          

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    71.0               71.0          

Mutual funds(6)

    219.2        63.9        155.3          

U.S. government securities(7)

    324.4               324.4          

Other securities(8)

    65.5        0.1        65.4          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,189.2      $ 446.9      $ 1,742.3      $  —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8)

Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities are

 

  F-86    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

Contributions

In 2015, the Company contributed $7.4 million to its pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway Plan under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. The Company expects to contribute approximately $10.4 million to its pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2016. The Company’s funding policy for the defined benefit pension plan is to contribute the minimum contribution required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and other applicable laws as determined by the Company’s external actuarial consultant. At the Company’s discretion, additional funds may be contributed to the defined benefit pension plans. The Company will recognize contributions in accordance with applicable regulations, with consideration given to recognition for the earliest plan year permitted.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Benefits
 

2016

   $ 156.6       $ 2.1   

2017

     156.7         2.0   

2018

     158.1         1.9   

2019

     158.7         1.8   

2020

     160.5         1.7   

2021—2025

     805.2         6.8   

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.

The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following respects:

 

    Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

    If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

   

If the Company chooses to stop participating in some multiemployer plans, or makes market exits or store closures or otherwise has participation in the plan fall below certain levels, the

 

  F-87    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. The Company records the actuarially determined estimated liability at an undiscounted amount.

The Company’s participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act zone status (“PPA”) available for fiscal 2015 and 2014 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. The zone status is based on information received from the plans and is certified by each plan’s actuary. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the plan trustees.

Certain plans have been aggregated in the Other funds line in the following table, as the contributions to each of these plans are not individually material. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that the Company may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by the Company in perpetuity. The Company’s annual installment payments would be limited to 20 years if the Company is not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, the Company recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. The Company’s current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. The Company is also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. The Company’s estimated liability reflects its best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, which primarily reflects minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of the Safeway acquisition.

The number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer plans increased significantly from February 20, 2014 to February 28, 2015, and again from February 28, 2015 to February 27, 2016 affecting the year-to-year comparability of the contributions. The increase in employees covered is a direct result of the NAI acquisition and Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-88    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables contain information about the Company’s multiemployer plans:

 

Pension fund

  EIN—PN     Pension Protection
Act zone status(1)
  Company’s 5% of total
plan contributions
  FIP/RP status
pending/
implemented
    2015   2014   2014   2013  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

    946313554—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

    916145047—001      Green   Green   No   No   No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

    951939092—001      Red
3/31/2016
  Red
3/31/2015
  Yes
3/31/2015
  Yes
3/31/2014
 

 

Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(2)

    916069306—001      Red
9/30/2015
  Red
9/30/2014
  Yes
9/30/2014
  Yes
9/30/2013
 

 

Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

    526128473—001      Red   Red   No   No   Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

    526118572—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

    236396097—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

    846045986—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

    846277982—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund

    236209656—001      Red
6/30/2015
  Red
6/30/2014
  Yes
6/30/2014
  Yes
6/30/2013
  Implemented

UFCW International Union—Industry Pension Fund

    516055922—001      Green
6/30/2015
  Green
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2013
  No

MidAtlantic Pension Fund

    461000515—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

    516031512—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

    936074377—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

 

  F-89    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Contributions of Company
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(3)
  Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Most significant
collective
bargaining
agreement(s)(4)

Pension fund

      2015             2014             2013               Count   Expiration

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 90.2      $ 7.2      $      No   8/3/2013 to
10/13/2018
  22   16   10/13/2018

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 57.0      $ 14.0      $ 0.9      No   9/20/2014 to
9/20/2020
  55   1   10/1/2016

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 84.3      $ 35.3      $ 29.7      No   3/6/2016 to
3/5/2017
  14   12   3/6/2016

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(2)

  $ 22.3      $ 6.3      $ 3.1      No   1/10/2015 to
10/13/2018
  78   10   5/7/2016

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 19.7      $ 3.6      $ 2.0      Yes   10/29/2016
to 2/25/2017
  17   14   10/29/2016

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 15.7      $ 1.9      $      Yes   11/7/2011 to
5/16/2020
  93   6   4/8/2017

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

  $ 14.8      $ 14.5      $ 14.3      Yes   2/2/2013 to
1/31/2018
  4   1   1/31/2018

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 10.6      $ 2.1      $ 1.1      No   7/23/2016 to
2/23/2019
  47   8   1/12/2019

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1      $ 1.1      $ 0.2      No   10/29/2016
to 11/3/2018
  15   11   10/29/2016

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund

  $ 9.1      $ 7.8      $ 7.7      Yes   5/3/2016 to
5/4/2016
  2   1   5/4/2016

UFCW International Union—Industry Pension Fund

  $ 7.8      $ 5.0      $ 4.4      No   10/29/2016
to 8/3/2019
  3   1   8/25/2018

MidAtlantic Pension Fund

  $ 6.6      $      $      No   5/19/2013 to

2/25/2017

  8   5   10/29/2016

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 5.8      $ 4.1      $ 3.4      No   5/19/2013 to
3/3/2019
  6   4   3/3/2019

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 5.5      $ 1.3      $ 1.5      No   7/25/2015 to
3/30/2017
  73   4   8/1/2015

Other funds

  $ 21.3      $ 9.2      $ 5.9             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total Company contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 379.8      $ 113.4      $ 74.2             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(1) PPA established three categories (or “zones”) of plans: (1) “Green Zone” for healthy; (2) “Yellow Zone” for endangered; and (3) “Red Zone” for critical. These categories are based upon the funding ratio of the plan assets to plan liabilities. In general, Green Zone plans have a funding ratio greater than 80%, Yellow Zone plans have a funding ratio between 65—79%, and Red Zone plans have a funding ratio less than 65%.
(2) Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust, effective June 30, 2014.
(3) PPA surcharges are five percent or ten percent of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or total contributions to each plan.
(4) These columns represent the number of most significant collective bargaining agreements aggregated by common expiration dates for each of the Company’s pension funds listed above.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of February 27, 2016, the Company had approximately 274,000 employees, of which approximately 164,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated.

 

  F-90    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During fiscal 2016, 248 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire.

Multiemployer Health and Welfare Plans

The Company makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective bargaining agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision, and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. The vast majority of the Company’s contributions covers active employees and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from contribution amounts paid to active plans. Total contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans were $1,100.7 million, $316.2 million and $260.4 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans

Many of the Company’s employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans (“401(k) Plans”). Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. The Company provides supplemental retirement benefits through the Albertson’s LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Makeup Plan and the United Supplemental Plan, which provide certain key employees with retirement benefits that supplement those provided by the 401(k) Plans. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. Total contributions for these plans were $37.9 million, $37.0 million and $28.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On October 10, 2014, the Company, with the unanimous consent of the plan participants, terminated its LTIPs. The termination of this plan resulted in a charge totaling $78.0 million, which was recorded as compensation expense during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015. In connection with the termination, certain plan participants were required to purchase equity of AB Acquisition at an amount equal to 50.0% of their LTIPs payouts upon closing of the Safeway acquisition. The total value of units purchased by these plan participants was approximately $33.2 million.

NOTE 15—RELATED PARTIES

Symphony Investors LLC Tender Offer

On March 21, 2013, associated with the NAI acquisition, Symphony Investors LLC (“Symphony”), which is owned by a consortium of investors led by Cerberus, acquired 21.1% of SuperValu common shares. On April 23, 2015, Symphony distributed all of the SuperValu common shares held by it to members of Symphony. As of April 23, 2015, Symphony did not own any SuperValu common shares.

Transition Services Agreement with SuperValu

The Consolidated Financial Statements include expenses for certain support functions provided by SuperValu through Transition Services Agreements (“TSA”) including, but not limited to, general corporate expenses related to finance, legal, information technology, warehouse and distribution, human resources, communications, processing and handling cardholder data, and procurement of

 

  F-91    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

goods. Prior to March 21, 2013, the cost structure of the TSA was based mainly on the number of Company stores and distribution centers serviced by SuperValu, as well as a fixed annual fee of $20.0 million. On March 21, 2013, the Company entered into a new TSA with SuperValu for a total annual amount of $200.0 million paid monthly, over the first 12 months of the agreement. In December 2013, the fee of $200.0 million was renegotiated with SuperValu and was reduced to $193.0 million. Beginning in month 13, fees are calculated on a per-store and distribution center basis of fixed and variable costs for services. The Company also paid a transition fee of $60.0 million that was amortized on a straight line basis over the original 30-month life of the agreement.

On April 16, 2015, the Company entered into a letter agreement regarding the TSA with SuperValu (the “TSA Letter Agreement”) pursuant to which SuperValu will provide services to the Company as needed to transition and wind down the TSA and the services SuperValu provides under the TSA. In exchange for these transition and wind down services, the agreement calls for eight payments of $6.25 million every six months for aggregate fees of $50.0 million. These payments are separate from and incremental to the fixed and variable fees the Company pays to SuperValu under the TSA. The parties also agreed to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e. 5.0% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support the Company’s transition and wind down activities.

On May 28, 2015, the Company reached an agreement with SuperValu to resolve certain matters. As part of the agreement, SuperValu paid the Company $34.5 million. The Company recorded the payment as a deferred liability and is amortizing it as a reduction of expense over four years.

On September 8, 2015, the Company exercised its right to renew the term of the TSA with SuperValu for an additional year. The original TSA had an initial term expiring on September 21, 2015 and included 10 options for additional one-year renewals with notice given to SuperValu at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the then current term. The renewal extends the TSA through September 21, 2017.

Summary of SuperValu activity

Related party activities with SuperValu that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014  

Supply agreements included in Cost of sales

   $ 1,496.6       $ 1,359.4   

Selling and administrative expenses

     190.6         215.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,687.2       $ 1,574.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trademark Cross-Licensing Agreements

In conjunction with the NAI acquisition, the Company entered into separate trademark cross-licensing agreements with SuperValu. These cross-licensing agreements include a limited royalty-free license to certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) among and between the entities. The term of the trademark cross-licensing agreement is consistent with the term of the TSA.

 

  F-92    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cerberus

Immediately after the consummation of the NAI acquisition from SuperValu, the Company paid Cerberus a transaction fee of $15.0 million. In association with the Safeway acquisition, the original management agreement with Cerberus was terminated, and the remaining annual management fees of $9.0 million were paid by the Company. A new management agreement with Cerberus and the consortium of investors commenced on January 30, 2015, requiring an annual management fee of $13.8 million, beginning January 30, 2015. The agreement term is four years.

NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

California Department of Industrial Relations : On October 24, 2012, the Office of Self-Insurance Plans, a program within the director’s office of the California Department of Industrial Relations (the “DIR”), notified SuperValu that additional security was required to be posted in connection with the Company’s, and certain other subsidiaries’, California self-insured workers’ compensation obligations pursuant to applicable regulations. The notice from the DIR stated that the additional security was required as a result of an increase in estimated future liabilities, as determined by the DIR pursuant to a review of the self-insured California workers’ compensation claims with respect to the applicable businesses, and a decline in SuperValu’s net worth. A security deposit of $271.0 million was demanded in addition to security of $427.0 million provided through SuperValu’s participation in California’s Self-Insurer’s Security Fund (the “Fund”). SuperValu appealed this demand. The Fund had attempted to create a secured interest in certain assets of the Company for the total amount of the additional security deposit. The dispute with the Fund and the DIR was resolved through a settlement agreement as part of the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, and the primary obligation to the Fund and the DIR was retained by the Company following the NAI acquisition. Subsequent to the NAI acquisition, the Company set up a fund of $75.0 million to be used for the payment of future claims. In addition, the Company provided to the DIR a $225.0 million LOC to collateralize any of the self-insurance workers’ compensation future obligations in excess of the $75.0 million fund. As of February 27, 2016, there was no balance remaining in the fund. Prior to January 21, 2014, the California Self Insurers’ Security Fund also held mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets as collateral. On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Collateral Substitution Agreement with the California Self-Insurers’ Security Fund to provide an irrevocable LOC to replace the mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets and the previously issued $225.0 million LOC. The amount of the LOC is adjusted semi-annually based on annual filings of an actuarial study reflecting liabilities as of December 31 of each year reduced by claim closures and settlements. The related LOC was $247.7 million and $338.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Lease Guarantees: The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation.

In connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, the Company assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, and on October 19, 2015, Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of 130 stores that the Company sold to it (including 72 leased stores and 12 ground leased stores).

 

  F-93    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Haggen held an auction for those stores in November 2015. After participating in the auction, having additional negotiations with Haggen, and receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 19 assigned leases from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million. Also during the auction, there were 38 assigned leases acquired by and assigned to other retailers and four assigned store leases acquired by the landlord. Two store leases were re-negotiated by Haggen prior to its bankruptcy, and one store lease was re-negotiated by Haggen during bankruptcy, thus eliminating the Company’s contingent liability with respect to these three leases. Haggen has rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 store leases for which the Company has contingent lease liability. As a result, the Company has recorded a loss of $30.6 million during fiscal 2015 for this contingent liability.

Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of its 33 core stores on December 4, 2015. After receipt of FTC and Washington state attorney general clearance, the Company submitted a proposal to acquire 29 of the Haggen core stores. Haggen determined that the Company’s offer was the highest and best bid and declared the Company the sole qualifying bidder in a notice filed with Bankruptcy Court on March 11, 2016. On March 29, 2016, the Bankruptcy Court entered the order approving the sale of the 29 core stores, to the Company for the aggregate purchase price of approximately $117 million, including inventory, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the applicable asset purchase agreement. The acquisition is expected to close during the first half of fiscal 2016. The 29 stores being acquired include six assigned store leases and two assigned ground leases.

The Company could also be responsible for Haggen’s obligations under the remaining 10 ground leases the Company assigned to it. However, these leases are owned by a Haggen entity that is not a debtor in the bankruptcy case. The Company does not know whether Haggen will default on these ground lease obligations. The Company also does not know what defenses may be available to us, including any loss mitigation obligations of Haggen’s landlords under the terms of the ground leases or applicable law. As a result, the Company is currently unable to estimate our losses with respect to any potential contingent liability with respect to these ground leases.

With respect to other leases the Company has assigned to third parties (other than Haggen but including the 38 leases Haggen had acquired but assigned to third parties in its bankruptcy and any ground leases from the Haggen transaction), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee became insolvent, it would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet related to these contingent obligations.

The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.

Legal Contingencies

Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain wage and hour or civil rights laws, are pending against the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled.

 

  F-94    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made provisions where the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated and an adverse outcome is probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Management currently believes that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss for the Company’s exposure in excess of the amount accrued is expected to be immaterial to the Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Haggen, et al: On July 20, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the State of Delaware in and for Newcastle County (the “State Court Action”), alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory in connection with Haggen’s purchase of 146 divested stores.

On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”) and alleged that its damages may exceed $1 billion. On September 8, 2015, Haggen filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s bankruptcy case. Also as a result of the bankruptcy case, the Company recorded an allowance of $41.1 million against the amount owed by Haggen for the purchased inventory during the second quarter ended September 12, 2015. On September 17, 2015, the Company received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit, which the Company believes are without merit.

On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”), (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates and (iv) Cerberus Capital Management, pursuant to which the Company resolved the disputes in the State Court Action and the District Court Action (together, the “Haggen Litigations”). The settlement agreement provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Haggen Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by the Company of $5.75 million to a creditor trust to be formed by the Creditors’ Committee, (b) an agreement that the Company will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which the Company will transfer to the creditor trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and the Company paid $5.75 million to the creditor trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million was recorded as a loss in fiscal 2015 and is incremental to the losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $30.6 million related to the Company’s contingent lease liability for rejected Haggen leases.

 

  F-95    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Appraisal of Safeway Inc.: Certain stockholders of Safeway common stock sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share acquisition consideration payable in the acquisition does not represent fair value for their shares. Five separate actions have been filed in Delaware Chancery Court, now consolidated under the title In re Appraisal of Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 17.7 million shares. In May 2015, the Company settled with stockholders holding approximately 14 million shares for $621 million plus one Casa Ley contingent value right (“CVR”) for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $487 million ($34.92 per share) of purchase consideration and $134 million of expense, both recorded in fiscal 2014. Of the $621 million, approximately $100 million was paid in fiscal 2014, and the remainder was paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, including $387 million in acquisition consideration. Still remaining as petitioners were holders of approximately 3.7 million shares. On January 11, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the petitioners representing approximately 3.7 million shares of Safeway common stock, for $168 million plus one CVR for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $131 million or $34.92 per share, of purchase consideration and $37 million of expense, of which $34 million was recorded in fiscal 2014 and $3 million was recorded in fiscal 2015. Of the $168 million, $131 million of purchase consideration was paid during fiscal 2014 with the remaining $37 million paid in January 2016.

Security Breach: On August 14, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of its computer network that processes payment card transactions for its retail store locations, including the Company’s Shaw’s, Star Market, Acme, Jewel-Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. The Company believes these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on its IT service provider, SuperValu, the Company took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. The Company believes that it has eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. The Company notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks and its insurance carriers and is cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands, the Company retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although the Company’s network had previously been found to be compliant with PCI DSS, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions.

The Company believes it is probable that the payment card networks will make claims against the Company. These claims will likely include amounts for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course operating expenses (such as card reissuance costs) that the payment card networks assert they or their issuing banks have incurred and could also include a case management assessment. If the payment card networks assert claims against us, the Company currently intends to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will incur a loss in connection with the potential claims from the payment card networks. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that it expects to incur in connection with the potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available or when the payment card networks assert their claims against us. The Company will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the

 

  F-96    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above the Company’s currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have yet been asserted and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, the Company agreed with one of its third party payment administrators to provide a $15.0 million LOC to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against the Company by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, the Company and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint.

On October 6, 2015, AB Acquisition received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multistate group has not made a monetary demand, and the Company is unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any.

Cicairos, et al. / Bluford, et al.: On August 18, 2001, a group of truck drivers from Safeway’s Tracy, California distribution center filed an action in California Superior Court, San Joaquin County entitled Cicairos, et al. v. Summit Logistics , alleging that Summit Logistics, the entity with whom Safeway contracted to operate the distribution center until August 2003, failed to provide meal periods, rest periods and itemized wage statements to the drivers in violation of California state law. Under its contract with Summit Logistics, Safeway is obligated to defend and indemnify Summit Logistics in this lawsuit. On February 6, 2007, another group of truck drivers from the Tracy distribution center filed a similar action in the same court, entitled Bluford, et al. v. Safeway Inc. , alleging essentially the same claims against Safeway. Both cases were subsequently certified as class actions. After lengthy litigation in the trial and appellate courts, on February 20, 2015, the parties signed a preliminary agreement of settlement that calls for the Company to pay approximately $31.0 million in total. This amount consists of a settlement fund of $30.2 million, out of which will be paid relief to the class, and attorneys’ fees and costs as awarded by the court. The Company will also pay third-party settlement administrator costs, and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes. The motion for preliminary court approval of the settlement has been granted. Class members were notified of their right to file objections to the settlement or opt out of the settlement. No class members filed an objection or opted out by the June 15, 2015 deadline. The court approved the settlement and entered final judgment on August 4, 2015. The time period for taking an appeal of the final judgment lapsed with no appeal having been filed. Accordingly, the required settlement fund payment of $30.2 million was made on October 16, 2015. On November 2, 2015, Safeway completed its obligations under the settlement agreement by paying settlement administration fees and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes, which in the aggregate were approximately $0.9 million.

Drug Enforcement Administration: The Company has received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) concerning Safeway’s record keeping, reporting and related

 

  F-97    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation by the DEA. The Company continues to cooperate with the DEA on this matter. The Company and the DEA met on December 22, 2015 and April 21, 2016 to discuss the matter, and further meetings may be scheduled in the near future. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably probable loss, if any.

Office of Inspector General: In January 2016, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under the Company’s MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by the Company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. The Company is cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

Newman Development Group of Pottstown : On March 20, 2002, Safeway’s Genuardi’s subsidiary was sued by a real estate developer for breach of a lease in the Court of Common Pleas, Chester County (Pa.), in a case entitled Newman Development Group of Pottstown, LLC v. Genuardi’s Family Markets, Inc. and Safeway Inc. On December 19, 2006, the trial court entered a judgment in favor of Newman in the amount of $0.3 million. On April 25, 2008, the appellate court remanded the case to the trial court for recalculation of damages. On February 25, 2010, the trial court entered a judgment in favor of Newman in the amount of $18.5 million. Safeway appealed, and on March 18, 2011, the appellate court held that Safeway had waived its right to appeal. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court vacated this order on November 1, 2012. On July 29, 2013, an appellate court panel reversed three key elements of the trial court’s damages calculation in Safeway’s favor. On August 14, 2014, a rehearing by the appellate court en banc rejected the panel’s July 29, 2013 ruling, effectively reinstating the $18.5 million judgment. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court declined to hear Safeway’s appeal on June 24, 2015. In early July 2015, the Company paid the judgment, and the matter is concluded.

Rodman: On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in

 

  F-98    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. On April 6, 2016, Plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. The sanctions motion is set for hearing on July 14, 2016. The Company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

NOTE 17—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in members’ equity during a period, other than those from investments by or distributions to members. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plan
items
    Interest
rate swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1      $ (20.6   $      $ 3.1   

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (304.7     (120.5     (107.7     (75.5     (1.0

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

     36.8        (4.0     40.8                 

Tax benefit

     95.6        45.1        20.0        29.9        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive loss

     (172.3     (79.4     (46.9     (45.6     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-99    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Fiscal 2014  
     Total     Pension
benefit plans
    Interest
rate swaps
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 18.0      $ 17.8      $      $ 0.2   

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     92.7        120.7        (30.5     2.5   

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

     11.3               11.3          

Tax (expense) benefit

     (62.4     (61.4     (1.4     0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     41.6        59.3        (20.6     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1      $ (20.6   $ 3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 10, 2016, which is the date of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Safeway Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, CA

March 3, 2015

 

F-101


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2      $ 35,064.9      $ 35,161.5   

Cost of goods sold

     (26,648.2     (25,833.4     (25,932.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,682.0        9,231.5        9,229.1   

Operating and administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     534.5        551.5        635.4   

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1       

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4       

Other income, net

     45.0        40.6        27.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0        251.6        362.2   

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3        3,305.1        348.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5        3,522.2        598.1   

Less noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.90      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 13.63      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 14.53      $ 2.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.89      $ 1.00   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 13.49      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 14.38      $ 2.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     228.8        239.1        245.6   

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     230.7        241.5        245.9   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-102   


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 112.5      $ 3,522.2      $ 598.1   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Translation adjustments, net of tax

     0.2        (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status, net of tax

     (185.0     179.5        (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss, net of tax

     31.8        66.3        69.5   

Other, net of tax

     0.2        (1.1     1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (152.8     179.7        (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income including noncontrolling interests

     (40.3     3,701.9        585.8   

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ (39.4   $ 3,687.2      $ 584.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-103   


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     Year-end
2014
    Year-end
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,255.1      $ 4,647.3   

Receivables

     373.4        1,211.4   

Merchandise inventories, net of LIFO reserve of $53.1 and $58.1

     2,187.9        2,089.6   

Income tax receivable

     476.1          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     277.1        371.5   

Assets held for sale

     39.5        143.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,609.1        8,463.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property:

    

Land

     1,376.8        1,583.2   

Buildings

     5,666.7        5,774.0   

Leasehold improvements

     2,804.1        2,836.2   

Fixtures and equipment

     6,517.9        6,979.1   

Property under capital leases

     708.3        550.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17,073.8        17,722.7   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,297.3     (10,185.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, net

     6,776.5        7,537.5   

Goodwill

     330.9        464.5   

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

     205.8        196.1   

Other assets

     454.7        557.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,377.0      $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of notes and debentures

   $ 3.2      $ 252.9   

Current obligations under capital leases

     94.7        49.3   

Accounts payable

     1,609.6        3,376.4   

Accrued salaries and wages

     449.8        419.4   

Deferred income taxes

     29.4          

Income taxes payable

            1,135.2   

Other accrued liabilities

     566.8        623.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,753.5        5,856.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Notes and debentures

     2,472.9        3,515.3   

Obligations under capital leases

     429.1        375.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     2,902.0        3,890.8   

Dominick’s multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability

     455.0        294.8   

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations

     765.0        451.4   

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     1,051.1        851.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,926.6        11,344.4   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 1,500 shares authorized; 245.8 and 244.2 shares issued

     2.5        2.4   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,051.3        1,981.9   

Treasury stock at cost: 14.4 and 14.1 shares

     (491.8     (480.6

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (421.7     (271.1

Retained earnings

     4,310.1        4,586.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Safeway Inc. equity

     5,450.4        5,819.5   

Noncontrolling interest

            55.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,450.4        5,875.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 13,377.0      $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Operating Activities:

    

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interest

   $ 112.5      $ 3,522.2      $ 598.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (9.3     (3,305.1     (348.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2   

Reconciliation to net cash flow from operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     921.5        922.2        952.8   

Loss on foreign currency

     131.2        57.4          

Property impairment charges

     56.1        35.6        33.6   

Share-based employee compensation

     24.7        50.4        48.4   

LIFO (income) expense

     (5.0     (14.3     0.7   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate

     (16.2     (17.6     (17.5

Net pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     76.2        114.8        129.0   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (13.3     (56.3     (110.3

Gain on sale of PDC

     (22.0              

Gain on property dispositions and lease exit costs, net

     (38.8     (51.2     (48.3

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     84.4        10.1          

Increase in accrued claims and other liabilities

     26.2        9.2        60.5   

Deferred income taxes

     89.6        (276.6     (36.1

Other

     20.8        36.9        20.2   

Changes in working capital items:

      

Receivables

     16.5        (32.0     20.3   

Inventories at FIFO cost

     (128.1     (76.5     (107.4

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     63.4        (49.5     (20.5

Income taxes

     (90.6     71.0        (54.3

Payables and accruals

     87.9        120.7        106.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from operating activities—continuing operations

     1,387.7        1,071.4        1,226.5   

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities—discontinued operations

     (2,008.9     230.1        343.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities

     (621.2     1,301.5        1,569.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Cash paid for property additions

     (711.2     (738.2     (800.1

Proceeds from sale of PDC

     637.2                 

Proceeds from sale of property

     99.2        220.3        263.0   

Proceeds from company-owned life insurance policies

            68.7          

Restricted cash proceeds from the sale of PDC

     (61.9              

Increase in restricted cash

     (40.0              

Release of restricted cash for payment of mortgage

     40.0                 

Advances to Blackhawk

     (27.7              

Other

     (51.2     6.5        (56.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by investing activities—continuing operations

     (115.6     (442.7     (593.2

Net cash flow from investing activities—discontinued operations

     226.1        5,352.3        21.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from (used by) investing activities

     110.5        4,909.6        (572.0

 

  F-105    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Financing Activities:

      

Additions to long-term borrowings

   $ 239.8      $ 785.5      $ 3,508.1   

Proceeds from PDC sale for development properties recorded (See Note D)

     120.1                 

Principal payments on long-term borrowings

     (1,731.7     (2,171.5     (3,390.6

Payments of debt extinguishment costs

     (82.0     (11.0       

Purchase of treasury stock

            (663.7     (1,274.5

Dividends paid

     (251.8     (181.4     (163.9

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

     29.7        240.1        3.8   

Excess tax benefit from share-based employee compensation

     15.4        6.7        1.3   

Other

     (11.6     (8.6     (13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities—continuing operations

     (1,672.1     (2,003.9     (1,329.1

Net cash flow (used by) from financing activities—discontinued operations

     (54.9     157.7        (44.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities

     (1,727.0     (1,846.2     (1,373.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash

     (154.5     (69.8     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and equivalents

     (2,392.2     4,295.1        (377.2

Cash and Equivalents:

      

Beginning of year

     4,647.3        352.2        729.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 2,255.1      $ 4,647.3      $ 352.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Cash Information—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Cash payments during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 218.5      $ 289.2      $ 322.3   

Income taxes, net of refunds

     1,397.7        497.2        380.9   

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Capital lease obligations entered into

   $ 180.0      $ 78.0      $ 48.1   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable

     71.8        128.3        107.8   

Mortgage notes assumed in property additions

                   42.9   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.4      $ 6.1      $ 6.0   

Options exercised

     0.1               0.1   

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (3.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2.5        2.4        6.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     1,981.9        4,505.6        4,463.9   

Share-based employee compensation

     27.7        59.1        55.1   

Options exercised/cancelled, net

     40.4        210.6        (11.9

Initial public offering of Blackhawk, net

            161.5          

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (2,989.0       

Other(2)

     1.3        34.1        (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2,051.3        1,981.9        4,505.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (480.6     (9,119.8     (7,874.4

Purchase of treasury stock

            (663.7     (1,240.3

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            9,313.4          

Other

     (11.2     (10.5     (5.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (491.8     (480.6     (9,119.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     4,586.9        7,585.6        7,151.1   

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

     113.4        3,507.5        596.5   

Cash dividends declared ($0.890, $0.775 and $0.670 per share)

     (205.8     (185.5     (162.0

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (184.4              

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (6,320.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     4,310.1        4,586.9        7,585.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (271.1     (73.8     (61.5

Translation adjustments

     0.2        (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status (net of tax of $118.5, $87.1 and $45.5)

     (185.0     179.5        (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss (net of tax of $20.5, $38.7 and $40.5)

     31.8        66.3        69.5   

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     2.2                 

Sale of Canada Safeway Limited(4)

            (377.0       

Other (net of tax of $0.2, $0.6 and $0.5)

     0.2        (1.1     1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (421.7     (271.1     (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-107    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Noncontrolling Interests:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 55.6      $ 5.5      $ 6.0   

Noncontrolling interests acquired through Blackhawk’s acquisition of Retailo

            6.9          

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     (0.9     14.7        1.6   

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (56.3              

Other(2)

     1.6        28.5        (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

            55.6        5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

   $ 5,450.4      $ 5,875.1      $ 2,909.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares Issued  

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     244.2        605.3        604.5   

Options exercised

     1.7        9.6        0.1   

Restricted stock grants, net of forfeitures

     (0.1     0.5        0.7   

Performance share awards

            0.4          

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (371.6       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     245.8        244.2        605.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares  

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (14.1     (365.8     (307.9

Purchase of treasury stock

            (19.5     (57.6

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            371.6          

Other

     (0.3     (0.4     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (14.4     (14.1     (365.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Safeway retired 371.6 million shares in 2013. See Note L under the caption “Retirement of Treasury Stock.”
(2) Fiscal 2013 primarily results from Blackhawk IPO.
(3) Safeway distributed its remaining shares of Blackhawk to Safeway stockholders in 2014. See Note B.
(4) Safeway completed the sale of CSL in 2013. See Note B.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note A: The Company and Significant Accounting Policies

The Company  Safeway Inc. (“Safeway” or the “Company”) is one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with 1,326 stores as of year-end 2014. Safeway’s U.S. retail operations are located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In support of its retail operations, the Company has an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com (collectively “Safeway.com”).

On January 30, 2015, Safeway was acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended on April 7, 2014 and on June 13, 2014, the “Merger Agreement”), with AB Acquisition LLC , Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertsons Holdings”), a subsidiary of AB Acquisition, Albertson’s LLC (“Albertson’s LLC”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, and Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub” and together with AB Acquisition, Albertsons Holdings and Albertson’s LLC, “Albertsons”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, in a transaction hereinafter referred to as the “Merger.” See Note V to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Unless otherwise noted, these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes do not give effect to the Merger.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real-estate development subsidiary, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”), sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC (“Terramar”). Due to leasing back certain properties, Safeway will have significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale of PDC. Therefore, the operating results are not reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income. See Note D to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) was a majority-owned subsidiary of Safeway until Safeway completed the distribution of 37.8 million shares of Blackhawk stock that it owned to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. The operating results of Blackhawk are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company exited the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. The operating results of Dominick’s are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. In addition, certain assets and liabilities associated with Dominick’s are reported as assets and liabilities held for sale at December 28, 2013 and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held for sale at January 3, 2015. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the sale of substantially all of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited (“CSL” now known as CSL IT Services ULC) to Sobeys Inc. (“Sobeys”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire Company Limited. As a result, the operating results of CSL are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, the notes accompanying the consolidated financial statements reflect the Company’s continuing operations.

 

  F-109    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company also has a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. See Note V.

Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements include Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all majority-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method. Safeway’s equity in earnings of Casa Ley is based on financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and is recorded on a one-month delay basis because financial information for the latest month is not available from Casa Ley in time to be included in Safeway’s consolidated results until the following reporting period.

Fiscal Year  The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. The last three fiscal years consist of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015 (“fiscal 2014” or “2014”), the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (“fiscal 2013” or “2013”) and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2012” or “2012”).

Correction to Cash Flow Classification Subsequent to the issuance of the fiscal 2013 consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that the $57.4 million loss on foreign currency translation within the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows was reflected as a reduction in net cash flow from operating activities, and should not have reduced operating cash flow for U.S. GAAP purposes. As a result, the 2013 presentation has been corrected to increase cash flows from operating activities—continuing operations by $57.4 million with an offset to the line item Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash. Safeway assessed the materiality of this adjustment on previously issued financial statements in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99 and concluded that the correction was not material. This correction results in no other changes to the consolidated financial statements and had no effect on the change in cash or ending cash.

Use of Estimates  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Translation of Foreign Currencies  Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and Casa Ley are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange, and income and expenses are translated at average rates during the year. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of applicable income taxes, are included as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income, within accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets and within the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

After the net asset sale of Canadian operations (“Sale of Canadian Operations”), the adjustments resulting from translation of retained assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are included in the statement of income as a foreign currency gain or loss. Foreign currency loss was $131.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $57.4 million in fiscal 2013. The Company made a reclassification on the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows to correct the classification of the loss on foreign currency.

 

  F-110    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Revenue Recognition  Retail store sales are recognized at the point of sale. Sales tax is excluded from revenue. Internet sales are recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Discounts provided to customers in connection with loyalty cards are accounted for as a reduction of sales.

Safeway records a deferred revenue liability when it sells Safeway gift cards. Safeway records a sale when a customer redeems the gift card. Safeway gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and increases other revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold  Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs of Safeway’s distribution network. All vendor allowances are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods when earned. Advertising and promotional expenses are also included as a component of cost of goods sold. Such costs are expensed in the period the advertisement occurs. Advertising and promotional expenses totaled $325.5 million in 2014, $371.6 million in 2013 and $415.9 million in 2012.

Cash and Equivalents  Cash and equivalents include short-term investments with original maturities of less than three months and credit and debit card sales transactions which settle within a few business days of year end.

There were no book overdrafts included in accounts payable at year-end 2014. At year-end 2013, book overdrafts of $84.5 million were included in accounts payable.

Receivables  Receivables include pharmacy and miscellaneous trade receivables.

Merchandise Inventories  Merchandise inventory of $1,755.3 million at year-end 2014 and $1,643.2 million at year-end 2013 is valued at the lower of cost on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis or market value. Such LIFO inventory had a replacement or current cost of $1,808.4 million at year-end 2014 and $1,701.3 million at year-end 2013. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations. The remaining inventory consists primarily of perishables, pharmacy and fuel inventory. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost or the last four-week average cost, which approximates first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records an inventory shrink adjustment upon physical counts and also provides for estimated inventory shrink adjustments for the period between the last physical inventory and each balance sheet date.

Property and Depreciation  Property is stated at cost. Depreciation expense on buildings and equipment is computed on the straight-line method using the following lives:

 

Stores and other buildings

     7 to 40 years   

Fixtures and equipment

     3 to 15 years   

Safeway capitalizes eligible costs to acquire or develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage as part of fixtures and equipment. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

  F-111    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Property under capital leases and leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Company-Owned Life Insurance Policies Safeway has company-owned life insurance policies that have a cash surrender value. During 2013, Safeway borrowed against these policies. The Company has no current intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, we offset the cash surrender value by the related loans. At January 3, 2015, the cash surrender value of the policies was $57.1 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.7 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $16.4 million. At December 28, 2013, the cash surrender value of the policies was $58.5 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.9 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $17.6 million.

Employee Benefit Plans  The Company recognizes in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for its employee benefit plan’s overfunded status or a liability for underfunded status. The Company measures plan assets and obligations that determine the funded status as of fiscal year end. See Note N.

Self-Insurance  The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability costs. The self-insurance liability is determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and is discounted using a risk-free rate of interest. The present value of such claims was calculated using a discount rate of 1.50% in 2014, 1.75% in 2013 and 0.75% in 2012.

A summary of changes in Safeway’s self-insurance liability is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

   $ 432.7      $ 480.1      $ 470.9   

Expense, including the effect of discount rate

     153.9        98.6        151.6   

Claim payments

     (151.2     (137.2     (142.5

Disposal of discontinued operations

            (8.8       

Currency translation

                   0.1   

Reclass insurance recoveries to receivable

     25.2                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     460.6        432.7        480.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion

     (113.3     (108.6     (137.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 347.3      $ 324.1      $ 342.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning in 2014, the Company has recorded estimated insurance recoveries as a receivable, rather than netting the recoveries against the liability.

The current portion of the self-insurance liability is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total undiscounted liability, net of insurance receivables, was $477.4 million at year-end 2014 and $477.2 million at year-end 2013.

Deferred Rent

Rent Escalations.     The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

  F-112    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Rent Holidays.     Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain rent holidays. For these leases, Safeway recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis starting at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Income Taxes  Income tax expense or benefit reflects the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the impact of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, accrued interest on tax deficiencies and refunds and accrued penalties on tax deficiencies. Deferred income taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.

Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years.

Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps.     The Company has, from time to time, entered into interest rate swap agreements to change its portfolio mix of fixed- and floating-rate debt to more desirable levels. Interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange with a counterparty of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments periodically over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional principal amounts. The differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The Company’s counterparties have been major financial institutions.

Energy contracts.     The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. Safeway expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not marked to market. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  Disclosures of the fair value of certain financial instruments are required, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. The Company estimated the fair values

 

  F-113    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

presented below using appropriate valuation methodologies and market information available as of year end. Considerable judgment is required to develop estimates of fair value, and the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. Additionally, the fair values were estimated at year end, and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable.     The carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Short-term investments.     These investments are readily convertible to cash, and the carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Notes receivables.     The Company’s notes receivables, included in other assets, are comprised primarily of notes receivable resulting from the sale of real estate. The fair value of note receivables is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates, adjusted for credit risk, at which similar loans could be made under current market conditions. The carrying value of notes receivables, which approximates fair value, was $108.0 million at January 3, 2015 and $101.0 million at December 28, 2013. Approximately $27.7 million of the notes receivables at January 3, 2015 were Safeway advances to Blackhawk. These advances funded Blackhawk’s estimated tax payments on the distribution of Blackhawk shares which are explained in Note B under the caption “Blackhawk”. With the closing of the Merger on January 30, 2015, Blackhawk is not required to repay these advances.

Long-term debt, including current maturities.     Market values quoted in public markets are used to estimate the fair value of publicly traded debt. To estimate the fair value of debt issues that are not quoted in public markets, the Company uses those interest rates that are currently available to it for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments.

Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges  Safeway regularly reviews its stores’ operating performance and assesses the Company’s plans for certain store and plant closures. Losses related to the impairment of long-lived assets are recognized when expected future cash flows are less than the asset’s carrying value. The Company evaluates the carrying value of the assets in relation to its expected future cash flows. If the carrying value is greater than the future cash flows, a provision is made for the impairment of the assets to write the assets down to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined by estimating net future cash flows, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of return. The Company calculates impairment on a store-by-store basis. These provisions are recorded as a component of operating and administrative expense.

When stores that are under long-term leases close, the Company records a liability for the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. This liability is recorded at the time the store is closed. Activity included in the reserve for store lease exit costs is disclosed in Note E.

 

  F-114    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes, consisted of the following at year-end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Translation adjustments

   $ (136.4   $ (139.0   $ 399.0   

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status

     (588.0     (403.0     (737.8

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss

     304.1        272.5        265.5   

Other

     (1.4     (1.6     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (421.7   $ (271.1   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the closing of the Sale of Canadian Operations, the Company recorded the related balance of cumulative translation adjustment, pension and post-retirement benefit adjustment to funded status and recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss which related to CSL as part of the gain on the sale. See Note B.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation  Safeway accounts for all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, as compensation cost based on the fair value on the date of grant. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of options, in order to arrive at a fair value estimate.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on its financial statements.

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” ASU No. 2014-08 changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. The new guidance is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of ASU No. 2014-08 on its financial statements.

Note B: Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company announced its intention to exit the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold or closed its Dominick’s stores. Certain Dominick’s properties were classified as held for sale at December 28, 2013, and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held

 

  F-115    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

for sale at January 3, 2015. Additionally, the Company had other real estate assets held for sale. Assets and liabilities held for sale at January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Assets held for sale:

     

Dominick’s property, net, held for sale

   $ 5.6       $ 136.7   

Other United States real estate assets held for sale

     33.9         7.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

   $ 39.5       $ 143.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Liabilities held for sale:

     

Dominick’s

     

Deferred gain on property dispositions

   $         —       $ 9.0   

Obligations under capital leases

             5.2   

Deferred rent

             2.6   

Other liabilities

             1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale(1)

   $       $ 18.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  F-116    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Discontinued Operations The notes to the consolidated financial statements exclude discontinued operations, unless otherwise noted. Historical financial information for CSL, Dominick’s and Blackhawk presented in the consolidated income statements has been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to current-year presentation. The historical operating results of Genuardi’s stores have not been reflected in discontinued operations because the historical financial operating results were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Financial information for discontinued operations is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Sales and other revenue:

      

CSL(1)

   $      $ 5,447.9      $ 6,695.8   

Dominick’s

     7.3        1,394.8        1,465.2   

Blackhawk(1)

     305.6        1,074.2        906.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 312.9      $ 7,916.9      $ 9,067.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes:

      

CSL(1)

   $      $ 286.2      $ 442.3   

Dominick’s(2)

     (186.8     (92.0     (50.4

Blackhawk(1)

     (4.4     84.4        74.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (191.2   $ 278.6      $ 466.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale or disposal of operations, net of lease exit costs and transaction costs, before income taxes:

      

CSL(3)

   $ (6.8   $ 4,783.1      $   

Dominick’s(4)

     140.9        (493.1       

Blackhawk

     (5.9              

Genuardi’s

                   52.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 128.2      $ 4,290.0      $ 52.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes

   $ (63.0   $ 4,568.6      $ 518.5   

Income taxes on discontinued operations

     72.3        (1,263.5     (169.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 9.3      $ 3,305.1      $ 348.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For CSL, 2013 reflects 44 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in 2012. For Blackhawk, 2014 reflects 15 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in the prior years.
(2) 2014 includes charges of $159.4 million to increase the multiemployer pension withdrawal liability.
(3) In accordance with ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity,” the Company transferred the cumulative translation adjustment relating to Canadian operations from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on the balance sheet to gain on the Sale of Canadian Operations.
(4) 2013 includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability.

Sale of Canadian Operations On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the Sale of Canadian Operations to Sobeys for CAD5.8 billion (USD5.6 billion) in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities.

 

  F-117    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Dominick’s During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway sold or closed all Dominick’s stores. Cash proceeds on the sale of these stores sold in fiscal 2013 were $72.2 million. Stores closed in 2013 but sold in fiscal 2014 had cash proceeds of $246.3 million. The sale of these stores resulted in a pre-tax gain of $140.9 million in fiscal 2014 and a pre-tax loss of $493.1 million in fiscal 2013, which includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability. During fiscal 2014, the Company increased the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability by $159.4 million, which is included in loss from discontinued operations in the following table. See Note O for a discussion and reconciliation of this withdrawal liability.

Blackhawk On March 24, 2014, Safeway’s Board of Directors declared a special stock dividend to its stockholders of all of the 37.8 million shares of Class B common stock of Blackhawk owned by Safeway, representing approximately 94.2% of the total outstanding shares of Blackhawk’s Class B common stock and approximately 72% of the total number of shares of Blackhawk common stock of all classes outstanding. On April 14, 2014, Safeway distributed the special stock dividend to all Safeway stockholders of record as of April 3, 2014 (the “Record Date”). The distribution took place in the form of a pro rata dividend of Blackhawk Class B common stock to each Safeway stockholder of record as of the Record Date.

With the completion of the Merger subsequent to year-end, Safeway’s distribution of Blackhawk shares is taxable. Based on Safeway’s preliminary estimates and after the application of $82 million in tax payments previously made in connection with Safeway’s sale of shares in the initial public offering of Blackhawk’s Class A common stock in April 2013, Safeway expects that the distribution of Blackhawk shares will result in an incremental tax liability of approximately $360 million, which Safeway is required to fund. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring and, therefore, has not recorded a liability for its obligation to fund Blackhawk’s tax obligation. During 2014, Safeway paid approximately $355 million of the incremental tax liability.

In addition, during 2014, Blackhawk made certain estimated tax payments to certain state tax jurisdictions. Safeway advanced approximately $27.7 million to Blackhawk to fund these estimated tax payments. Safeway recorded these advances as receivables on the condensed consolidated balance sheet because, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring. In the event the Merger did not occur, Blackhawk would have been required to repay these advances to Safeway.

Genuardi’s In January 2012, Safeway announced the planned sale or closure of its Genuardi’s stores, located in the Eastern United States. These transactions were completed during 2012 with cash proceeds of $107.0 million and a pre-tax gain of $52.4 million ($31.9 million after tax).

Note C: Blackhawk

Initial Public Offering of Blackhawk On April 24, 2013, Blackhawk, a former Safeway subsidiary, completed its initial public offering of 11.5 million shares of its Class A common stock at $23.00 per share on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which included the exercise by the underwriters for the offering of an option to purchase 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock. The offering consisted solely of shares offered by existing stockholders, including Safeway. As part of the IPO, Safeway sold 11.3 million shares of Class A common stock of Blackhawk for proceeds of $243.6 million ($238.0 million, net of professional service fees), reducing the Company’s ownership from approximately 95% to approximately 73% of Blackhawk’s total outstanding shares of common stock.

 

  F-118    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Safeway recorded these net proceeds as an increase to Additional Paid-In Capital and used these net proceeds to reduce debt. Additionally, the Company recorded a $76.5 million tax liability on the sale of these shares as a reduction to Additional Paid-In Capital and $5.8 million as an increase to tax expense. The taxes were paid in the fourth quarter of 2013. Additionally, Safeway incurred a $17.9 million deferred tax expense related to the retained shares in Blackhawk.

Distribution of Blackhawk Safeway owned 37.8 million shares, or approximately 72%, of Blackhawk, which the Company distributed to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. See Note B.

Acquisitions On November 29, 2013, Blackhawk acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Retailo, a German privately-held company which is a third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Blackhawk acquired Retailo for total purchase consideration of $70.2 million. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Settlement receivables

   $ 18.1   

Settlement payables

     (14.8

Other liabilities, net

     (0.7

Deferred income taxes, net

     (7.4

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     45.7   

Noncontrolling interests

     (6.9

Goodwill(1)

     36.2   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 70.2   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

Noncontrolling interests result from third-party ownership interests in certain subsidiaries of Retailo.

On November 12, 2013, Blackhawk acquired substantially all of the net assets of InteliSpend from Maritz Holdings Inc., a privately-held company, for total purchase consideration of $97.5 million. InteliSpend delivers intelligent prepaid solutions for business needs: employee rewards, wellness, sales incentives, expense management and promotional programs. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15.0   

Trading securities

     29.4   

Accounts receivable

     7.9   

Cardholder liabilities

     (31.4

Customer deposits

     (12.5

Other tangible assets, net

     (4.0

Deferred taxes

     (0.3

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     39.2   

Goodwill(1)

     54.2   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 97.5   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

 

  F-119    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Blackhawk sold the trading securities for cash on the day after closing, and this sale is presented as an inflow from investing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note D: Property Development Centers

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included a grocery store that was leased back to Safeway. The sale was consummated pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 by and among Safeway, PDC and Terramar.

The following table summarizes the gain on this transaction (in millions).

 

Total cash proceeds

   $ 759.0   

Less proceeds for development properties recorded as Other Notes Payable

     (120.1

Less cash paid for prorates

     (1.7
  

 

 

 

Total cash proceeds classified as investing activities

     637.2   

Net book value

     (464.9
  

 

 

 

Total gain on sale of PDC

     172.3   

Less gain deferred on sale leasebacks(1)

     (150.3
  

 

 

 

Gain on sale of PDC

   $ 22.0   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Current portion of $25.3 million is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion of $125.0 million is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at year-end 2014.

Due to leasing back certain of these properties, Safeway has significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale. As a result, Safeway deferred the gain on the sale of those properties. Under GAAP, Safeway is still considered the owner of certain properties consisting primarily of the properties under development. Consequently, proceeds of $120.1 million received for those properties have been recorded as Other Notes Payable and classified as a cash inflow from financing activities.

Safeway undertook the sale of PDC in connection with the Merger. See Note V.

Note E: Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be evaluated for impairment.

Safeway tests goodwill for impairment annually (on the first day of the fourth quarter) or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value.

The impairment test is a two-step process. In the first step, the Company determines if the fair value of the reporting units is less than the book value. Under generally accepted accounting

 

  F-120    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

principles, a reporting unit is either the equivalent to, or one level below, an operating segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Safeway’s operating segments are our retail divisions. Safeway’s reporting units are generally consistent with its operating segments.

Companies are allowed perform the first step of the two-step impairment process by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances exist which lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. After assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting units with goodwill is greater than the book value and, therefore, that there is no goodwill impairment.

If Safeway concludes that fair value is greater than the book value, Safeway does not have to proceed to step two, and Safeway can conclude there is no goodwill impairment. If the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, the Company must perform step two, in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on an average of the guideline company method and the discounted cash flow method. These methods are based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and consider sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. Safeway bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units would constitute a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

Based upon the results of our 2014, 2013 and 2012 analyses, no impairment of goodwill was indicated in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

  F-121    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A summary of changes in Safeway’s goodwill is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  
     U.S.     U.S.     Canada     Total  

Balance—beginning of year:

        

Goodwill

   $ 4,455.8      $ 4,364.9      $ 97.9      $ 4,462.8   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3            (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     464.5        373.6        97.9        471.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Activity during the year:

        

Distribution of Blackhawk Stock(2)

     (133.6                     

Disposal of CSL goodwill(1)

                   (97.9     (97.9

Blackhawk acquisition of Retailo(2)

            36.2               36.2   

Blackhawk acquisition of InteliSpend(2)

            54.2               54.2   

Translation adjustments

            0.5               0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (133.6     90.9        (97.9     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of year:

        

Goodwill

     4,322.2        4,455.8               4,455.8   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3            (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 330.9      $ 464.5      $      $ 464.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B.
(2) See Note C.

Note F: Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges

Impairment Write-Downs  Safeway recognized impairment charges on the write-down of long-lived assets of $56.1 million in 2014, $35.6 million in 2013 and $33.6 million in 2012. These charges are included as a component of operating and administrative expense.

Store Lease Exit Costs  The reserve for store lease exit costs includes the following activity for 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

    2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

  $ 181.0      $ 76.5      $ 77.0   

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of additional closed stores(1)

    1.2        6.1        19.4   

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of Dominick’s closed stores(2)

           113.6          

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows(3)

    (37.1     (15.2     (19.9

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s disposed stores(4)

    (15.9              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 129.2      $ 181.0      $ 76.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Estimated net future cash flows represents future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease term, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations.

 

  F-122    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2) Estimated net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores closed during the fourth quarter of 2013.
(3) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for all stores other than Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.
(4) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.

Store lease exit costs are included as a component of operating and administrative expense, with the exception of Dominick’s locations closed in the fourth quarter of 2013 which are included in the loss on disposal of operations. For all stores, the liability is included in accrued claims and other liabilities.

Note G: Financing

Notes and debentures were composed of the following at year end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Term credit agreement, unsecured

   $      $ 400.0   

Mortgage notes payable, secured

     4.7        46.8   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014, unsecured

            250.0   

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016, unsecured

     80.0        400.0   

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017, unsecured

     100.0        500.0   

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, unsecured

     500.0        500.0   

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020, unsecured

     500.0        500.0   

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021, unsecured

     400.0        400.0   

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, unsecured

     150.0        150.0   

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, unsecured

     600.0        600.0   

Other notes payable, unsecured

     141.4        21.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,476.1        3,768.2   

Less current maturities

     (3.2     (252.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 2,472.9      $ 3,515.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Paper During 2014, the average commercial paper borrowing was $28.5 million and had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.63%. During 2013, the average commercial paper borrowing was $43.9 million which had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.68%.

Bank Credit Agreement  At January 3, 2015, the Company had a $1,500.0 million credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks that was scheduled to terminate on June 1, 2015. The Credit Agreement provided to Safeway (i) a four-year revolving domestic credit facility of up to $1,250.0 million for U.S. dollar advances and (ii) a $400.0 million subfacility of the domestic facility for issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit. The Credit Agreement also provided for an increase in the credit facility commitments up to an additional $500.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. On June 30, 2014, the Company terminated a $250.0 million Canadian credit facility. The Credit Agreement contained various covenants that restricted, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to incur certain liens, make certain asset sales, enter into certain mergers or amalgamations, engage in certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates and alter the character of its business from that conducted on the closing date. The Credit Agreement also contained two financial maintenance covenants: (i) an interest coverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA,

 

  F-123    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

as defined in the Credit Agreement, to consolidated interest expense to be less than 2.0:1.0, and (ii) a leverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated total debt, less unrestricted cash in excess of $75.0 million, to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, to exceed 3.5:1.0. As of January 3, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenant requirements. As of January 3, 2015, there were no borrowings, and letters of credit totaled $27.2 million under the Credit Agreement. Total unused borrowing capacity under the credit agreement was $1,472.8 million as of January 3, 2015.

U.S. borrowings under the credit agreement carried interest at one of the following rates selected by the Company: (1) the prime rate; (2) a rate based on rates at which Eurodollar deposits are offered to first-class banks by the lenders in the bank credit agreement plus a pricing margin based on the Company’s debt rating or interest coverage ratio (the “Pricing Margin”); or (3) rates quoted at the discretion of the lenders.

During 2014, the Company paid facility fees ranging from 0.15% to 0.225% on the total amount of the credit facility.

Issuances of Senior Unsecured Indebtedness  The Company did not issue any senior unsecured debt in 2014 or 2013.

Redemption of Notes

Fiscal 2014 In August 2014, Safeway paid $802.7 million to redeem $320.0 million of the 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and $400.0 million of the 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017. The $802.7 million included principal payments of $720.0 million, make-whole premiums of $80.2 million and accrued interest of $2.5 million. Unamortized deferred finance fees of $2.2 million were also expensed.

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, the Company contributed $40.0 million in cash to PDC in the second quarter of 2014. This cash was to be held in a reserve account until the earlier to occur of (i) payment in full of the mortgage indebtedness encumbering a shopping center in Lahaina, Hawaii and (ii) the release of the Company from any guaranty obligations in connection with such indebtedness. During the third quarter of 2014, the Company deposited $40.0 million with a trustee and achieved a full legal defeasance of the mortgage indebtedness and was released from the guaranty obligations associated with such indebtedness. Therefore, during the third quarter of 2014, the Company extinguished the $40.8 million mortgage from the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million in 2014, which consisted of $80.2 million in make-whole premiums on the Senior Notes, the write-off of $2.4 million of unamortized deferred finance fees and $1.8 million of third-party costs associated with the defeasance of the Lahaina mortgage.

Fiscal 2013 In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company redeemed $500.0 million of 6.25% Senior Notes due March 15, 2014. This redemption resulted in a make-whole premium of $6.7 million, before tax.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company deposited CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) in an account with the Trustee under the indenture governing the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million), 3.00% Second Series Notes due March 31, 2014. Safeway met the conditions for satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under the indenture and, as a result, extinguished the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million) notes and CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) cash from the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  F-124    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.1 million in 2013, which consisted of make-whole premiums of $6.7 million and prepaid interest of $3.4 million.

Mortgage Notes Payable  Mortgage notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from less than four years to approximately seven years, had a weighted-average interest rate during 2014 of 8.10% and are secured by properties with a net book value of approximately $30.1 million.

Other Notes Payable  Other notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from one year to 21 years and had a weighted average interest rate of 7.16% during 2014. At year-end 2014, Other Notes Payable includes $120.1 million of proceeds for PDC properties where Safeway is still considered the owner under GAAP. See Note D.

Annual Debt Maturities  As of year-end 2014, annual debt maturities (principal payments only) were as follows (in millions). Many of the notes payable include make-whole provisions:

 

2015

   $ 3.2   

2016

     84.6   

2017

     105.0   

2018

     6.8   

2019

     505.1   

Thereafter

     1,771.4   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,476.1   
  

 

 

 

Letters of Credit  The Company had letters of credit of $27.8 million outstanding at year-end 2014, of which $27.2 million were issued under the credit agreement. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the Company. The Company pays commissions ranging from 1.00% to 1.28% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

Fair Value  At year-end 2014 and year-end 2013, the estimated fair value of debt, including current maturities, was $2,525.3 million and $3,949.7 million, respectively.

See Note V under the caption “Effect of Merger on Debt” for additional information.

Note H: Financial Instruments

Safeway manages interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed- and variable-interest rate debt and, from time to time, interest rate swaps. The Company does not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor does it utilize leveraged financial instruments. At year-end 2014, the Company had no interest rate swaps outstanding.

 

  F-125    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note I: Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at January 3, 2015 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 1,884.0       $ 1,884.0       $       $   

Commercial paper

     124.2                 124.2           

Short-term investments(1)

     24.4         16.8         7.6           

Non-current investments(2)

     46.5                 46.5           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,079.1       $ 1,900.8       $ 178.3       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.6       $       $       $ 2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.6       $       $       $ 2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities and Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.9   

Settlements

     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.6   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-126    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 28, 2013 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical

assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents

           

Term deposits

   $ 2,818.0       $       $ 2,818.0       $   

Money market

     449.0         449.0                   

Bankers’ acceptances

     309.6                 309.6           

Commercial paper

     274.0                 274.0           

Short-term investments(1)

     81.0         42.0         39.0           

Non-current investments(2)

     38.0                 38.0           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,969.6       $ 491.0       $ 3,478.6       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.9       $       $       $ 2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.9       $       $       $ 2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 21.8   

Settlements

     (4.2

Gains

     (14.7
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.9   
  

 

 

 

In determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, the Company maximizes the use of quoted market prices and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The Level 1 fair values are based on quoted market values for identical assets. The fair values of Level 2 assets and liabilities are determined using prices from pricing agencies and financial institutions that develop values based on observable inputs in active markets. Level 3 fair values are determined from industry valuation models based on externally developed inputs.

In connection with the Company’s evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment, certain long-lived assets were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash flows (including rental expense for leased properties, sublease rental income, common area maintenance costs and real estate taxes) and discounting them using a risk-adjusted

 

  F-127    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

rate of interest. Safeway estimates future cash flows based on its experience and knowledge of the market in which the store is located and may use real estate brokers. During fiscal 2014, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $117.0 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $60.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $56.1 million. During fiscal 2013, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $63.5 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $27.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $35.6 million.

Note J: Lease Obligations

At year-end 2014, Safeway leased approximately 53% of its stores. Most leases have renewal options, typically with increased rental rates during the option period. Certain of these leases contain options to purchase the property at amounts that approximate fair market value.

As of year-end 2014, future minimum rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year were as follows (in millions):

 

     Capital
leases
    Operating
leases
 

2015

   $ 128.9      $ 450.7   

2016

     118.0        424.8   

2017

     98.5        380.3   

2018

     70.1        328.7   

2019

     59.7        279.4   

Thereafter

     259.7        1,878.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     734.9      $ 3,742.4   
    

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

     (211.1  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     523.8     
  

 

 

   

Less current obligations

     (94.7  
  

 

 

   

Long-term obligations

   $ 429.1     
  

 

 

   

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating lease agreements have not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $145.9 million.

Amortization expense for property under capital leases was $73.7 million in 2014, $46.1 million in 2013 and $26.3 million in 2012. Accumulated amortization of property under capital leases was $324.2 million at year-end 2014 and $251.9 million at year-end 2013.

 

  F-128    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following schedule shows the composition of total rental expense for all operating leases (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Property leases:

      

Minimum rentals

   $ 379.1      $ 365.5      $ 365.7   

Contingent rentals(1)

     8.8        7.3        7.7   

Less rentals from subleases

     (11.5     (11.1     (9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     376.4        361.7        364.0   

Equipment leases

     11.8        20.4        20.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 388.2      $ 382.1      $ 384.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In general, contingent rentals are based on individual store sales.

Note K: Interest Expense

Interest expense consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Commercial paper

   $ 0.2      $ 3.2      $ 6.0   

Bank credit agreement

     2.7        1.9        1.7   

Term credit agreement

     2.3        7.3        8.7   

Mortgage notes payable

     1.7        2.7        1.8   

5.80% Senior Notes due 2012

                   29.1   

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2013

            4.3        2.7   

3.00% Second Series Notes due 2014

            7.4        9.0   

6.25% Senior Notes due 2014

            29.9        31.3   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014

     8.7        14.1        14.1   

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016

     9.4        13.6        13.6   

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017

     22.3        31.8        31.8   

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019

     25.0        25.0        25.0   

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020

     19.7        19.7        19.7   

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

     19.0        19.0        19.0   

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027

     11.2        11.2        11.2   

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031

     43.5        43.5        43.5   

Other notes payable

     1.6        1.8        1.7   

Obligations under capital leases

     33.8        38.0        39.7   

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     4.0        7.4        6.9   

Interest rate swap agreements

                   (5.0

Capitalized interest

     (6.2     (8.8     (10.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 198.9      $ 273.0      $ 300.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note L: Capital Stock

Shares Authorized and Issued  Authorized preferred stock consists of 25.0 million shares, of which none were outstanding during 2014, 2013 or 2012. Authorized common stock consists of 1.5 billion shares at $0.01 par value per share. Common stock outstanding at year-end 2014 was 231.4 million shares (net of 14.4 million shares of treasury stock) and 230.1 million shares at year-end 2013 (net of 14.1 million shares of treasury stock).

 

  F-129    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Shares Repurchased  The Company did not repurchase any common stock during 2014 under its stock repurchase program. Safeway repurchased 19.5 million shares at an average cost of $33.93 and a total cost of $663.7 million (including commissions) during 2013 and 57.6 million shares at an average cost of $21.51 and a total cost of $1,240.3 million (including commissions) during 2012.

Retirement of Treasury Stock In 2014, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock. In 2013, the Company retired 371.6 million shares of its repurchased common stock. The par value of the repurchased shares was charged to common stock, with the excess purchase price over par value allocated between paid-in capital and retained earnings. In 2012, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock.

Stock Option Plans  Under Safeway’s stock option plans, the Company may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options generally vest over four or five years. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant.

1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan  Under the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan (the “1999 Plan”), options generally vest over four, five or seven years. Although the 1999 Plan remains in full force and effect, there will be no more grants under this plan. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant. Shares issued as a result of stock option exercises will be funded with the issuance of new shares. The 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”), discussed below, succeed the 1999 Plan. See Note V for additional information.

2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan  In May 2007, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2007 Plan. Under the 2007 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options to purchase 8.1 million shares were available for grant at January 3, 2015 under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2007 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan In May 2011, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2011 Plan. Under the 2011 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof to participants other than Safeway’s Chief Executive Officer. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. At January 3, 2015, 6.0 million shares of common stock were available for issuance under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2011 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units  The Company awarded 748,611 shares, 747,708 shares and 695,816 shares of restricted stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to certain officers and key employees. These shares vested over a period of between three to five years and

 

  F-130    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

were subject to certain transfer restrictions and forfeiture prior to vesting. Deferred stock compensation, representing the fair value of the stock at the measurement date of the award, is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The amortization of restricted stock resulted in compensation expense for continuing operations of $25.5 million in 2014, $15.8 million in 2013 and $13.1 million in 2012. See Note V for additional information.

Performance Share Awards In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway granted performance share awards to certain executives. These performance share awards, covering a target of approximately 2.7 million shares, vested over three years. The 2014 performance share awards were subject to the achievement of specified levels of revenue growth and return on invested capital, as modified based on the Company’s total stockholder return. The 2013 and 2012 performance share awards were subject to the achievement of earnings per share goals determined on a compound annual growth rate basis relative to the S&P 500. Safeway recorded expense of $3.5 million in 2014 related to the 2014 awards. The Company recorded expense of $14.9 million in 2013 and $9.8 million in 2012 related to the 2013 and 2012 awards based on the then expected achievement of the performance targets. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company determined that it no longer believed that achievement of the performance targets related to the 2013 and 2012 awards was probable. Accordingly, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company reversed $18.8 million of previously recorded expense on unvested performance shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all of the performance shares vested upon closing of the Merger. However, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring in recording stock-based compensation expense.

On January 30, 2015, subsequent to the fiscal 2014 year end and in connection with the Merger, all outstanding stock option awards, performance shares, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards issued pursuant to various stockholder-approved plans and a stockholder-authorized employee stock purchase plan were automatically canceled in exchange for the right to receive certain cash consideration.

Activity in the Company’s stock option plans for the year ended January 3, 2015 was as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

     7,728,655      $ 21.85       $ 82.3   
  

 

 

      

2014 Activity:

  

Granted

     773,347        38.02      

Canceled

     (433,808     22.29      

Exercised

     (1,913,866     18.42      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, end of year

     6,154,328      $ 19.95       $ 93.4   
  

 

 

      

Exercisable, end of year(1)

     2,869,781      $ 17.31       $ 51.1   
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest, end of year(2)

     5,215,892      $ 19.38       $ 82.2   
  

 

 

      

 

(1) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 5.3 years.
(2) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 6.6 years.

 

  F-131    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year:

 

2012

   $ 4.50   

2013

     6.67   

2014

     8.13   

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $30.7 million in 2014, $47.0 million in 2013 and $0.7 million in 2012. As of year-end 2014, there was $25.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

Additional Stock Plan Information  Safeway accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for stock compensation. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value Safeway’s grants are as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Expected life (in years)

     6.25         6.25 – 6.5         6.25 – 6.5   

Expected stock volatility

     27.9      31.6% – 33.0      30.6% – 33.9

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0      1.1% – 2.1      0.9% – 1.3

Expected dividend yield during the expected term

     2.8      3.5% – 4.0      2.8% – 3.7

The expected term of the awards was determined utilizing the “simplified method” outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 that utilizes the following formula: (vesting term + original contract term)/2. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon a combination of historical volatility for periods preceding the measurement date and estimates of implied volatility based upon open interests in traded option contracts on Safeway common stock. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. Expected dividend yield is based on Safeway’s dividend policy at the time the options were granted.

The following table summarizes information about unvested Safeway restricted stock as of January 3, 2015:

 

     Awards     Weighted-
average
grant
date
fair value
 

Unvested, beginning of year

     2,232,263      $ 22.45   

Granted

     748,611        36.84   

Vested

     (761,233     23.11   

Canceled

     (137,311     25.63   
  

 

 

   

Unvested, end of year

     2,082,330      $ 27.12   
  

 

 

   

At the date of vest, the fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the year was $28.7 million in 2014, $16.4 million in 2013 and $14.2 million in 2012. At January 3, 2015, there was $52.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years.

 

  F-132    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Total share-based compensation expenses for continuing operations recognized as a component of operating and administrative expense is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 24.7      $ 50.4      $ 48.4   

Income tax benefit

     (9.7     (19.6     (18.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense recognized in earnings, net of tax

   $ 15.0      $ 30.8      $ 29.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note M: Taxes on Income

The components of income before income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013     2012  

Domestic

   $ 159.5       $ 258.3      $ 370.7   

Foreign

     5.5         (6.7     (8.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 165.0       $ 251.6      $ 362.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (33.9   $ 301.7      $ 146.9   

State

     4.2        11.8        5.1   

Foreign

     1.9        (2.4     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (27.8     311.1        149.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     78.5        (273.9     (35.4

State

     11.2        (2.7     (0.7

Foreign

     (0.1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     89.6        (276.6     (36.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 61.8      $ 34.5      $ 113.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s income taxes is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Statutory rate

     35     35     35

Income tax expense using federal statutory rate

   $ 57.8      $ 88.1      $ 126.8   

State taxes on income net of federal benefit

     9.9        5.9        2.9   

Charitable donations of inventory

     (9.2     (9.6     (4.3

Federal tax credits

     (4.0     (11.2     (2.2

Reversal of deferred tax liability on life insurance

            (17.2       

Equity earnings of foreign affiliate

     3.6        (13.3     (8.4

Other

     3.7        (8.2     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 61.8      $ 34.5      $ 113.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-133    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In 2013, Safeway withdrew $68.7 million from the accumulated cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies purchased in the early 1980s and determined that a majority of the remaining cash surrender value would be received in the future through tax-free death benefits. Consequently, Safeway reversed deferred taxes on that remaining cash surrender value and reduced tax expense by $17.2 million.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at year end are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Pension liability

   $ 391.4       $ 279.8   

Workers’ compensation and other claims

     184.3         152.0   

Employee benefits

     165.1         155.7   

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     90.4         92.4   

Reserves not currently deductible

     77.3         63.8   

Federal deduction of state taxes

     3.5         51.2   

State tax credit carryforwards

     21.7         21.3   

Operating loss carryforwards

             8.8   

Other assets

     45.6         9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 979.3       $ 834.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014     2013  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property

   $ (546.8   $ (430.0

Inventory

     (311.7     (273.3

Investment in Blackhawk

            (17.9

Investments in foreign operations

     (10.9     (6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (869.4     (727.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9      $ 106.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the balance sheet as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Current deferred tax assets(1)

   $      $ 51.8   

Noncurrent deferred tax assets(2)

     139.3        55.0   

Current deferred tax liability

     (29.4       

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9      $ 106.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets.
(2) Included in Other Assets.

At January 3, 2015, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $34.6 million which expire in 2023.

 

  F-134    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At year-end 2014, no deferred tax liability has been recognized for the $180.0 million of unremitted foreign earnings because the Company intends to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations for an indefinite period of time. If Safeway did not consider these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested, the deferred tax liability would have been in the range of $50 million to $80 million at year-end 2014.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 137.5      $ 119.4      $ 161.3   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     12.8        75.6        2.7   

Reduction for tax positions of current year

            (4.9       

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     112.6        0.2        2.2   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

            (47.1     (46.9

Foreign currency translation

            (0.3     0.1   

Expiration of statute of limitations

            (1.3       

Settlements

     (0.2     (4.1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 262.7      $ 137.5      $ 119.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits included tax positions of $132.8 million (net of tax), $60.1 million (net of tax) and $42.9 million (net of tax), respectively, that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods. The $132.8 million of tax positions as of January 3, 2015 include $125.1 million of tax positions related to discontinued operations and $7.7 million of tax positions related to continuing operations.

Continuing operations income tax expense in 2014, 2013 and 2012 included expense of $0.3 million (net of tax), benefit of $5.9 million (net of tax) and benefit of $5.6 million (net of tax), respectively, related to interest and penalties. As of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, the Company’s accrual for net interest and penalties were receivables of $0.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities within the United States. The Company’s foreign affiliates file income tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions, the most significant of which are Canada and certain of its provinces. The Company expects that it will no longer be subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007, and is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. With limited exceptions, including proposed deficiencies which the Company is protesting, Safeway’s Canadian affiliates are no longer subject to examination by Canada and certain of its provinces for fiscal years before 2006.

The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next 12 months.

 

  F-135    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note N: Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plans  The Company maintains defined benefit, non-contributory retirement plans for substantially all of its employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Safeway recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans on its consolidated balance sheet.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits  In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company sponsors plans that provide post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. Safeway pays all the costs of the life insurance plans. The Company also sponsors a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and supplemental income payments for senior executives after retirement. All of these Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans are unfunded.

Canadian Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans  Sobeys assumed Safeway’s Canadian pension and post-retirement plan obligations as part of the overall purchase of Safeway’s Canadian operations in November 2013. Accordingly, the activity in these plans is not included in this footnote unless otherwise noted.

Beginning in 2013, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan for Safeway’s continuing employees in Canada. The plan provides an annual retirement benefit into a fund that is managed by the employee. Plan contributions are based on the employees age, earnings and years of participation in the plan. The Company also makes discretionary contributions. Contributions to the defined contribution plan totaled $0.8 million in 2014 and $0.1 million in 2013.

 

  F-136    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended January 3, 2015 and a statement of the funded status as of year-end 2014 and year-end 2013 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014     2013         2014             2013      

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,023.4      $ 2,635.4      $ 79.5      $ 135.0   

Service cost

     42.5        42.0        0.9        0.7   

Interest cost

     96.4        85.4        3.4        3.2   

Plan amendments

     0.2        0.2            

Actuarial loss (gain)

     254.0        (56.3     12.4        (5.0

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9        1.0   

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in projected benefit obligation related to CSL

            (39.5            1.3   

Disposal of CSL

            (510.5            (49.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,244.0      $ 2,023.4      $ 89.8      $ 79.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,644.2      $ 1,845.7      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     82.6        268.6                 

Employer contributions

     6.9        50.1        6.4        6.2   

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9        1.0   

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in fair value of plan assets related to CSL

            32.8                 

Disposal of CSL

            (419.7              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,561.2      $ 1,644.2      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other accrued liabilities (current liability)

   $ (1.1   $ (1.1   $ (6.4   $ (6.2

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations (non-current liability)

     (681.7     (378.1     (83.4     (73.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (682.8   $ (379.2   $ (89.8   $ (79.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension      Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014      2013          2014             2013      

Net actuarial loss

   $ 611.8       $ 365.0       $ 22.9      $ 10.6   

Prior service cost (credit)

     4.8         14.3         (1.0     (1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 616.6       $ 379.3       $ 21.9      $ 9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-137    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Information for Safeway’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of year-end 2014 and 2013, is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,244.0       $ 2,023.4   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,179.6         1,978.3   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,561.2         1,644.2   

The following tables provide the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 

Components of net expense:

   2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (119.3 )     $ (107.9   $ (101.0   $      $      $   

Service cost

     42.5        42.0        40.3        0.9        0.7        0.6   

Interest cost

     96.4        85.4        91.8        3.4        3.2        3.6   

Settlement loss

                   5.9                        

Curtailment loss

                   1.8                        

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     9.7        12.8        15.3        (0.1 )       (0.1     (0.1

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     42.3        77.8        70.3        0.4        0.9        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

   $ 71.6      $ 110.1      $ 124.4      $ 4.6      $ 4.7      $ 4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

            

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 290.6      $ (216.9   $ 97.8      $ 12.7      $ (5.0   $ 6.6   

Recognition of net actuarial loss

     (42.3 )       (77.8     (76.3     (0.4 )       (0.9     (0.5

Prior service credit

     0.2        0.2        0.5                        

Recognition of prior service (cost) credit

     (9.7 )       (12.8     (17.0     0.1        0.1        0.1   

Changes relating to discontinued operations

            (55.5     9.0               (3.0     (5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     238.8        (362.8     14.0        12.4        (8.8     1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in comprehensive income

   $ 310.4      $ (252.7   $ 138.4      $ 17.0      $ (4.1   $ 5.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. Actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average remaining service life of active participants when the accumulation of such gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the measurement date for its plans. In 2014, Safeway adopted the Society of Actuaries’ 2014 mortality rate table. This had the effect of increasing Safeway’s projected benefit obligation by $168 million.

 

  F-138    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate:

      

United States plans

     4.00     4.90     4.20

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        4.00

Combined weighted-average rate

     NA        NA        4.16

Rate of compensation increase:

      

United States plans

     3.00     3.00     3.00

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        2.75

The actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     4.90     4.20     4.94

Expected return on plan assets:

     7.50     7.50     7.75

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     3.00

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for Safeway’s plans at year-end:

 

           Plan assets  

Asset category

   Target     2014     2013  

Equity

     65     65.8     66.4

Fixed income

     35     32.9     31.9

Cash and other

            1.3     1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintain a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintain an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximize the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintain adequate controls over administrative costs.

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. Safeway’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

 

  F-139    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at January 3, 2015, excluding pending transactions of $41.5 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  
    Total     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

       

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 9.6      $ 1.3      $ 8.3      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    47.5               47.5          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    293.6        293.5        0.1          

International common stock

    34.6        34.6                 

Common collective trust funds(2)

    523.6               523.6          

Corporate bonds(4)

    121.3               120.6        0.7   

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    63.4               63.4          

Mutual funds(6)

    183.2        34.2        149.0          

U.S. government securities(7)

    263.8               263.7        0.1   

Other securities(8)

    62.8        0.7        37.6        24.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,603.4      $ 364.3      $ 1,213.8      $ 25.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

 

  F-140    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Also included in Other Securities are exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
     U.S.
government
securities
     Other
securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7.9      $       $ 0.1       $ 7.8   

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     19.7        0.7                 19.0   

Unrealized gains

     (2.3                     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 25.3      $ 0.7       $ 0.1       $ 24.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at December 28, 2013, excluding pending transactions of $37.2 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 30.2       $ 29.0       $ 1.2       $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

     18.2                 18.2           

Common and preferred stock:(3)

           

Domestic common and preferred stock

     270.4         269.9         0.5           

International common stock

     38.5         38.5                   

Common collective trust funds(2)

     611.2                 611.2           

Corporate bonds(4)

     101.1                 101.1           

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

     62.3                 62.3           

Mutual funds(6)

     183.8         5.9         177.9           

U.S. government securities(7)

     335.8                 335.7         0.1   

Other securities(8)

     29.9         3.1         19.0         7.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,681.4       $ 346.4       $ 1,327.1       $ 7.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.

 

  F-141    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

Valuation techniques are described earlier in this note. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
    Mortgage-
and other
asset-backed
securities
    U.S.
government
securities
     Other
Securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 4.0      $ 3.4      $ 0.5      $ 0.1       $   

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     4.0        (3.4     (0.5             7.9   

Unrealized gains

     (0.1                           (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 7.9      $      $      $ 0.1       $ 7.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions  Cash contributions are expected to increase to approximately $268 million in 2015, primarily due to the settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments  The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension benefits      Other benefits  

2015

   $ 140.3       $ 6.8   

2016

     140.4         6.7   

2017

     141.5         6.6   

2018

     141.8         6.5   

2019

     142.4         6.4   

2020—2024

     709.8         23.3   

 

  F-142    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note O: Multiemployer Benefit Plans

Multiemployer Pension Plans  Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service, and, in some cases, are not negotiated with contributing employers or in some cases even known by contributing employers. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

The risks of participating in U.S. multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:

 

  a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

  b. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

  c. If Safeway stops participating in some of its multiemployer pension plans, Safeway may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company made and charged to expense contributions of $277.1 million in 2014, $259.2 million in 2013 and $248.7 million in 2012 to these plans for continuing operations.

In 2013, the Company sold all Canadian operations which terminated our obligation to contribute to Canadian multiemployer pension plans. Due to provincial law in Canada, Safeway is not expected to incur multiemployer pension withdrawal liability associated with the sale.

Also in 2013, the Company sold or closed all stores in the Dominick’s division. As previously reported, Dominick’s participated in certain multiemployer pension plans on which withdrawal liabilities have been or we expect will be incurred due to the Dominick’s closure. Generally, the Company may pay such withdrawal liabilities in installment payments. Withdrawal liabilities are generally subject to a 20-year payment cap, but may extend into perpetuity if a mass withdrawal from the plan occurs.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway recorded a liability of $310.8 million, which represented the present value of estimated installment payments to be made to the plans based on the best information available at the time, without having yet received demand letters from the multiemployer pension plans. In April 2014 and September 2014, the Company received demand letters from three of the plans. These demand letters called for installment payments greater than Safeway’s original actuarial estimate based on calculations Safeway disputes. The Company has requested a review by the plan trustee of the demands made by the three plans.

 

  F-143    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company’s loss estimate is in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies.” The following is a rollforward of the estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liability (in millions):

 

Balance at year-end 2013

   $ 310.8   

Accrued interest

     13.7   

Adjustment for changes in interest rates

     121.1   

Adjustments to loss estimates based on demand letters

     38.3   

Installment payments

     (9.5
  

 

 

 

Balance at year-end 2014

   $ 474.4   
  

 

 

 

Accrued interest expense and adjustments to the estimated liability are recorded in discontinued operations. The $455.0 million long-term portion of the estimated liability is included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities, and the $19.4 million current portion is included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Pending review of the demand letters received, receipt of a final demand letter, or any negotiated lump sum settlements, the final amount of the withdrawal liability may be greater than or less than the amount recorded, and this difference could be significant. The Company currently estimates the range of potential withdrawal liability to be between $475 million and $607 million.

All information related to multiemployer pension expense or multiemployer post-retirement benefit obligations herein exclude Canada and Dominick’s for all purposes unless otherwise stated.

Safeway’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended January 3, 2015 is outlined in the following tables. All information in the tables is as of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 in the columns labeled 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, unless otherwise stated. The “EIN-PN” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the Plan Number (“PN”), if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in 2014 and 2013 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. The zone status is based on information that Safeway received from the plan. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status (“red zone”) are less than 65 percent funded, plans in endangered or seriously endangered status (“yellow zone” or “orange zone”, respectively) are less than 80 percent funded, and plans at least 80 percent funded are said to be in the “green zone.” The “FIP/RP status pending/implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of each plan. Information related to the impact of utilization of extended amortization periods on zone status is either not available or not obtainable without undue cost and effort.

Other than the sale of Safeway’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s, there have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of 2014, 2013, and 2012 contributions.

 

  F-144    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following two tables contain information about Safeway’s U.S. multiemployer pension plans.

 

    EIN—PN   Pension Protection
Act zone status
  Safeway 5% of total plan
contributions
  FIP/RP status
pending/
implemented

Pension fund

    2014   2013   2013   2012  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  946313554—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  916145047—001   Green   Green   No   No   No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  951939092—001   Red
3/31/2015
  Red
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2013
  Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  526128473—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  916069306—001   Red
9/30/2014
  Red
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2012
  Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  526118572—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  846045986—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  846277982—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  461000515—001   NA   NA   Yes   NA   NA

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  846097461—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  936074377—001   Green   Red   Yes   Yes   No

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  916123694—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  943019135—005   80%+   80%+   No
12/30/2013
  No
12/30/2012
  NA

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  516031512—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  366052390—001   Green
1/31/2015
  Green
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2013
  No

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  926003463—024   Red
6/30/2015
  Red
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2013
  No
6/30/2012
  Implemented

 

  F-145    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Contributions of Safeway
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(1)
  Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)

Pension fund

      2014             2013             2012               Count   Expiration   % head-
count(2)

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 83.3      $ 77.4      $ 72.9      No   8/3/2013 to
7/23/2016
  20   14   10/11/2014   93%

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 47.0      $ 45.7      $ 43.9      No   9/20/2014 to
10/6/2018
  45   1   10/1/2016   28%

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 46.7      $ 42.1      $ 39.3      No   3/6/2016 to
5/8/2016
  14   12   3/6/2016   99%

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 18.9      $ 19.5      $ 23.5      No   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  $ 16.6      $ 15.4      $ 14.2      No   1/10/2015 to
9/20/2017
  51   3   5/7/2016   50%

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 14.2      $ 13.3      $ 12.4      Yes   11/7/2011 to
9/17/2017
  39   5   4/8/2017   38%

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 10.9      $ 11.4      $ 11.3      No   9/12/2015 to
8/27/2016
  44   8   9/12/2015   53%

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1      $ 9.5      $ 10.5      No   10/29/2016 to
11/3/2018
  4   2   10/29/2016   97%

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  $ 4.9      $ 5.0        NA      NA   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  $ 4.7      $ 5.0      $ 5.0      No   9/12/2015 to
7/23/2016
  42   8   9/12/2015   52%

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 4.7      $ 4.5      $ 4.2      No   7/25/2015 to
1/21/2017
  34   4   7/25/2015   42%

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  $ 2.1      $ 2.0      $ 1.9      No   5/31/2015 to
2/11/2017
  10   1   5/31/2015   48%

 

  F-146    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Contributions of Safeway
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(1)
    Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
    Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
    Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)
 

Pension fund

      2014             2013             2012               Count     Expiration     % head-
count(2)
 

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  $ 1.8      $ 1.9      $ 2.4        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 1.7      $ 1.6      $ 1.5        No       
 
 
5/19/2013
to
3/1/2015
  
  
  
    3        2        3/1/2015        98%   

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  $ 1.5      $ 1.5      $ 1.5        No       
 
 
6/4/2016
to
6/15/2019
  
  
  
    6        2        4/15/2018        45%   

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  $ 1.0      $ 1.0      $ 1.0        No       
 
 
3/10/2018
to
10/6/2018
  
  
  
    3        2        3/10/2018        85%   

Other funds

  $ 8.0      $ 2.4      $ 3.2               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

Total Safeway contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 277.1      $ 259.2      $ 248.7               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

NA = not applicable.

 

(1) PPA surcharges are 5% or 10% of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or total contributions made to each plan.
(2) Employees on which Safeway may contribute under these most significant collective bargaining agreements as a percent of all employees on which Safeway may contribute to the respective fund.
(3) Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust effective June 30, 2014.
(4) The Mid-Atlantic UFCW & Participating Employers Pension Fund is a multiemployer plan effective January 1, 2013 which provides future service benefits to participants who would have otherwise earned future service under the Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund. The plan is not expected to be subject to zone status certification or notice or establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan as per section 432(a) of the Internal Revenue Code since those provisions are required for multiemployer plans in effect on July 16, 2006.
(5) The Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan (“SMERP”) is a multiple employer plan as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. However, the SMERP is characterized as a multiemployer plan by the FASB, even though it is not maintained pursuant to any collective bargaining agreements to which Safeway is party. The plan may be subject to statutory annual minimum contributions based on complex actuarial calculations. Additionally, it has no PPA zone status and is not subject to establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan or other PPA provisions that apply to multiemployer plans.

 

  F-147    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At the date the financial statements were issued, Forms 5500 were generally not available for the plan years ending in 2014. Additionally, for the plan year ending March 31, 2012, Safeway contributed more than 5% of the total contributions to the Southern California United Food and Commercial Workers Union and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan.

Multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions under the terms of its collective bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. These plans may provide medical, pharmacy, dental, vision, mental health and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. These benefits are not vested. A significant portion of Safeway contributions benefit active employees and, as such, may not constitute contributions to a post-retirement benefit plan. Safeway is unable to separate all contribution amounts paid to benefit active participants in order to separately report contributions paid to provide post-retirement benefits for retirees.

It is estimated that Safeway may have contributed as much as $312.4 million in 2014, $302.0 million in 2013 and as much as $473.3 million in 2012 to fund health and welfare plans for multiemployer post-retirement plans other than pension. Actual funding of post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions is likely much lower as this amount continues to include contributions which benefit active employees.

Note P: Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates

At year-end 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway’s investment in unconsolidated affiliates includes a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, which operated 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico at year-end 2014. See Note V.

Equity in earnings from Safeway’s unconsolidated affiliates, which is included in other income, was income of $16.2 million in 2014, $17.6 million in 2013 and $17.5 million in 2012.

Note Q: Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters  Certain holders of Safeway common stock have sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger does not represent fair value for their shares. On February 19, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Third Motion Equities Master Fund Ltd v. Safeway Inc., by a stockholder claiming to hold 563,000 shares. On February 25, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Merion Capital LP and Merion Capital II LP v. Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 10.5 million shares. The deadline for filing petitions has not yet expired. If these plaintiffs are successful in any appraisal proceeding, they could be entitled to more for their stock than the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger.

On August 18, 2001, a group of truck drivers from the Company’s Tracy, CA distribution center filed an action in California Superior Court, San Joaquin County entitled Cicairos, et al. v. Summit Logistics , alleging that Summit Logistics, the entity with whom Safeway contracted to operate the distribution center until August 2003, failed to provide meal periods, rest periods and itemized wage statements to the drivers in violation of California state law. Under its contract with Summit, Safeway is obligated to defend and indemnify Summit Logistics in this lawsuit. On February 6, 2007, another

 

  F-148    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

group of truck drivers from the Tracy distribution center filed a similar action in the same court, entitled Bluford, et al. v. Safeway Inc. , alleging essentially the same claims against the Company. Both cases were subsequently certified as class actions. After lengthy litigation in the trial and appellate courts. On February 20, 2015, the parties signed a preliminary agreement of settlement that calls for the Company to pay approximately $31 million in total. This amount consists of a settlement fund of $30.2 million, out of which will be paid relief to the class, and attorneys’ fees and costs as awarded by the court. In addition to this settlement fund, the Company will pay interest of $10,000 if the distribution to the class is made in August 2015, with additional monthly amounts of interest if later. The Company will also pay third party settlement administrator costs, and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes. The Company anticipates that a motion for preliminary court approval of the settlement will be heard in the Spring of 2015. If such preliminary approval is granted, class members will be notified and given the opportunity to file objections to the settlement. Following that, a motion for final approval of the settlement would be filed in mid-2015.

As previously reported, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The Company continues to cooperate with the DEA on this matter.

As previously reported, in February 2012, Safeway was served with a subpoena issued by a group of California District Attorneys seeking documents and information related to the handling, disposal and reverse logistics of potential hazardous waste within the State. The subject matter of the subpoena relates to the handling and transportation of unsaleable household items, including, but not limited to, cleaners, aerosols, hair shampoos, dye, lotions, light bulbs, batteries, over-the-counter and similar items. On January 2, 2015, the Company settled an action with the State of California, including various California counties, on this matter by agreeing to pay civil penalties and costs and to fund specified Supplemental Environmental Projects in the amount of $9.9 million. As part of the settlement, the Company also agreed to certain ongoing compliance activities with respect to both potential hazardous waste and private health information.

The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

It is management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to all of the above matters cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition.

Commitments  The Company has commitments under contracts for the purchase of property and equipment and for the construction of buildings, the purchase of energy and other purchase obligations. Portions of such contracts not completed at year end are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. These purchase commitments were $257.8 million at year-end 2014.

Note R: Segments

Safeway’s retail business operates in the United States. Safeway is organized into seven geographic retail operating segments (Denver, Eastern, Northern California, Phoenix, Northwest, Texas and Southern California). Across all seven retail operating segments, the Company operates

 

  F-149    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

primarily one store format, where each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. Safeway does not operate supercenters, warehouse formats, combination clothing/grocery stores or discount stores.

The seven operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment called Safeway, because, in the Company’s judgment, the operating segments have similar historical economic characteristics and are expected to have similar economic characteristics and similar long-term financial performance in the future. The principal measures and factors the Company considered in determining whether the economic characteristics are similar are gross margin percentage, operating profit margin, sales growth, capital expenditures, competitive risks, operational risks and challenges, retail store sales, costs of goods sold and employees. In addition, each operating segment has similar products, similar production processes, similar types of customers, similar methods of distribution and a similar regulatory environment. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide material or meaningful additional information.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 15,266.7         42.0   $ 14,811.7         42.2   $ 14,738.0         41.9

Perishables(2)

     13,656.5         37.6     12,809.8         36.6     12,548.1         35.7

Fuel

     3,962.2         10.9     4,168.4         11.9     4,594.2         13.1

Pharmacy

     2,805.1         7.7     2,674.9         7.6     2,755.4         7.8

Other(3)

     639.7         1.8     600.1         1.7     525.8         1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2         100.0   $ 35,064.9         100.0   $ 35,161.5         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of grocery, soft drinks and other beverages, general merchandise, meal ingredients, frozen foods and snacks.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, meat, dairy, bakery, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of wholesale sales, commissions on gift cards and other revenue.

As a result of the Blackhawk IPO and until Safeway distributed all of the Class B common stock of Blackhawk that it owned to Safeway stockholders, the Company presented Blackhawk as a separate reportable segment.

 

  F-150    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents certain balance sheet information about the Company (in millions):

 

     Long-lived
Assets, Net
     Total Assets  

2014

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 6,776.5       $ 13,371.4   

Dominick’s assets held for sale

             5.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,776.5       $ 13,377.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,457.8       $ 15,129.9   

Blackhawk

     79.7         1,952.9   

Dominick’s assets held for sale

             136.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,537.5       $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,991.1       $ 11,007.6   

Blackhawk

     67.0         1,528.1   

Canada

     1,166.5         2,121.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,224.6       $ 14,657.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note S: Income Per Share

The Company computes earnings per share under the two-class method, which is a method of computing earnings per share when an entity has both common stock and participating securities. Unvested restricted stock is considered a participating security because it contains rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stock. Under the two-class method, the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share excludes the income attributable to participating securities. Additionally, the weighted average shares outstanding exclude the impact of participating securities.

The following table provides reconciliations of net earnings and shares used in calculating income per basic common share to those used in calculating income per diluted common share.

 

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

   2014     2013     2012  
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 103.2      $ 103.2      $ 217.1      $ 217.1      $ 249.2      $ 249.2   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (2.8     (2.8     (2.1     (2.1     (2.3     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders

     100.4        100.4        215.0        215.0        246.9        246.9   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3        9.3        3,305.1        3,305.1        348.9        348.9   

Noncontrolling interests—discontinued operations

     0.9        0.9        (14.7     (14.7     (1.6     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-151    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

   2014     2013     2012  
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Safeway Inc.

     10.2        10.2        3,290.4        3,290.4        347.3        347.3   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (0.3     (0.3     (32.1     (32.1     (3.1     (3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations available to common stockholders

     9.9        9.9        3,258.3        3,258.3        344.2        344.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4      $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5      $ 596.5   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (3.1     (3.1     (34.2     (34.2     (5.4     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders after earnings allocated to participating securities

   $ 110.3      $ 110.3      $ 3,473.3      $ 3,473.3      $ 591.1      $ 591.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     228.8        228.8        239.1        239.1        245.6        245.6   
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Common share equivalents

     1.9          2.4          0.3     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     230.7          241.5          245.9     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Earnings (loss) per common share:

            

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.44      $ 0.89      $ 0.90      $ 1.00      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 0.04      $ 13.49      $ 13.63      $ 1.40      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 0.48      $ 14.38      $ 14.53      $ 2.40      $ 2.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive shares totaling 0.3 million in 2014, 7.8 million in 2013 and 21.6 million in 2012 have been excluded from diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

Additionally, performance shares totaling 1.9 million for which the Company did not forecast achievement of target have been excluded from diluted weighted average shares for 2014.

Note T: Guarantees

Safeway applies the accounting guidance for guarantees to the Company’s agreements that contain guarantee and indemnification clauses. This guidance requires that, upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under the guarantee. As of January 3, 2015, Safeway did not have any material guarantees. However, the Company is party to a variety of contractual agreements under which Safeway may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to Safeway’s commercial contracts, operating leases, including those that have been assigned, and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. Historically, Safeway has not made significant payments for these indemnifications.

 

  F-152    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Additionally, the Company is party to a variety of lease agreements related to the disposition of Genuardi’s, the Company’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s in 2012, 2013 and 2014 for which the Company is now secondarily liable. While the Company may be liable for future payment upon default of these leases, there has been no event that would indicate the Company is liable for future payment , and therefore the Company has not recorded a liability related to these leases at this time.

The Company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note U: Other Comprehensive Income or Loss

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in stockholders’ equity during a period, other than those resulting from investments by and distributions to stockholders. Generally, for Safeway, total comprehensive earnings equal net earnings plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax and were a loss of $152.8 million in 2014, income of $179.7 million in 2013 and a loss of $12.3 million in 2012.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. For Safeway, AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     2014  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (303.5     0.2        0.4        (302.9

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     52.3                 52.3   

Tax benefit (expense)

     98.0               (0.2     97.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     (153.2     0.2        0.2        (152.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distribution of Blackhawk

            2.2               2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (283.9   $ (136.4   $ (1.4   $ (421.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-153    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     2013  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0      $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     266.6        (65.0     (1.7     199.9   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     105.0                      105.0   

Tax benefit (expense)

     (125.8            0.6        (125.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     245.8        (65.0     (1.1     179.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of CSL

     95.8        (472.8            (377.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2012  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (462.1   $ 402.1      $ (1.5   $ (61.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (125.2     (3.1     1.5        (126.8

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     110.0                      110.0   

Tax benefit (expense)

     5.0               (0.5     4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (10.2     (3.1     1.0        (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0      $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note V: Subsequent Event

Merger Closing Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on January 30, 2015, Merger Sub merged with and into Safeway with Safeway surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings. Further, each share of common stock of Safeway issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive the following (together, the “Per Share Merger Consideration”):

 

  i. $34.92 in cash (the “Per Share Cash Merger Consideration”) which consists of $32.50 in initial cash consideration, $2.412 in consideration relating to the sale of PDC and $0.008 in cash consideration relating to a dividend that Safeway received in December 2014 on its 49% interest in Casa Ley,

 

  ii. one contingent value right (“CVR”) relating to Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley, and

 

  iii. one contingent value right relating to any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the PDC assets.

 

  F-154    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In connection with the closing of the Merger and immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding, unexpired and unexercised option to purchase shares of Safeway common stock (each, a “Safeway Option”), that was granted under any equity incentive plan of Safeway, including the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan, the 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement (collectively, the “Safeway Equity Incentive Plans”), whether or not then exercisable or vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the total number of shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Safeway Option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (B) the excess, if any, of the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration over the exercise price per share (the “Option Price”) of such Safeway Option (the “Option Payment”). In addition, each such Safeway Option that had an Option Price less than the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration received one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each share of Safeway common stock subject to such cancelled Safeway Option.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each restricted share of Safeway common stock that was outstanding and that was granted pursuant to any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not then exercisable or vested, automatically vested and all restrictions thereon lapsed, and all such restricted shares were cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding performance share award covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Performance Share Award”) that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan vested at the target levels specified for each such award and was cancelled in exchange for (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award (after taking into account any vesting as a result of the Merger) and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding restricted stock unit covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Restricted Stock Unit”), that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not then vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled in exchange for the right to receive (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit.

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “Casa Ley CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the Casa Ley CVRs. Pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement, a Casa Ley CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley. In the event that Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley CVRs will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes (based on a 39.25% rate) that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley interest.

 

  F-155    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the PDC CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “PDC CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the PDC CVRs. Pursuant to the PDC CVR Agreement, a PDC CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the assets of PDC.

Sale of Eastern Division As contemplated by the Merger Agreement, immediately after the closing of the Merger, Safeway completed the sale of its Eastern division business (“EDS”) to New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation and indirect subsidiary of Safeway’s ultimate parent company AB Acquisition (“New Albertsons”). In a two-step sale process, Safeway contributed certain EDS assets and liabilities to a newly formed subsidiary and sold the interests in the subsidiary to New Albertsons. New Albertsons acquired the new EDS subsidiary for a purchase price of approximately $659 million, subject to customary adjustments. Safeway also agreed to provide certain intercompany services and licenses to the new EDS subsidiary after the sale.

Effect of Merger on Debt

Change of Control Tender Offer In December 2014, Safeway commenced a change of control tender offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding series of the $500 million of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 15, 2019, the $500 million of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 15, 2020 and the $400 million of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 1, 2021. This offer expired on January 30, 2015 and required Safeway to pay $1,010 per $1,000 principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest that were validly tendered. On February 2, 2015, a change of control payment of $873.2 million, based on a principal amount of $864.6 million of tendered notes and $14.2 million of accrued interest was paid.

Credit Agreement At the closing of the Merger, Safeway’s credit agreement, as discussed under the caption “Bank Credit Agreement” in Note G, was terminated.

New Bonds In connection with the Merger, Safeway is an obligor and its domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of $609.7 million in principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), after repayment of some of the 2022 Notes on February 9, 2015. As a result of the issuance of these notes and pursuant to Safeway’s existing indenture, our Senior Notes due 2016, Senior Notes due 2017 and Senior Notes due 2019 were guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its domestic subsidiaries, including Safeway’s domestic subsidiaries, and are ratably and equally secured by the assets, subject to certain limited exceptions, of Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries that are co-issuers or guarantors of the 2022 Notes, including Safeway and its subsidiaries. Our Senior Notes due 2020, Senior Notes due 2021, Senior Notes due 2027 and Senior Notes due 2031 are equally and ratably secured by the assets (other than accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment or intellectual property) of Safeway and its domestic subsidiaries, but are not guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC or any of its subsidiaries, including the Safeway subsidiaries.

ABL Agreement On March 21, 2013, our parent company, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement among Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent. This agreement was amended on January 30, 2015 (as amended, the “ABL Agreement”) in connection with the Merger, whereby Albertson’s LLC, Safeway and certain of their affiliates became the borrowers thereunder (the “ABL Borrowers”).

 

  F-156    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The ABL Agreement provides for a $3 billion revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans) (the “New ABL Facility”). On January 30, 2015, $980 million of the New ABL Facility was used to repay all debt outstanding under Albertson’s LLC’s existing credit facility, to pay a portion of the Merger consideration and fees and expenses, and to provide working capital to the borrowers. After January 30, 2015, the New ABL Facility may be utilized to fund working capital and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments.

The New ABL Facility matures on the earlier to occur of (a) January 30, 2020 and (b) the date that is 91 days prior to the final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if such other indebtedness has not been repaid or extended prior to such 91st day).

Note W: Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The summarized quarterly financial data presented below reflects all adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented. (Rounding affects some totals. In millions, except per-share amounts.)

 

    53 Weeks     Last 17
Weeks
    Third 12
Weeks(1)
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2014

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 36,330.2      $ 11,677.4      $ 8,307.9      $ 8,307.2      $ 8,037.7   

Gross profit

    9,682.0        3,258.6        2,174.6        2,139.5        2,109.3   

Operating profit

    534.5        258.3        94.2        121.5        60.5   

Income (loss) before income taxes(2),(3)

    165.0        201.5        (32.3     125.9        (130.1

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

    103.2        127.5        (21.2     80.6        (83.7

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(4)

    9.3        (21.5     30.7        15.0        (14.9

Net income (loss) attributable to Safeway Inc.

    113.4        106.0        9.5        95.6        (97.6

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44      $ 0.55      $ (0.09   $ 0.35      $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04        (0.09     0.13        0.06        (0.06

Total

    0.48        0.46        0.04        0.41        (0.43

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44      $ 0.55      $ (0.09   $ 0.34      $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04        (0.10     0.13        0.07        (0.06

Total

    0.48        0.45        0.04        0.41        (0.43

 

(1) Includes loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million.
(2) Includes loss (gain) on foreign currency translation of $19.6 million in the last 17 weeks, $3.8 million in the third 12 weeks, $(45.3) million in the second 12 weeks and $153.1 million in the first 12 weeks.
(3) Includes Merger- and integration-related expenses of $29.7 million in the last 17 weeks, $11.2 million in the third 12 weeks, $3.9 million in the second 12 weeks and $6.3 million in the first 12 weeks.
(4) See Note B Discontinued Operations.

 

  F-157    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    52 Weeks     Last 16
Weeks(2)
    Third 12
Weeks
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2013

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 35,064.9      $ 10,814.7      $ 8,099.2      $ 8,149.8      $ 8,001.2   

Gross profit

    9,231.5        2,865.7        2,094.7        2,145.8        2,125.3   

Operating profit

    551.5        209.9        87.9        139.4        114.2   

Income before income taxes

    251.6        73.6        29.8        92.0        56.2   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    217.1        71.6        23.4        62.5        59.6   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

    3,305.1        3,256.5        43.0        (53.7     59.2   

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

    3,507.5        3,314.3        65.8        8.4        118.9   

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.90      $ 0.29      $ 0.10      $ 0.26      $ 0.25   

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.63        13.36        0.17        (0.23     0.25   

Total

    14.53        13.65        0.27        0.03        0.50   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.89      $ 0.29      $ 0.10      $ 0.26      $ 0.25   

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.49        13.17        0.17        (0.23     0.24   

Total

    14.38        13.46        0.27        0.03        0.49   

 

(1) See Note B, Discontinued Operations.
(2) In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a loss on foreign currency translation of $57.4 million and an impairment of notes receivable of $30.0 million.

 

  F-158    (Continued)


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Board of Advisors

United Supermarkets, L.L.C.

Lubbock, Texas

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. which comprise the balance sheets as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and the related statements of comprehensive income, members’ equity and cash flows for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 4, 2014

Member of the RSM International network of Independent accounting, tax and consulting firms.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 11,247      $ 10,595   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     36,938        26,451   

Inventories

     90,589        88,608   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,700        3,213   

Deferred income taxes

     5,258        5,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     147,732        134,015   

Property and equipment, net

     209,648        184,732   

Other assets, net

     5,961        5,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 363,341      $ 323,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

   $ 2,477      $ 2,323   

Current maturities of notes payable

            1,755   

Accounts payable

     55,840        64,111   

Accrued payroll and team member benefits

     35,323        24,819   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     20,202        12,005   

Income taxes payable

            6,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     113,842        111,553   

Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities

     4,785        7,055   

Notes payable, net of current maturities

            88,183   

Deferred rent payable

     2,263        2,280   

Deferred income taxes

     17,611        15,194   

Other long-term liabilities

     7,016        13,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     145,517        238,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

              

Members’ equity:

    

Contributed capital

     127,988        223   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,059     (11,436

Undistributed earnings

     95,895        97,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     217,824        85,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 363,341      $ 323,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-160


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Sales

   $ 1,499,623      $ 1,572,653   

Cost of merchandise sold:

    

FIFO cost of merchandise

     1,126,603        1,189,767   

LIFO adjustment

     1,263        1,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of merchandise sold

     1,127,866        1,190,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     371,757        381,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Compensation and team member benefits

     208,018        219,009   

Other operating and administrative

     89,813        91,231   

Transaction expense

     32,514          

Rent

     16,111        18,073   

Depreciation

     20,920        21,888   

Amortization of capital leases

     1,436        1,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     368,812        351,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,945        29,808   

Interest expense, notes payable

     1,153        859   

Interest expense, capital leases

     683        929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     1,109        28,020   

Provision for income taxes

     1,661        10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (552     17,965   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Reduction (addition) of minimum pension liability, net of tax expense (benefit) of $2,895 and $(2,616), respectively

     5,377        (4,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 4,825      $ 13,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Members’ Equity

(In thousands)

 

     Contributed
Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Undistributed
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, January 28, 2012

   $ 223       $ (6,577   $ 130,516      $ 124,162   

Net income

                    17,965        17,965   

Addition of minimum pension liability

             (4,859            (4,859

Distributions

                    (51,445     (51,445
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 26, 2013

     223         (11,436     97,036        85,823   

Net loss

                    (552     (552

Member contributions

     127,765                       127,765   

Reduction of minimum pension liability

             5,377               5,377   

Distributions

                    (589     (589
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 28, 2013

   $ 127,988       $ (6,059   $ 95,895      $ 217,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-162


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (552   $ 17,965   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     26,365        27,480   

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

     (464     (296

Deferred income taxes

     (588     (246

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (10,487     (2,329

Inventories

     (1,981     126   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (487     67   

Other assets

     (909     (1,320

Accounts payable

     (8,271     8,162   

Accrued payroll and team member benefits

     10,504        1,654   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     8,082        (80

Income taxes payable

     (6,540     2,822   

Deferred rent payable

     (17     (40

Other long-term liabilities

     1,478        545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     16,133        54,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases and/or construction of property and equipment

     (51,463     (38,291

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     859        435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,604     (37,856
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Cash contributions from members

     127,765          

Cash distributions to members

     (589     (51,445

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (2,116     (2,148

Borrowings from notes payable

     2,259        52,626   

Payments on notes payable

     (74,696     (1,849

Net payments on revolving line of credit

     (17,500     (14,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     35,123        (17,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     652        (362

Cash, beginning of year

     10,595        10,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 11,247      $ 10,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 1,235      $ 1,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 8,376      $ 7,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Organization and Business

United Supermarkets, L.L.C. is a Texas limited liability company that operates a chain of 51 retail grocery stores and 26 fuel facilities that include 7 convenience stores and 19 convenience kiosks throughout Texas. United also operates two distribution centers, an ice manufacturing plant and a food manufacturing plant, all located in Lubbock, Texas, as well as a third distribution center located in Roanoke, Texas.

The Company was acquired by Albertson’s LLC on December 29, 2013. All of pre-existing notes payable were paid off. Expenses related to the transaction (primarily for employee compensation and advisory fees) for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 were $32,514, which is recorded in the statement of comprehensive income.

These financial statements were prepared using the Company’s historical basis of accounting applicable to periods before the acquisition and therefore these financial statements do not reflect any change in accounting basis resulting from the acquisition.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal year: Prior to 2014, the Company’s fiscal year ended on the last Saturday of January. The eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 consisted of 48 weeks and the fiscal year ended January 26, 2013 consisted of 52 weeks.

Accounts receivable: Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenues earned from the Company’s customers, third-party insurance carriers or vendors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectability of all receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts, the aging of the accounts receivable, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. The Company continually reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $458 and $611 as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at cost, which is not in excess of market, using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for grocery, dairy, frozen foods, pharmacy products, general merchandise, and health and beauty aids. The first-in, first-out (FIFO) method is used for other inventories, consisting primarily of meat, produce, and bakery products. The following is a summary of inventory at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013:

 

     December 28,
2013
     January 26,
2013
 

Inventories recorded at LIFO

   $ 59,820       $ 59,834   

Inventories recorded at FIFO

     30,769         28,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 90,589       $ 88,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If inventories recorded at LIFO would have been valued on a FIFO basis, inventories would have been approximately $26,393 and $25,993 higher at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively.

 

  F-164    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Property and equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis. Fixtures and equipment and transportation equipment are depreciated over lives ranging from 3 to 20 years. Capitalized leases (buildings and equipment) are amortized over the lives of the respective leases. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over 20 or 30 years.

Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense as incurred; major replacements and betterments that extend asset lives are capitalized. The cost of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of is removed from the accounts at the time of disposition, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income for the period. Total depreciation and amortization for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, was approximately $26,365 and $27,480, including approximately $3,418 and $3,886, respectively, of depreciation allocated to cost of sales. Depreciation and amortization expense includes a portion related to capital leases, which was approximately $1,436 and $1,706 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. Property and equipment at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Fixtures and equipment

   $ 293,507      $ 273,829   

Capitalized leases

     37,819        37,858   

Leasehold improvements

     70,420        63,128   

Land and buildings

     69,109        64,259   

Transportation equipment

     16,076        13,927   

Construction-in-progress

     16,966        4,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     503,897        457,171   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (294,249     (272,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 209,648      $ 184,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-lived assets: Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. Impairments, if any, are measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the related asset(s). Based on the Company’s analysis, there has been no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013.

Preopening store costs: Preopening store costs are expensed as incurred.

Company owned life insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies to fund possible retirement benefits for certain team members that have a nonqualified retirement plan with the Company. The cash surrender value of these policies is included in other assets in the Company’s balance sheets.

Income taxes: Deferred taxes are based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the Company has elected to be taxed as a corporation.

 

  F-165    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue recognition: Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Sales exclude sales taxes collected from customers.

Advertising costs: Advertising costs are expensed in the period that the related advertising services are provided. Advertising costs were $15,496 and $13,162 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively, and are included in other operating and administrative expenses.

Comprehensive income: Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from net income and other events, except activity resulting from investments by owners and distribution to owners. Other comprehensive income (loss) for the eleven-month period ended to December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013 resulted from pension activity, net of taxes.

Fair value of financial instruments: For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

Concentration of credit risks: The Company maintains part of its cash in bank deposit accounts at financial institutions where balances, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limitation. Historically, the Company has not experienced any losses due to such concentration of risk.

Use of estimates: The preparation of the financial statements requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Subsequent events: Management evaluates events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Management has considered subsequent events through April 4, 2014.

 

  F-166    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Note 3. Notes Payable

Notes payable consisted of the following:

 

     December 28,
2013
     January 26,
2013
 

Note payable to a bank, $50,000, secured by all the assets of the Company and certain deposit accounts owned by Members; quarterly interest payments only; matures December 21, 2014; interest fixed at 1.75%, with a balloon payment of $50,000 at maturity. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

   $       $ 50,000   

Revolving line of credit with a bank, $50,000 available; secured by all assets of the Company; interest at 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.25%, (2.46% at January 26, 2013); due September 1, 2014. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             17,500   

Note payable to a bank, secured by an airplane; monthly principal and interest payments at $80; matures November 15, 2015; interest at 3.69%. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             2,581   

Note payable to a bank, secured by a property located in Roanoke, Texas; monthly principal and interest payment at $39; matures September 30, 2014; interest at 30-day LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.21% at January 26, 2013). Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             10,991   

Note payable to the McMillan Family Limited Company; secured by Post building; biannual principal and interest payments at $13; matures October 1, 2015; interest imputed at 6.25%. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             125   

Note payable to a bank, $11,000, secured by land and building in Lubbock, Texas; interest only payments until April 15, 2013, then the commencement of the principal payments; matures on March 9, 2019; interest at 30-day LIBOR plus 2.0% (2.21% at January 26, 2013), with a balloon payment at maturity. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             8,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             89,938   

Less current maturities

             (1,755
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $ 88,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4. Lease Obligations

The Company leases certain of its operating facilities under terms ranging from five to twenty years, with renewal options ranging from five to twenty years. Most leases require the payment of fixed minimum rentals or a percentage of sales, whichever is greater.

 

  F-167    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The following summarizes the future minimum lease payments under capital and operating lease obligations that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 28, 2013:

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 2,804      $ 21,503   

2015

     2,264        20,824   

2016

     1,726        20,399   

2017

     445        20,056   

2018

     323        19,493   

Thereafter

     802        88,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     8,364      $ 190,279   
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (1,102  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum lease payments, including current portion of $2,477

   $ 7,262     
  

 

 

   

The components of rent expense were as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
     Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Minimum rents

   $ 15,387       $ 17,307   

Contingent rents based on sales

     723         766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,110       $ 18,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5. Related-Party Transactions

The Company leased three of its properties from HDS Properties, Inc. (the Related Company), a company affiliated with members of United, for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013. Rental payments to the Related Company for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013 were $278 and $304, respectively.

Certain assets of a distribution facility were purchased by the Company on July 29, 2007. The purchase price included a note payable to RC Taylor Distributing, Inc. (now Taylor Keeling, Inc.) of $4,200. Principal and interest payments to the related company for the year ended January 26, 2013 was $499. This note was paid off in the year ended January 26, 2013.

Note 6. Team Member Benefits

Defined benefit plan: Until November 2005, the Company sponsored a noncontributory defined benefit plan (the Plan) for all United team members who were at least 21 years of age and had completed 1,000 hours of service in any year of employment. In November 2005, the Board of Advisors amended the Plan to freeze benefit accruals effective March 31, 2006. Participants were

 

  F-168    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

credited for service after March 31, 2006, solely for vesting purposes pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The Company’s measurement date is December 31, 2013 and January 31, 2013, for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. The Company is required to make annual contributions to the Plan equal to the amounts actuarially required to fund the prior service costs. The Company contributed $0 and $864 to the defined benefit plan for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

Net periodic pension costs included the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Interest expense on projected benefit obligations

   $ 2,322      $ 2,570   

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,755     (2,986

Amortization of initial unrecognized net obligations

     987        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 554      $ 34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the defined benefit plans consist of the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Net loss

   $ 9,169      $ 17,441   

Deferred income taxes

     (3,110     (6,005
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 6,059      $ 11,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plan were as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Funded status at the beginning of the year

   $ (11,860   $ (5,215

Interest cost

     (2,322     (2,570

Actual return on assets

     2,755        1,644   

Actuarial gain (loss)

     7,285        (6,583

Employer contributions

            864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (4,142   $ (11,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Following is a summary of significant actuarial assumptions used:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Weighted-average discount rates

     5.00     5.25

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

     6.75     6.75

 

  F-169    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The Company expects net periodic pension income for 2014 to be approximately $580, using actuarial assumptions of a 5.00% discount rate and a 6.75% return on assets rate.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The following table sets forth, by level, the Plan’s assets at fair value:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 28, 2013:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,983       $       $       $ 7,983   

U.S. government securities

             8,591            8,591   

Corporate bonds—investment grade

             7,773                 7,773   

Corporate stocks—U.S. companies

     25,425                         25,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,408       $ 16,364       $       $ 49,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 26, 2013:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,312       $       $       $ 6,312   

U.S. government securities

             9,268                 9,268   

Corporate bonds—investment grade

             7,467                 7,467   

Corporate stocks—U.S. companies

     22,643                         22,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,955       $ 16,735       $       $ 45,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of the Plan’s Level 1 assets are based on quoted market prices of the identical underlying security. The fair values of the Plan’s Level 2 assets are obtained from readily-available pricing sources for the identical underlying security that may not be actively traded. The Company utilizes a pricing service to assist in obtaining fair value pricing for the majority of the Plan assets. The Company conducts reviews on an annual basis to verify pricing, assess liquidity, and determine if significant inputs have changed that would impact the fair value hierarchy disclosure. During the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, the Plan did not make significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 assets. As of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, the Plan did not have any significant Level 3 financial assets.

 

  F-170    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The following table sets forth the Plan’s funded status and the amounts recognized in the Company’s balance sheets at:

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Accumulated benefit obligations

   $ (53,914   $ (57,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligations adjusted for services rendered to date

   $ (53,914   $ (57,550

Plan assets at fair value

     49,772        45,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (4,142   $ (11,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized actuarial loss

   $ 9,169      $ 17,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the targeted and actual asset allocation ranges of the Company’s plan, by asset category:

 

     Percentage of Pension
Plan Assets as of
 
     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Asset category:

    

Equity securities

     51.08     49.56

Debt securities

     32.88     36.63

Other

     16.04     13.81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company considered several factors in developing the expected rate of return on plan assets based on input from external advisors. Individual asset class return forecasts were developed and tested for reasonableness based upon historical returns. The expected long-term rate of return is the weighted average of the target asset allocation of each asset class.

The pension plan assets are held in a pension trust and are managed by independent investment advisors with the objective of maximizing returns with a prudent level of risk. The target market value of equity securities is 50% of the plan assets. If the equity percentage exceeds 60% or drops below 40%, the asset allocation will be adjusted to the target.

The Plan paid benefits of $1,727 and $1,535 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

Following is a summary of expected benefit payments during the calendar year ended:

 

2014

   $ 2,022   

2015

     2,040   

2016

     2,063   

2017

     2,178   

2018 to 2023

     16,017   
  

 

 

 
   $ 24,320   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-171    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Defined contribution plan: The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (the Contribution Plan) available to all eligible team members. On August 15, 2011, the Company amended certain terms of the Contribution Plan. Team members who are at least 21 years old, 20  1 2 years old (prior to August 15, 2011) and have one year (1,000 hours), six months (500 hours) (prior to August 15, 2011) of service as of the monthly enrollment dates are eligible to participate in the Contribution Plan. Each participant makes voluntary contributions to the Contribution Plan in amounts up to 80% (92% prior to August 15, 2011 and 5% for highly compensated employees as of January 1, 2012) of compensation or the dollar limit set by the IRS annually, whichever is less. For the Contribution Plan years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company contributed at the rate of 40%, as determined by the Board of Advisors, of the participants’ contributions up to 6% of compensation. The Company incurred expenses of approximately $1,564 and $1,446 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively, for the purpose of funding the Company’s contribution.

In 2014 and 2013, the Board approved $4,000 and $4,800 in discretionary contributions, respectively, made to the Plan. For the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, a total of $3,700 of the total approved $4,000 had been expensed and recorded. Team members who are at least 21 years old (20  1 2 years old prior to August 15, 2012), have one year of service, worked at least 1,000 hours during the year and were employed at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, shared in the discretionary contributions.

Nonqualified retirement plan: On June 1, 2011, the Company established a nonqualified retirement plan (the Supplemental Plan) for a selected group of management or highly compensated employees. The Supplemental Plan is a plan which provides benefits beyond the Internal Revenue Code limits for qualified defined contribution plans. The plan permits employees to elect contributions up to a maximum percentage at 80% of eligible compensation. The Company may make voluntary matching contributions, which are determined by the Board annually. Employee contributions and the related investment income vest immediately. Discretionary company contributions vest immediately. Company matching contributions, if applicable, are subject to vesting based on years of service. The vested portion of employees’ accounts in the Supplemental Plan will be distributed upon termination of employment in either a lump sum or in equal annual installments over a specified period of up to 5 years. Total expense recognized related to the Supplemental Plan was $890 and $730 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

The Company elected to account for this cash balance plan based on the participant account balances, excluding actuarial considerations as permitted by the applicable authoritative guidance.

 

  F-172    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The annual activity for the Company’s Supplemental Plan was as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
     Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,641       $ 397   

Contributions:

     

Employee

     343         521   

Company

     538         584   

Investment income

     352         146   

Distribution

             (7

Forfeitures

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 2,874       $ 1,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above-mentioned balances for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, are included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 7. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes included the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Federal:

    

Current

   $ 1,252      $ 9,220   

Deferred

     (588     (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes—federal

     664        9,135   

State:

    

Current

     997        920   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1,661      $ 10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed at the statutory rate as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Federal income taxes at statutory federal income tax rate

     35.0     35.0

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit

     58.4     2.1

Other

     56.4     (1.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     149.8     35.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of February 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance related to the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. This guidance addresses the determination of whether tax benefits

 

  F-173    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. The tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The determination is based on the technical merits of the position and presumes that each uncertain tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment of the financial statements. The Company classifies interest, and, if applicable, penalties related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense. During the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, the Company did not incur any interest and penalties. The Company is not subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. federal authorities for years prior to 2010 and state or local tax authorities for years prior to 2009.

The following is a summary of the significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset and liability:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Current deferred taxes:

    

Assets (liabilities):

    

Accrued vacation

   $ 2,173      $ 2,178   

Texas franchise tax

     342        941   

Workers’ injury and general liability insurance

     723        795   

Uniform capitalization adjustment

     585        672   

Nonqualified deferred compensation plans

     1,006        641   

Contribution carryover

     630        528   

Other

     770        315   

Volume discounts

     (971     (922
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

     5,258        5,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred taxes:

    

Assets (liabilities):

    

Capitalized leases

     509        790   

Postretirement benefit plan

     1,658        4,364   

Other

     (206     (275

Property and equipment

     (19,572     (20,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (17,611     (15,194
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax liability

   $ (12,353   $ (10,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. Management believes that claims or contingencies that are not covered by insurance are not material to the financial position or operations of the Company. Additionally, under the terms of its workers’ injury and general liability insurance policies, the Company is liable for certain retrospective losses. The Company’s liability for retrospective

 

  F-174    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

losses is limited to a maximum per claim and per policy year. The Company’s liability for workers’ injury and general liability claims was approximately $2,135 and $2,342 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. These liabilities were determined using historical data and are reflected in accrued payroll and team member benefits and accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

The Company is self-insured for medical, dental, and short-term disability claims. The Company’s liability for self-insured losses is limited to a maximum per claim and to an aggregate amount for total self-insured losses in each year through the use of third-party stop-loss insurance coverage. The Company’s liability for health insurance was approximately $754 and $796 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively and was recorded in accrued payroll and team member benefits in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

  F-175   


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

65,306,122 Shares

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup     Morgan Stanley   

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Credit Suisse   Barclays

 

Lazard   Guggenheim Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets   Wells Fargo Securities
BMO Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Telsey Advisory Group   Academy Securities   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

 

 

Until                      , 2016 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee, the NYSE listing fee and the FINRA filing fee are estimated.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 226,899   

NYSE Listing Fee

     250,000   

FINRA Filing Fee

     225,500   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

     3,500,000   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     5,250,000   

Printing Fees and Expenses

     950,000   

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     15,000   

Miscellaneous

     2,582,601   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of the offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of the offering provide that:

 

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

The Registrant has entered, and intends to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding all unregistered securities sold, issued or granted by us within the past three years.

In connection with our acquisition of NAI on March 21, 2013:

(1) We effected a unit split pursuant to which each Class A Unit outstanding was reclassified into 1 Class A ABS Unit and 1 Class A NAI Unit.

(2) We effected a unit split pursuant to which each Class B Unit outstanding was reclassified into 1 Class B ABS Unit and 1 Class B NAI Unit.

(3) We issued and sold Class A ABS Units for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 as follows: 314.293 Class A ABS Units to Cerberus Iceberg LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to Jubilee Symphony ABS LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to A-S Klaff Equity, LLC, 59.838 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI, LLC, 16.967 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI-A, LLC, 45.520 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI-B, LLC and a total of 18.076 Class A ABS Units to members of our management team and other officers and employees.

(4) We issued and sold 1701.666 Class A NAI Units to NAI Group Holdings Inc. for a purchase price of $100,000,000.

(5) We granted an aggregate of 103.186 Class C Units to certain of our executives under our Class C Plan. Class C Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders.

In connection with our acquisition of Safeway Inc. and its subsidiaries on January 30, 2015:

(1) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 1701.666 Class A ABS Units and 106 Class B ABS Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 127,799,410 ABS Units.

(2) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 1701.666 Class A NAI Units and 106 Class B NAI Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 127,799,410 NAI Units.

(3) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 103.186 Class C Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 2,641,428 ABS Units and 2,641,428 NAI Units.

(4) We issued and sold 169,559,162 ABS Units, 169,559,162 NAI Units and 300,000,000 SWY Units for an aggregate purchase price of $1,304,796,135 plus the contribution to the company of NAI Units by certain equityholders as follows: 63,531,450 ABS Units to Cerberus Iceberg LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., 24,726,729 ABS Units to ABS TRS Corp., 162,720,981 NAI Units to NAI Group Holdings Inc., 282,879,747 SWY Units to Safeway Group Holdings Inc. and a total of 7,120,883 ABS Units, 17,120,253 SWY Units and 1,244,486 NAI Units to members of our management team.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(5) We granted 3,350,083 Series 1 Incentive Units to Robert Edwards, our former president and chief executive officer, under our Incentive Unit Plan. Series 1 Incentive Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders. On April 9, 2015, Mr. Edward’s grant was reduced by mutual agreement to 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units.

(6) We granted an aggregate of 14,907,871 Investor Incentive Units as follows: 10,050,251 Investor Incentive Units to Cerberus AB Incentive LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to ABS TRS Corp., 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to Klaff W LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to L-A Asset Management Services, LLC and 3,350,084 Investor Incentive Units to Robert G. Miller. Investor Incentive Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders.

On March 5, 2015, May 15, 2015, June 16, 2015, August 12, 2015, December 7, 2015, February 29, 2016 and April 28, 2016, we granted 14,440,000, 150,000, 125,000, 100,000, 150,000, 300,000 and 723,392 Phantom Units, respectively, to certain of our officers, executives, directors and consultants under our Phantom Unit Plan. Each Phantom Unit is generally subject to time- and performance-based vesting, and upon vesting, each Phantom Unit converts into one Series 2 Incentive Unit.

In connection with the IPO-Related Transactions, and immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we issued 349,832,761 shares of common stock to Albertsons Investor, 3,570,701 shares of common stock to Management Holdco and 56,429,497 shares of common stock to Kimco. For a description of the transactions pursuant to which the shares were issued, see the information under the heading “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.”

Unless otherwise stated, the sales and/or granting of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. All recipients had adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

1.1 (d)    Form of Underwriting Agreement among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the Underwriters
3.1 (c)    Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc., including Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated September 21, 2015
3.2 (b)    Form of Bylaws of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
4.1 (c)    Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, KRS ABS, LLC and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC
4.2 (a)    Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 (a)    Forms of Officers’ Certificates establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016 and 4.75% Notes due 2021, including the forms of Notes
4.4 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017, including the form of Notes
4.5 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019, including the form of Notes
4.6 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.95% Notes due 2020, including the form of Notes
4.7 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
4.8 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes
4.9 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.10 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.11 (g)    Indenture, dated May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
4.12 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson’s, Inc. (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008)
4.13 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented)

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

4.14 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.15 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.16 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019
4.17 (g)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

  5.1 (d)    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
10.1 (a)    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, by and among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. (as successor by merger to Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.) and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons’s Holdings LLC and the other guarantors from time to time thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.2 (e)    Second Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent
10.3 (e)    Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.4 (e)    Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.5 (e)    Joinder and Assumption Agreement of NAI Guarantors by and among the Additional Guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, joining NAI Guarantors as Guarantors to the Second

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

  Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.6 (a)   Casa Ley Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Safeway Inc., the Shareholder Representative, as defined therein, and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent
10.7 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and Albertson’s LLC
10.8 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.9 (a)   Letter Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, to each of the Transition Services Agreements between SUPERVALU INC. and New Albertson’s, Inc. dated March 21, 2013, and the Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC dated March 21, 2013
10.10 (a)   Decision and Order, dated January 27, 2015, between the Federal Trade Commission, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., AB Acquisition LLC and Safeway Inc.
10.11 (c)   Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan
10.12 (c)  

Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

10.13 (c)   Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.14 (c)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.15 (c)   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.16 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Miller and, solely for purpose of the third paragraph thereof, AB Acquisition LLC
10.17 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Dimond and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, AB Management Services Corp.
10.18 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Justin Dye and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.19 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 18, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Shane Sampson
10.20 (c)   Letter Agreement dated September 18, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Wayne A. Denningham
10.21 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon Allen
10.22 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Steven A. Davis
10.23 (b)  

Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, by and among Cerberus Iceberg LLC, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Klaff-W LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., L-A Asset Management Services, LLC, Robert G. Miller, Robert Edwards, and the Persons listed on Schedule A thereto.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.24 (e)    Employment Agreement, dated November 7, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Anuj Dhanda
10.25 (g)    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 11, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.26 (g)    Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
21.1 (f)    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
23.1 (d)    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.4 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.5 (g)    Consent of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditor
23.6 (g)    Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
24.1 (a)    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

(a)   Previously filed on July 8, 2015
(b)   Previously filed on August 26, 2015
(c)   Previously filed on September 24, 2015
(d)   Previously filed on October 2, 2015
(e)   Previously filed on January 22, 2016
(f)   Previously filed on May 11, 2016
(g) Filed herewith
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information contained in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on July 29, 2016.

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)  

July 29, 2016

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)  

July 29, 2016

/s/ Robert B. Larson

Robert B. Larson

   Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)  

July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Dean S. Adler

   Director  

July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Sharon L. Allen

   Director  

July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Steven A. Davis

   Director  

July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Kim Fennebresque

   Director   July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Lisa A. Gray

   Director   July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Hersch Klaff

   Director   July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Ronald Kravit

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Alan Schumacher

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Jay L. Schottenstein

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Lenard B. Tessler

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

/s/ *

Scott Wille

  

Director

  July 29, 2016

 

 

* By   

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

    
  Attorney-in-Fact     

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

1.1 (d)    Form of Underwriting Agreement among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the Underwriters
3.1 (c)    Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc., including Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated September 21, 2015
3.2 (b)    Form of Bylaws of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
4.1 (c)    Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, KRS ABS, LLC and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC
4.2 (a)    Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 (a)    Forms of Officers’ Certificates establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016 and 4.75% Notes due 2021, including the forms of Notes
4.4 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017, including the form of Notes
4.5 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019, including the form of Notes
4.6 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.95% Notes due 2020, including the form of Notes
4.7 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
4.8 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes
4.9 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.10 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.11 (g)    Indenture, dated May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
4.12 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson’s, Inc. (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008)
4.13 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented)

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

4.14 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.15 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.16 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019
4.17 (g)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

5.1 (d)    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
10.1 (a)    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, by and among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. (as successor by merger to Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.) and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons’s Holdings LLC and the other guarantors from time to time thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.2 (e)    Second Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent
10.3 (e)    Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.4 (e)    Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.5 (e)    Joinder and Assumption Agreement of NAI Guarantors by and among the Additional Guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, joining NAI Guarantors as Guarantors to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

II-12


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

10.6 (a)   Casa Ley Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Safeway Inc., the Shareholder Representative, as defined therein, and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent
10.7 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and Albertson’s LLC
10.8 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.9 (a)   Letter Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, to each of the Transition Services Agreements between SUPERVALU INC. and New Albertson’s, Inc. dated March 21, 2013, and the Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC dated March 21, 2013
10.10 (a)   Decision and Order, dated January 27, 2015, between the Federal Trade Commission, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., AB Acquisition LLC and Safeway Inc.
10.11 (c)   Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan
10.12 (c)  

Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

10.13 (c)   Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.14 (c)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.15 (c)   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.16 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Miller and, solely for purpose of the third paragraph thereof, AB Acquisition LLC
10.17 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc. Robert Dimond, and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, AB Management Services Corp.
10.18 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Justin Dye and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.19 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 18, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Shane Sampson
10.20 (c)   Letter Agreement dated September 18, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Wayne A. Denningham
10.21 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon Allen
10.22 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Steven A. Davis
10.23 (b)   Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, by and among Cerberus Iceberg LLC, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Klaff-W LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., L-A Asset Management Services, LLC, Robert G. Miller, Robert Edwards, and the Persons listed on Schedule A thereto.
10.24 (e)   Employment Agreement, dated November 7, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Anuj Dhanda

 

II-13


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.25 (g)    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 11, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.26 (g)    Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
21.1 (f)    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
23.1 (d)    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.4 (g)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.5 (g)    Consent of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditor
23.6 (g)    Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
24.1 (a)    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

(a)   Previously filed on July 8, 2015
(b)   Previously filed on August 26, 2015
(c)   Previously filed on September 24, 2015
(d)   Previously filed on October 2, 2015
(e)   Previously filed on January 22, 2016
(f)   Previously filed on May 11, 2016
(g)   Filed herewith
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information contained in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

 

II-14

Exhibit 4.11

EXECUTION VERSION

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.,

SAFEWAY INC. and

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Issuers

and the Guarantors party hereto from time to time

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 31, 2016

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

   Indenture
Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N/A

(a)(4)

   N/A

(b)

   7.08; 7.10

(c)

   N/A

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N/A

312(a)

   2.06

(b)

   11.03

(c)

   11.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   N/A

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06

(d)

   4.02; 4.09

314(a)

   4.02; 4.09

(b)

   N/A

(c)(1)

   11.04

(c)(2)

   11.04

(c)(3)

   N/A

(d)

   11.06

(e)

   11.05

(f)

   N/A

315(a)

   7.01

(b)

   7.05

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   7.01

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   11.06

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   N/A

(b)

   6.07

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.05

318(a)

   11.01


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

SECTION 1.01.

  Definitions      1   

SECTION 1.02.

  Other Definitions      32   

SECTION 1.03.

  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      33   

SECTION 1.04.

  Rules of Construction      34   
ARTICLE 2   
THE SECURITIES   

SECTION 2.01.

  Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series      35   

SECTION 2.02.

  Form and Dating      36   

SECTION 2.03.

  Execution and Authentication      36   

SECTION 2.04.

  Registrar and Paying Agent      37   

SECTION 2.05.

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      37   

SECTION 2.06.

  Holder Lists      37   

SECTION 2.07.

  Transfer and Exchange      38   

SECTION 2.08.

  Replacement Securities      38   

SECTION 2.09.

  Outstanding Securities      39   

SECTION 2.10.

  Temporary Securities      39   

SECTION 2.11.

  Cancellation      39   

SECTION 2.12.

  Defaulted Interest      39   

SECTION 2.13.

  CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.      40   

SECTION 2.14.

  Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities      40   
ARTICLE 3   
REDEMPTION   

SECTION 3.01.

  Redemption      40   

SECTION 3.02.

  Applicability of Article      40   

SECTION 3.03.

  Notices to Trustee      40   

SECTION 3.04.

  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed      41   

SECTION 3.05.

  Notice of Optional Redemption      41   

SECTION 3.06.

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      42   

SECTION 3.07.

  Deposit of Redemption Price      42   

SECTION 3.08.

  Securities Redeemed in Part      42   
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.01.

  Payment of Securities      42   

SECTION 4.02.

  Reports      43   


SECTION 4.03.

  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      45   

SECTION 4.04.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      50   

SECTION 4.05.

  [Reserved]      57   

SECTION 4.06.

  Asset Sales      57   

SECTION 4.07.

  Transactions with Affiliates      60   

SECTION 4.08.

  Change of Control Triggering Event      63   

SECTION 4.09.

  Compliance Certificate      65   

SECTION 4.10.

  [Reserved]      65   

SECTION 4.11.

  Subsidiary Guarantees      65   

SECTION 4.12.

  Limitation on Liens      65   

SECTION 4.13.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      66   

SECTION 4.14.

  Applicability and Discharge of Covenants      67   
ARTICLE 5   
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE   

SECTION 5.01.

  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      67   

SECTION 5.02.

  Successor Issuer Substituted      68   

SECTION 5.03.

  Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      68   
ARTICLE 6   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.01.

  Events of Default      68   

SECTION 6.02.

  Acceleration      70   

SECTION 6.03.

  Other Remedies      70   

SECTION 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      71   

SECTION 6.05.

  Control by Majority      71   

SECTION 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      71   

SECTION 6.07.

  Right of the Holders to Receive Payment      72   

SECTION 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      72   

SECTION 6.09.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      72   

SECTION 6.10.

  Priorities      72   

SECTION 6.11.

  Undertaking for Costs      73   
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee      73   

SECTION 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee      74   

SECTION 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee      75   

SECTION 7.04.

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      75   

SECTION 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      75   

SECTION 7.06.

  Reports by Trustee to the Holders      75   

SECTION 7.07.

  Compensation and Indemnity      76   

SECTION 7.08.

  Replacement of Trustee      77   


SECTION 7.09.

  Successor Trustee by Merger      77   

SECTION 7.10.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      78   

SECTION 7.11.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers      78   
ARTICLE 8   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.01.

  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      78   

SECTION 8.02.

  Application of Trust Money      79   

SECTION 8.03.

  Applicability of Article      79   

SECTION 8.04.

  Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Obligations      79   

SECTION 8.05.

  Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust      81   

SECTION 8.06.

  Repayment to Issuers      81   
ARTICLE 9   
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS   

SECTION 9.01.

  Without Consent of the Holders      81   

SECTION 9.02.

  With Consent of the Holders      82   

SECTION 9.03.

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      83   

SECTION 9.04.

  [Reserved]      83   

SECTION 9.05.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers      83   

SECTION 9.06.

  Notation on or Exchange of Securities      83   

SECTION 9.07.

  Trustee to Sign Amendments      84   

SECTION 9.08.

  Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount      84   
ARTICLE 10   
GUARANTEES   

SECTION 10.01.

  Guarantees      84   

SECTION 10.02.

  Limitation on Liability      86   

SECTION 10.03.

  Successors and Assigns      86   

SECTION 10.04.

  No Waiver      86   

SECTION 10.05.

  Modification      86   

SECTION 10.06.

  Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors      86   

SECTION 10.07.

  Non-Impairment      87   

SECTION 10.08

  Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor      87   
ARTICLE 11   
MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 11.01.

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      88   

SECTION 11.02.

  Notices      88   

SECTION 11.03.

  Communication by the Holders with Other Holders      89   

SECTION 11.04.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      89   

SECTION 11.05.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      89   

SECTION 11.06.

  When Securities Disregarded      89   


SECTION 11.07.

  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar      90   

SECTION 11.08.

  Legal Holidays      90   

SECTION 11.09.

  Governing Law      90   

SECTION 11.10.

  No Recourse Against Others      90   

SECTION 11.11.

  Successors      90   

SECTION 11.12.

  Multiple Originals      90   

SECTION 11.13.

  Table of Contents; Headings      90   

SECTION 11.14.

  Indenture Controls      90   

SECTION 11.15.

  Severability      90   

SECTION 11.16.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      90   

 

Appendix A        

 

  

        Provisions Relating to Securities

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit A        

 

  

        Initial Security

Exhibit B        

 

  

        Exchange Security

Exhibit C        

 

  

        Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

Exhibit D        

 

  

        Form of Supplemental Indenture


INDENTURE, dated as of May 31, 2016, among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ”, together with Safeway and NAI, each a “ Co-Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Co-Issuers ” and together with the Company, each an “ Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Issuers ”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “ Original Securities ”) issued on the date hereof and (b) any Additional Securities that may be issued after the date hereof in the form of Exhibit   A (all such securities in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Securities ”) and (c) if and when issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “ Exchange Securities ” and, together with the Initial Securities, the “ Securities ”) issued in exchange for any Initial Securities or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

ABL Facility ” means the asset-based credit facilities as in effect on the Issue Date or any subsequent asset-based credit facility entered into, in each case, with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility or one or more successors to the ABL Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person (a) is merged with or into (or consolidated or otherwise combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (b) became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,


in each case, including Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such asset disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) any Permitted Investment.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any additional interest owing in connection with any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities.

Additional Securities ” means Securities (other than the Exchange Securities) issued from time to time under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Albertsons ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Albertson s Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Appendix ” means Appendix A attached hereto.

 

-2-


Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Security on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Security; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Security at June 15, 2019 as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Security through June 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Security,

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Persons as the Issuers may designate.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating or verifying the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (in each case, other than Equity Interests of the Company and other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited to be made under Section 4.04;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or disposition of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50 million;

(e) dispositions of Divested Properties;

(f) dispositions of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse and abandonment of intellectual property) or dispositions of obsolete or surplus assets, worn out assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-3-


(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property consistent with past practice;

(j) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(m) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(n) the sale of any property in a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with the granting or enforcement of Permitted Liens;

(p) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q) any disposition of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(r) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(s) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(u) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(v) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

-4-


(w) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(x) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Hedging Obligations.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner or managing member of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Borrowing Base ” means the sum of (i) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, using amounts reflected on the most recent available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the inventory and accounts receivable of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination) and (z) 100% of unrestricted cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, or with respect to payments, the place of payment.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

-5-


Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of notice or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange

 

-6-


Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder and other than any transaction in compliance with Section 5.01; or

(3) the Company fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (3) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Issuers consolidate with and into the Company or (ii) any such Co-Issuer consolidates with and into another Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Event occurring in respect of that Change of Control.

Co-Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Co-Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Co-Issuers” shall mean such Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and in each case,

 

-7-


excluding (i) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (ii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (iv) any expensing of a bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (v) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting and (vi) Swap Contract costs.

Consolidated Net Income ” means for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the referent Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(7) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(8) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(9) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(10) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not

 

-8-


at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that (x) the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included therein and (y) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; and

(11) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of any parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company for such period.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting, in connection with any acquisition or disposition), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash restricted in favor of the lenders under any Credit Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

 

-9-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of such Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on or prior to the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Company.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until (or contemporaneously with) compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities (including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

-10-


(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Securities; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition or Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or any similar regulatory authority; provided that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.07; plus

(5) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Facilities (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of Indebtedness and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

-11-


(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A); plus

(8) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(9) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (9) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) other pro forma adjustments made and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (9) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(10) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(11) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

 

-12-


Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities or other property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Existing 2022 Notes ” means, the 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 issued by the Company and Safeway.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, as determined by the Company in its good faith discretion. “Fair Market Value” may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in the United States. For the avoidance of doubt the terms “consolidated” and “Consolidated” with respect

 

-13-


to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Guarantee means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” (including, with correlative meaning, the term “ Incurrence ”) means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), with the amount of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being the amount equal to the amount available to be drawn, (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date; (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the principal component of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

 

-14-


Initial Purchasers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Drexel Hamilton, LLC.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall not give effect to any Indebtedness being incurred on such date (or expected to be incurred thereafter).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any Default or Event of Default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any

 

-15-


such transaction (including the related transactions to be entered into connection therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or, if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be,

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

 

-16-


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the referent Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means May 31, 2016.

Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Company or Companies and/or Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers, as applicable, shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Issuers” shall mean such Successor Company(s) and/or Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Issuers Request ” means a written request signed in the name of the Issuers by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of each Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Joint Venture ” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting stock or other Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

-17-


Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition, including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

NAI ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

NAI Notes ” means the (i) 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028; (ii) 7.75% Debentures due 2026; (iii) 7.45% Debentures due 2029; (iv) 8.70% Debentures due 2030; and (v) 8.00% Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by NAI.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be paid to the holder of a beneficial interest in such asset or applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated May 25, 2016 relating to the offering of the Original Securities.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice

 

-18-


President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of such Person, or any direct or indirect parent of such Person, as applicable, or other Person performing such functions, regardless of title or designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors for purposes of this Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of each Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in the business or Related Business Assets or a combination of assets used or useful in the business, Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.06.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company, a parent of the Company or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (referred to in this definition as a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company (including the Securities) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or

 

-19-


a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) advances to future, current and former officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, not in excess of $75 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, or (c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations entered into (1) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-20-


(11) (a) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers consistent with past practice, (c) to the extent constituting an Investment, guarantees of operating leases or (d) Investments made with the assets comprising the wellness centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3);

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (v) and (viii)(B) of such Section);

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11;

(16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided , however , that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of cash, a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(19) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19);

(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

-21-


(21) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(22) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Debt;

(24) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(25) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(26) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(28) Investments (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) in a Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or any successor thereof).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than pursuant to clauses (19) and (29) below);

 

  (2) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with an Issuer or a Subsidiary ( provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such entity becoming a Subsidiary or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary other than property of the entity so acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary);

 

  (3) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24 months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof ( provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired);

 

  (4)

Liens on any property acquired, developed, constructed or otherwise improved by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including Liens on the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company and substantially all assets of such Subsidiary, in

 

-22-


  each case to the extent such property constitutes substantially all of the business of such Subsidiary) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the development, construction or improvement thereof (including architectural, engineering, financing, consultant, advisor and legal fees and preopening costs), or any Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purposes, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;

 

  (5) Liens which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

 

  (6) Liens on the stock, partnership or other Equity Interest of an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary that owns an Equity Interest in such Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

 

  (7) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or industrial revenue bond financing;

 

  (8) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

 

  (9) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (10) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

 

  (11) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and certain other minor irregularities of title;

 

  (12) Liens required by an escrow agreement in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness;

 

  (13) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (15) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-23-


  (16) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

 

  (18) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) (including the Non-Guarantor Exception) or clauses (v), (xiii), (xiv), (xxi), (xxv), (xxvi) or (xxviii) of Section 4.03(b); provided that, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including the use of proceeds therefrom);

 

  (19) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 4.03(b) plus in the case of any such Indebtedness that is amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed which is secured by a Lien permitted under this clause (19) or a portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement, modification or change;

 

  (20) Liens securing the Initial Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (and the related Exchange Notes and exchange Guarantees);

 

  (21) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (22) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (23) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

  (24) (a) judgment and attachment Liens and Liens arising out of decrees, orders and awards, in each case, to the extent not giving rise to an Event of Default and (b) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

 

  (25) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (26) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (25) above securing obligations outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) $1.25 billion and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Incurrence;

 

  (27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under this Indenture;

 

-24-


  (28) any extension, renewal, replacement, restructuring, refinancing or other modification of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (27); and

 

  (29) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(xxvii).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Public Company Costs ” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives of Initial Purchasers.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

-25-


Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.

Ratings Event ” means a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Securities within the Ratings Decline Period by both Rating Agencies, as a result of which the rating of the Securities on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by the applicable Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement); provided, however , that a Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making such reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or otherwise inform the trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary.

Real Property ” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

 

-26-


Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

-27-


Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivery to the Trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Reference Notes ” means, collectively, the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Safeway Notes ” means the (i) 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020; (ii) 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021; (iii) 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027; and (iv) 7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by Safeway.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with a person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or to which any such person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such person, or to any other person (other than the Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such person on the security of the leased property; provided that in connection with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received cash proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of such property and (y) on terms at least as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from a non-Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

-28-


Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Sponsor ” means, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation .

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to an Issuer, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other Equity Interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other Equity Interests) of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations with respect to the Securities.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company party hereto as a Guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Company that hereafter guarantees the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Swap Contracts ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

-29-


Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan credit agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, by and among the Company (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), certain Subsidiaries of the Company, the financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Facility or one or more successors to the Term Loan Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders of holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means at any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust administration department of the Trustee, with direct responsibility for performing the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter and this Indenture, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

-30-


Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company but excluding the Company and the Co-Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal

 

-31-


of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such date entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in
Section

“Additional Liens”

   4.12(b)(i)

“Agent Members”

   Appendix A

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Clearstream”

   Appendix A

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(b)

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.04

“Covenant Termination Event”

   4.14(a)

“Custodian”

   6.01

“Definitive Security”

   Appendix A

“Depository”

   Appendix A

“Discharged”

   8.04

“Euroclear”

   Appendix A

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Exchange Securities”

   Preamble

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Global Securities Legend”

   Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01(a)

“IAI”

   Appendix A

“Initial Securities”

   Preamble

“incorporated provision”

   11.01

 

-32-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

“legal defeasance option”

   8.04

“Non-Guarantor Exception”

   4.03(a)

“Offer Period”

   4.06(d)

“Original Securities”

   Preamble

“Parent Guarantor”

   4.02

“Pari Passu Liens”

   4.12(b)(ii)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04(a)

“Permitted Debt”

   4.03(b)

“protected purchaser”

   2.08

“QIB”

   Appendix A

“Reference Indebtedness”

   4.11

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.03(b)(xv)

“Refunding Capital Stock

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Registered Exchange Offer”

   Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.04(a)

“Registration Rights Agreement”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Securities”

   Appendix A

“Restricted Payments”

   4.04(a)

“Restricted Period”

   Appendix A

“Restricted Securities Legend”

   Appendix A

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Rule 501”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Securities”

   Appendix A

“Securities”

   Preamble

“Securities Custodian”

   Appendix A

“Shelf Registration Statement”

   Appendix A

“Successor Issuer”

   5.01(a)

“Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities”

   Appendix A

“Transfer Restricted Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Definitive Security”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Security”

   Appendix A

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, this Indenture shall incorporate by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Securities and the Guarantees.

indenture security holder ” means a Holder.

 

-33-


indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Securities.

Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, all other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule shall have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. Dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) whenever in this Indenture or in any Security there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and

(l) for any periods or dates which the Company does not have historical financial statements available, it shall be entitled to use and rely on the financial statements of its predecessor or successor (as the case may be).

 

-34-


ARTICLE 2

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Original Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $1,250,000,000. The Securities may be issued in one or more series. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.

The Issuers may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Securities under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Securities is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Securities are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Securities issued after the Issue Date (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Securities:

(1) whether such Additional Securities shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Securities and the title of such Additional Securities (which shall distinguish the Additional Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest on such Additional Securities shall accrue;

(4) if applicable, that such Additional Securities shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Securities, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Securities in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit   A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Securities registered, or any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof; and

(5) if applicable, that such Additional Securities that are not Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities shall not be issued in the form of Initial Securities as set forth in Exhibit   A , but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit   B .

If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Securities.

 

-35-


SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Securities are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Initial Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities, if issued as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit   A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities issued other than as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit   B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which any Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each Issuer (a) Original Securities for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Securities for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Securities exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Appendix, any issuance of Additional Securities after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, whether such Additional Securities are of the same or a different series than the Original Securities.

One Officer of each Issuer shall sign the Securities for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

-36-


SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency in the United States where Securities may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities and (ii) the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Securities.

(b) The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which, subject to Section 1.03, shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Security, the Issuers shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. During the continuance of a Default under this Indenture, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to either of the Issuers, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

-37-


SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . The Securities shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Issuers shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee or (ii) the Issuers, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Security). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

 

-38-


Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Security.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities . In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuers at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver copies of canceled Securities to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer of each Issuer. The Issuers may not issue new Securities to replace Securities they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Securities (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

-39-


SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc . The Issuers in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities . With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Securities, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Securities, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Securities then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Redemption .

(a) The Securities may be redeemed at the Issuers’ option, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date.

(b) The Issuers shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Securities.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture or the Securities, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 3.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuers elect to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture and the Security pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuers shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuers to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuers and given in writing to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

 

-40-


SECTION 3.04. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed (if such listing is known to the Trustee), or if such Securities are not so listed, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided , that the Trustee shall not select Securities for redemption which would result in a Holder of Securities with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $2,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly (and in any event, within 5 Business Days following receipt of the notice described in Section 3.03) of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed to such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 hereof.

Any such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of a Paying Agent;

(iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment or any Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

 

-41-


In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

(b) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption specified in this Section 3.05 in the Issuers’ names and at the Issuers’ expense; provided , however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee in writing with the information required by this Section 3.05.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice (except to the extent such redemption is conditional as set forth in Section 3.05). Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless a Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.08. Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities . The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of and interest, on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by the applicable time on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, are not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

 

-42-


SECTION 4.02. Reports .

So long as any Securities are outstanding:

(i) the Company shall provide the Trustee and Holders of Securities with annual consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and unaudited quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the absence of year-end adjustments and footnotes in the case of quarterly financial statements) and (ii) be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations of the Company contained in the Offering Memorandum. Unless otherwise publicly available, such financial statements and related discussion shall be made available to Holders of Securities and prospective investors in the Securities by posting on a password protected website accessible by all such persons, which shall announce when such items have been posted (it being understood that the Company may require a certification and customary non-disclosure agreement to access such site); and

(ii) the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders of Securities all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02 and 5.01 (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such event is not material to Holders of the Securities or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive or other material harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that such non-disclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive or other material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself; provided , further , that no such report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries). All information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filer reporting companies under the Exchange Act. Information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be made by posting on the website referred to in clause (i) above.

If after the Issue Date the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above

 

-43-


shall include a reasonably detailed presentation (which may be consistent with the non-guarantor information provided in the Offering Memorandum), either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” or comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

So long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall also issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) upon the posting of the information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above.

The Company shall hold a conference call for the Holders of Securities to discuss such financial information described in clause (i) above no later than 10 calendar days after delivering the annual financial information and the quarterly financial information described in clause (i) above (it being understood that such conference call may be prior to the delivery of such financial information described above and may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity or debt investors and analysts at the time of its earnings release). The Company will issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) of any such conference call at least one Business Day in advance.

In addition, for so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a guarantor (a “ Parent Guarantor ”) of the Securities, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent Guarantor; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company (i) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, by a Parent Entity filing a registration statement in connection with a potential Qualified IPO or (ii) prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or the Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and, in each case, satisfying the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company, a Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity has provided the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company, such Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity, in each case, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.02.

To the extent any such information, reports or other documents are filed electronically on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (or any successor system), such filing shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the Securities and the Trustee.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information

 

-44-


contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided , further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including the pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) exceeds the greater of $1,250 million and 5.0% of Total Assets (the “ Non-Guarantor Exception ”).

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,500 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8,000 million plus an unlimited amount of additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility as long as, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the use of proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (assuming, to the extent incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03(b)(ii), that all such Indebtedness is secured whether or not so secured);

(iii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Securities and related exchange Guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xxvii) of this Section 4.03(b));

 

-45-


(v) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, and purchase money Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock Incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other asset that is used or useful in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) and related taxes and transaction costs in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (v), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,250 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(xi) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley (whether or not owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

 

-46-


(xii) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) (and any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any such obligations), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing any obligations Incurred under this clause (whether or not such obligations could be newly Incurred under this clause on the date of such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement), so long as the obligations resulting from such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement do not exceed the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of such obligations at the time such obligations became Permitted Debt under this Indenture, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii));

(xiv) any guarantee or co-issuance by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee or co-issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (xi), (xv) and (xvi) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including lender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;

 

-47-


(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii) one year after the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; and

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (i) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition and (ii) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a);

(2) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such acquisition; or

(3) such Indebtedness is Incurred by an Issuer or a Guarantor and does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and is subordinated to the Securities;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its Incurrence;

 

-48-


(xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers;

(xxiii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (A) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (B) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (C) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company permitted by this Indenture;

(xxv) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xxvi) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(xxvii) the Existing 2022 Notes; provided this clause (xxvii) shall not be in effect 60 days following the Issue Date; and

(xxviii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness will be used to prepay other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Indebtedness is thereafter promptly assumed, retired or otherwise repaid by a Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and upon such assumption, retirement or other repayment, such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of the clauses in Section 4.03(b) or pursuant to Section 4.03(a), but may be Incurred

 

-49-


partially under one clause and partially under one or more other clauses; provided that all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility which is in existence or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date and the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility outstanding or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date, in each case, shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) respectively, of Section 4.03(b) and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03 or Section 4.12. Any Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar facility shall only be deemed to be Incurred at the time funds are borrowed. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization. The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

-50-


(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (viii) and (x) of Section 4.03(b)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as an immediate consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and not returned or rescinded (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (xi)(B) and (xx) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

-51-


(D) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any property received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such exchange, plus

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”),

(II) the sale or disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration such payment or the giving of such notice would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of such notice would have been deemed a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

 

-52-


(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares), or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (x) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (y) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in either case which constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 4.03(b)(xv);

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the relevant Person’s estate or beneficiary of such Person’s estate) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $125 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $75 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

 

-53-


( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (iv) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(v) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of dividends permitted by clause (a) above, repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted under clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);

(viii) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(ix) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(x) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xi) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent, in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable:

(A) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees, taxes and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-54-


(B) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness; and

(C) pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of such direct or indirect parent of the Company that are not consummated;

(D) pay costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(E) expenses Incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(1) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(2) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(3) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(xii) the payment of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to (or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to) fund the payment of fees and expenses owed by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants and payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

 

-55-


(xiv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xv) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.06 and Section 4.08; provided that, prior to or concurrently with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Securities as a result of such Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

(xvi) distributions pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement (as defined in the Offering Memorandum);

(xvii) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(xviii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xix) (A) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) the taxable income of the Company for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Issue Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (xix)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Company) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (B) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Issue Date for which AB Acquisition LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Company after the Issue Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Issue Date relating to income generated in the Company or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (including any predecessors thereof) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment; and

(xx) other Restricted Payments as long as, at the time of the making thereof and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payments), the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.00 to 1.00;

 

-56-


provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (ix) and (xx) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than captive insurance companies) shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.04, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuers may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as such Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.05. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined on the date the contractual obligation is entered into) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

 

-57-


(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay Obligations under the Credit Facilities that are secured by a Lien (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto);

(ii) to repay either (A) Obligations under the Securities or (B) Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that in the case of any repayment pursuant to clause (B), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will reduce Obligations under the Securities on an equal or ratable basis with the Pari Passu Indebtedness repaid pursuant to clause (B) (1) on a pro rata basis as provided under Article 3 hereof, (2) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (3) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Securities at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Securities that would otherwise be prepaid (which offer shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer for purposes hereof); and/or

(iii) to acquire Additional Assets;

provided that in the case of clause (iii) above, a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise use such Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or

 

-58-


a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Securities and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to Asset Sales, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Securities and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06 and, in the case of Securities, is in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year by sending the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities or the other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such Holders and holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall select the Securities and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Securities or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds the Issuers are offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

(c) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Sale (or Asset Sales) pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) a sum sufficient to pay the purchase price for the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price for such Securities. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent is greater than the purchase price of the Securities tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company on the Business Day following the expiration of the Offer Period.

(e) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice of an Asset Sale Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to

 

-59-


withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Securities are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such Securities for purchase shall be made by the Issuers in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, or if such Securities are not listed, by lot or such other method as the Issuers shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided that the Issuers shall not select Securities for purchase which would result in a Holder with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination to the extent practicable.

(f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Securities (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with the Depository’s procedures). If any Security is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

(g) A new Security in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Security purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security; provided that global Securities will be reduced in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC to reflect the unpurchased portion of any such Security. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction (or if earlier, the date on which such transaction is contractually agreed) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above (which resolution, if adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with clause (i) above).

 

-60-


(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Company, the Co-Issuers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the applicable transactions and (B) any merger of the Company and any direct parent of the Company; provided that such direct parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company (if applicable) and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(ii) transactions in connection with (x) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and (y) Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities, insurance arrangements, reimbursements, and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) any agreement (other than with the Sponsor) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms at least as favorable that could reasonably have been obtained at such time

 

-61-


from an unaffiliated party (determined at the time such transaction is entered into, or, if early, the date such transaction is contractually agreed) or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing, including dispositions and repurchases of assets;

(x) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) (A) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (1) $75 million and (2) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year, plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xii) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, consulting, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking or advisory activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the Transactions, operations, management, acquisitions, divestitures or other financing arrangements, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith;

(xiii) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(xiv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01;

(xv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) any employment agreements, pension plans or other employee benefit plans or arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

 

-62-


(xix) in the case Section 4.04(b)(xix), the entering into any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to such payments;

(xx) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xxi) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xxii) any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(xxiii) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(xxiv) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control Triggering Event .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall not be obligated to purchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that they have exercised their right to redeem such Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture, the Issuers shall send a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event;

 

-63-


(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuers at the address specified in the Change of Control Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased. Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

(d) On the purchase date, all Securities purchased by the Issuers under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) At the time the Issuers deliver Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuers shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Issuers pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

(g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuers to make such offer have been complied with.

(h) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

(i) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event (subject to any extensions to the extent set forth in the notice of such Change of Control Offer).

(j) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities validly tender and do not withdraw such Securities in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchase all of the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party shall have the

 

-64-


right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, which notice must be given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Securities that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . Commencing with the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuers they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Issuers also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

SECTION 4.10. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.11. Subsidiary Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary other than the Co-Issuers (unless such Subsidiary is not required to guarantee the Credit Facilities or is already a Subsidiary Guarantor) that:

(a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock,

in each case, other than (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and (2) any Permitted Debt referred to in Section 4.03(b), to execute and deliver to the Trustee, a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Securities. The Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock referenced in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 4.11 shall be referred to as “ Reference Indebtedness .”

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens .

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or on any evidences of Indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock of, or other ownership interests in, any Restricted Subsidiary (regardless of whether the asset, property, Indebtedness, Capital Stock or ownership interests were acquired before or after the date hereof) without effectively providing that all of the Securities or Guarantees then outstanding, as the case may be, shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

This Section 4.12(a) will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Securities if the relevant Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

-65-


(1) if any of the Reference Notes are hereafter secured by any Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Additional Liens ”), then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, substantially concurrently with the granting of such Liens grant perfected Liens in the same additional collateral securing the Reference Notes to secure the Securities (or Guarantees, as the case may be), equally, ratably and on a pari passu basis (the “ Pari Passu Liens ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Permitted Liens that secure any Reference Notes as of the Issue Date. The Pari Passu Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (A) granted concurrently with the granting of any such Additional Liens, and (B) granted pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less favorable to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities than those granted to secure such Reference Notes. In connection with the granting of any such Pari Passu Liens, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall provide to the Trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the corresponding property are provided to the holders of such Reference Notes or their respective trustee (and in an insured amount that bears the same proportion to the principal amount of the Securities as the insured amount in the policies provided to the holders of such Reference Notes bears to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z) legal opinions and other assurances as the Trustee may reasonably request.

(2) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become entitled to the release of any or all of such Additional Liens securing such Reference Notes and Subsidiary guarantees related thereto, and provided that no Default or Event of Default has then occurred and remains continuing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may in its sole discretion request that the collateral agent release the corresponding Pari Passu Liens securing the Securities, and in such circumstances the collateral agent (or the Trustee) shall so release such Pari Passu Liens.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Issuers register the Securities or the related Exchange Securities with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Securities or the related Exchange Securities, then the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall at such time automatically be deemed not to be part of the collateral that would secure the Securities pursuant to this covenant, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.12, if any Lien would be permitted pursuant to one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Lien,” the Company may classify such Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Lien so long as such Lien (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain in the United States, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency (in each case, if not the office of the Trustee). If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices

 

-66-


and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02; provided, however , no service of legal process may be made on the Issuers at an office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuers hereby designate the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent, as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.14. Applicability and Discharge of Covenants .

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Securities have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Termination Event ”), Section 4.03, Section 4.04, Section 4.06 and Section 4.07 shall not at any time thereafter be applicable to such Securities.

(b) The Issuers shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Termination Event, but no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result of the failure to provide such notice. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the Holders of the Securities of the occurrence of a Covenant Termination Event.

ARTICLE 5

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 5.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Issuer shall (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) either (i) an Issuer is the surviving Person, in the case of a merger or consolidation, and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, there will be a co-obligor of the Securities that is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia for so long as the Company remains a limited liability company or (ii) the successor or transferee (the “ Successor Issuer ”) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Issuer shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto or other agreement, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture; provided if the Successor Issuer is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Securities shall be a corporation;

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately after such transaction; and

(c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel conforming to the provisions of Section 11.04 hereof and each stating that such consolidation, merger, or transfer and such supplemental indenture and other agreement (if any) comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

-67-


SECTION 5.02. Successor Issuer Substituted .

The Successor Issuer shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, an Issuer under this Indenture, with the same effect as if the Successor Issuer had been an original party to this Indenture, and such Issuer shall be released from all its liabilities and obligations under this Indenture and the Securities.

SECTION 5.03. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation or other Person, whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

(i) subject to Section 10.08, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided that relate to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein with respect to the Securities means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law, pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon the Securities when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 calendar days,

(b) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) the Securities at their Stated Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption, upon declaration or otherwise),

(c) [reserved],

(d) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any one time, in an amount in excess of

 

-68-


$150 million; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in this clause (d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the Securities) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the Default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured,

(e) failure by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(f) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 calendar days (or, in the case of the failure to comply with Section 4.02, 90 days) after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuers by the Trustee or to the Issuers and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, a written notice specifying such Default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder,

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, or

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer);

 

-69-


or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and, in each such case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article 6 provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue interest on the Securities,

(B) the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to the Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.04.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

 

-70-


The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (1) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, or (2) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected, in which case each Holder so affected must waive such Default or Event of Default (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a payment Event of Default occurring as a result of the acceleration of the Securities, which may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.02). When a Default or Event of Default is waived, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities do not give the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period.

 

-71-


(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.07. Right of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall be absolute and unconditional, and such right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems reasonably necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

-72-


SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by an Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

-73-


(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and, from the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested (and subject to clause (g) below) in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

-74-


(i) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next interest payment date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(m) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to effect or maintain insurance or to renew any policies of insurance or to inquire as to the sufficiency of any policies of insurance carried by the Issuers or any Guarantor, or to report, or make or file claims or proof of loss for, any loss or damage insured against or that may occur, or to keep itself informed or advised as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 from the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Holder.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Trust Officer, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs and 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, as promptly as practicable after each June 15 beginning with the

 

-75-


June 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event within 12 months of the last such report, the Trustee shall send to each Holder a brief report dated as of such June 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA.

A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly following receipt of written request therefor upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel (limited to one law firm and one local counsel), accountants and experts. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by any Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve any Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable good faith cooperation at the Issuers’ reasonable expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no actual or potential legal conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee on the other hand, in connection with such defense. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense (a) incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith, or (b) if it is the result of the settlement of a claim for which indemnification may be sought hereunder and the Trustee shall have settled such claim without the Issuers’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

The Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 

-76-


SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture.

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

-77-


In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture shall, upon Issuers Request, cease to be of further effect with respect to the Securities (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities herein expressly provided for and rights to receive payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08, and (ii) Securities the payment for which money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers;

 

-78-


(b) the Issuers, in the case of subclause (2) or (3) of clause (a)(ii) of this Section 8.01, have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; provided , however , in the event a petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, is filed with respect to any Issuer within 91 days after the deposit and the Trustee is required to return the deposited money to such Issuer, the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture with respect to such Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuers under Section 4.01, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8.01, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 8.02 (until payments are made by the Trustee thereunder), shall survive.

SECTION 8.02. Application of Trust Money . All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

SECTION 8.03. Applicability of Article . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.04, the Issuers may terminate their obligations under the Securities and this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.04.

SECTION 8.04. Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Obligations . At the Issuers’ option, either (1) the Issuers shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from their obligations with respect to Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations under their Guarantees in respect of the Securities (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (2) the Issuers shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11and 4.12 and the operation of Article 5 and Section 6.01(d), 6.01(f) (with respect to any Default under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 and 4.12), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only), in respect of the Securities (“ covenant defeasance option ”) at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

(a) the Issuers shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to clauses (i) and (ii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of and premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Securities on the dates such installments of interest or principal and premium are due;

 

-79-


(b) such deposit shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for purposes of Section 7.08 and the TIA;

(c) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound;

(d) if the Securities are then listed on any national securities exchange, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a letter or other document from such exchange to the effect that the Issuers’ exercise of their option under this Section 8.04 would not cause such Securities to be delisted;

(e) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and, with respect to the legal defeasance option only, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

(f) with respect to the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance or Discharge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option and an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after the date of such deposit, the obligations of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to under the definition of “covenant defeasance option” with respect to such Securities shall be reinstated;

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying the conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 8.04 have been satisfied; and

(h) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Discharged ” means that the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities and the Guarantees in respect of the Securities and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture in respect of the Securities (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging the same), except (i) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described

 

-80-


in clause (a) above, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Securities under Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.10 and 8.05 and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust . All moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of Securities shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including any Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Securities.

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuers . The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuers upon Issuers Request any moneys or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities for which money or U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders . Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to permit a Successor Issuer to assume the Issuers’ covenants and obligations under this Indenture and in the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(ii) to add to the Issuers’ covenants for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities;

(iii) to surrender any of the Issuers’ rights or powers conferred in this Indenture;

(iv) to add any additional Events of Default;

(v) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent needed to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Securities in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities in any material respect;

(vi) to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as is necessary to provide for the administration of the trust by more than one trustee;

(vii) to cure any ambiguity;

 

-81-


(viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Securities and Exchange Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a single issue of securities;

(ix) to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein;

(x) to add additional Guarantees or to release any Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantees as provided by the terms of this Indenture;

(xi) to (A) secure the Securities with collateral and (B) release collateral (if any) from the Lien when permitted or required by the terms of the applicable security documents (if any have been entered into), the intercreditor agreement (if one has been entered into) or this Indenture;

(xii) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Securities to the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(xiii) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture as long as the new provisions do not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Securities; or

(xiv) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA.

Upon the request of the Issuers, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.07, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and, if applicable, the Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture. After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) With the written consent of the Holders of not less than at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, or amendments to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby:

(i) change the Stated Maturity or reduce the principal amount or the rate of interest, or extend the time for payment of interest of the Securities or any premium payable upon the redemption of the Securities, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the due date thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee);

 

-82-


(ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Securities where the consent of the Holder is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver as provided for in this Indenture; or

(iii) modify any of the waiver provisionsof this Indenture, except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security which would be affected.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. [Reserved] .

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers certifying that the requisite principal amount of Securities have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

(b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Security to deliver

 

-83-


it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.07. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Securities issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Securities may vote) as one class and no series of Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification

 

-84-


of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.08

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-85-


(h) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

(i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(j) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as each relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors . Each Subsidiary and each other Person that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.11 shall

 

-86-


promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit   D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 10.07. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

SECTION 10.08 Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be released and discharged from all obligations under this Article 10 upon:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture;

(iii) the Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option as described under Section 8.04 or if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) such Person is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(v) the Issuers designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(vi) if any such Subsidiary Guarantor no longer guarantees any Reference Indebtedness or any Reference Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer outstanding; or

(vii) the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Obligations under the Credit Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and effect, upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

-87-


ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: General Counsel

if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Facsimile: 612-217-5651

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

 

-88-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Security (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Security (or its designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depository.

SECTION 11.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by any Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with any Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

-89-


SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 11.09. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW   YORK.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 11.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.14. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 11.15. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, THE PAYING AGENT AND THE REGISTRAR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-90-


[Signature pages follow]

 

-91-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name:   Bradley S. Fox
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

S-1


GUARANTORS
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

S-2


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

S-3


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

S-4


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

S-5


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

S-6


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

 

S-7


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-8


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-9


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-10


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By:   RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-11


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

S-12


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

S-13


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name: Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

S-14


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES

1. Definitions .

1.1 Definitions .

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme , or any successor securities clearing agency.

Definitive Security ” means a certificated Security (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend if the transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Securities Legend.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Securities, The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Global Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 31, 2016 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers relating to the Securities and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Securities.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.

Regulation   S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Period ,” with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuers to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Securities that are Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.


Restricted Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) of this Appendix A.

Rule   501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend.

Transfer Restricted Global Securities ” means Global Securities bearing the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , that in no case shall an Exchange Security issued in accordance with this Indenture and the terms of any Registration Rights Agreement be a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

Unrestricted Definitive Security ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend.

Unrestricted Global Security ” means a Global Security that does not bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term :    Defined in Section :

Agent Members

   2.1(b)

Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Regulation S Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Rule 144A Global Securities

   2.1(b)

2. The Securities .

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Securities .

(a) The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

 

-2-


(b) Global Securities . (i) Rule 144A Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Securities ”). Regulation S Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Securities ”). The term “ Global Securities ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Securities and the Regulation S Global Securities. The Global Securities shall bear the Global Security Legend. The Global Securities initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Securities. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Securities for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

(ii) Transfers of Global Securities shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Securities may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Securities only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A. In addition, a Global Security shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Security and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security and the Depository or the Issuers request the issuance of such Definitive Securities. In all cases, Definitive Securities delivered in exchange for any Global Security or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested in writing by or on behalf of the Depository, in accordance with its customary procedures.

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Security as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Appendix A shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Security may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A.

(vi) The Holder of any Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

 

-3-


2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities . A Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Appendix A. Global Securities will not be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Securities except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. Global Securities also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Security may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Security . Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Security in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Security that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i) of this Appendix A, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Securities contained in this Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Transfer Restricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Security if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

 

-4-


(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities for Definitive Securities . A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be exchanged for a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A.

 

-5-


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or

(F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Security, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

 

-6-


and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Security. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Security and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Securities. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Definitive Securities . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Securities and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Securities. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Securities duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e).

 

-7-


(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . A Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(2) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Securities to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Security pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security.

 

-8-


At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Legend .

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN

 

-9-


RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Each Regulation S Security that is a Temporary Security issued pursuant to Section 2.10 shall bear a legend in substantially in the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legends:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

Each Security issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY

 

-10-


SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.”

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a Definitive Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security).

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Securities Legend on such Initial Securities shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Securities are offered Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to Initial Securities that Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Securities in global form without the Restricted Securities Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Security acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Security bear the Restricted Securities Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Security be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(vi) Any Additional Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

 

-11-


(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(j) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

(k) Transfers of Securities Held by Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.2, any certificate (i) evidencing a Security that has been transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of any Issuer, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) evidencing a Security that has been acquired from an affiliate (other than by an affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was an owner of such Security, in each case, be in the form of a permanent Definitive Security

 

-12-


and bear the Restricted Securities Legend subject to the restrictions in this Section 2.2. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.2(k). The Issuers, at their sole cost and expense, shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Trustee.

 

-13-


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Securities Legend]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

 

A-1


OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

[Temporary Regulation S Security Legend]

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-2


[FORM OF INITIAL SECURITY]

 

No.    $        

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

CUSIP No. [144A: 013093 AA7 / Reg S: U01259 AA5]

ISIN No. [144A: US013093AA74 / Reg S: USU01259AA56]

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of             Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on June 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-4


Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
WILMINGTON TRUST,NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2016. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 31, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest but including Additional Interest, if any) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

A-6


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to June 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.969

2020

     103.313

2021

     101.656

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

A-7


In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered

 

A-8


address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-9


13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers

 

A-10


under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:  

 

   
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-12


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Securities held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned:

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the Depository a Security or Securities in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Security (or the portion thereof indicated above); and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  ¨ is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  ¨ is exchanging this Security in connection with an expected transfer to an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

 

¨ has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Security or Securities; and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  ¨ is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  ¨ the transferee is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)        ¨      to the Issuers, any Parent of an Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer; or
(2)        ¨      to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)        ¨      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)        ¨      inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

A-13


(5)        ¨      outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act and such Security shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
(6)        ¨      to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)        ¨      pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers and/or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

    Date:  

 

   

 

      Your Signature  

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:  

 

   

 

  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following such
decrease or increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
           
           
           

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

           Asset Sale ¨    Change of Control Triggering Event ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

$

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

 

B-1


[FORM OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

 

No.

  $        

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

CUSIP No. 013093 AB5

ISIN No. US013093AB57

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [            ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of            Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on June 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

B-2


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

B-3


Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

B-4


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2016. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 31, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

B-5


4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Exchange Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to June 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.969

2020

     103.313

2021

     101.656

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

B-6


In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

B-7


8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of

 

B-8


at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

B-9


18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

B-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

 

Signature Guarantee:
Date:  

 

   
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

B-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
     Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
     Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following such
decrease or increase
     Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
 
           
           
           

 

B-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

Asset Sale   ¨    Change of Control Triggering Event    ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

 

$        
Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

  

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of

Transferee Letter of Representation

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”) of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”) and SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”) and Albertson’s LLC (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, Safeway and NAI, the “ Issuers ”).

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

Taxpayer ID Number:  

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuers,

 

C-1


(b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule   144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Dated:  

 

    TRANSFEREE:                                                                   ,
          by                                                                                     

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

 

D-1


5. Governing Law THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW   YORK.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.17

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement

Dated as of May 31, 2016

by and among

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SAFEWAY INC.

ALBERTSON’S LLC

and

the Guarantors listed on the Signature pages hereof,

on the one hand,

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

and

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

on the other hand

 

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on May 31, 2016 (the “ Closing Date ) , by and among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, NAI and Safeway, the “ Co-Issuers ”), and each domestic subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature page of this Agreement (the “ Original Guarantors ”), on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, each on behalf of itself and as a representative of each of the other Initial Purchasers named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), on the other hand.

This Agreement is made pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2016 by and among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Co-Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $1,250,000,000 in principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Notes ”), which are guaranteed by the Original Guarantors. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Co-Issuers and the Original Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

  1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Guarantor shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture or a joinder to the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Additional Interest shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) hereof.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement shall mean an “automatic shelf registration statement” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

Business Day shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.


Closing Date shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Co-Issuers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Co-Issuers’ successors.

Depositary shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Co-Issuers, provided , however , that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

Effectiveness Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Event Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) .

Exchange Dates shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Exchange Notes ” shall mean the new notes to be exchanged for Transfer Restricted Notes, not subject to restrictions on transfer in the United States.

Exchange Offer shall mean the exchange offer by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors of Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

Free Writing Prospectus means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or used or referred to by the Co-Issuers in connection with the sale of the Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Guarantee ” shall mean any guarantee of the obligations of the Co-Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Guarantors shall mean the Original Guarantors set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Original Guarantor’s successor and any Additional Guarantors.

Holder ” shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Transfer Restricted Notes, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Transfer Restricted Notes under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Notes for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

Indenture shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-2-


Initial Purchaser or “ Initial Purchasers shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i) .

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Notes held by the Co-Issuers and other obligors on the Notes or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount; provided , further , that if the Co-Issuers shall issue any additional Notes under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, or if applicable, prior to the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Notes and the Transfer Restricted Notes to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes has been obtained.

Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Original Guarantees shall mean the guarantees of the Notes and the Exchange Notes by the Original Guarantors under the Indenture.

Original Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Participating Broker-Dealer shall mean any of the Initial Purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Notes and exchanges Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Notes.

Person shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the 1933 Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registration Default shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

 

-3-


Registration Expenses shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained by any holder of Transfer Restricted Notes in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of FINRA (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes and any filings with FINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Transfer Restricted Notes on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and of the independent public accountants of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders as a group (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel), and any escrow agent or custodian, (viii) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, and (ix) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes by a Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as specifically provided above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, or the fees and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith.

Registration Statement shall mean any registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors which covers any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Shelf Registration Statement shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 , including an Automatic

 

-4-


Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, which covers all or a portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iii) .

TIA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” shall mean the Notes; provided , however , that the Notes shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Notes on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes has become effective under the 1933 Act and such Notes have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Notes cease to be outstanding under the Indenture or (iii) the date on which such Notes are distributed to the public by a broker dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

Underwriter shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

WKSI ” shall mean a “well-known seasoned issuer” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

 

  2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

 

  2.1 Exchange Offer .

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, with respect to any Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (X) cause to be filed and to become effective an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to exchange all such Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes and (Y) have such Registration Statement remain effective until the earlier of (i) 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker Dealers if one or more broker dealers notify the Co-Issuers in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker Dealers or (ii) such time as such broker dealer no longer own any Transfer Restricted Notes. Subject to clause (Y) above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than the 450th day following the Closing Date.

(b) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Co-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ cost, commence the Exchange Offer, if any, by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Transfer Restricted Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

-5-


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

(iii) that any Transfer Restricted Notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Transfer Restricted Note exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Transfer Restricted Note, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Transfer Restricted Notes exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if any, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder makes representations and warranties to the Co-Issuers that (a) it is not an affiliate of any Co-Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act or, if an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act and will provide information to be included in a Shelf Registration Statement in order to have its Exchange Notes included in such Shelf Registration Statement, (b) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (c) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (d) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Transfer Restricted Notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such broker-dealer will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, and (e) it has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes) to transfer such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.

 

-6-


(d) The Exchange Notes, if any, shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to Additional Interest or the securities law transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and none of the Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

(e) As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Transfer Restricted Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which shall be an exhibit thereto;

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Notes to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(f) Interest on each Exchange Note, including Additional Interest, will accrue (a) from the later of (i) the last date on which interest was paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Transfer Restricted Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (b) if no interest has been paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes, from the date of issuance. If requested in writing, the Co-Issuers shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer.

(g) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (1) the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, (2) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer and (3) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained that the Co-Issuers deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

 

-7-


2.2 Shelf Registration .

(a) If,

(i) the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors would otherwise be required to consummate an Exchange Offer Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 but determine that such Exchange Offer Registration is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law, SEC rules and regulations or any interpretation of the staff of the SEC,

(ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or

(iii) upon the written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Transfer Restricted Notes that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer,

the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to the Holders and the Trustee written notice thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective by the 90 th day following such determination, date or Shelf Request.

(b) In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to a Shelf Request, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Notes after the completion of the Exchange Offer if otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (including through post-effective amendments on Form S-3 if the Co-Issuers are eligible to use such Form) until the date that is one year from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or such shorter period ending when no Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement constitute Transfer Restricted Notes (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-8-


(d) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other than Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that if the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes is registered pursuant to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the foregoing prohibition shall apply only to the supplement or amendment covering such registration. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below.

(e) If the Co-Issuers are obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 , and at the time such obligation arises, the Company is a WKSI, then, in lieu of filing such Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers shall file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or supplement or amend an existing Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, as appropriate, to include the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in such registration and set forth in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (or supplement or amendment thereto), within the time frame specified in this Section 2.2 .

2.3 Expenses .  The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 . Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

2.4 Effectiveness .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed not to have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite period if either any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor voluntarily takes any action that would, or omits to take any action which omission would, result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective, or in the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period as and to the extent contemplated hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law, in each case other than under the circumstances described in Sections 3(e)(iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) below.

(b) Neither an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof nor a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, if not otherwise effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462, will be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that if, after it becomes effective, the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will not be effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

-9-


2.5 Additional Interest .

(a) In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement is required in accordance with Section 2.2 and such Shelf Registration Statement (x) does not become effective on or prior to the 90 th day following (A) the date of such determination, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) , (B) such date, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(ii) (which in no event shall be earlier than the date the Exchange Offer is required to be completed pursuant to clause 2.5(a)(i) above) or (C) the date of such Shelf Request, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(iii) , or (y) becomes effective but ceases to be effective or the corresponding Prospectus ceases to be usable at any time during the Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (any event referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) a “ Registration Default ”), then, in each case, the interest rate on the Transfer Restricted Notes will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum, in each case until the earlier of the date such Registration Default is cured or the date on which no Notes constitute Transfer Restricted Notes. Any amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed “ Additional Interest for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”). Any Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the Holder of Notes with respect to which Additional Interest is due and owing. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

 

  3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time periods specified in Section 2 , on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, which form (i) shall be selected by the Co-Issuers, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof,

 

-10-


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period required pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 ; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer); and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, at least five business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement (except in the case of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, in which case at least five business days prior to the inclusion of information regarding selling security holders in the Prospectus forming a part of such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) with respect to such Transfer Restricted Notes is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes will be made in accordance with the method selected by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Holder so requests, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Transfer Restricted Notes; and (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Transfer Restricted Notes under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Transfer Restricted Notes owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) , or (ii) take any action which would subject them to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject;

 

-11-


(e) notify promptly each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes under a Shelf Registration or any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Co-Issuers that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in clause (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement have become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the 1933 Act, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Co-Issuers that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which section shall be in customary form, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that holds Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Notes to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker dealer who receives Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered

 

-12-


to the Co-Issuers the notice referred to in Section 3(e) , without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:

“If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes received in respect of such Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer;” and

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer’s making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Transfer Restricted Notes, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act;

(g) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest practicable moment, and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested in writing, furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Notes to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes;

(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as

 

-13-


promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Notes or Participating Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified;

(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document; and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers shall object;

(l) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with certificates for the Exchange Notes or the Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

(m) (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Transfer Restricted Notes, and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration, cause or maintain, as the case may be, the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be, or continue to be, so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes and if so requested by the holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

(i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and the underwriters, if any, as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are able to make, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

-14-


(ii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain opinions of counsel to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(iii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Co-Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Co-Issuers or of any business acquired by the Co-Issuers for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

(iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Transfer Restricted Notes, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

(v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

 

-15-


The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing, all non-confidential financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by such persons;

(p) if so requested by the Initial Purchasers, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes; and

(q) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the Initial Purchasers, if so requested, to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, to counsel for such Holders designated by them and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of such Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof relating to such Holders or such Transfer Restricted Notes as the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for such Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Majority Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, the counsel for such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter;

(r) [reserved];

 

-16-


(s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Notes to be rated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any;

(t) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to their security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(u) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA);

(v) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Co-Issuers have received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(w) so long as any Transfer Restricted Notes remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon such Person becoming an Additional Guarantor, to execute a joinder to this Agreement; and

(x) amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the staff of the SEC. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this clause (x) .

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to furnish to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Co-Issuers and Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(iii), (v), (vi) or (vii) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement

 

-17-


until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Co-Issuers and Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors (at its expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Notes current at the time of receipt of such notice.

If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may suspend the disposition of Transfers Restricted Notes no more than an aggregate of 90 days in any 365-day period.

 

  4. Indemnification; Contribution .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers and each of their affiliates and any other Person under common control with the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter (any such Person being an “ Underwriter ”) and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively the “ Issuer Indemnitees ”) as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-18-


(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph for (ii) above;

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning any Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers by any Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); and provided , further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not inure to the benefit of any Issuer Indemnitee from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Notes concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Notes was required to be delivered by such Issuer Indemnitee in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Issuer Indemnitee results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the sale of such Notes to such person, a copy of such prospectus if the Co-Issuers had previously furnished copies thereof to such Issuer Indemnitee.

(b) Each Issuer Indemnitee, severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Co-Issuers, any Guarantor, any Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors by such Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided , however , that no such Issuer Indemnitee shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Issuer Indemnitee from the sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

-19-


(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 , is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Issuer Indemnitees, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Issuer Indemnitees on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors or the Issuer Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Issuer Indemnitees agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4 . The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include

 

-20-


any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 4 , each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, and each Person, if any, who controls any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors. The Initial Purchasers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4 , in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which all of the Notes sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay under Section 4(b) hereof.

The remedies provided for in this Section 4 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Issuer Indemnitees or any Person controlling any Issuer Indemnitee, or by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that the indemnity and contribution rights provided for, in this Section 4 shall not extend to any losses, liabilities or other damages arising out of actions occurring after the termination of this Agreement.

 

  5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Rule 144 and Rule 144A .   If and for so long as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will file and furnish the reports required to be filed by them under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder. If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors cease to be so required to file and furnish such reports, the Co-Issuers and Guarantors covenant that they will upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably

 

-21-


request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Transfer Restricted Notes without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements.

5.2 No Inconsistent Agreements .   The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have not entered into, and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will not after the date of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Co-Issuers’ or Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

5.3 Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

5.4 Notices .   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Co-Issuers by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 , which address initially, and until so changed, is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 .

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture at the address specified therein.

5.5 Successor and Assigns .   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer

 

-22-


Restricted Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Notes, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Notes such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement

5.6 Third Party Beneficiaries .   The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

5.7 Remedies .   Each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

5.8 Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.

5.9 Headings .   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

5.10 Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the state of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

5.11 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

[signature page follows]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name:   Bradley S. Fox
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary


GUARANTORS
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                              INCORPORATED
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers
By:     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                         Incorporated
By:    

/s/ Aashish Dhakad

    Name: Aashish Dhakad
    Title:   Director
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers
By:     Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:    

/s/ Ali Mehdi

    Name: Ali Mehdi
    Title:   Managing Director


Schedule A

Initial Purchasers

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc.

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

Exhibit 10.25

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT No. 3 and CONSENT , dated as of February 11, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, as further amended by Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, as further amended by this Amendment and as may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, (i) certain of the Borrowers and the Guarantors have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, as amended and restated as of December 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of January 30, 2015 (the “ Existing Security Agreement ”) with the Agent, and (ii) the Parent Borrower, the other Co-Borrowers, the Guarantors, Agent, and the other parties thereto from time to time as lenders have entered into the Term Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement permits amendments of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the consent of the Agent, the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower desires to amend the Term Loan Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower desires to amend and restate the Existing Security Agreement and have the Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors execute in the Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ A&R Security Agreement ”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the A&R Security Agreement or the Term Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2.  Amendments . Effective as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), the Financing Agreements are hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 10.1(mm) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety with the following:

“(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;”.


(b) The first sentence of Section 11.3 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding “and the Security Agreement” immediately after “Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements”.

(c) The first sentence of Section 14.2(g) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding “and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position” immediately after “Escrow Release Date”.

(d) All references to the Existing Security Agreement in any Financing Agreement and all references in the Existing Security Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Existing Security Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the A&R Security Agreement.

SECTION 3.  Consent to enter into the A&R Security Agreement . Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4, the Agent and the Required Lenders hereby consent to the Agent entering into the A&R Security Agreement on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

SECTION 4.  Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) that Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party and the Required Lenders.

SECTION 5.  Representations and Warranties . The Parent Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that (x) each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment and (y) each reference to the Security Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the A&R Security Agreement, (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.  Further Assurances . (a) Each Grantor (as defined in the A&R Security Agreement) agrees that from time to time upon the reasonable request of Agent, at Grantor’s own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Amendment.

(b) The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 7.  GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE


OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

SECTION 8.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 9.  Headings . The headings in this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 10.  Effect of Amendment . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements. This Amendment shall constitute a Financing Agreement for purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, all references to the Term Loan Agreement in any Financing Agreement and all references in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Term Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment. The Borrowers hereby consent to this Amendment and confirm that all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under the Financing Agreements to which each is a party shall continue to apply to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby and to the A&R Security Agreement.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Perkins

  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary
ASP REALTY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By:   GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

Name:   Bill O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


[LENDER NAME]  

 

  ,
as a Lender  
By:  

 

Name:    
Title:    
[By:  

 

Name:    
Title:]    

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 days of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

With respect to each Mortgaged Property of New Albertson’s Inc. and its subsidiaries described in the Perfection Certificate, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

(i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value),

(ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, Mortgage Policies issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided, however, the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), and

(iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.


Exhibit A

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

by

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower

and

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO

FROM TIME TO TIME

and

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch,

as Agent

Dated as of March 21, 2013

amended and restated as of December 27, 2013

further amended and restated as of January 30, 2015

further amended and restated as of February 11, 2016

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
PREAMBLE      1   
RECITALS      1   
AGREEMENT      2   
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   
SECTION 1.1.   Definitions      2   
SECTION 1.2.   Interpretation      8   
SECTION 1.3.   Perfection Certificate      8   
ARTICLE II   
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS   
SECTION 2.1.   Pledge; Grant of Security Interest      9   
SECTION 2.2.   Secured Obligations      10   
SECTION 2.3.   Security Interest      10   
ARTICLE III   
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;   
USE OF COLLATERAL   
SECTION 3.1.   Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral      11   
SECTION 3.2.   Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral      11   
SECTION 3.3.   Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest      12   
SECTION 3.4.   Further Filings      12   
SECTION 3.5.   Other Actions      12   
SECTION 3.6.   Supplements, Further Assurances      15   
SECTION 3.7.   NAI Restricted Collateral      15   
ARTICLE IV   
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS   
SECTION 4.1.   Title      15   
SECTION 4.2.   Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral      16   
SECTION 4.3.   Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization      16   
SECTION 4.4.   Location of Inventory and Equipment      16   
SECTION 4.5.   Reserved      16   
SECTION 4.6.   Due Authorization and Issuance      16   
SECTION 4.7.  

No Conflicts, Consents, etc .

     16   

 

-i-


SECTION 4.8.   Collateral      17   
SECTION 4.9.   Insurance      17   
ARTICLE V   
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL   
SECTION 5.1.   Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral      17   
SECTION 5.2.  

Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .

     18   
SECTION 5.3.   Reserved      19   
SECTION 5.4.  

Defaults, Etc .

     19   
SECTION 5.5.   Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests      19   
ARTICLE VI   
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL   
PROPERTY COLLATERAL   
SECTION 6.1.   Grant of License      19   
SECTION 6.2.   Registrations      20   
SECTION 6.3.   No Violations or Proceedings      20   
SECTION 6.4.   Protection of Agent’s Security      20   
SECTION 6.5.   After-Acquired Property      21   
SECTION 6.6.   Modifications      21   
SECTION 6.7.   Litigation      21   
SECTION 6.8.   Third Party Consents      21   
ARTICLE VII   
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS   
SECTION 7.1.   [Reserved]      22   
SECTION 7.2.   Maintenance of Records      22   
SECTION 7.3.   Legend      22   
SECTION 7.4.  

Modification of Terms, Etc .

     22   
SECTION 7.5.   Collection      22   
ARTICLE VIII   
REMEDIES   
SECTION 8.1.   Remedies      22   
SECTION 8.2.   Notice of Sale      24   
SECTION 8.3.   Waiver of Notice and Claims      24   
SECTION 8.4.   Certain Sales of Collateral      25   
SECTION 8.5.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      25   
SECTION 8.6.   Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property      26   
SECTION 8.7.   Application of Proceeds      26   

 

-ii-


ARTICLE IX   
MISCELLANEOUS   
SECTION 9.1.   Concerning the Agent      27   
SECTION 9.2.   Agent May Perform; Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact      28   
SECTION 9.3.   Reserved      28   
SECTION 9.4.   Continuing Security Interest; Assignment      28   
SECTION 9.5.   Termination; Release      29   
SECTION 9.6.   Modification in Writing      30   
SECTION 9.7.   Notices      31   
SECTION 9.8.   GOVERNING LAW      31   
SECTION 9.9.   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      31   
SECTION 9.10.   Severability of Provisions      32   
SECTION 9.11.   Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness      32   
SECTION 9.12.   No Release      32   
SECTION 9.13.   Obligations Absolute      33   
SECTION 9.14.   Intercreditor Agreement      33   
SECTION 9.15.   Additional Grantors      33   
ARTICLE X   
ASC DEBENTURES   
SECTION 10.1.   ASC Debentures      34   

SIGNATURES

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Form of Securities Pledge Amendment

EXHIBIT 2

 

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 3

 

Form of Patent Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 4

 

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 5

 

Form of Security Agreement Supplement

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Intercompany Notes

SCHEDULE II

 

Filings, Registration and Recordings

SCHEDULE III

 

Pledged Interests

 

-iii-


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of March 21, 2013, amended and restated as of December 27, 2013, as further amended and restated as of January 30, 2015 and as further amended as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Security Agreement ”) by (i) ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as Parent Borrower (the “ Parent Borrower ”), (ii) SAFEWAY, INC. ( “ Safeway ”), (iii) SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC (“ Spirit ”), (iv) NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”), (v) UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. (“United” and, together with Safeway, Spirit and NAI, the “ Co-Borrowers ”, each, a “ Co-Borrower ” and together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), (vi) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”) and the OTHER GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO (collectively, the “ Original Guarantors ”) AND THE OTHER GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO BY EXECUTION OF A SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT 5 HERETO (the “ Additional Guarantors ,” and together with the Original Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrowers, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Grantors ,” and each, a “ Grantor ”) and (vii) CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as Agent for the Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement defined below) pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the 2037 Debentures Holders (as defined herein), as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Certain of the Grantors and Citibank, N.A., as predecessor to the Agent entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (the “ 2013 Security Agreement ”) as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (the “ A&R Security Agreement ”) and as further amended and restated by that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2015 (the “ Second A&R Security Agreement ”, as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Security Agreement ”).

B. The Borrowers, Guarantors, the Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, among others, are party to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and Amendment No. 3 dated the date hereof (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) and pursuant to that certain Guaranty contained in the Credit Agreement, the Guarantors have, among other things, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

C. The Borrowers and the Guarantors have received and will continue to receive, substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Agreements and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Security Agreement.

D. This Security Agreement is given by each Grantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined) (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations).


A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor and the Agent hereby agree to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(b) Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

2013 Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

2037 ASC Debentures ” means the 7.50% Debentures due May 2037 issued under the ASC Indenture.

2037 ASC Debentures Holders ” shall mean the holders from time to time of the 2037 ASC Debentures and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee.

2037 ASC Debentures Obligations ” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of the unpaid principal amount of, and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on, the 2037 ASC Debentures, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of Holdings under or pursuant to the ASC Indenture.

2037 ASC Debentures Trustee ” shall mean the trustee under the ASC Indenture.

A&R Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

ABL Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, by and among Holdings, Albertson’s LLC, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as ABL Collateral Agent and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Term Collateral Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-2-


Additional Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

ASC ” shall mean American Stores Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of Holdings.

ASC Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between ASC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to the First National Bank of Chicago), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of January 23, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of July 6, 2005, Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of July 21, 2008, Supplemental Indenture No. 4 dated as of March 21, 2013, and Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of January 22, 2014, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Blocked Account Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Claims ” shall mean any and all property taxes and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and all claims (including, without limitation, landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law) against, all or any portion of the Collateral.

Co-Borrower ” and “ Co-Borrowers ” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Preamble hereof.

Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

Contracts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Grantor and any other party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

Control ” shall mean (i) in the case of each DDA, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, and (ii) in the case of any uncertificated security, Securities Account or security entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC.

Control Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements and the Securities Account Control Agreements.

Copyright Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto.

Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common Law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Grantor, in each case, whether

 

-3-


now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Grantor, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital B hereof.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent with respect to any Deposit Account of a Grantor.

Distributions ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Restricted Payments from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Grantor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

Dominion Trigger Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Excluded Property ” shall mean the following:

(a) any lease, license or other agreement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code notwithstanding such prohibition;

(b) any intent-to-use Trademark applications for which a Statement of Use has not been filed with and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any other Intellectual Property Collateral for which the creation by a Grantor of a security interest therein is prohibited without the consent of third party or by applicable Law;

(c) any deposit or securities accounts used solely for trust, payroll, payroll tax or petty cash purposes or employee wage or welfare benefit payments;

(d) any Real Property (i) that is not Material Real Property but not any Collateral located on such Real Property or (ii) with respect to which any Grantor holds the tenant’s interest under a space lease other than an intercompany lease;

(e) the Equity Interests in the Excluded Subsidiaries;

(f) motor vehicles and other equipment subject to certificates of title;

(g) property in which a pledge or security interest is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (but only for so long as such prohibition shall remain in effect);

(h) Equity Interests, deposits with, and other Investments in purchasing cooperatives of which any Loan Party is a member as permitted by the Credit Agreement;

 

-4-


(i) receivables sold in connection with any Qualified Receivables Financing;

(j) assets owned by any Grantor on the Original Closing Date or thereafter acquired and any proceeds thereof that are subject to a Lien securing a purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such assets and proceeds;

(k) any property of a person existing at the time such person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Grantor that is subject to a Lien permitted under Section 10.1(n) of the Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property;

(l) assets with respect to which the cost of obtaining a security interest in such assets is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby, as agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing in their good faith reasonable discretion;

(n) Safeway’s Equity Interest in Casa Ley (and any dividends or distributions received in respect of such equity interests) or any assets of Casa Ley; and

(o) cash and other assets set aside for payment to the former shareholders of Safeway in connection with the PDC CVR Agreement (as defined in the Safeway Merger Agreement);

provided , however , that in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of this definition, such property shall constitute “Excluded Property” only to the extent and for so long as (i) with respect to intent-to-use Trademark applications a Statement of Use has not been filed with and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office; and (ii) with respect to all other Collateral, such license, license agreement, contract, permit, lease or applicable Law validly prohibits the creation of a Lien on such property in favor of the Agent and, upon the acceptance of such Statement of Use with respect to intent-to-use Trademark applications or the termination of such prohibition (howsoever occurring), such property shall cease to constitute “Excluded Property”; provided further , that “Excluded Property” shall not include the right to receive any proceeds arising therefrom or any other rights referred to in Sections 9-406(f), 9-407(a) or 9-408(a) of the UCC or any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property).

Goodwill ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, the goodwill connected with such Grantor’s business including, without limitation, (i) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the Intellectual Property Collateral in which such Grantor has any interest, (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any Person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill and (iii) all product lines of such Grantor’s business.

Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

-5-


Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses and Goodwill.

Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Grantor, all intercompany notes described on Schedule I hereto and each intercompany note hereafter acquired by such Grantor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent not prohibited by the Financing Agreements and to the extent not constituting Excluded Property.

IP Security Agreement ” shall mean any Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement, or Trademark Security Agreement as the context requires.

Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all license and distribution agreements with any other Person with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Grantor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

Maximum NAI Credit Facility Amount ” means, on the date on which Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party is secured by a Lien on NAI Restricted Collateral (such date, the “ NAI Collateral Test Date ”), for so long as there is Indebtedness arising pursuant to the NAI Indenture and the provisions of the NAI Indenture limit the amount of Debt (as defined in the NAI Indenture) that may be secured by the NAI Restricted Collateral are in effect, the maximum amount of all Obligations (including, to the extent provided in Section 10.1 hereof, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) and other Indebtedness secured by Liens thereon that would be permitted to be secured by NAI Restricted Collateral in accordance with, and without contravening, the terms of the NAI Indenture then outstanding and without giving rise to any obligation on the part of any Loan Party to grant an equal and ratable Lien on any of the NAI Restricted Collateral in favor of the holders of any of the NAI Notes to secure the obligations and Indebtedness outstanding thereunder.

NAI Group ” means New Albertson’s, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.

NAI Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992, between the Borrower and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as successor trustee to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of June 1, 2006, and Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of December 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified).

NAI Notes ” shall mean the notes issued by the New Albertson’s, Inc. under the NAI Indenture prior to June 27, 2014.

NAI Restricted Collateral ” means property of NAI and its Subsidiaries consisting of any “Principal Property” (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) or shares of capital stock or Debt (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) of any Subsidiary of NAI (which Debt (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) is then held by NAI or any of its Subsidiaries).

 

-6-


Original Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Patent Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.

Patents ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications made by such Grantor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, those patents, patent applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean that certain information certificate, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as supplemented as of December 27, 2013, as of January 30, 2015 and as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by each Grantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in the form of that certain information certificate, dated as of the date hereof and referred to above or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Borrower or Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of a joinder agreement hereto, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

Pledge Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

Pledged Interests ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Equity Interests in any issuer now existing or hereafter acquired or formed that constitute Collateral, including, without limitation, all Equity Interests of such issuer described in Schedule III hereof, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests issued by any such issuer under the Organization Documents of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner, and all other Investment Property owned by such Grantor; provided , however , that to the extent applicable, Pledged Interests shall not include any interest possessing more than 65% of the voting power or control of all classes of interests entitled to vote of any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent such pledge would result in an adverse tax consequence to the Grantor.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Interests and the Successor Interests.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

-7-


Secured Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations.

Securities Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent with respect to any Securities Account of a Grantor.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such in the Preamble hereof.

Successor Interests ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all shares of each class of the capital stock of the successor corporation or interests or certificates of the successor limited liability company, partnership or other entity owned by such Grantor (unless such successor is such Grantor itself) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger in which any Grantor is not the surviving entity; provided , however , that Successor Interests shall not include shares or interests possessing more than 65% of the voting power or control of all classes of capital stock or interests entitled to vote of any Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent such pledge would result in an adverse tax consequence to such Grantor.

Trademark Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Grantor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common Law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Security Agreement.

SECTION 1.3. Perfection Certificate . The Agent and each Grantor agree that the Perfection Certificate, and all schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Security Agreement.

 

-8-


ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Pledge; Grant of Security Interest .

As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations), each Grantor hereby pledges and grants, and, to the extent applicable, confirms its continuing prior pledge and grant, to the Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), of a lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under all of the following property and interests of such Grantor in such property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), including, without limitation:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Goods, including Equipment, Inventory and Fixtures;

(iii) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

(iv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(v) all Securities Collateral;

(vi) all Investment Property;

(vii) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

(viii) all Commercial Tort Claims, including, without limitation, those described in Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate;

(ix) all General Intangibles;

(x) all Deposit Accounts;

(xi) all Supporting Obligations;

(xii) all books and records relating to the Collateral; and

(xiii) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, the security interest created by this Security Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall

 

-9-


not include, any Excluded Property and the Grantors shall from time to time at the reasonable request of the Agent give written notice to the Agent identifying in reasonable detail the Excluded Property and shall provide to the Agent such other information regarding the Excluded Property as the Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 2.2. Secured Obligations . This Security Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations).

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 2.2 or anything else contained in this Security Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, for so long as the NAI Indenture is in effect and includes any limitation on the amount of Indebtedness of the NAI Group that may be secured by the NAI Restricted Collateral, the aggregate amount of all Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) secured under the Collateral Documents by NAI Restricted Collateral shall not, at any time, exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum NAI Credit Facility Amount as calculated on the latest NAI Collateral Test Date and (y) an amount as otherwise determined pursuant to any Intercreditor Agreement or another intecreditor agreement applicable to other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans entered into with the Agent in accordance with the Financing Documents.

SECTION 2.3. Security Interest .

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to authenticate and file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, (i) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor, (ii) a description of the Collateral as “all assets of the Grantor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Agent promptly upon request.

(b) Each Grantor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) or other necessary documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder in any Intellectual Property Collateral, without the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Agent, as secured party.

(d) This Security Agreement amends and restates the Original Security Agreement. The obligations under the Original Security Agreement of the Grantors party thereto and the grant of security interest in the Collateral under the Original Security Agreement by the applicable Grantors party thereto shall continue under this Security Agreement, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished, annulled or otherwise affected in any manner hereby, but shall hereafter be governed by this Security Agreement. All references to the Security Agreement in any Financing Agreement or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith and all references in the Security Agreement to “this

 

-10-


Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of like import referring to the Security Agreement shall, in each case, be deemed to refer to the Original Security Agreement, as amended and restated pursuant to this Security Agreement and the provisions hereof. It is understood and agreed that the Original Security Agreement is being amended and restated by entry into this Security Agreement on the date hereof. To the extent applicable, the Grantors hereby acknowledge, confirm and agree that any financing statements, fixture filings, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or other instrument similar in effect to the foregoing under applicable law covering all or any part of the Collateral previously filed in favor of the Agent under the Original Security Agreement are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and effectuate the perfection of the security interests granted under the Original Security Agreement and this Security Agreement, and each Grantor ratifies its authorization for the Agent to file in any relevant jurisdictions any such financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument relating to all or any part of the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral . Subject to Section 3.7, each Grantor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Agent has a perfected security interest therein subject only to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent. Subject to Section 3.7, each Grantor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof, shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) upon receipt thereof by such Grantor be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement pursuant hereto. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, but subject to Section 8.2, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, the Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, with written notice to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in blank.

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral . Each Grantor represents and warrants that the Agent has a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law and the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent) in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof and that the Organization Documents of the issuer of such Pledged Securities do not require the consent of the other shareholders, members, partners or other Person to permit the Agent or its designee to be substituted for the applicable Grantor as a shareholder, member, partner or other equity owner, as applicable, thereto (other than those consents which have already been obtained). Subject only to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and upon the reasonable request of the Agent, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute customary pledge forms or other documents necessary to complete the pledge and give the Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Securities under the terms hereof.

 

-11-


SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Grantor represents and warrants that the only filings, registrations and recordings necessary to perfect the security interest granted by each Grantor to the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) pursuant to this Security Agreement in respect of the Collateral in which the security interest may be perfected by such filings, recording and registration are listed on Schedule II hereto. Each Grantor represents and warrants that all such filings, registrations and recordings have been delivered to the Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule II . Each Grantor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, (i) such Grantor will maintain the security interest created by this Security Agreement in the Collateral as a perfected security interest subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), (ii) such Grantor shall furnish to the Agent from time to time such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and (iii) at any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable written request of the Agent, such Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and file and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably request, including the filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Security Agreement) under the UCC (or other applicable Laws) in effect in any United States jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and in such offices (including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by applicable Law in each case to perfect, continue and maintain a valid, enforceable, first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law and the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent in the ABL Priority Collateral as provided herein) and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Agent hereunder, as against the Grantors and third parties (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), with respect to the Collateral.

SECTION 3.4. Further Filings . Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including this Security Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting or continuing the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder, without the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Agent, as secured party.

SECTION 3.5. Other Actions . In order to further evidence the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Agent to enforce, the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, each Grantor represents, warrants and agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, with respect to the following Collateral that:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof (i) no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral in excess of $500,000 is evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed on Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate and (ii) each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper evidencing an obligation in excess of $500,000 listed in Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate, to the extent requested by the Agent, has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in

 

-12-


blank. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral in excess of $500,000 shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, the Grantor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

(b) Deposit Accounts . Each Grantor party hereto on the date hereof agrees that starting on the date hereof for each Grantor party to the Security Agreement immediately prior to the date hereof and, with respect to any Person that becomes a Grantor on the date hereof, after the expiration of 90 days after the date hereof or such longer period as the Agent may reasonably agree, it will not establish or maintain any Deposit Accounts, other than Deposit Accounts subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or any Deposit Accounts that are excluded from the requirements to be subject to a Blocked Account Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the ABL Credit Agreement. Each other Grantor agrees that it will not establish or maintain any Deposit Accounts, other than Deposit Accounts subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or any Deposit Accounts that are excluded from the requirements to be subject to a Blocked Account Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the ABL Credit Agreement.

(c) Investment Property .

(i) As of the date hereof (1) it has no Securities Accounts other than those listed on Schedule 13 of the Perfection Certificate, (2) it does not hold, own or have any interest in any certificated securities or uncertificated securities constituting Collateral other than those constituting Pledged Securities with respect to which the Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such Pledged Securities (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law).

(ii) If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Collateral required to be pledged hereunder, such Grantor shall promptly (a) notify the Agent thereof and if requested by the Agent, endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or (b) if requested by the Agent, deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Securities Account Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Agent. If any securities constituting Collateral required to be pledged hereunder now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, if requested by the Agent, (a) grant the Agent Control over such uncertificated securities pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, (b) deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Securities Account Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Agent or (c) arrange for the Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. Each Grantor shall not establish and maintain any Securities Account with any Securities Intermediary unless (1) the applicable Grantor shall have given the Agent ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Securities Account with such Securities Intermediary and (2) such Securities Intermediary and such Grantor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account. Each Grantor shall accept any cash and Investment Property which are proceeds of the Pledged Interests in trust for the benefit of the Agent and promptly upon receipt thereof, deposit any cash received by it into an account in which the Agent has Control, or with respect to any Investment Properties or additional securities, take such actions as required above with respect to such securities. The Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Agent shall not give any entitlement orders or instructions or directions

 

-13-


to any issuer of uncertificated securities or Securities Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. No Grantor shall grant Control over any Pledged Securities constituting Collateral and required to be pledged hereunder to any Person other than the Agent, any Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), any Additional Pari Term Debt Agent or Additional Pari Second Lien Notes Agent (each as defined in and pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or the ABL Collateral Agent (pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

(iii) As between the Agent and the Grantors, the Grantors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a security entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the Control of, the Agent, a Securities Intermediary, any Grantor or any other Person; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 3.5(c) shall release or relieve any Securities Intermediary of its duties and obligations to the Grantors or any other Person under any Control Agreement or under applicable Law. Each Grantor shall promptly pay all Claims and fees of whatever kind or nature with respect to the Pledged Securities pledged by it under this Security Agreement. In the event any Grantor shall fail to make such payment contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Agent may do so for the account of such Grantor and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Agent for all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent under this Section 3.5(c) in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction). If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, the Grantor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control under UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Agent’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If such Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Letter of Credit issued pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement), such Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and such Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, at the request of the Agent, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Agent

 

-14-


of, and to pay to the Agent, the proceeds of, any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Agent to become the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the ABL Credit Agreement.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed on Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Agent in writing signed by such Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Security Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements , Further Assurances . Each Grantor shall take such further actions, and execute and deliver to the Agent such additional assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Agent may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary, wherever required by Law, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Collateral as and to the extent provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Agent hereunder, or permit the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Grantor, such suits and proceedings as the Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors. The Grantors and the Agent acknowledge that this Security Agreement is intended to grant to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a security interest in and a Lien upon the Collateral and shall not constitute or create a present assignment of any of the Collateral.

SECTION 3.7. NAI Restricted Collateral . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Agent has so requested, no physical delivery of any Pledged Security and/or Intercompany Notes that constitutes NAI Restricted Collateral shall be required to be delivered to the Agent.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

In addition to, and without limitation of, each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title . No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent, any Additional Pari Term Debt Agent or Additional Pari Second Lien Notes Agent (each as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Person other than the Agent has Control or possession of all or any part of the Collateral consisting of Instruments, Pledged Securities, Investment Property, Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

-15-


SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral . Each Grantor is as of the date hereof, and, as to Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor will be, the sole direct and beneficial owner of all Collateral pledged by it hereunder free from any Lien or other right, title or interest of any Person other than the Liens and security interests created by this Security Agreement and Permitted Liens. Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Agent and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all Persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Agent or any other Secured Party (and, to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) other than Permitted Liens. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, there is no agreement, and no Grantor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Grantors’ obligations or the rights of the Agent hereunder.

SECTION 4.3. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization .

(a) The exact legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, federal taxpayer identification number, organizational identification number and chief executive office of such Grantor is indicated next to its name on Schedules 1 and 2 of the Perfection Certificate.

(b) The Agent may rely on opinions of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Grantors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 4.3(a). If any Grantor fails to provide information to the Agent about any changes to information on Schedules 1 and 2 of the Perfection Certificate when required by the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Grantor’s property constituting Collateral, for which the Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Grantor does not inform the Agent of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Agent to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Grantor.

SECTION 4.4. Location of Inventory and Equipment . As of the date hereof, all Equipment and Inventory of such Grantor is located at the chief executive office or such other location listed in the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 4.5. Reserved .

SECTION 4.6. Due Authorization and Issuance . All of the Pledged Interests have been, and to the extent any Pledged Interests are hereafter issued, such shares or other equity interests will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and, to the extent applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. All of the Pledged Interests have been fully paid for, and there is no amount or other obligation owing by any Grantor to any issuer of the Pledged Interests in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Interests or any Grantor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Interests.

SECTION 4.7. No Conflicts, Consents, etc . No consent of any party (including, without limitation, equity holders or creditors of such Grantor) and no consent, authorization, approval, license or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or other Person is required (A) for the grant of the security interest by such Grantor of the Collateral pledged by it pursuant to this Security Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance hereof by

 

-16-


such Grantor, (B) for the exercise by the Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement or (C) subject to Section 6.1 hereof, for the exercise by the Agent of the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement except, in each case, for such consents which have been obtained prior to the date hereof and for those filings contemplated by Section 8.27 of the Credit Agreement. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if the Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Security Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Agent, such Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist and aid the Agent to obtain as soon as commercially practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Collateral . All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in the Perfection Certificate, in each case, relating to the Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. As of the date hereof, the Collateral described on the schedules annexed hereto constitutes all of the property of such type of Collateral owned or held by the Grantors.

SECTION 4.9. Insurance . Such Grantor shall (i) maintain or shall cause to be maintained such insurance as is required pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement; (ii) maintain such other insurance as may be required by applicable Law; and (iii) furnish to the Agent, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact), exercisable only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of the Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, the Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Agent in connection with this Section 4.9, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral . Each Grantor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any Person required to be pledged hereunder, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Agent and forthwith deliver to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Grantor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1 annexed hereto (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Security Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Security Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral.

 

-17-


SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .

(i) Subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement evidencing the Secured Obligations (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Indenture with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations). The Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Grantor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 5.2(i).

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and after written notice from the Agent to the Parent Borrower, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all rights of each Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(i) hereof without any action, other than, in the case of any Securities Collateral, or the giving of any notice shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; provided that, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default to permit such Grantor to exercise such rights under Section 5.2(i) hereof. After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to exercise the voting, managerial and other consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 5.2(i) hereof.

(iii) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with, and to the extent permitted by, the provisions of the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent to hold as Collateral and shall, if received by any Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). The Agent shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to this Section 5.2(iii).

(iv) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, all rights of each Grantor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(iii) hereof shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, become vested in the Agent, which shall thereupon, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such Distributions. After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to receive the Distributions which it would be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(ii).

 

-18-


(v) Each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Agent appropriate instruments as the Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(ii) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(iv) hereof.

(vi) All Distributions which are received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall immediately be paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 5.3. Reserved .

SECTION 5.4. Defaults, Etc . Such Grantor is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Grantor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it, and such Grantor is not in violation of any other provisions of any such agreement to which such Grantor is a party, or otherwise in default or violation thereunder. No Securities Collateral pledged by such Grantor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Grantor by any Person with respect thereto, and as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organization Documents and certificates, if any, delivered to the Agent) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Grantor.

SECTION 5.5. Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests .

(i) In the case of each Grantor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Grantor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Security Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(ii) In the case of each Grantor which is a partner in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is an issuer of Equity Interests pledged hereunder, such Grantor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Documents to the pledge by each other Grantor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Interests in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Interests to the Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner or a limited partner or member, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of License . Without limiting the rights of Agent as the holder of a Lien on the Intellectual Property Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article VIII hereof at such time as the Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever

 

-19-


the same may be located, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing license grant shall not include any rights, the grant of which shall constitute a breach of any license to which a Grantor is a party, and shall be limited solely to the extent required for the Agent to exercise its rights hereunder.

SECTION 6.2. Registrations . Except pursuant to material licenses and material other user agreements entered into by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business that are listed Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, on and as of the date hereof (i) each Grantor owns and possesses the right to use, and has done nothing to authorize any other Person to use, any material Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, and (ii) all registrations listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate as owned by such Grantor are valid and in full force and effect.

SECTION 6.3. No Violations or Proceedings . To each Grantor’s knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, there is no violation by others of any right of such Grantor with respect to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, respectively, pledged by it under the name of such Grantor.

SECTION 6.4. Protection of Agent s Security . On a continuing basis, each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Agent of (A) any adverse determination in any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor or (B) the institution of any proceeding or any adverse determination in any federal, state or local court or administrative body regarding such Grantor’s claim of ownership in or right to use any of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the use and operation of the Collateral, its right to register such Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain and protect the Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to such Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment and, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the prior approval of the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), (iv) upon such Grantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof material to the use and operation of the Collateral, the ability of such Grantor or the Agent to dispose of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any material portion thereof or the rights and remedies of the Agent in relation thereto including, without limitation, a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against the Intellectual Property Collateral or any material portion thereof, (v) not license the Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Grantor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the material licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral intended to be granted to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), without the consent of the Agent, (vi) until the Agent exercises its rights to make collection, diligently keep adequate records respecting the Intellectual Property Collateral and (vii) furnish to the Agent from time to time upon the Agent’s reasonable request therefor detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to the Intellectual Property Collateral as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent any Grantor from selling, disposing of or otherwise using any Intellectual Property Collateral as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

-20-


SECTION 6.5. After-Acquired Property . If any Grantor shall, at any time before this Security Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 9.5(a), (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 6.5 with respect to such Grantor shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement without further action by any party. With respect to any federally registered Intellectual Property Collateral owned by a Grantor, each such Grantor shall promptly (a) provide to the Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and (b) confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.5 by execution and filing of the applicable IP Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

SECTION 6.6. Modifications . Each Grantor authorizes the Agent to modify this Security Agreement by amending Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral acquired or arising after the date hereof of such Grantor including, without limitation, any of the items listed in Section 6.5 hereof.

SECTION 6.7. Litigation . Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Grantor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Grantor, the Agent or the other Secured Parties (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Agent in aid of such enforcement and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Agent, as the case may be, for all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.7 in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Grantor agrees, at the request of the Agent, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by others.

SECTION 6.8. Third Party Consents . Each Grantor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the consent of third parties to the extent such consent is necessary to create a valid, perfected security interest in favor of the Agent in any Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

-21-


ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS

SECTION 7.1. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 7.2. Maintenance of Records . Each Grantor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense materially complete records of each Account, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including, without limitation, records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto. Each Grantor shall, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Agent’s written demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Accounts, including, without limitation, all documents evidencing Accounts and any books and records relating thereto to the Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Grantor).

SECTION 7.3. Legend . Each Grantor shall legend, at the request of the Agent made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, the books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to the Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been collaterally assigned to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) and that the Agent has a security interest therein.

SECTION 7.4. Modification of Terms, Etc . No Grantor shall rescind or cancel any indebtedness evidenced by any Account or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement, or extend or renew any such indebtedness except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Account or interest therein except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

SECTION 7.5. Collection . Each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be collected from the account debtor of each of the Accounts, as and when due in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice, any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Account, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Account. The costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Grantor, the Agent or any other Secured Party (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder), shall be paid by the Grantors.

ARTICLE VIII

REMEDIES

SECTION 8.1. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default the Agent may, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, and at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall, from time to time in respect of the Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein, under applicable Law or otherwise available to it:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from any Grantor or any other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Grantor’s premises where any of the Collateral is located, remove such Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Grantor;

 

-22-


(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral including, without limitation, instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Grantor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Grantor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Agent and shall promptly pay such amounts to the Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Grantor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Grantor in writing to deliver the same to the Agent at any place or places so designated by the Agent, in which event such Grantor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Agent and therewith delivered to the Agent, (B) store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Agent and (C) while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Grantor’s obligation to deliver the Collateral as contemplated in this Section 8.1 is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Grantor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Grantor constituting Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations);

(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) as provided in Article V hereof;

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Collateral, including, without limitation, perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, and the Agent may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in Section 8.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Agent’s offices or

 

-23-


elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Agent or any other Secured Party (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) owed to such Person as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable by such Person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 8.2. Notice of Sale . Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by applicable Law and unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (in which event the Agent shall provide such Grantor such advance notice as may be practicable under the circumstances), ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Grantor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying (as permitted under Law) any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 8.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims . Each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, but except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Security Agreement, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Agent’s taking possession or the Agent’s disposition of any of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Grantor would otherwise have under law, and each Grantor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable Law. The Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article VIII in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Grantor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Grantor and against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Grantor.

 

-24-


SECTION 8.4. Certain Sales of Collateral .

(i) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such laws, rules, regulations or orders of such Governmental Authority. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable Law, the Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(ii) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities Laws or regulations, the Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to Persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including, without limitation, a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities Laws or regulations, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(iii) If the Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Grantor shall from time to time furnish to the Agent all such information as the Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(iv) Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 8.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), that the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 8.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 8.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(i) No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy; nor shall the Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

(ii) In the event that the Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Security Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Agent, then and in every such case, the Grantors, the Agent and each other Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

-25-


SECTION 8.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of Agent and subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof to the extent such assignment does not result in any loss of rights therein under applicable Law. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from Agent, each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to Agent, such personnel in such Grantor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as Agent may reasonably designate to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Grantor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and such Persons shall be available to perform their prior functions on Agent’s behalf.

SECTION 8.7. Application of Proceeds .

(i) Subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds received by the Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, first , to payment in full of that portion of the Secured Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement and Section 6 of the Credit Agreement) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such, and second , to payment in full of all other Secured Obligations and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, ratably as among the Secured Obligations, on the one hand, and the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, on the other hand, provided that any such proceeds and sums to be applied to the Secured Obligations shall be applied in accordance with and as set forth in Section 11.3 of the Credit Agreement and any such proceeds and sums to be applied to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall be applied in accordance with the documents governing the 2037 Debentures.

(ii) All payments required to be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions in respect of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall be paid to or at the direction of the trustee under the ASC Indenture. If at any time any moneys collected or received by the Agent are distributable to the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee, and if such trustee shall notify the Agent in writing that no provision is made under the ASC Indenture for the application by the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee of such moneys (whether because the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide that amounts are due and payable or otherwise) and that the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide for the receipt and the holding by the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee of such moneys pending the application thereof, then the Agent, after receipt of such moneys pending the application thereof, and receipt of such notification, shall at the direction of the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee, invest such amounts in Cash Equivalents maturing within 90 days after they are acquired by the Agent or, in the absence of such direction, hold such moneys uninvested and shall hold all such amounts so distributable and all such investments and the net proceeds thereof in trust solely for the

 

-26-


2037 ASC Debenture Trustee (in its capacity as trustee) and for no other purpose until such time as the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee shall request in writing the delivery thereof by the Agent for application pursuant to the 2037 ASC Debentures. The Agent shall not be responsible for any diminution in funds resulting from any such investment or any liquidation or any liquidation thereof prior to maturity.

(iii) In making the determination and allocations required by this Section 8.7, the Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations and the Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information; provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Agent pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee of any amounts distributed to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee.

(iv) If, despite the provisions of this Security Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Security Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties and 2037 ASC Debentures Holders hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 8.7.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1. Concerning the Agent .

(i) The Agent has been appointed as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. By accepting the benefits of this Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, each 2037 ASC Debentures Holder hereby appoints Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to serve as collateral agent for the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders under each of the Collateral Documents and any related intercreditor agreement, on the terms set forth herein and in the other Collateral Documents. The actions of the Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of the Collateral), in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact. The Agent may resign and a successor Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Agent by a successor Agent, that successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was the Agent.

(ii) The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Agent nor any of the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall have responsibility for, without limitation (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions,

 

-27-


exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Agent or any other Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

(iii) The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Security Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

(iv) If any item of Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral (other than the Credit Agreement), Agent, in its sole discretion, shall select which provision or provisions shall control.

SECTION 9.2. Agent May Perform; Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . If any Grantor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Security Agreement or in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, such Grantor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay Claims, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any other obligations of such Grantor with respect to any Collateral) or if any warranty on the part of any Grantor contained herein shall be breached, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided , however , that Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, lien, imposition or other obligation which such Grantor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby. Any and all amounts so expended by the Agent shall be paid by the Grantors in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the provisions of this Section 9.2 nor any action taken by Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Security Agreement nor any breach of warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Collateral Documents which the Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 9.3. Reserved .

SECTION 9.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment . This Security Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Grantors, their respective successors and assigns, and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other Persons (including, without limitation, any other creditor of any Grantor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Security Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, such 2037 ASC Debentures Holder), herein or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

-28-


SECTION 9.5. Termination; Release .

(a) This Security Agreement, the Lien in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder)) and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations when (i) the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated and (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and other Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations not yet due) shall have been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that in connection with the termination of this Security Agreement, the Agent may require such indemnities as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Secured Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Secured Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Cash Management Obligations or Bank Products, and (z) any Secured Obligations (and to the extent provided in Section 10.1, 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) that may thereafter arise under Sections 12.5 or 12.6 of the Credit Agreement, provided , further , that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall no longer be secured hereby and this Security Agreement shall be deemed terminated in the event the Secured Obligations are no longer required to be secured hereby as a result of the release of the Collateral by the Agent as permitted hereunder and under the Credit Agreement. Upon termination of this Security Agreement the Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Security Agreement. Upon such release or any release of Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Agent except as to the fact that the Collateral Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.

(b) Provided that no Event of Default is then occurring, a Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Lien in favor of the Agent on the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released if (i) such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guarantee is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Grantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any ABL Facility Indebtedness or any Additional Pari Term Debt (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any Permitted Refinancing thereof (as defined in and incurred in compliance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).

(c) Upon any Permitted Disposition by any Grantor of any Collateral, or if any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Credit Agreement, provided that no Event of Default is then occurring, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Security Agreement or any Financing Agreement, upon (i) the release by the ABL Secured Parties (as defined in the ABL

 

-29-


Intercreditor Agreement) of any Lien or security interest created in any ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), other than any such release in connection with the termination of the ABL Facility, and (ii) delivery to the Agent of an officer’s certificate of the Parent Borrower certifying that such release has occurred, the lien and security interest created hereunder shall automatically terminate with respect to such ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

(e) Notwithstanding clause (d) above, if, after any release of Collateral pursuant to such clause (d), any Indebtedness that would constitute ABL Obligations under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement becomes secured by any ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), such ABL Priority Collateral and related collateral documents, and all Liens granted or purported to be granted therein, released pursuant to clause (d) above shall be automatically reinstated on the same terms as of the date they were terminated and the Grantors shall take all actions and deliver all documents (collectively, the “New Collateral Documents”) reasonably requested by the Agent as may be necessary to create and perfect the Liens of the Agent in such Collateral, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, within 60 days of such date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion). The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any New Collateral Documents.

(f) The Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Security Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Credit Agreement. Upon termination hereof or any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Agent, such of the Collateral to be released (in the case of a release) or all of the Collateral (in the case of termination of this Security Agreement) as may be in possession of the Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.

(g) At any time that the respective Grantor desires that the Agent take any action described in clause (f) of this Section 9.5, such Grantor shall, upon request of the Agent, deliver to the Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to this Section 9.5. The Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Party (or any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) as the result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 9.5.

SECTION 9.6. Modification in Writing . No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that the requisite written consent of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and/or the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee under the 2037 ASC Debentures shall be required with respect to any release, waiver, amendment or other modification of this Security Agreement that would materially and adversely affect the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders to equally and ratably share in the security provided for herein with respect to the Collateral. Except as set forth in this Section 9.6, neither the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders nor any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall have any rights to approve any release, waiver, amendment, modification, charge, discharge or termination with respect to this Security Agreement. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Grantor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Security Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall

 

-30-


entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Grantor from the terms of any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Security Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 9.7. Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Credit Agreement, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Grantor, addressed to it at the address of the Parent Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and as to the Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 9.7; provided that (i) any notice to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee may be made to its address as set forth in the most recent copy of the ASC Indenture provided to the Agent by the Borrowers or in a written notice of such address provided to the Agent by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee and (ii) notice to any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall be deemed sufficient notice to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders for all purposes hereunder

SECTION 9.8. GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

SECTION 9.9. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY SECURED PARTY OR ANY 2037 ASC DEBENTURES HOLDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY

 

-31-


OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION 9.9. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY GRANTOR ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AS THE AGENT MAY ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

(d) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.7. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND WHETHER INITIATED BY OR AGAINST ANY SUCH PERSON OR IN WHICH ANY SUCH PERSON IS JOINED AS A PARTY LITIGANT). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.9.

SECTION 9.10. Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.11. Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. No Release . Nothing set forth in this Security Agreement shall relieve any Grantor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Collateral or from any liability to any Person under or in respect of any of the Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Agent or any other Secured Party (or any other 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) to perform or observe any such term,

 

-32-


covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Agent or any other Secured Party (or any other 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) for any act or omission on the part of such Grantor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Grantor contained in this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Financing Agreements (or the ASC Indenture), or under or in respect of the Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. The obligations of each Grantor contained in this Section 9.12 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Grantor’s other obligations under this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (and, if applicable, the ASC Indenture).

SECTION 9.13. Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Grantor hereunder, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Grantor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.6 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor (other than the termination of this Security Agreement in accordance with Section 9.5(a) hereof).

SECTION 9.14. Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Security Agreement and each other Financing Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in all respects and, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and this Security Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the priority of the Lien and security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to any Financing Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. The delivery of any Collateral that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) to the collateral agent under and pursuant to any ABL Document (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) shall satisfy any delivery requirement hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to the extent that such delivery is consistent with the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of

 

-33-


this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of (i) a Security Agreement Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto and (ii) a Perfection Certificate containing information with respect to such Subsidiary that is substantially consistent with that contained in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the date hereof. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

ARTICLE X

ASC DEBENTURES

(a) Equal and Ratable Security . This Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (i) shall secure the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations to the extent required by Section 3.7 of the ASC Indenture and (ii) shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

(b) Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Responsibilities with Respect to 2037 ASC Debentures Holders . The obligations of the Agent to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee hereunder shall be limited solely to (i) holding the Collateral for the ratable benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee for so long as (A) any Secured Obligations remain outstanding and (B) any 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations are secured by the Collateral pursuant to Section 10.1, (ii) subject to the instructions of the Required Lenders, enforcing the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders in their capacities as secured parties and (iii) distributing any proceeds received by the Agent from the sale, collection or realization of the Collateral to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee in respect of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations in accordance with Section 11.3 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders nor the any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall be entitled to exercise (or direct the Agent to exercise) any rights or remedies hereunder with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, including without limitation the right to receive any payments, enforce the Lien on Collateral, request any action, institute proceedings, give any instructions, make any election, make collections, sell or otherwise foreclose on any portion of the Collateral or execute any amendment, supplement, or acknowledgment hereof. This Security Agreement shall not create any liability of the Agent or the Secured Parties to any 2037 ASC Debentures Holders or to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee by reason of actions taken with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of the Lien on Collateral, actions with respect to the occurrence of an Event of Default (under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement or the ASC Indenture), actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release, or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral or action with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, guarantor or any other party or the valuation, use or protection of the Collateral. By acceptance of the benefits under this Security Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that the provisions of the preceding sentence are intended to induce the Lenders to permit such Persons to be secured parties under this Security Agreement and certain of the other Financing Agreement and are being relied upon by the Lenders as consideration therefor.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Security Agreement shall or shall be construed to (i) result in the security interest in the Collateral securing the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations less than equally and ratably with the Secured Obligations pursuant to the 2037 ASC Debentures to the extent required or (ii) modify or affect the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders to receive the pro rata share specified in Section 8.7 of any proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral.

 

-34-


(d) The parties hereto agree that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations and the Secured Obligations are, and will be, equally and ratably secured with each other by the Liens on the Collateral, and that it is their intention to give full effect to the equal and ratable provisions of the 2037 ASC Debentures, as in effect on the date hereof. To the extent that the rights and benefits herein or in any other Collateral Document conferred on the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders shall be held to exceed the rights and benefits required so to be conferred by such provisions, such rights and benefits shall be limited so as to provide such 2037 ASC Debentures Holders only those rights and benefits that are required by such provisions. Any and all rights not herein expressly given to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee are expressly reserved to the Agent and the Secured Parties other than the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders.

(e) Termination . This Article X shall cease to apply if and when (i) all of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations have been fully satisfied and discharged (including in accordance with Article Ten of the ASC Indenture) or (ii) the ASC Indenture shall have been amended such that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations are no longer required to be secured equally and ratably with the Secured Obligations.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-35-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Agent have caused this Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS :
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Perkins

  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary
ASP REALTY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By:   GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:  

Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:  

Miles Kendall

  Title:  

President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name: Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of                     , is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement; ” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), made by and among (i) ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as Parent Borrower (the “ Parent Borrower ”), (ii) SAFEWAY, INC. ( “ Safeway ”), (iii) SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC (“ Spirit ”), (iv) NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”), (v) UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. (“United” and, together with Safeway, Spirit and NAI, the “ Co-Borrowers ”, each, a “ Co-Borrower ” and together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), (vi) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), (vii) THE GUARANTORS party thereto from time to time (the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrowers, together with Holdings and the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Grantors ,” and each, a “ Grantor ”), and (viii) CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”). The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

 

Ex. 1-1


PLEDGED SECURITIES

 

ISSUER

   CLASS
OF STOCK
OR
INTERESTS
     PAR
VALUE
     CERTIFICATE
NO(S).
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
OR
INTERESTS
     PERCENTAGE OF
ALL ISSUED
CAPITAL
OR OTHER EQUITY
INTERESTS OF
ISSUER
 
              
              
              

 

Ex. 1-2


INTERCOMPANY NOTES

 

ISSUER

   PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
     DATE OF
ISSUANCE
     INTEREST
RATE
     MATURITY
DATE
 
           
           
           

 

[                                           ],
            as Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 1-3


EXHIBIT 2

[Form of]

Copyright Security Agreement

Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 2-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Copyright Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Copyright Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Copyright Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

to

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

Copyright registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

TITLE

    
        

Copyright applications:

 

OWNER

  

TITLE

    
     


EXHIBIT 3

[Form of]

Patent Security Agreement

Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 3-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Patent Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Patent Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Patent Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

to

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

Patent Registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

NAME

    
        

Patent Applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

NAME

    
        


EXHIBIT 4

[Form of]

Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Trademarks of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto;

(b) all goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 4-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Trademark Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

Ex. 4-2


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 4-3


SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

Trademark registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

    
        

Trademark applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

    
        

 

Ex. 4-4


EXHIBIT 5

[Form of]

SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ] (this “ Supplement ”), dated as of [                    ], to the Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) by and among the Grantors as defined therein and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the 2037 Debentures Holders (as defined herein), as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of the Escrow Release Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among the Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto, the Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, among others.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement referred to therein.

C. The rules of interpretation specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Security Agreement Supplement.

D. Section 9.15 of the Security Agreement provides that each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement and the terms hereof shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each, a “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement as consideration for the Secured Obligations.

Accordingly, the Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 9.15 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a

 

Ex. 5-1


Grantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations), does hereby assign, pledge, mortgage and hypothecate to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), and hereby grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties “(and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), a security interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest (but, in any event, excluding any Excluded Property). Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement (including Article II ) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”)), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Agent.

SECTION 4. Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement with respect to each New Grantor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Ex. 5-2


SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.3 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.3 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9. Each New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Agent for its reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with this Supplement in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

Ex. 5-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW GRANTOR(S)],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 5-4


SCHEDULE I

Intercompany Notes

1. None.


SCHEDULE II

Filings, Registrations and Recordings

[to come]


SCHEDULE III

Pledged Interests

[to come]

Exhibit 10.26

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 4

AMENDMENT NO. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Parent Borrower has, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (i) $1,422,661,843.97 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-2 Loans outstanding, (ii) $382,700,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-3 Loans outstanding, (iii) $3,869,910,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-4 Loans outstanding, and (iv) $1,142,137,500.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-5 Loans outstanding.

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement provides that Borrowers may, with consent of the Required Lenders, amend or waive certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, including the amendments and waivers provided for herein;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has hereby notified the Agent that it is requesting Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may establish Incremental Term Loans by, among other things, entering into one or more Incremental Amendments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Incremental Term Loans (such Incremental Term Loans, the “ Term B-6 Loans ” and the Lenders thereunder, the “ Term B-6 Lenders ”);

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested the borrowing of $2,100,000,000 of Term B-6 Loans to (i) partially finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-2 Loans and the Term B-3 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (as defined below), (ii) partially repay the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment, (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the Incremental Term Loans and (iv) general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a joinder to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “ Joinder ”) as an Additional Term B-6 Lender will make Term B-6 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment

 

1


No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to (i) repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 and B-3 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C), (ii) partially repay the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment, (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the Incremental Term Loans and (iv) general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, each Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender that executes and delivers a consent to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “ Consent ”) and checks “Term B-2 Cashless Settlement Option” or “Term B-3 Cashless Settlement Option”, as applicable, on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-2 Loans for Term B-6 Loans and/or all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-3 Loans for Term B-6 Loans, and such Lender shall thereafter become a Term B-6 Lender and (iii) agree to the terms of the Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may obtain Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness by, among other things, entering into a Refinancing Amendment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement Term B-4 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement Term B-4 Lenders ”) to partially finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional Term B-4 Lender will make Replacement Term B-4 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to partially repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-4 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for Replacement Term B-4 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement Term B-4 Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) agrees to the terms of the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-4 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter ”) and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement Term B-5 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement Term B-5 Lenders ” and, respectively, together with the Replacement Term B-4 Loans and Term B-6 Loans, the “ Term Loans ” and together with the Replacement Term B-4 Lenders and Term B-6 Lenders, the “ Term Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

 

2


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional Term B-5 Lender will make Replacement Term B-5 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-5 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-5 Loans for Replacement Term B-5 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement Term B-5 Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) agree to the terms of the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, solely for purposes of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, the parties hereto agree that the prepayment notice requirements in Section 2.03(a) of the Term Loan Agreement are hereby satisfied;

WHEREAS, on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of (i) 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $3,280,000,000, (ii) 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,145,000,000 and (iii) Term B-6 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $2,100,000,000.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

SECTION 2.  Incremental Term Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, on the date requested by the Borrowers to be the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Term B-6 Lenders agree (i) that each shall be considered a Lender for all purposes under the Financing Agreements and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof and (ii) to make Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers in a single borrowing on the date hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,100,000,000. The Term B-6 Loans will be a new tranche of loans under the Term Loan Agreement. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Term B-6 Loans as set forth in the recitals to this Amendment. The Term B-6 Loans shall be on the terms set forth in the amended Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 3.  Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below, the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

3


SECTION 4.  Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(b) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by the (i) Additional Term B-4 Lender, (ii) Additional Term B-5 Lender, (iii) Additional Term B-6 Lender and (iv) Consents from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders, provided that the Additional Term B-4 Lender, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Additional Term B-6 Lender shall be deemed to have consented to this Amendment;

(c) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(d) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-5 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(e) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-4 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(f) Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, (D) from Ice Miller, LLP, Indiana counsel to the Loan Parties, (E) from Petruccelli, Martin & Haddow LLP, Maine counsel to the Loan Parties, and (F) from Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and the Term Lenders;

(g) Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or, if applicable, that no modifications have been made to such documents since, with respect to (aa) the subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, LLC that are Subsidiary Guarantors, Safeway Inc. and the subsidiaries of Safeway Inc. that are Subsidiary Guarantors, January 30, 2015, (bb) Albertsons Companies, LLC, December 21, 2015, (cc) New Albertson’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors (other than ASP Realty, LLC), December 21, 2015 and (dd) ASP Realty, LLC, January 28, 2016, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above;

 

4


(h) Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Parent Borrower dated the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date certifying that (i) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably to be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) The Parent Borrower shall have paid (or have caused to be paid), (a) to the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers in connection with arranging Term Loans as separately agreed to in writing by Holdings and the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers, (b) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers and the Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP ), (c) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Term B-6 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Term B-6 Loans, (d) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Replacement Term B-5 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Replacement Term B-5 Loans and (e) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Replacement Term B-4 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Replacement Term B-4 Loans;

(j)(i) Subject to subsection (h)  above, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Borrowing and (ii) after giving effect to the establishment of the Term B-6 Loans, and the borrowings thereunder, on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Borrowers shall be in compliance with Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

(k) Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O to the Term Loan Agreement;

(l) Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(m) Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice for the Term Loans;

(n) Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Lenders at least 10 days prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date; and

 

5


(o) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property, and to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto, and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 9.4 of the Term Loan Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 5.  Consent Fee . The Parent Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Agent for the account of each Term B-4 Lender and/or Term B-5 Lender that has returned a Consent to the Agent at or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on May 26, 2016 (the “ Consent Deadline ”) a fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of (i) the Term B-4 Loans (after giving effect to the partial refinancing from the proceeds of the Term B-6 Loans) and/or (ii) the Term B-5 Loans of such Lender outstanding immediately prior to the Consent Deadline.

SECTION 6.  Post-Closing Obligations . The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 7.  Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant (before and after giving effect to the Borrowing) that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.  Extension of Loan . Subject to Section 4 above, the Term Lenders shall make the Term Loans available to the Parent Borrower on the date specified therefor in the related Committed Loan Notice in accordance with instructions provided by the Parent Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

SECTION 9.  Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements.

SECTION 10.  GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

 

6


SECTION 11.  Financing Agreement . This Amendment shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

SECTION 12.  Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notice . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Term Loan Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12. Roles . It is agreed that each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC will act as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Term Loans (collectively, the “Joint Lead Arrangers”). It is further agreed that each of Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets 1 , Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will act as co-managers for the Term Loans (collectively and together with the Joint Lead Arrangers, the “ Amendment No. 4 Arrangers ”). Parties hereto agree that Section 12.5 (Indemnification) of the Term Loan Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 13. Acknowledgement and Reaffirmation . Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) to the extent party thereto or covered thereunder, ratifies and affirms after giving effect to this Amendment its obligations under the Financing Agreements (including guarantees, security agreements, mortgages and deeds of trusts) executed by Holdings, the Borrowers and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) to the extent applicable, after giving effect to this Amendment, acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Financing Agreements and agrees such Financing Agreements remain in full force and effect.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC .
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:  

Laura A. Donald

Title:  

Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Legal
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

Name:   Gary Morton
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

Name:   Gary Morton
Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

Name:   William O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [ADDITIONAL TERM [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] LENDER] (each, an “ Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Term B-6 Lenders ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, to be dated as of the date hereof (“ Amendment No. 4 ”), and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Guarantors from time to time party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and the other Agents named therein (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement as amended by the Amendment No. 4);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, the Borrowers desire to establish [[Incremental Term Loans] that it shall designate as Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loans with existing Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders and/or Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of Amendment No. 4, each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender has consented to Amendment No. 4; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement. The Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Term Loan Agreement and to the conditions set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents.

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional Term B-6 Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other applicable Financing Agreements. Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5]


[B-4] Lender hereby agrees to make a [Replacement] [Term] [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loan to the Borrowers in an amount equal to its Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement.

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers or any other Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Term Loan Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Term Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and shall have the respective Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

For each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.


This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL TERM [B-6] [B-5]

[B-4] LENDER]

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[If a second signature is necessary:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:]  
Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments:
$                                                      

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


Accepted:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 4

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 4 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Term B-2 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-2 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

Term B-2 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-2 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).


Term B-3 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-3 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

Term B-3 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-3 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-3 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-3 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).

Term B-4 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-4 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-4 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Replacement Term B-4 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-4 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-4 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Replacement Term B-4 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).

Term B-5 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-5 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-5 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  ¨

to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Replacement Term B-5 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this


  option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-5 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  ¨ to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Replacement Term B-5 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Consent to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer.

 

                                                                          ,
(Name of Institution)
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[If a second signature is necessary:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:]  

[ACL – Consent to Amendment No. 4]


EXHIBIT C

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT 1

by and among

ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

as Holdings,

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower,

SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.,

(to be merged with and into Safeway Inc.),

as Co-Borrower SAFEWAY INC., NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

and SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

as Co-Borrowers ,

THE OTHER CO-BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Agent

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated: August 25, 2014

Effective: January 30, 2015

As Amended on December 21, 2015

As Amended on February 11, 2016

As Amended on June 22, 2016

 

 

1   Conformed to reflect Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 1”), Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 2”) and Amendment No. 3 and Consent to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2016 (“Amendment No. 3”). In the event of any conflict between this document and the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, Amendment No.1, Amendment No. 2 or Amendment No. 3, the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2 and Amendment No. 3 shall control.


Deal CUSIP # 01310TAA7

Term B-2 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAC3

Term B-3 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAG4

Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAH2

Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAK5

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAN9

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAM1

Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAL3

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2   

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

     56 63   

2.1

     Loans      56 63   

2.2

     Repayment of Loans      58 67   

2.3

     Prepayments      58 67   

2.4

     Termination or Reduction of Commitments      63 73   

2.5

     Evidence of Indebtedness      63 73   

2.6

     Payments Generally      64 74   

2.7

     Sharing of Payments      65 75   

2.8

     Incremental Credit Extensions      66 76   

2.9

     Refinancing Amendments      67 77   

2.10

     Extension of Term Loans      68 78   

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

     70 80   

3.1

     Interest      70 80   

3.2

     Fees      71 80   

3.3

     Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans      71 80   

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     73 83   

4.1

     [Reserved]      73 83   

4.2

     Conditions Precedent to All Loans      73 83   

4.3

     Conditions to the Escrow Release Date      74 83   

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

     76 86   

SECTION 6. TAXES

     76 86   

6.1

     Taxes.      76 86   

6.2

     Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      79 88   

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

     79 89   

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     79 89   

8.1

     Existence, Qualification and Power      79 89   

8.2

     Authorization; No Contravention.      80 89   

8.3

     Financial Statements      80 90   

8.4

     Ownership of Property; Liens      81 90   

8.5

     Taxes      81 91   

8.6

     Litigation      81 91   

8.7

     Compliance with Laws      82 91   

8.8

     Environmental Compliance      82 91   

8.9

     ERISA Compliance      82 92   

8.10

     Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      83 92   

8.11

     Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      83 93   

8.12

     Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      83 93   

8.13

     Labor Matters      84 93   

8.14

     Anti-Money Laundering      84 94   

8.15

     Material Contracts      84 94   

 

-i-


            Page  

8.16

     Solvency      85 94   

8.17

     Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations      85 94   

8.18

     Disclosure      85 95   

8.19

     FCPA      85 95   

8.20

     Office of Foreign Assets Control      85 95   

8.21

     USA PATRIOT Act Notice      86 95   

8.22

     Use of Proceeds      86 95   

8.23

     Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements      86 96   

8.24

     Binding Effect      86 96   

8.25

     No Material Adverse Effect      86 96   

8.26

     No Default      86 96   

8.27

     Collateral Documents      87 96   

8.28

     Pharmaceutical Laws      87 97   

8.29

     HIPAA Compliance      88 97   

8.30

     Compliance With Health Care Laws      88 98   

8.31

     Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.      89 99   

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     89 99   

9.1

     Preservation of Existence      90 99   

9.2

     Compliance with Laws      90 99   

9.3

     Payment of Obligations      90 99   

9.4

     Insurance      90 100   

9.5

     Financial Statements      91 100   

9.6

     Certificates; Other Information      92 102   

9.7

     Notices      94 103   

9.8

     Further Assurances      94 104   

9.9

     Additional Loan Parties      95 105   

9.10

     Maintenance of Ratings      95 105   

9.11

     Use of Proceeds      95 105   

9.12

     Maintenance of Properties      96 105   

9.13

     Environmental Laws and Insurance      96 105   

9.14

     Books and Records; Accountants      96 106   

9.15

     Inspection Rights      97 106   

9.16

     Information Regarding the Collateral      97 106   

9.17

     [Reserved]      97 107   

9.18

     ERISA      97 107   

9.19

     Quarterly Lender Meetings      97 107   

9.20

     [Reserved]      97 107   

9.21

     Post-Closing Requirements      97 107   

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     97 107   

10.1

     Liens      98 107   

10.2

     Investments      102 112   

10.3

     Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock      106 115   

10.4

     Fundamental Changes      109 118   

10.5

     Dispositions      110 120   

10.6

     Restricted Payments      113 123   

10.7

     Change in Nature of Business      116 126   

10.8

     Transactions with Affiliates      116 126   

10.9

     Burdensome Agreements      120 130   

 

-ii-


            Page  

10.10

     Accounting Changes      121 131   

10.11

     Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness      121 131   

10.12

     Permitted Activities      122 132   

10.13

     Amendments of Organization Documents      122 132   

10.14

     Designation of Subsidiaries      122 132   

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     123 133   

11.1

     Events of Default      123 133   

11.2

     Remedies      125 135   

11.3

     Application of Proceeds      125 135   

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

     126 136   

12.1

     Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver      126 136   

12.2

     Waiver of Notices      127 137   

12.3

     Amendments and Waivers      127 137   

12.4

     Waiver of Counterclaims      130 140   

12.5

     Indemnification      130 140   

12.6

     Costs and Expenses      131 141   

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

     132 142   

13.1

     Appointment and Authority      132 142   

13.2

     Rights as a Lender      132 142   

13.3

     Exculpatory Provisions      132 142   

13.4

     Reliance by Agent      133 143   

13.5

     Delegation of Duties      134 143   

13.6

     Resignation of Agent      134 144   

13.7

     Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      134 144   

13.8

     No Other Duties, Etc.      134 144   

13.9

     Agent May File Proofs of Claim      135 144   

13.10

     Collateral and Guaranty Matters      135 145   

13.11

     Withholding Tax Indemnity      136 146   

SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     137 147   

14.1

     Term      137 147   

14.2

     Interpretative Provisions      137 147   

14.3

     Notices      138 148   

14.4

     Partial Invalidity      140 150   

14.5

     Confidentiality      140 150   

14.6

     Successors      142 152   

14.7

     Assignments; Participations      142 152   

14.8

     Entire Agreement      147 157   

14.9

     USA PATRIOT Act      148 157   

14.10

     Counterparts, Etc.      148 158   

14.11

     Payments Set Aside      148 158   

14.12

     Guarantee      148 158   

14.13

     Pro Forma Calculations      154 164   

14.14

     Setoff      155 166   

14.15

     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      156 166   

14.16

     Interest Rate Limitation      156 166   

 

-iii-


          Page  
14.17    Survival of Representations and Warranties      156 167   
14.18    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      157 167   
14.19    Binding Effect      157 167   
14.20    Amendment and Restatement      157 167   
14.21    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      168   

 

 

-iv-


INDEX

TO

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Term Note
Exhibit E    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H-1    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-2    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-3    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-4    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit I    Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
Exhibit J    Form of Lender Participation Notice
Exhibit K    Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
Exhibit L    Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit M    [Reserved]
Exhibit N-1    Form of ABL Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit N-2    Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit O    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P    Form of Escrow Agreement
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01    Commitments
Schedule 1.02    Accounting Period
Schedule 1.03    Real Estate Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.04    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.05    Debt Refinancing
Schedule 8.1    Loan Parties
Schedule 8.4(b)(1)    Owned Real Estate
Schedule 8.4(b)(2)    Leased Real Estate
Schedule 8.6    Litigation
Schedule 8.8    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.11    Intellectual Property
Schedule 8.12    Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
Schedule 8.13    Labor Matters
Schedule 8.15    Material Contracts
Schedule 8.23(a)    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 8.23(b)    Credit Card Agreements
Schedule 8.26    Defaults
Schedule 8.30    Participation Agreements
Schedule 9.6    Financial Reporting
Schedule 9.21    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 10.1    Existing Liens

 

-v-


Schedule 10.2    Existing Investments
Schedule 10.3    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 10.8    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.9    Certain Contractual Obligations
Schedule 10.14    Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

-vi-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the parties hereto from time to time as Co-Borrowers, the other Guarantors party hereto, the parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as hereinafter further defined) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as hereinafter further defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Debt Facility (defined below) pursuant to which certain term loans have been made available to the Parent Borrower and the Parent Borrower has requested to amend and restate the Existing Debt Facility in its entirety;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with Parent Borrower pursuant to which Lenders may make loans to Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree severally and not jointly to make such loans to Parent Borrower on a pro rata basis according to such Lender’s Commitment as defined below on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements and Agent is willing to act as agent for Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AB LLC ”), Parent Borrower, Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), and Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) are parties to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “ Safeway Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Holdings will, directly or indirectly, acquire Safeway and its Subsidiaries (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, Safeway will enter into the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between NAI and Safeway (the “ Eastern Division Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Safeway will sell the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway (including the Equity Interests of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, the Subsidiary of Safeway that owns such assets, the “ Eastern Division Assets ”) to NAI (the “ Eastern Division Sale ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, it is intended that (a) the Equity Investors Sponsor will make the Equity Contribution; (b) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement; (c) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000 of loans pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ ABL Loans ”); (d) Holdings and Merger Sub (to be merged with and into Safeway) will issue $1,625,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) and (e) the proceeds of (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the proceeds of the Borrowings released from the Escrow Account, (iii) the ABL Loans, (iv) the Senior Secured Notes and (v) the Eastern Division Sale will be used to finance the Transactions.

 

1


WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower and the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans were deposited in the Escrow Account on the Lender Funding Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

 

2


2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

AB LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Facility Documentation, or any successor agent or under the ABL Facility Documentation.

ABL Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of Original Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility ” shall mean that credit facility made available to the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” shall mean the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under the ABL Facility Documentation, (ii) any Swap Contract permitted pursuant to Article 10 hereof that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such Swap Contract is entered into and (iii) any agreement with respect to Cash Management Obligations permitted under Article 10 that is entered into by and between the

 

3


Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such agreement is entered into.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement dated the Original Closing Date, among the Agent, the ABL Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-1 , as amended as of the Escrow Release Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

ABL Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Acceptable Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Account ” shall mean “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also shall mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that, has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, Holdings’ four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” shall mean automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in, the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in Section 10.5 (q)), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.9, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that such Additional Refinancing Lender is not then an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and (ii) the Parent Borrower.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans.

 

4


Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans.

Additional Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-1Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-6 Loan ” means a Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

5


Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person; provided that it is understood that SVU shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party solely due to the transactions contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement or other relationships, facts or circumstances existing on the Escrow Release Date (including, but not limited to, representation on the board of directors of SVU).

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(h)(B) hereto.

Agent ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor agent hereunder.

Agent Parties ” shall mean the Agent, the Arrangers and each of their respective Related Parties.

Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth in Section 14.3, or such other address or account as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” shall mean any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” shall mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 9, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Amendment No. 1 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 5 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 5, 2014.

 

6


Amendment No. 4 (B-6) ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date ” means June 22, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 4 (B-6) are satisfied.

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 5 ” shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors, each of the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A.

Applicable Discount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of receipt of Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans and other Indebtedness that is outstanding and secured by a Lien on the Pari Term Debt Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (ranking pari passu with the Lien thereon securing the Obligations) on such date to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed not earlier than 18 calendar months prior to such date.

Applicable Disposition Percentage ” shall mean, as of the date of receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, (a) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, 100%, or (b) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 is less than 3.50:1.00 and (i) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is greater than 0.40:1.00, 100% , (ii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.40:1.00 but greater than 0.30:1.00, 75%, or (iii or (ii ) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.30 0.40 :1.00, 50%.

Applicable Dispositions ” shall mean any Dispositions consummated after the Escrow Release Date, the Net Proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii)(1) hereto.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” shall mean, for any Fiscal Year, (a) 75% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 3.25:1.00, (b) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 and greater than 2.75:1:00, (c) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2:75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1:00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

 

7


Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.500%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.125%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.500%, ( C D) for the Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.50%, (E) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.50%, (F) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.75%, (G) for the Term B-6 Loans, 3.75% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, (H ) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 %, ( D I ) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.125% and , ( E J ) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500%, ( F K ) for Term B-5 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.50% and (G , (L) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.50%, (M) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (N ) for the Term B- 5 6 Loans which that are Eurodollar Base Rate Loans, 4.50 2.75 %.

Appropriate Lender ” shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Broker ” shall mean any firm nominated by the Parent Borrower and approved by the Agent.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers. For purposes of Sections 12.5, 12.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.18 and 14.22, the reference to “Arrangers” shall include the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment of Lender’s interest hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the financial statements of Parent Borrower and Safeway delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Existing Debt Facility.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bank Products ” shall mean any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services.

 

8


Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 1.00% plus the Eurodollar Rate applicable to one month Interest Periods on the date of determination of the Base Rate, (ii) the rate of interest determined by the Agent as its “prime rate,” as established from time to time at its New York office and notified to the Parent Borrower, subject to each increase or decrease in such prime rate, effective as of the day any such change occurs and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate on each day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% (after taking into account the Eurodollar Rate floor).

Base Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

Borrower ” shall mean the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, as the context may require.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Leases ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

9


Casa Ley ” shall mean Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean obligations owed by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services ” shall mean any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

 

10


Casualty Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace, restore or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .

CERCLIS ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a) prior to a Qualified IPO, Equity Investors fail to own directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings; or(b) subsequent to or in connection with a Qualified IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Equity Investors Permitted Holder , acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings ; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder; or

(c) Holdings fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to the Safeway Acquisition, Safeway, in each case any Co-Borrower , free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens ; provided that for purposes of this clause (c) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Borrowers consolidate with and into Holdings or (ii) any such Co-Borrower consolidates with and into another Co-Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor .

Change of Control Purchase Offer ” shall mean any offer to purchase the Existing Safeway Notes upon a “Change of Control Triggering Event” pursuant to the indenture and other documents governing the Existing Safeway Notes.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, shall refer to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments,

 

11


Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans, Term B-4 Loans, Term B-5 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, Term B-6 Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series. Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments and Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions (including, without limitation, different maturity dates and/or interest rates) shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Co-Borrower ” shall mean (a)  Merger Sub and, after the consummation of the New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc., United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and Spirit Acquisition , Safeway Holdings LLC and (b) any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and is designated by the Parent Borrower as a “Co-Borrower”; provided that such designation as a “Co-Borrower” is agreed upon in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Agent.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean PNC Capital Markets LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. in their capacities as co-documentation agents.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” or similar term as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered (i) on the Escrow Release Date, pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) at such time as may be designated therein, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, in each case, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor, including those listed on Schedule I hereto on the Escrow Release Date; provided that, in addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under any ABL Facility Indebtedness, any Junior Financing, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof, shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it is an obligor under such Indebtedness;

(c) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to Equity Interests where a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements, delivery of the applicable certificated Equity Interests or notation on the books of the applicable issuer) the Obligations shall have been secured

 

12


by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and each Co-Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the nonvoting Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof directly owned by Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(d) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to assets in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC or appropriate security agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Loan Parties (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, accounts receivable, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, hedge agreement documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds, cash, investment property, contract rights, Intellectual Property in the United States, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); and

(e) (1) within 180 days following the Original Closing Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion) the Agent shall have received, with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property, to the extent customary and appropriate (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) in the applicable jurisdiction, each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Original Closing Date, and (2) within 180 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Escrow Release Date, as such Perfection Certificate may be supplemented in accordance with Section 9.21 and (3) otherwise in accordance with Section 9.8(c), the Agent shall receive with respect to each Material Real Property each of the following in each of the cases set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, fully paid policies of title insurance

 

13


(or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), (iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (consistent with those required by Section 4.3(a)(xi)), (iv) (A) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value less than $15,000,000, either (i) such documentation required by the title insurance company or (ii) a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy insuring the Mortgage and provide the Agent with a “location” endorsement to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates and (B) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy and provide the Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates, (v) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and (vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 9.4, including, without limitation, flood insurance policies and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, and such other evidence of insurance related thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and (vii) with respect to any ground leased properties, to the extent they are required by the applicable lease and can be obtained with commercially reasonable efforts, estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the ground leased Material Real Properties along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner

 

14


of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) reasonable evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Agent;

provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall not require, and the Financing Agreements shall not contain, any requirements as to the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Property and any real property that does not constitute Material Real Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Escrow Release Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Escrow Agreement, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreements, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.3, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Committed Loan Notice ” shall mean a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Commitment ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Term B-3 Commitment, Term B-4 Commitment, Term B- 4 5 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, Term B-6 Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Term Loan Extension Series, as the context may require.

 

15


Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (with each capitalized term other than “Safeway Merger Agreement” in this definition being defined pursuant to its definition in the Safeway Merger Agreement) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has materially and adversely affected the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Company and Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the performance by the Company prior to the Effective Time of its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, however, that any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter resulting from or relating to any of the following shall not be considered, or taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) except as it relates to clause (ii) above, the pendency, negotiation, consummation or public announcement of the Merger, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, Governmental Entities or employees; (b) global or national economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes or developments in credit markets (including changes in prevailing interest or exchange rates), financial or securities markets (including the disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index), or economic, business or regulatory conditions anywhere in the world; (c) national or international political or social conditions; (d) the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national emergency, calamity or act of terrorism or any weather-related or other force majeure event or natural disaster or act of God or other comparable events or the worsening thereof; (e) any change in applicable Laws, GAAP, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, accounting principles or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in each case, after the date of the Safeway Merger Agreement; (f) the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate; (g) any failure to meet any internal or external projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (except that the underlying cause of any such failure may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect); (h) any action taken or not taken by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement (except as it relates to clause (ii) above) or at Ultimate Parent’s written request; (i) the identity of, or any facts or circumstances relating to, the Parent Entities or their respective Subsidiaries or (j) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter arising out of or relating to any action taken in compliance with Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, that the incremental extent of any disproportionate change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) with respect to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated Persons in the food and drug retail business may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Compensation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c)(ii) hereto.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the

 

16


Albertson’s Group but excluding any such Indebtedness (other than obligations under the ABL Facility) in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(7) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

 

17


(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period; and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Original Closing Transactions, the Transactions or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group of up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that, increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

 

18


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrowers or the Guarantors, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Term Loans at such time, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Card Issuer ” shall mean any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa, U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

 

19


Credit Card Processor ” shall mean any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Suisse ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

Cumulative Credit ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time; plus 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning the first day of the fiscal quarter after May 31, 2016 to the end of the most recent Test Period; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Holdings and (ii) the Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness incurred after the Escrow Release Date of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Escrow Closing Date;

(d) [reserved]; the Net Proceeds of the sale or other Disposition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus;

(e) [reserved]; Investments of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Investments of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the original Investment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary); plus;

(f) [reserved]; to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received from Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(g) [reserved]; returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made using the Cumulative Credit;

(h) minus any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(f) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such time.

provided that the use of the Cumulative Credit shall be subject to compliance with a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to (a) the aggregate cumulative sum of the

 

20


Retained Disposition Amounts with respect to all Applicable Dispositions after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date minus (b) any amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(c) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) deferred revenue.

DDA ” shall mean each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate of any of the Equity Investors Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under any Indebtedness of Safeway and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.05 hereto shall have been repaid on the Escrow Release Date, and all Liens securing such indebtedness shall have been released.

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” shall mean an act condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Designated Acquisition ” shall mean any Acquisition that is not, in accordance with the agreement governing such Acquisition, subject to a financing contingency and that has been designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Agent as a “Designated Acquisition” which designation shall include a description of any Indebtedness (the “ Designated Indebtedness ”) expected to be incurred to finance such Designated Acquisition.

 

21


Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 10.5.

Discount Range ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(v) hereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” shall mean the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests).

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that only the portion of Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Equity Interests is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

 

22


Divested Properties ” shall mean the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Earn-Out Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale ” shall mean the sale of the Eastern Division Assets to NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

EBITDA ” shall mean at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 10.8; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of the Term Loans or ABL Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

23


(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or Safeway or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (3) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 14.13 and (4) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(11) Public Company Costs; plus

(12) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by Albertson’s Group from business interruption insurance.

 

24


EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean (a) a Person that is a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (b) any other Person with the prior written consent of (i) the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) exists, the Parent Borrower (such approval by the Parent Borrower, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given by the Parent Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Agent from the Parent Borrower within the earlier to occur of (x) three (3) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.7 of this Agreement and acknowledged by the Parent Borrower or (y) five (5) Business Days after such notice has been provided to the Parent Borrower); provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required prior to the completion of primary syndication settlement of the Term B Loans; provided , further that no Person shall be an Eligible Transferee pursuant to this clause (b) if such Person is a direct competitor of any Loan Party identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment (unless at the time of assignment there is in process a liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower, whether conducted by the Parent Borrower, Agent, a trustee for the Parent Borrower or a representative of creditors of the Parent Borrower), or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (c) Sponsor, as provided in Section 14.7(h). Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) and Section 14.7(h), no Loan Party shall be an Eligible Transferee. No natural person shall be an Eligible Transferee.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines,

 

25


penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Equity Contribution ” shall mean the new cash contributions (directly or indirectly) by the Equity Investors Sponsor to AB LLC, in an amount equal to $1,250,000,000 which will be contributed to Holdings as common and/or preferred equity of Holdings ( provided that any such preferred equity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers).

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other ownership interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Equity Investors ” shall mean (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, and (ii ) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “Permitted Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than an Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Group.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Holdings within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required

 

26


contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Escrow Account ” shall mean the escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Account Funds ” shall mean all cash, securities and other property held in or credited to the Escrow Account.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Parent Borrower, the Agent and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Escrow Collateral ” shall mean “Collateral” as defined in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in an aggregate amount of $35,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Escrow Release Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Loan Parties.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean, collectively, the conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

Escrow Release Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied and the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans are released from the Escrow Account to the Parent Borrower.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Rate ” (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Credit Suisse and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) ICE LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined on such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination; provided , in each case, that Eurodollar Rate shall not be less than 1.00% per annum.

 

27


Eurodollar Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuation or existence of any event or condition described in Section 11.1 hereof after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both specified in such section with respect to such event or condition.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to:

 

  (a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group completed during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

 

  (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,

 

28


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions),

(vi) scheduled cash payments by the Albertson’s Group during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Albertson’s Group other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x), 10.6(g) and 10.6(h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Albertson’s Group with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and

 

29


(xiii) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015 (but in the case of the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015, the period starting on the first day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the Escrow Release Date and ending February 26, 2015).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-2 Lender or a Term B-3 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-2 Loans and/or or Term B-3 Loans (or, in each case, such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-2 Lender ” means a Term B-2 Lender with an Exchange Term B-2 Commitment to exchange its Term B-2 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-3 Lender ” means a Term B-3 Lender with an Exchange Term B-3 Commitment to exchange Term B-3 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-4 Lender ” means a Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange Term B-4 Commitment to exchange Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Lender ” means a Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange Term B-5 Commitment to exchange Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date,

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

 

30


Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests of Holdings.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any non-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary, (i) any Real Estate Financing Loan Party, (j) at Parent Borrower’s election, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (k) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees the ABL Credit Agreement, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any other Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect; provided further that in no event shall any Co-Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

31


Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Financing Agreements, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 6.2), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 6.1, (c) any taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 6.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Existing Debt Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified before the Escrow Release Date.

Existing Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Mortgaged Property encumbered by a Mortgage as of the date hereof.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

Existing Safeway Notes ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 and not more than $80,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and not more than $100,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

 

32


Existing Term Loan Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extended Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereto.

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Facility ” shall mean the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans or a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context may require.

Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Parent Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” shall mean crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean on any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse on such day on such transactions, as determined in good faith by Credit Suisse.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the second amended and restated Fee Letter agreement, dated April 3, 2014, as amended on April 24, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Arrangers, the Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, PNC Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and SunTrust Bank.

 

33


Financing Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and all notes, guarantees, security agreements, deposit account control agreements, investment property control agreements, other intercreditor agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

Fiscal Intermediary ” shall mean any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal, state or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” shall mean any four (4) week Accounting Period of Holdings.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on or about the Thursday closest to the last day of February of each calendar year.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 and (vi) the Homeowner Flood Insurance Affordability Act of 2014, as now or hereafter in effect, or, in each case, any successor statute thereto.

Food Security Act ” shall mean the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20 hereto.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory

 

34


authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a) hereto.

Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c)(ii) hereof.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than any (i) Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Co-Borrower and (ii) Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Subsidiary that issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Escrow Release Date.

Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under, any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Afford Care Act, as amended.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

HIPAA ” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph herein.

 

35


Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereto.

Incremental Amendment ” shall mean an Incremental Amendment among the applicable Borrower, the Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders entered into pursuant to Section 2.8.

Incremental Amount ” shall mean the sum of (x)  $750,000,000 (i) $750,000,000 plus voluntary prepayments of the Loans (other than prepayments funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than the prepayment of the Term B-2 Loans and Term B-3 Loans prior to the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date)) pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or (c) made on or prior to the date of determination (plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with such voluntary prepayments), plus (y) an unlimited amount as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 (assuming that all Incremental Term Loans are secured on a first-priority basis whether or not so secured and shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Total Debt and excluding the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans for the purposes of netting) with the Parent Borrower being permitted to determine whether the Incremental Term Loan Commitments are obtained under clause (x) or (y) of this definition; minus (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt; provided that at the time of incurrence in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans together with the principal amount of Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt exceed such Incremental Amount.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” shall mean secured or unsecured Indebtedness of the Albertsons Group in the form of senior secured first lien term loans or notes or junior lien term loans or notes, subordinated term loans or notes or senior unsecured term loans or notes, or any bridge facility; provided that: (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b)  other than with respect to a customary bridge facility, the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement unless (i) the Term Lenders holding the Term B Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (ii) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term B Loans or (iii) such other terms are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent ; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence

 

36


of such Incremental Equivalent Debt, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c) no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, (d) no Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral, (e) such Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount as of the date of incurrence and (f) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to the requirements set forth in the second proviso of Section 2.8(b) to the extent such Indebtedness is in the form of term loans (other than a customary bridge facility) that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans.

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.8, to make Incremental Term Loans to a Borrower.

Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Terms Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.8 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Amendment, Other Term Loans.

Incur ” shall mean issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

 

37


(g) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

; provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5 hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.5(a) hereto.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the ABL Intercreditor Agreement together with the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case, of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending

 

38


on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that : , notwithstanding the foregoing, any Interest Period may end on a date that is less than one week from the commencement of such period if mutually agreed upon by the Parent Borrower and Agent; provided further.

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

“Interest Rate” shall mean,

(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:

(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Base Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Eurodollar Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent may, at its option, and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders, increase the Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, by two percent (2%) per annum, with respect to any portion of the Loans and other Obligations outstanding that is not paid on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) until such amount due is paid in full.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, cash funds of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting (x) proceeds of the issuance of (or contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of such Person and (y) proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of

 

39


another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

IPO Reorganization ” shall mean the transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to the consummation of an initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any parent of Holdings so long as that after giving effect to all such transactions the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, taken as whole, would not be materially impaired.

Junior Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) hereto.

Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lease ” shall mean any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender Participation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Lenders ” shall mean the financial institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders, other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.7 hereof and any other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns.

Lending Office ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Loan.

Lien ” shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidity Condition ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility) and (y) undrawn and then available amounts under the ABL Facility, to the extent such sum equals or exceeds $450,000,000.

 

40


Loan ” shall mean an extension of credit under Section 2 by a Lender to a Borrower in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt included in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” and (y) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt secured by any Liens on assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, as applicable, the “ Loan Component ”) to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed in the 18 calendar month period immediately prior to such date (the “ Value Component ”). On the Escrow Release Date, the Value Component shall be an amount to be provided by the Parent Borrower to the Agent pursuant to an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent setting forth the Value Component and the basis of such valuation and, which shall be calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the Value Component under the Existing Debt Facility.

Loan Parties ” shall mean collectively the Borrowers and each Guarantor (other than Holdings).

LTIP Agreements ” shall mean the AB Acquisition LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and the AB Acquisition LLC Senior Executive Retention Plan, as amended.

Management Services Agreement ” shall mean the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and the Parent Borrower, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreements, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Financing Agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Material Contract ” shall mean with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Financing Agreements) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded and (b) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

 

41


Material Real Property ” shall mean (i)  any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $500,000 or greater (at the Original Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Original Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) or, (ii) solely in the case of real property acquired following the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $3,000,000 or greater (determined at the time of acquisition, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) ; provided , however , no “surplus property” as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower or Excluded Property shall constitute Material Real Property.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Term B-2 Maturity Date, Term B-3 Maturity Date, the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the Term B-5  Maturity date, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the Term B-6 Maturity Date or the stated maturity date of any other Facility, as the case may be.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.16 hereto.

Medicaid ” shall mean the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicare ” shall mean the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

MoneyGram ” shall mean MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” shall mean that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Parent Borrower and MoneyGram.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” shall mean a deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage, leasehold mortgage or leasehold deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and covering a Mortgaged Property (together with the fixture filings and Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) the fee owned and ground leased real property identified on Schedule 8.4(b)(1) and Schedule 8.4(b)(2) hereto and Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate, as amended and restated as of the Escrow Release Date and as further supplemented pursuant to Section 9.21 hereto, and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Escrow Release Date pursuant to Section 9.8 and Section 9.9.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” shall mean New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

 

42


NAI Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

NAI Services Agreement ” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between NAI and Parent Borrower dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” shall mean:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by a Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Financing Agreements or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Specified Default exists at the time of the proposed reinvestment (or such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may reinvest any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties) in assets (other than current assets) useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent such proceeds are not so used or contractually committed to be so used within 12 months of such receipt (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12 month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; provided , however , that such reinvested amount shall not exceed $750,000,000 in any Fiscal Year); provided , further , that no proceeds

 

43


realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds net of the amounts described in clauses (i) through (v) above shall exceed $7,500,000 or (y) the aggregate amount of such net proceeds from dispositions resulting in net proceeds in excess of the threshold set forth in the foregoing clause (x) exceeds $150,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of the amount specified in clause (y) of this proviso shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(c).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate or a Purchasing Borrower Party.

Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-2 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-3 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-5 Loan.

NPL ” shall mean the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” shall mean (i) any and all Term Loans and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to such Loan Party under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (ii) the Other Liabilities.

Offered Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Organization Documents ” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect

 

44


to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity; and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” shall mean March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in aggregate amount of $20,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Original Closing Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Parent Borrower.

Original Closing Date Transactions ” shall mean “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Debt Facility.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) hereto.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 13.12 hereof.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies, arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, any Financing Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement.

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” shall mean, on a particular date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such date.

 

45


Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and an overnight rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PACA ” shall mean the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Parent Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c) hereto.

Participant ” shall mean any financial institution that acquires and holds participation in the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans in conformity with the provisions of Section 14.7 of this Agreement governing participations.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(e) hereto.

PASA ” shall mean the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).

Paying Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” shall mean the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or any successor organization thereto.

PDC ” shall mean the subsidiaries of Safeway comprised of (i) Property Development Centers LLC, (ii) PDC I, Inc., (iii) Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania, (iv) Eureka Land Management, LLC and (v) Paradise Development, LLC, and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

PEL Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(b) hereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” shall mean Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

 

46


(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

(c) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(d) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor, as the Parent Borrower and the Agent shall agree, and the Agent shall have received a first priority (subject, in each case, to Permitted Liens having priority over the Lien of the Agent by operation of applicable Law) security and/or mortgage interest in such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and property of such Restricted Subsidiary and of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Safeway Acquisition shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Acquisition”.

Permitted Disposition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereto.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) and (v) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, a parent of Holdings or Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof,

 

47


and (iii ) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 hereto.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereto.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower, and if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of junior priority secured notes or junior priority secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors and (vi) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereto.

Permitted Notes ” shall mean (i) unsecured senior or senior subordinated debt securities of the Parent Borrower, (ii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements or (iii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements; provided that (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such debt securities , stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing

 

48


requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c)  at the time that any such Permitted Notes are issued (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall exist, (d) no Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, and (e) no Permitted Notes shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral .

Permitted Ratio Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group, provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 5.00:1.00, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.65:1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.75:1.00, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (vi) such Indebtedness shall not have any financial maintenance covenants, (vii) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements or another intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (viii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment with the Term Loans, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ix) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party does not exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at such time.

Permitted Refinancing ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in

 

49


each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” shall mean federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 14.13.

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Property ” shall mean any interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Public Company Costs” shall mean (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

 

50


Purchasing Borrower Party ” shall mean Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrowers that (x) makes a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or (y) becomes an Eligible Transferee or Participant pursuant to Section 14.7(h).

Qualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” shall mean (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of a Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” shall mean any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualifying Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Qualifying Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” shall mean any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

 

51


Ratably Secured Notes ” shall mean the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” shall mean any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (i) that does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

Real Property ” shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Financing ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

 

52


(b) with which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which such Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Agent by delivery to the Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Refinancing Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.9.

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” shall mean one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(b) hereto.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

 

53


Repricing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Repricing Amendment. Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (1) the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of Replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the facilities provided for in this Agreement (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for Term B Loans of the respective Type (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, and without taking into account any fluctuations in ICE LIBOR or comparable rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Change of Control, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term B Loans, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility or any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (2) any effective reduction in the Applicable Margin for Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise) (with such determination to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, consistent with generally accepted financial practices). Any such determination by the Agent as contemplated by preceding clauses (1) and (2) shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Total Outstandings.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean August 25, 2014.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Disposition, (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Applicable Disposition minus (b) the amount of such Net Proceeds applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii).

 

54


Retained Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Acquisition ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Notes Repurchases ” means any purchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, or retirement of the Existing Safeway Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Purchase Offers or otherwise.

Safeway Services Agreement ” shall mean one or more services agreement between Safeway and NAI to be entered into contemporaneously with or subsequent to the Safeway Acquisition.

Same Day Funds ” shall mean immediately available funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Party ” or “ Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) individually, (i) each Lender, (ii) the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates which has provided Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or Cash Management Services or, with respect to Bank Products or Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), (iii) the Agent, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Financing Agreement, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Financing Agreement are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of Escrow Release Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Agent in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in the form of senior secured notes, senior secured credit facilities, or any combination thereof to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x)

 

55


$1,145,000,000 minus (y) the positive difference, if any, between (i) $645,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Safeway Notes purchased on (or within 90 days after) the date the Safeway Acquisition is consummated.

Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, Agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Senior Secured Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the indenture for the Senior Secured Notes.

Shareholders’ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O executed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

SPC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Safeway Acquisition, the representations and warranties covered by the condition in Section 6.2(a) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (but only with respect to the representations and warranties that are material to the interest of the Lenders, and only to the extent that AB LLC (or its applicable Affiliate) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Safeway Merger Agreement or decline to consummate the Safeway Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to be financed in any part by the proceeds of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in the definitive agreement therefor that are material to the interest of the Incremental Term Lenders, and only to the extent

 

56


that the applicable Loan Party has the right to terminate its obligations under such agreement or decline to consummate the Permitted Acquisition or Investment as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Specified Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (g) or (h).

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations set forth in Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.2(a), 8.2(d), 8.16, 8.17, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.24 and 8.27 (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).

Specified Transaction ” shall mean any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” shall mean, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Albertson’s Group which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Store ” shall mean any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d) hereto.

SVU ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Debt Facility.

 

57


Swap Contract ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Target ” shall mean any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Investment.

Tax Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e) hereto.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term B Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans , the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and the Term B- 5 6 Loans.

Term B-2 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 1) to Amendment No. 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in

 

58


accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent and (ii) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 4) to Amendment No. 4 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent. The aggregate amount of the Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date is $1,437,032,166.71.

Term B-2 Maturity Date ” shall mean March 21, 2019.

Term B-3 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-3 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-3 Commitments is $950,000,000.

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-3 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-3 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-3 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-4 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-4 Commitments is $3,609,000,000.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-4 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven (7) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-5 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-5 Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-5 Commitments is $1,145,000,000.

Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

 

59


Term B-5 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022.

Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility, and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-5 Loans.

Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment.

Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven years from the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-6 Loans.

Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Parent Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment”, “Term B-4 Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Acceptance, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be.

 

60


Term Lender ” shall mean any Lender that had a Term Commitment or any Lender that has purchased a Term Loan pursuant to one or more Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with the terms hereof.

Term Loan ” shall mean any Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Extension Series ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement to be dated the date of the Escrow Release Date among the Agent, the Senior Secured Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-2 hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Term Note ” shall mean a note evidencing Loans in the form of Exhibit D .

Test Period ” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5, as applicable.

Third Party Payors ” shall mean any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

Total Assets ” shall mean the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings that Agent has received in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof (or of the Parent Borrower and Safeway and shown on the Audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Existing Debt Facility, as applicable).

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Total Outstandings ” shall mean the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Debt Refinancing and the Safeway Notes Repurchases, (c) the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement, (d) the incurrence of the initial Term Loans hereunder (including the entering into of the Escrow Agreement, the funding of the Escrow Account and the release of the funds therefrom), the ABL Facility Indebtedness and Secured Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, (e) the securing of the Ratably Secured Notes on a second lien basis and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

61


Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement, dated of the Original Closing Date, by and between the Parent Borrower and SVU, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date).

Type ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Escrow Release Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d)(2)(C) hereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Escrow Release Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower or Safeway) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14 subsequent to the Escrow Release Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valuation ” shall mean, in relation to any Mortgaged Property, a valuation of such Mortgaged Property made at any relevant time by an Approved Broker, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length on customary commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If any Approved Broker shall deliver a Valuation indicating a range of values for a Mortgaged Property, the Valuation for such Mortgaged Property shall be the arithmetic mean of the two endpoints of such range.

Value Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Voting Stock ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

 

62


Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans .

(a) Prior to (i) the Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders made Term B-2 Loans and (ii)  on the Escrow Release Date, the Lenders made Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower. Upon the Escrow Release Date, such existing Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Lenders made the Term B-5 Loans. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans as further provided herein.

(b) The 2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

 

63


(c) The 2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(d) The Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange Term B-2 Lender and Exchange Term B-3 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, for a like principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional

 

64


Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(d)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-2 Lender and Term B-3 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-2 Loans or Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(e) (b)  Each Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice, to the Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (2) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) wire instructions of the account(s) to which funds are to be disbursed (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the amount to be disbursed to any particular account may be less than the minimum or multiple limitations set forth above so long as the aggregate amount to be disbursed to all such accounts pursuant to such Borrowing meets such minimums and multiples); provided that in the case of the Borrowings on the Restatement Effective Date such accounts were the Escrow Account. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(f) (c)  Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Agent either by (i)

 

65


crediting the account(s) of the applicable Borrower on the books of the Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided by the applicable Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

(g) (d)  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.3 in connection therewith. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(h) (e)  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Credit Suisse’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(i) (f)  After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.1(f) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(j) (g)  The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(k) (h)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Agent, each of such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.1(h) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

 

66


2.2 Repayment of Loans . The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (ii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, the respective percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)):

 

Date

   Percentage  

1 st -4 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective Date

     1.250

5 th -8 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     1.875

9 th -12 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.125

13 th -19 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.750

(iii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (iv) on the Term B-2 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date, (v) on the Term B-3 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on such date ; , (vi) on the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on such date and , (vii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2016, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) . , (viii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)); (ix) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), and (x) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)). To the extent not previously paid, each Class of Term B Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the date of payment.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, at any time or from time to time thereafter, without premium or penalty except as provided in clause (d) below, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole

 

67


or in part; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; or, in the case of clause (2) or (3) of this proviso, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such Loan is Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan and the order of Loan(s) to be prepaid. The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or, if such prepayment is being made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), such Lender’s share, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.3. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(a), the Borrowers may in their sole discretion select the Loan or Loans (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than if pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h)).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.3(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities or other transaction, which refinancing or other transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2 as directed by the Parent Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered, the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015) minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Loans during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (2) the amount expended by any Purchasing Borrower Party to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), and (3) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility during such Fiscal Year to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), to the extent such prepayments are funded with Internally Generated Cash.

(ii) If (1) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 10.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) (to the extent the Disposition is to a Restricted Subsidiary and the property or assets continue to secure the Obligations with the same priority as prior to such Disposition), (k), (l), (o), (q), (r) or (t)-(v), (x)-(aa)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Dispositions described in clause (1) above, an amount equal to the Applicable Disposition Percentage of all Net Proceeds received from such

 

68


Disposition (excluding the proceeds from the disposition of (i)  the Equity Interests in or assets of Casa Ley and PDC and (ii) repayments of intercompany loans from Safeway to PDC contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement) and (y) in the case of Casualty Events described in clause (2) above, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds received in connection with such Casualty Events; provided that (x) if any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt have been issued in compliance with Sections 10.1 and 10.3 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, then the Parent Borrower may cause Loans to be prepaid and, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , cause such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt to be purchased (at a purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof and (y) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to offer to repurchase or to prepay Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased or prepaid, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Other Applicable Indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives Net Proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties, the Borrowers shall first prepay an amount of ABL Loans, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds, in an amount equal to the least of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds, (y) the amount of ABL Loans borrowed in connection with the Transactions and (z) $300,000,000 (in the case of subclauses (y) and (z) when aggregated with all previous repayments pursuant to this sentence) and any remaining Net Proceeds from the Disposition of Divested Properties shall thereafter be applied as provided above in this subsection.

(iii) If a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Escrow Release Date (x) that is intended to be Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.3 or (z) notwithstanding clause (y), that is Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(v) (other than (A) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are applied to repay Indebtedness previously incurred under Section 10.3(v) , (B) Indebtedness incurred under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility to finance the acquisition of Material Real Property after the Escrow Release Date so long as such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of such Material Real Property and (C) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used by a Real Estate Subsidiary to pay the purchase price to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for any Real Property to the extent such proceeds constituted Net Proceeds of a Disposition subject to clause (b) (ii) above), the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

 

69


(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (to the extent set forth in such Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or Incremental Amendment as contemplated below), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied to the next eight succeeding scheduled principal installments to each Class of Term Loans and then ratably to the remaining installments of each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3(a), 2.6(a) or 2.7 (which provisions shall not be applicable to Section 2.3(c)), any Purchasing Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in Section 2.3(c); provided that (A) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Loans of a specified Class on a pro rata basis, (B) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) has been satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

(ii) To the extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay Loans of a specified Class in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing Borrower Party (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of the principal amount of Loans to be prepaid) (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(ii), the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable Class thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Agent (A) a minimum price (the “ Acceptable Price ”) within the Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent) of Loans with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable

 

70


Price (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts of Loans of the applicable Class specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the lowest Acceptable Price); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Loans of the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Loans of the applicable Class (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.3), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iii) above) established by the Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.

 

71


(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) Prepayment Premium .

(i) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is one year and 31 days following the Start Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5), the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with outstanding Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and /or Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, which are repaid or prepaid pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 12.3(c)), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (x) in the case of a Repricing Transaction of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of a Repricing Transaction described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Margin applicable to the Term B Loans pursuant to such Repricing Transaction. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(ii) (e)  If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of the Term Loan Agreement that results in a Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-5 Lender with outstanding Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-5 Loans of such Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(iii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

(iv) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(v) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-6 Lender with outstanding Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-6 Loans of such Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-6 Repricing Event .

 

72


(e) (f)  Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under Section 2.3 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.3. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.3(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under Section 2.3(b) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a cash collateral account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (i) The Term B-3 Commitment of each Term B-3 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-3 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (ii) the Term B-4 Commitment of each Term B-4 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No.  5 and 5, (iii) the Term B-5 Commitment of each Term B-5 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 1 (B-5 Section 2.01(a), (iv) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (v) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and (vi) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d ).

2.5 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrowers. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a Term Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Class, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.5(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

 

73


2.6 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent after 2:00 p.m., shall in each case, at the option of the Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower or any Lender has notified the Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Agent hereunder, that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount within one Business Day upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and the applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

74


A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the applicable Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.6(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(f) Whenever any payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Agent and applied by the Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 11.3. If the Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Financing Agreements under circumstances for which the Financing Agreements do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

2.7 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal or interest on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal or interest on such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 14.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Parent Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Parent Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 14.14) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Parent Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.7 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

 

75


2.8 Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) One or more Borrowers (which shall include all existing Borrowers with respect to an existing Class of Term B Loans for which Incremental Term Commitments are requested) may, by written notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) from time to time after the Escrow Release Date, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which, in each case, may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $25,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be Term Commitments or commitments to make term loans with interests rates and/or amortization and/or maturity and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“ Incremental Term Loans ”). The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall not be used to (i)  make Restricted Payments or prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6, Section 10.11 or otherwise or (ii) make Investments in (or otherwise purchase) the Equity Interests of NAI .

(b) The applicable Borrowers and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Incremental Amendment and such other documentation as the Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) except as to pricing, amortization and final maturity date (which shall, subject to clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), the Incremental Term Loans shall have no more restrictive terms, when taken as a whole, than the Term Loans except (x) if the Term Lenders holding the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (y) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term Loans or (z) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Incremental Term Loans are established, and, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans; provided further that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, if the Effective Yield in respect of any such Incremental Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin of any Term B Loans by more than 25 basis points, such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the Effective Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loan is no more than 25 basis points higher than the Effective Yield for such Term B Loans and if the lowest permissible Eurodollar Rate is greater than 1.00% or the lowest permissible Base Rate is greater than 2.00% for such Incremental Term Loan, the difference between such “floor” and 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Incremental Term Loans (or 2.00% in the case of Base Rate Incremental Term Loans, shall be equated to interest rate margin for purposes of this proviso. The Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as and rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the last paragraph of Section  4.2, 4.2 and Section 14.13(e), no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.8 unless (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall be continuing (except to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated Acquisition, in lieu of such condition, (A)

 

76


no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time of execution of the applicable contract or agreement for such acquisition and (B) no Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a) or (f) shall be continuing at the time of making such acquisition)) ; (ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.2(a) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of the making of such Loan” or similar language in such Section 4.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) (except, to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated an Acquisition, such representations shall be limited to the Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and (iii) the Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Agent with the applicable Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(d) The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Parent Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agent or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8. The applicable Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan) or by any other bank or other financial institution; provided that any such bank or financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Parent Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

This Section 2.8 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.7 or 12.3 to the contrary.

2.9 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Escrow Release Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements.

(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.9(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $25,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

 

77


(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.9, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans and 2016-1 B-5 Loans shall be permitted under this Agreement.

2.10 Extension of Term Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The applicable Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.10. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment ; provided , however , that at no time shall there be Classes of Term Loans hereunder (including Refinancing Term Loans and Extended Term Loans) which have more than four (4) different Maturity Dates ; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, (E) all documentation in respect of such

 

78


Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (F) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.10 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension Request . The Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Term Loan Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.10. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Term Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Term Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Term Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Term Loan Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among Holdings, the Loan Parties, the Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.10(a) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.2 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension Amendment (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.3 to reflect

 

79


the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.10, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest .

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder shall be payable on demand: (i) on and after the date of any Event of Default, following the Agent’s election to increase the Interest Rate pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof and from time to time thereafter, and (ii) on and after the date of termination hereof.

(b) Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to Base Rate Loans on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Latest Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made, which shall be calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans on the last day of each applicable Interest Period with respect to such Loans, or, in the case of Interest Periods longer than three months, on the date that is three months after the commencement of such Interest Period, which shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in such Base Rate is effective. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by the Borrowers to Agent and Lenders exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

3.2 Fees . The Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent and Credit Suisse the other fees and amounts set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by Agent from Parent Borrower on or about the Escrow Release Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.

3.3 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans .

(a) If after the Escrow Release Date, either (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law is introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements, applicable to any Lender or any banking or financial institution from whom any

 

80


Lender borrows funds or obtains credit (a “ Funding Bank ”), or (ii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (iii) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Funding Bank’s or Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, or (iv) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation shall subject such Funding Bank or such Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis in Taxation of payments to such Funding Bank or such Lender in respect thereof (except for any Excluded Taxes, or Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 6.1); and the result of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) is an increase in the cost to any Lender of funding or maintaining the Loans, then Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall from time to time upon demand by Agent pay to Agent additional amounts sufficient to indemnify such Lender, as the case may be, against such increased cost on an after-Tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified). A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost shall be submitted to the Parent Borrower by Agent or the applicable Lender and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement (including Section 3.3(a)), (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in Law after the Escrow Release Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent Borrower and Guarantors) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) Agent has received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans during such Interest Period, Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt written notice to the Parent Borrower when such conditions no longer exist. If such notice is given (A) any Eurodollar Rate Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Parent Borrower have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or in the interpretation or application thereof occurring after the Escrow Release Date shall make it unlawful for Agent or any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as

 

81


contemplated by this Agreement (i) Agent or such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Parent Borrower (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, continue Eurodollar Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar Rate Loan is requested and (iii) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.3(d) below.

(d) Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall indemnify Agent and each Lender and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Parent Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or extension of Eurodollar Rate Loans after Parent Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) default by the Parent Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan after Parent Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. With respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or extended, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or extend to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or extend, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Rate Loans provided for herein (excluding the Applicable Margin) over (B) the amount of interest (as determined by such Agent or such Lender) which would have accrued to Agent or such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. This covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

(e) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(f) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(g) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.3(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Parent Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c).

 

82


SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 [ Reserved ].

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The obligation of Lenders to make Loans (other than the initial Term B Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans , the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and the Term B- 5 6 Loans) is subject to the further satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such Loan of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.2 and in Section 2.8 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Incremental Term Loan shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Incremental Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations with respect to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and correct and (iii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), (a)(ii), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

4.3 Conditions to the Escrow Release Date . The Parent Borrower agrees that it shall not direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Account Funds, and the Escrow Release Date shall not occur, until satisfaction of, or waiver of, each of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the earliest of:

(a) The Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Escrow Release Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Escrow Release Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of Amendment No. 5;

(ii) a Note executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

 

83


(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agent under the Existing Debt Facility) and such other documents and certifications as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) evidence that, on the Escrow Release Date (or within 120 days after the Escrow Release Date) pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, all principal and accrued interest and fees have been paid in full so that (x) no more than $80,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and (y) no more than $100,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017;

(vi) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O ;

(vii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties (provided, that with respect to Security Agreement to be executed by Safeway and its Subsidiaries, such Security Agreement may be executed and delivered after the release of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from the Escrow Account but not later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Escrow Release Date);

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Safeway certifying that Safeway has assumed, or concurrently with the Escrow Release Date shall assume, all the obligations of Merger Sub under the Financing Agreements;

(ix) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Escrow Release Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(x) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Financing Agreements and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent;

 

84


(xi) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender;

(xii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in form and substance of Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement, certifying as to the conditions set forth therein;

(xiii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto) and evidence of flood insurance as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof;

(xviii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (h) and (i) of this Section 4.3; and

(xiv) the amended and restated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

(b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, Holdings shall have received the Equity Contribution.

(c) The Safeway Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Safeway Merger Agreement.

(d) All fees required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Escrow Release Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

(e) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(f) The ABL Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) The ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Since December 28, 2013, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

85


(i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

SECTION 6. TAXES

6.1 Taxes .

Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall (except to the extent required by applicable Laws) be made free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Taxes.

(a) If any Loan Party, the Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Tax from or in respect of any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Financing Agreements, then (i) the applicable Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.1), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, and (iii) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding, if a Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of such deduction or withholding and of the timely remittance thereof to the relevant Governmental Authority.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), the Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent, provide the Parent Borrower and the Agent with any documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Financing Agreement. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 6.1(d)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Parent Borrower and the Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent) or promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

 

86


(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 , Exhibit H-2 , Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 6.1(d) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax on any payments to such Lender under the Financing Agreements.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Parent Borrower and the Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(3), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) The Loan Parties shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and each Lender (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”) for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 6.1) paid or payable by such Tax

 

87


Indemnitee, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by a Tax Indemnitee (or by Agent on behalf of a Tax Indemnitee), shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) If and to the extent that a Tax Indemnitee determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.1, then such Tax Indemnitee shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 6.1 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Tax Indemnitee and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Tax Indemnitee, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Tax Indemnitee in the event that such Tax Indemnitee is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 6.1(f) shall not be construed to require any Tax Indemnitee to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, the agreements and obligations of Loan Parties contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Obligations, resignation of the Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, any Lender.

(g) Upon the written request of Parent Borrower, any Lender or Agent claiming any additional amounts or indemnification payments payable pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall use its reasonable efforts to mitigate or reduce the additional amounts payable, which reasonable efforts may include a change in the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or any other measures reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

6.2 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time a Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 6.1 or 3.3 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.3, then the Parent Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 14.7(a) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility) to one or more Eligible Transferees; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.3 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.1, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay or cause to be repaid all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date.

 

88


(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Term Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Term Note or Term Notes executed by the applicable Borrowers, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 8.1 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

8.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Financing Agreement to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Agent under the Collateral Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

 

89


8.3 Financial Statements .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014 and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the Quarterly Accounting Period ended on those dates (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.4 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. Each Loan Party has good and valid fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets forth the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of the Escrow Release Date. Each of such Leases is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except, in each case, as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

90


(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Schedule 10.2 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type under Section 10.2(b) held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

(e) Schedule 10.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type under Section 10.3(a) of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

8.5 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Liens on account thereof) have been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.6 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 on the Escrow Release Date, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof: (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any Material Property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability;

 

91


(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties: (i) none of the Material Real Properties is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any of the Material Real Properties; and (iii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Hazardous Materials have been released, discharged or disposed of on any of the Material Real Properties or to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and

(c) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other

 

92


Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

8.11 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate and has not, in the past three (3), years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 8.11 on the Escrow Release Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Escrow Release Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Agent under the Financing Agreements and Permitted Liens which do not have priority over the Liens of the Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.12 , as of the Escrow Release Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 10.2 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.3 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Escrow Release Date.

8.13 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate

 

93


could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14 Anti-Money Laundering. Neither Holdings, any Loan Party, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of senior management of each Loan Party, any of their Affiliates and or any of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

8.15 Material Contracts . Schedule 8.15 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Escrow Release Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Agent on or before the Escrow Release Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

8.16 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Borrowing, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

8.17 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations.

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Borrowings shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

94


8.18 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Escrow Release Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, in the case of any document or information provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement or the Safeway Acquisition Agreement) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.19 FCPA. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.20 Office of Foreign Assets Control. Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq ., as amended) (the “ Trading with the Enemy Act ”) or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto that is administered by OFAC (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but shall not be limited to Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”). None of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Specially Designated National as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions with any Specially Designated Nationals in violation of the Executive Order.

8.21 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the PATRIOT Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the PATRIOT Act.

8.22 Use of Proceeds. On the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans will be used to finance a portion of the Transactions (it being understood that the proceeds of the initial Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans were deposited into the Escrow Account on the Restatement Effective Date and will be released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date). After the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term Loans will be used for any purpose, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the proceeds from the Term B-5 Loans will be used to finance the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under that certain term loan agreement (the “NAI Credit Agreement”), dated as of June 27, 2014, by and among NAI, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, to pay related fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes.

 

95


8.23 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23 (a)  is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Escrow Release Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Escrow Release Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

8.24 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Financing Agreement, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Financing Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

8.25 No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Since the Escrow Release Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.26 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement.

8.27 Collateral Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Agent (or, so long as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the ABL Agent is acting as agent for the Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the ABL Agent), the Agent will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest

 

96


of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Escrow Release Date).

(c) The Mortgages when granted shall create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable first priority Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Mortgages), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing or recording of the Mortgages in proper form with the appropriate Governmental Authorities and the payment of any mortgage recording taxes of fees, the Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Mortgaged Property that may be perfected by such filing or recording (including without limitation the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

8.28 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.29 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “ HIPAA Compliant ” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA

 

97


on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.30 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Escrow Release Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Escrow Release Date. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 8.30 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Escrow Release Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

 

98


8.31 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc .

(a) Parent Borrower has not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Escrow Release Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any state, commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying Parent Borrower of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of Parent Borrower established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by Parent Borrower or any related or other assets of Parent Borrower.

(b) Parent Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. Parent Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7) cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1 Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any

 

99


subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agent prior to the Escrow Release Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Fire and extended coverage or “all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Property) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Parent Borrower, the Agent or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering the properties shall name the Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

(b) If at any time the area in which any Material Real Property is located is designated (i) a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance (with a financially sound and reputable insurer) in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the business of operating supermarkets and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time and deliver to the Agent, evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including, without limitation, annual reviews of such insurance, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in a similar business.

9.5 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated

 

100


balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015 (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; provided that prior to the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015, the Loan Parties shall deliver (I) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower as at the end of January 22, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period and (II) a Consolidated balance sheet of Safeway as at the end of January 31, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period, in each case accompanied by the comparative financial information for such period required pursuant to the immediately preceding subclauses (A) and (B).

(d) [reserved];

(e) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of Holdings ended after the Escrow Release Date, 120 days), detailed consolidated budget and forecasts prepared by management of Holdings, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Latest Maturity Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

 

101


(f) concurrently with the execution of any agreement to dispose of any Divested Property, an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Divested Property and the basis of such valuation;

(g) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings; and

(h) together with the delivery of each annual Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 9.5(g), a list of each Subsidiary of Holdings that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Escrow Release Date or the most recent list provided).

9.6 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5, a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

(a) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(b) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 9.6 of the Existing Debt Facility, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Financing Agreements, as the Agent (or any Lender acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably request; and

(d) evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 9.4 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) or Section 9.6(c) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 14.3; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent if the Agent requests the Parent Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above.

 

102


The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Parent Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Parent Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Parent Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Parent Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Parent Borrower Materials as only containing either publicly available information, or information concerning the Parent Borrower, its subsidiaries, or its or their respective securities that (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) would be publicly available if the Company or any of its subsidiaries were required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or is not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Parent Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 14.5; (y) all Parent Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Parent Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9.5 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Albertson’s Group by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holding’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B) (i) such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or a parent of Holdings, if such information relates to such a parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 9.5, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the requirements of Section 9.5 and (II) in connection with the foregoing clause (I), the consolidated budget and forecasts required under paragraph (e) of this Section 9.5 may be prepared by management of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all the Equity Interests of Holdings.

9.7 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) [reserved];

 

103


(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(f) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

9.8 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), to which the Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral (other than Material Real Properties) are acquired by any Loan Party after the Escrow Release Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agent thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition cause, such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.8, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.8(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.8(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute.

(c) If, on or after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, any Loan Party acquires or ground leases any Material Real Property (including, without limitation, (i) any Material Real Property acquired in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and (ii) any Divested Property that has not been disposed of pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement within 90 days of the Escrow Release Date) or any Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Loan Party and that owns Material Real Property shall become a Guarantor or Co-Borrower, the applicable Loan Party shall provide the Agent with respect to such Material Real Property within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) of the acquisition or lease of such Material Real Property with:

(i) the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; and

 

104


(ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent certifying that (i) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and (ii) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets for the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties in effect as of the date thereof, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of such date.

9.9 Additional Loan Parties . (a) Notify the Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Co-Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by executing and delivering to the Agent a joinder agreement to this Agreement or a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a perfected Lien to the Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.3(a) and if requested by the Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.9 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.9 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor.

9.10 Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and Moody’s in respect of Holdings and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s.

9.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Borrowings will be used, directly or indirectly (a) on the Escrow Release Date, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement and (b) after the Escrow Release Date, for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs (including Permitted Acquisitions).

9.12 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Environmental Laws and Insurance .

(a) Except, in each case, where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (i) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Material Real Properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and Material Real Properties; and (iii) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are necessary to comply with

 

105


Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Material Real Properties; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Maintain and renew as necessary until the Latest Maturity Date (unless this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable) the Premises Environmental Liability insurance policy for the benefit of Safeway and its applicable subsidiaries as the first named insured and as underwritten by Great American E & S Insurance Company, Policy Number PEL 1849464 01 (policy period - July 1, 2013 to July 1, 2016) (the “ PEL Policy ”) covering all of Safeway’s U.S. locations per the “Safeway Property Schedule Report” referenced in the PEL Policy, or a renewal or replacement thereof with the same or another qualified insurer with the same material coverage, terms and conditions as the PEL Policy.

(c) Arrange to name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured on the PEL Policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

9.14 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Agent; provided that an officer of the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

9.15 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

9.16 Information Regarding the Collateral . Furnish to the Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not

 

106


effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

9.17 [ Reserved ].

9.18 ERISA . The Parent Borrower will furnish to the Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Agent, a Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

9.19 Quarterly Lender Meetings . Quarterly, at a time mutually agreed with the Agent that is promptly after delivery of the information referred to in Section 9.5(a) or 9.5(b), as applicable, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

9.20 [ Reserved ].

9.21 Post-Closing Requirements . The Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods following the Escrow Release set forth on Schedule 9.21 , as such time periods may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, and with respect to Section 10.12 only, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly:

10.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, (each, a “ Permitted Lien ”):

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

 

107


(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; provided , however , that Permitted Liens shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date.

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f) (i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property; (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(c) so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Financing Agreements;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

 

108


(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Escrow Release Date and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries and other Liens securing cash management services and “bank products” in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreement, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or otherwise acquisition not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of such financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest and/or the redemption price of such securities;

(r) Liens securing Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

 

109


(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by Section 10.2, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the Mortgage Policies insuring Mortgages (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on Real Property described in Schedule 10.1 );

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) Liens on Collateral securing ABL Facility Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(t) which Liens shall at all times be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt issued pursuant to Section 10.3(u) so long as such Liens are subject to (i)  the Intercreditor

 

110


Agreements customary intercreditor agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Liens securing the Obligations, or (ii) a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(gg) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing; provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term;

(hh) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed $ 200,000,000 500,000,000 at any time and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(jj) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (y) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(kk) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ll) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;

(nn) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(oo) Liens on Excluded Property;

(pp) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p); and

(qq) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original

 

111


Lien ( provided , that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained herein shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries.

10.2 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except (each, a “ Permitted Investment ”):

(a) Investments by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents (including subsequent monetizations thereof);

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Escrow Release Date, and set forth on Schedule 10.2 , (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Escrow Release Date or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c) (i) Investments in Loan Parties a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or Persons that become Loan Parties); provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made pursuant to this clause (i) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $500,000,000; and (ii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, AB LLC or any direct or indirect parent thereof (provided that the proceeds of the purchases made with such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

 

112


(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $ 131,250,000 250,000,000 ;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $56,250,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Property), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) Investments arising from the contribution of Real Property of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility on or after the Escrow Release Date; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (o) shall only be permitted to the extent that (i) such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower;

 

113


(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Original Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.4 after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 10.8;

(v) Investments in joint ventures (other than Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after its designation pursuant to Section 10.14) made after the Escrow Release Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $ 487,500,000 1,000,000,000 and 2.25 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

(w) [reserved]; additional Investments; provided that, as of the date of such Investment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00;

(x) so long as of the date of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (w) at any time not to exceed the greater of $ 375,000,000 1,000,000,000 and 1.69 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment plus the Cumulative Credit ;

(y) Investments required pursuant to Section 5.4(c) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (including the transfer of the real property listed in Disclosure Schedule 8.3(i) from Safeway to PDC pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement upon the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition);

(z) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(aa) Investments in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (aa) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $ 787,500,000 1,500,000,000 and 4.5 6.0 % of Total Assets, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (aa) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (aa) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

114


(bb) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(cc) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(dd) [reserved]; Investments in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(ee) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(ff) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(gg) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(hh) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Indebtedness;

(jj) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(kk) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ll) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ll) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $ 506,250,000 1,000,000,000 and 2.25 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

10.3 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Issue Disqualified Stock or (b) create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except (each, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”);

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.3 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(b) Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) of this Section, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Escrow Release Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and

 

115


any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $ 750,000,000 1,250,000,000 and 3.25 5.00 % of Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Latest Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Latest Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Escrow Release Date to secure obligations of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) and 10.1(d);

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in Section 10.3;

 

116


(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 10.6;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s) (A) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) ABL Facility Indebtedness; provided that the outstanding amount thereof (excluding in respect of Swap Contracts and Cash Management Obligations constituting ABL Facility Indebtedness) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base (measured at the time of incurrence thereof) (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(u) Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.8, not to exceed the Incremental Amount and any Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A)  subject to Section 14.13(e), both at the time of any such incurrence (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist and (B) in the case of any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt that are is unsecured or that are is secured on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, for purposes of determining the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be deemed to be secured on a pari passu basis to the Liens securing the Obligations both at the time of incurrence and at all times such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt remain outstanding;

(v) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(w) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(x) Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

 

117


(y) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, such Lien shall rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(z) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley and/or PDC (whether or not owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof);

(aa) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes;

(bb) [reserved];

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $ 500,000,000 750,000,000 or (y)  2.25 3.00 % of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000,000 the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 or (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at any time outstanding and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ff) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(gg) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (gg) above, the Parent Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Financing Agreements will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) of Section 10.3, and (ii) all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (s) of Section 10.3.

10.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or

 

118


consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or Holdings, the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 10.2 (other than Section 10.2(e)) and 10.3, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (E) if requested by the Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.2; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.9 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

 

119


(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.5; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Transactions or in connection with an IPO Reorganization, in each case, shall be permitted.

10.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except (each, a “ Permitted Disposition ”):

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned but excluding any Real Property) having Fair Market Value not exceeding (x) $150,000,000 per Fiscal Year for any such Disposition and (y) $250,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Dispositions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (g) shall only be permitted to the extent that such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment hereunder or Permitted Lien (or an enforcement thereof) or a transaction permitted by Section 10.4;

 

120


(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Property and related Fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k) (i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Lien, and (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(m) [reserved]; Dispositions in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(t) any disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions to effectuate Section 5.4 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

 

121


(v) Dispositions of the Eastern Division Assets pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(w) Dispositions of Divested Properties required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(x) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(y) any disposition of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(z) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(aa) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms.

provided, that to the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Financing Agreements; provided further that in connection with any Disposition of Material Real Property permitted under this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall cause the Loan Parties to deliver promptly to Agent a supplement to Schedule 8.4(b)(1) which shall set forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date after giving effect to such Disposition; provided further that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Sections 10.5(d), (g), (i), (j) (as it relates to Real Estate Subsidiaries) and (n) having a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000, (i) shall be for no less than Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition, and (ii) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration (other than (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, (D) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Escrow Release Date from Persons who are not the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (E) in connection with an asset swap, all of which shall be deemed “cash”) received is cash or Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-Cash Consideration to the extent that all Designated Non-Cash Consideration at such time does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and all of the consideration received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (y) such Disposition results in a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party acquiring (whether by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or Equity

 

122


Interests in any Person that is in the same line of business as the Loan Parties, or a business that is reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties in a transaction that is permitted by (1) if the Person acquired will become a Loan Party or the assets acquired will be owned by a Loan Party or otherwise pledged as Collateral, Section 10.2(o), or (2) in all other cases, any clause of Section 10.2 (other than clause (o)).

10.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount, so long as on the date that Holdings elects to apply this clause (c), such election shall be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of Holdings calculating in reasonable detail the amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.2, Section 10.4 or Section 10.8;

(e) the Loan Parties may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to Holdings, and Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to, AB LLC, to enable AB LLC to repurchase Equity Interests, held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided , that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000, plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (to the extent contributed to a Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway that occurs after the Escrow Release Date); plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (in each case, to the extent contributed to a Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Escrow Release Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(e); ( provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

 

123


(f) so long as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the (x)  $250,000,000 plus , (y) as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00, the greater of (A) $1,000,000,000 and (B) 4.0% of Total Assets plus, (y)  the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Parent Borrower elects to apply to this clause (f), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, less (z) the aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to Section 10.11(a)(iii) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make (i) dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis to their equity holders, and (ii) Restricted Payments payable in Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any capital contribution or the issuance of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i) (1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to a Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of a Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss with respect to all prior taxable periods ending after the Escrow Release Date (determined as if all such taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss would have been deductible by the partners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the partners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through a Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to such Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Escrow Release Date and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower, or applicable, for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) a Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, (i) to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding

 

124


company of such Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company such Borrower, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to a Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) to permit Holdings to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (vii) to permit Holdings to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k) Subject to the Liquidity Condition, at any time after the consummation of any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 0.35 times the Value Component then applicable on a Pro Forma Basis (including, but not limited, giving effect to such transactions and the release of Mortgaged Properties in connection therewith) minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans outstanding on such date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with Qualified Real Estate Financing Facilities minus (z) all Restricted Payments made prior to such date in reliance on this clause (k);

(l) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, as applicable, to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses related to the Safeway Acquisition and other payments to be made in connection with the Transactions;

(m) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments used in connection with the termination of the LTIP Agreements;

(n) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make payments of all amounts under the contingent value rights to be issued under the Safeway Merger Agreement from the net proceeds of any sale of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley or of the Equity Interests in or assets of PDC;

 

125


(o) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions; and

(p) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property.

(q) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; and

(r) distributions required in connection with (x)  a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility . and (y) an IPO Reorganization; and

(s) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments; provided that, as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, (i) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any Restricted Payments made by any Person which is not a Loan Party as long as no Loan Party has Guaranteed or may otherwise be liable for any obligations of such Person, and (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made by a Borrower may be made through Holdings (and Holdings shall be permitted to make any such payment).

10.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $ 25,000,000, 50,000,000, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Parent Borrower, Safeway or their Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed);

(ii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries;

(iii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Escrow Release Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

 

126


(vi) transactions to effect the Original Closing Date Transactions and , the Transactions or an IPO Reorganization ;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Escrow Release Date and set forth on Schedule 10.8 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to Holdings or to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith, or (iii) any contribution to the capital of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x) (i) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (ii) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date;

(xii) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement and the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.6; or

 

127


(xv) transactions required pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement or contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement; or

(xvi) the Eastern Division Sale and other transactions contemplated by the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, NAI and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, (b) leases between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and a Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) certain transactions between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to self-insurance matters and residual pharmacy transactions, (d) services provided by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries to NAI and its Subsidiaries in the areas of finance, legal, human resources and public affairs, store development, information technology, marketing, merchandising, asset protection, customer services, supply chain, risk management and insurance, separation and store closings, store operations and strategic procurement, (e) pharmacy operation services provided by NAI and its Subsidiaries to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, (f) license agreements between Safeway and NAI, (g) sales of electricity between Safeway and NAI, and (h) arrangements for the use of certain IT and other infrastructure between Safeway and NAI;

(xx) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, SVU and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between SVU and Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) one-time payments to be made in connection with the termination and/or transition of certain services under the transition services agreement between such Persons;

(xxi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $ 25,000,000, 50,000,000, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

 

128


(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings and AB LLC and for actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, payroll and similar types of services paid for by Holdings and AB LLC on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses as the same may be directly attributable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings and AB LLC;

(iii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement or the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) amounts payable to SB Capital Group LLC in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with liquidation services provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors as provided in Section 3.7 of the Operating Agreement for AB LLC (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(vii) payments by Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings and/or AB LLC or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) payments of all fees and expenses related to the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

 

129


(x) payments of the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments;

(xi) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed $20,000,000 plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to Albertson’s Group; and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xii) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xiii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.6;

(xiv) amounts payable pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xv) payments between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction described in clause (a), or meeting the requirements specified in clause (a)(i).

10.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Financing Agreements; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Escrow Release Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.9) are listed on Schedule 10.9 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 10.3 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 10.2 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of

 

130


Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset or stock sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or Subsidiary subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(c), (f) or (t) and to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 and limited to such cash or deposit.

10.10 Accounting Changes . Holdings shall not make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP, or (b) fiscal quarter or fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Agent, change its Quarterly Accounting Periods and fiscal year to any other quarterly accounting periods or fiscal year, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.11 Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal shall be permitted and prepayment of the Senior Secured notes shall be permitted ) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.3, or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries), any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations (including any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Ratio Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 10.3(f), such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(f), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the repayment of Junior Financing with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 plus the Cumulative Credit less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 10.6(f) at the time of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, (iv) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, retirement, defeasance or discharge of the Existing Safeway Notes or any of its subsidiaries within 120 days of the Escrow Release Date and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof and ; (v) redemptions or redemptions of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clause (mm) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” solely from the amounts included in the escrow account . , and (vi) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity; provided that, as of the date of such payment after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility shall not constitute Junior Financing.

 

131


(b) Amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Financing Agreements or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.12 Permitted Activities . Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Financing Agreements and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (ix) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the ABL Facility Documentation, the NAI Purchase Agreement, the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the NAI Purchase Agreement and the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Safeway Merger Agreement, the Transactions, any agreements contemplated by Section 10.8(b)(ii) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including any related to its Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), and (x) any activities related, complementary or incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrowers other than those for the benefit of the Obligations, Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt, the obligations under the ABL Facility, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

10.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . No Loan Party shall amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties.

10.14 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent Borrower may at any time after the Escrow Release Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Borrower) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) at the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facility, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Junior Financing, as applicable. The Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have designated the entities comprising PDC and their Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries effective on the Escrow Release Date. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Escrow Release Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any

 

132


Investment by the Parent Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary. The amount of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in the entities constituting PDC at the time of designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and at the time of any subsequent redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Borrower nor any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are specified on Schedule 10.14.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of anyone or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an “ Event of Default ,” and collectively as “ Events of Default ”:

(a) (i) any Loan Party fails to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, (ii) any Loan Party fails to pay within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other Obligation other than a principal payment on a Loan, (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms or covenants contained in Sections 9.1(a), 9.4, 9.7, 9.9, 9.15 or Article 10 of this Agreement, or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than those described in Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii) or 11.1(a)(iii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach or any such covenant or agreement or the Parent Borrower’s receipt from the Agent of any such breach;

(b) any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by any Loan Party to Agent in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any other written agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan Party in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or against any of the Collateral having a value in excess of $150,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment), and any such judgment shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed;

(e) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or there is a cessation of any substantial part of any Loan Party’s business for a period of time which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them;

 

133


(g) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its properties and such petition or application is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner;

(h) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its property;

(i) any default in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to Agent and Lenders hereunder), in an amount in excess of $150,000,000 (including any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Indebtedness to such Loan Party), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and/or is not waived in writing by the other parties thereto, or any acceleration or demand for payment with respect to any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000,000; provided that, with respect to a default caused by the breach of the financial covenant within Section 7.16 of the ABL Facility, such default shall only constitute an Event of Default if the lenders under the ABL Facility have accelerated the obligations thereunder;

(j) any material provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party hereto or thereto (other than Agent) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to be a valid and perfected security interest in any of the Collateral (or a valid and perfected security interest in any other Collateral having the priority for such Collateral required hereunder) purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);

(k) (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Change of Control;

(m) [reserved]; or

(n) The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement.

 

134


11.2 Remedies .

(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in Agent’s discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on anyone or more occasions. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the direction of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Parent Borrower, accelerate the payment of all Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders ( provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(g) and 11.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable and any other obligation of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall automatically terminate).

11.3 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 11.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 11.2(b)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Secured Parties (including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Obligations (and termination payments and other amounts under secured Swap Contracts and ordinary course settlement payments under secured Swap Contracts), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

 

135


Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

12.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the other Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described above (except that Agent and Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property).

(c) Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth herein and service so made shall be deemed to be completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Loan Party in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts.

(d) HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

136


(e) Agent and Secured Parties shall not have any liability to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such other Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions or relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order of competent jurisdiction binding on Agent, or such Secured Party or Secured Parties, that the losses were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither Agent nor any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Agent or the Lenders would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 12.1 and elsewhere herein and therein.

12.2 Waiver of Notices . Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle Holdings, the Parent Borrower and such other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing Agreement nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by (x) the Required Lenders and Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), or (y) at Agent’s option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders and by the Parent Borrower and such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to all Lenders only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of scheduled payment of principal, interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof, shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest,

(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 14.9 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

 

137


(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as permitted under Section 13.10 hereof), without the consent of all Lenders,

(v) amend the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Required Lenders,” or any provision of this Agreement obligating Agent to take certain actions at the direction of the Required Lenders, or amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.7, in each case without the consent of all Lenders,

(vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, or release the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor from liability for any of the Obligations other than as expressly set forth herein, without the consent of the Lenders,

(vii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the consent of the Lenders;

(viii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 12.3, without the consent of all Lenders, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 3.3 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

(b) Agent and any Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent or any Lender of any right, power and/or remedy on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Agent or any Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination for which the consent of all Lenders or each Lender directly affected thereby was required, in the event that any Lender shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (each such Lender being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), but the consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then Agent or the Parent Borrower shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time thereafter, and upon the exercise by Agent or the Parent Borrower of such right to require each such Non-Consenting Lender, and each such Non-Consenting Lender shall have the obligation, to sell, assign and transfer to Agent or such Eligible Transferee as Agent or the Parent Borrower may specify, all of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant thereto. Each such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender), except that on the date of such purchase and sale) Agent, or such Eligible Transferee specified by Agent or the Parent Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as Agent or the Parent Borrower and such Non-Consenting Lender(s) may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the effective date of the purchase (including amounts payable under Section 3.3(c) as if the Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender were being prepaid on the purchase date but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early termination fee). In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such

 

138


replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall terminate on such date.

(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, (i) in the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of releasing the Loans from the Escrow Account hereunder may be delivered after the Escrow Release Date, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the date for delivery of such items or take such other action as Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without the approval of any Lender.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(i) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall

 

139


not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans unless the maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, Guarantees, Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel or (ii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, the Parent Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as “Co-Borrower” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Agent.

12.4 Waiver of Counterclaims . Each Loan Party waives all rights to interpose any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or relating hereto or thereto.

12.5 Indemnification . Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates, successor and assigns (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable and reasonably documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements, the use or proposed use of proceeds of any Loan, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the reasonable and reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel, regardless of whether such Indemnitee is a party to such commenced or threatened litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Parent Borrower or any of its affiliates or equity holders, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this Section 12.5 to indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby (i) resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (ii) resulting from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (a) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent or an arranger or a similar role and (b) claims arising out of any act or omission of the Sponsor, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower); provided that, the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and

 

140


other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel and one firm of special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Parent Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Loan Parties shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party, Agent or Lender shall assert, and each Loan Party, Agent and Lender hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, Loan Party, Agent and Lender, on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the resignation of the Agent or the replacement of any Lender, the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

12.6 Costs and Expenses . The Parent Borrower shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agent and its Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent, (B) outside consultants for the Agent, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and (F) environmental site assessments, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Financing Agreements or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Loan Parties who are not the Agent or any of its Affiliate, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Loan Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Loan Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Loan Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

To the extent that any Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

 

141


SECTION 13. THE AGENT

13.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and neither the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 13.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 and Section 12 (including the second paragraph of Section 12.5 and 12.6), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement is binding upon the Lenders.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

142


(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Financing Agreements that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Financing Agreements), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Financing Agreements or applicable law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 14.7 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Parent Borrower or a Lender; and

(e) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Financing Agreements by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory

 

143


provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

13.6 Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States which appointment of a successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Financing Agreements, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 13.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Financing Agreements (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.6). The fees payable by the Parent Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, the provisions of this Section 13 and Sections 12.5 and 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agent, Arrangers, bookrunners or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent or a Lender hereunder.

13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or

 

144


otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Parent Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, if the Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent, and Agent shall,

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed or to be disposed, as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) (A) if the Lien encumbers property that secures or will secure a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (B) any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such pledge is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or (iv) subject to Section 12.3, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.1(j) to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; and

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted hereunder or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the ABL Credit

 

145


Agreement, any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10. In each case as specified in this Section 13.10, the Agent will, at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Borrower and applicable Guarantor such documents as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreements and this Section 13.10.

13.11 Withholding Tax Indemnity . To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Agent), the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Financing Agreement an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 6.1, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement against any amount due the Agent under this Section 13.11. The agreements in this Section 13.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

13.12 Notice to Agent . By signing this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees to notify the Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Agent may reasonably request furnish a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Secured Party. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Secured Party on account of Other Liabilities unless the Agent has received written notice thereof from such Secured Party.

13.13 Intercreditor Agreements . The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any usual and customary Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agent to enter into the usual and customary Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

 

146


SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Term .

(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Latest Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, Parent Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent subject to clause (b) below, (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent may, at its option, and shall at the direction of required Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time on or after an Event of Default. Upon the Latest Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the Financing Agreements, Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under provisions of this Agreement that survive terminations of the Commitments).

(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements until all Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under indemnifications that survive terminations of the Commitments), have been fully and finally paid.

14.2 Interpretative Provisions .

(a) All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) All references to the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their respective successors and permitted assigns. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. All references to any of the Financing Agreements shall include any and all amendment or modifications thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “this Agreement” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

(e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

(f) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of Agent or any Lender alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

 

147


(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently received by Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified as to going concern or the scope of the audit.

(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” shall mean “to and including.”

(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement and other Financing Agreements may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(l) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

14.3 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in Section 14.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

 

If to any Loan Party:    Albertson’s LLC
   250 Parkcenter Blvd.
   PO Box 20
   Boise, Idaho 83706
   Attention: Richard Navarro Bob Dimond
   Dave Ober Brad Fox
   Paul Rowan, Esq.
   Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463
   Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625

 

148


              with a copy to:
  Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
  919 Third Avenue
  New York, NY 10022
  Attention:    Ronald Risdon, Esq.
  Telephone:    (212) 756-2203
  Facsimile:    (212) 593-5955
  E-mail:    ronald.risdon@srz.com
If to Agent:   Agent’s Office
  Credit Suisse AG
  Eleven Madison Avenue, 23 rd Floor
  New York, NY 10010
  Attention:    Loan Operations – Agency Manager
  Telephone:    (919) 994-6369
  Facsimile:    (212) 322-2291
  E-mail:    agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent (and shall be considered to be in writing for such purposes), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARENT BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability

 

149


to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Parent Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Parent Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Parent Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Parent Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

14.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

14.5 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each Lender shall keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information and safe and sound lending practices, any non-public information (“ Information ”) supplied to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the Financing Agreements, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person

 

150


(including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iv) to any Lender or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant consented to by the Parent Borrower to the extent an assignment of a Loan to such Person would require the Parent Borrower’s consent pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof) or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender, Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Affiliate shall have been instructed to treat such information as confidential in accordance with this Section 14.5, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 14.5 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.7(l), direct or indirect contractual counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Transferee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Transferee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (vi) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it in connection with rating the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries or any Facility hereunder (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (viii) [reserved], (ix) to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) or (x) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Financing Agreement or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) In the event that Agent or any Lender receives a request or demand to disclose any Information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender, Agent or such Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower of such request so that the Parent Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose such information and, subject to reimbursement by Parent Borrower of Agent’s or such Lender’s expenses, cooperate with the Parent Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the disclosed information which the Parent Borrower so designates, to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender. In no event shall this Section 14.5 or any other provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to Agent or any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party, (iii) to require Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to Agent or a Lender or prevent Agent or a Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.5 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Escrow Release Date or any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender.

 

151


14.6 Successors . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, except as provided in Section 14.7 below. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

14.7 Assignments; Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) (w) to one or more Eligible Transferees (but not including for this purpose any assignments in the form of a participation), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Acceptance, (x) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(e), (y) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.7(f) or (z) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(k) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Agent or, if previously agreed with the Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Agent, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement, the Assignee shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent the forms or certifications, as applicable, described in Section 6.1(d), to the extent required thereby.

This paragraph (a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

 

152


(b) Agent, acting solely for these purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of their Loans (the “ Register ”). Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the Register to give effect to each Assignment and Acceptance. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Agent, the Parent Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3) provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3, provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

(c) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 14.7(b), upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6, 12.5 and 12.6 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.7(e).

(d) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental

 

153


thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to assignees (subject to such assignee executing and delivering a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Parent Borrower).

(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it, without the consent of Agent or the other Lenders); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Parent Borrower, each Co-Borrower the Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 12.3(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. The Parent Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including Section 6.1(d), and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.7(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that the Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a change in any Laws after the Participant became a Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Parent Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Parent Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Financing Agreement) to any Person expect to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (by its acquisition of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, to the extent that any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate would have the right to direct any Participant to vote with respect to any plan of reorganization of any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a result of any participation taken by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(e), such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Participant) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall

 

154


not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Participant) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the participation in any Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or Participants that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Parent Borrower and any applicable Co-Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 14.7(a); provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;

(B) the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;

(C) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(D) each Purchasing Borrower Party represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment to such Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), that neither the Purchasing Borrower Party nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI with respect to Holdings or the Albertson’s Group that either (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to (i) a Lender’s decision to participate in any assignment pursuant to this Section 14.7(h) or (ii) the market price of the Loans;

(E) no Loan may be assigned to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of all Loans then outstanding; and

 

155


(F) no Loan may be assigned to a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, the Purchasing Borrower Parties in the aggregate would own or have retired in excess of 15% of all Loans then outstanding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such limitation does not apply to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.3(c)).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Parent Borrower are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Parent Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2), (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Agent, the Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Financing Agreements or (iv) advice from counsel to the Lenders or the Agent or a right to challenge any related attorney-client privilege of any Lender or the Agent;

(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 12.3 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Financing Agreement or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Financing Agreement, or (iii) directed or required the Agent, or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Financing Agreement, all Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated lenders voting on such matters for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions.

Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of the such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees

 

156


that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, except to the extent such entitlement to a greater amount results from a change in any applicable Laws after the grant to the SPC was made, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Financing Agreement, remain the lender of record hereunder. Each Granting Lender, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Parent Borrower or the Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 14.7, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Financing Agreements and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Financing Agreements even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

14.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Financing Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Financing Agreement was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

14.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and any other applicable law. The Loan Parties are hereby advised that any Loans hereunder are subject to satisfactory results of such verification.

 

157


14.10 Counterparts, Etc . This Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of such other Financing Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

14.11 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

14.12 Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, and unconditionally and absolutely, guarantee to Secured Parties the due and punctual payment, performance and discharge (whether upon stated maturity, demand, acceleration or otherwise in accordance with the terms thereof) of all of the Obligations whether created directly to, or acquired by assignment or otherwise by, any Secured Party, and whether the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, regardless of whether recovery upon any of such Obligations becomes barred by any statute of limitations, is void or voidable under any law, is or becomes invalid or unenforceable for any other reason (collectively as to each Guarantor, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”); provided , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall exclude Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” as used herein shall include interest, fees or other charges constituting Obligations accrued in any such bankruptcy, whether or not any such interest, fees or other charges are recoverable from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower or its estate under 11 U.S.C. § 506. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee is a primary, immediate and original obligation of such Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guarantee of payment and not of collectability only, and is not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any rights or remedies against the Parent Borrower or others, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any Collateral or other security.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid and discharged and all Commitments have been terminated. Each Guarantor acknowledges that there may be future advances by Agent or any Lender to the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower hereunder (although Secured Parties may be under no obligation to make such advances) and that the number and amount of the Guaranteed Obligations are unlimited and may fluctuate from time to time hereafter, and its guarantee shall remain in force at an times hereafter, whether there are any Guaranteed Obligations outstanding from time to time or not. Guarantors’ obligations under this

 

158


Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without regard to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranteed Obligations or agreements evidencing same. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall be in addition to any other present or future guaranty or other security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall not be prejudiced or unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security, and is not conditioned upon or subject to the execution by any other Person of any other guaranty or suretyship agreement.

(c) (i) If a Guarantor shall make a payment under a guarantee (a “ Paying Guarantor ”), then such Paying Guarantor shall have the right to obtain contribution, in an amount determined as set forth below, from each of the other Guarantors that have not made payments under their respective guaranties at least proportionately equal (on the basis of their respective Guarantor Allocable Percentages, as such term is hereinafter defined) in amount to the payments made by the Paying Guarantor seeking contribution. The liability of Guarantors hereunder to make contribution to any Paying Guarantor as aforesaid shall be absolute and shall not be affected or impaired by (A) any defense, counterclaim or setoff that the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor may have or assert against any Secured Party, (B) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Secured Party to realize upon any Collateral or to enforce payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations from any Person, (C) the release or discharge of any Collateral, (D) the release or discharge of the applicable Borrower from its obligations, or (E) the release or discharge of any Guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee (whether, in any such event, such release is agreed to by any Secured Party or occurs by operation of applicable law). Any proceeds received by any Secured Party from any enforcement action with respect to any assets of a Guarantor securing payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor for purposes hereof.

(ii) Any Paying Guarantor entitled to contribution hereunder shall be entitled to receive from each of the other Guarantors an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties by the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought, less (B) the amount, if any, actually paid to Agent or any other Secured Party by the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought (said last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product shall be decreased by any amount theretofore paid by such Guarantor by way of contribution hereunder, and shall be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Guarantor by way of contribution); provided , however , that a Paying Guarantor’s recovery of contribution from the other Guarantors hereunder shall be limited, exclusive of interest, to that amount paid by the Paying Guarantor in excess of the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Paying Guarantor of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties. Amounts due by way of contribution hereunder shall bear interest, until paid, at a variable rate of interest equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time. As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction, the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Guarantors who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be one; provided further , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a Guarantor is not possible by reason of any insolvency proceeding involving such Guarantor or otherwise by reducing the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor to zero and by increasing the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors proportionately so that the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors at all times equals 100%. Each Guarantor liable to a Paying Guarantor for contribution, whether pursuant to the provisions of this guarantee or under applicable law, hereby assigns in favor of each Paying Guarantor any claim that such Guarantor liable to make contribution has or hereafter may have against the applicable Borrower, and authorizes any payments that may be due on any such claim to be made to the Paying Guarantor that is entitled to receive contribution for application to the satisfaction of amounts due by way of contribution.

 

159


(iii) Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally, that each shall at all times indemnify each of the other Guarantors and hold and save each of them harmless from and against any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of whatever kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, which any Guarantor may at any time sustain or incur in any action, suit or other proceeding instituted to enforce the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee in excess of the amount equal to the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor of personal liability under the terms hereof.

(iv) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution and indemnification hereunder shall each constitute an asset in favor of the Guarantor to which such contribution or indemnification is at any time owing.

(d) (i) If for any reason the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower has no legal existence or is under no legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or if any of the Guaranteed Obligations become unrecoverable from the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower by reason of such Borrower’s insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or by other operation of law or for any other reason, each Guarantor shall nevertheless be bound to the same extent as if such Guarantor had at all times been the principal obligor on all such Guaranteed Obligations. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization of debt or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any Financing Agreements or other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall nevertheless be immediately due and payable by each Guarantor.

(ii) If a Guarantor should dissolve or become insolvent (within the meaning of UCC), or if a petition for an order for relief with respect to a Guarantor should be filed by or against such Guarantor under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if a receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian should be appointed for a Guarantor or any property of a Guarantor, or if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then, in any such event and whether or not any of the Guaranteed Obligations are then due and payable or the maturity thereof has been accelerated or demand for payment thereof has been made, Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, may, without notice to any Guarantor, make the Guaranteed Obligations immediately due and payable hereunder as to any Guarantor and Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder as if the Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable in full. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are collected by or through an attorney at law, Guarantors agree to jointly and severally pay Secured Parties’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. Guarantors shall be obligated to make multiple payments under their guarantees to the extent necessary to cause full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(iii) If and to the extent Agent or any Lender receives any payment on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations (whether from the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, Guarantor or a third party obligor or from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral) and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or other insolvency law, common law or equitable cause, then the part of the Guaranteed Obligations intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(iv) Agent and Lenders shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to the full extent provided for herein or in any of the Financing Agreements. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any Person, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s

 

160


right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Agent or any Lender against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrower under the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing Guaranteed Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor for the balance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(v) Each Guarantor acknowledges that Agent is authorized and empowered to enforce such Guarantor’s guarantee for the benefit of Secured Parties and to collect from such Guarantor the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time, in Agent’s own name and without the necessity of joining any other Secured Party in any action, suit or other proceeding to enforce its guarantee.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives and renounces (for itself and its successors):

(i) notice of each Secured Party’s acceptance hereof and reliance hereon; notice of the extension of credit from time to time by Secured Parties to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Guaranteed Obligations; notice of the amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers to Secured Parties from time to time (subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time); notice of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk; notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; notice of default or acceleration; all other notices and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; any right such Guarantor may have, by statute or otherwise, to require Secured Parties to institute suit against the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower after notice or demand from such Guarantor or to seek recourse first against the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower or otherwise, or to realize upon any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, as a condition to enforcing such Guarantor’s liability and obligations hereunder; any defense that the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower may at any time have or assert based upon the statute of limitations, the statute of frauds, failure of consideration, fraud, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, usury, or accord and satisfaction; any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained; any defense or claim that any Person purporting to bind the Parent Borrower applicable Co-Borrower to the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations did not have actual or apparent authority to do so; any right to contest the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any Collateral; any defense or claim that any other act or failure to act by any Secured party had the effect of increasing such Guarantor’s risk of payment; and any other legal or equitable defense to payment under this guarantee;

(ii) any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any one action or “anti-deficiency” law which would otherwise prevent Secured Parties from bringing any action, including any claim for a deficiency; or exercising any other right or remedy (including any right of setoff) against such Guarantor before or after any Secured Party’s commencement or completion of any foreclosure action, whether by judicial action, by exercise of power of sale or otherwise, or any other law which in any other manner would otherwise require any election of remedies by any Secured Party; and any right that such Guarantor may have to claim or recover in any litigation arising out of this guarantee or any of the other Financing Agreements) any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages; and

(iii) any right that such Guarantor may have to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder. If, notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, any Guarantor shall nevertheless have any

 

161


right under applicable law to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder, which right cannot be waived by such Guarantor, such termination or revocation shall not be effective until a written notice of such termination or revocation, specifically referring to this guarantee and signed by such Guarantor, is actually received by an officer of Agent who is familiar with Parent Borrower’s account and this guarantee; but any such termination or revocation shall not affect the obligation of such Guarantor or such Guarantor’s successors or assigns with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and existing at the time of the receipt by Agent of such revocation or to arise out of or in connection with any transactions theretofore entered into by Secured Parties with or for the account of Parent Borrower. If Agent or any Lender grants loans or other extensions of credit to or for the benefit of a Borrower or takes other action after the termination or revocation by any Guarantor but prior to Agent’s receipt of such written notice of termination or revocation, then the rights of such Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto shall be the same as if such termination or revocation had not occurred.

(f) (i) Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without reducing, releasing, diminishing, impairing or otherwise affecting the liability or obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee, Secured Parties may (with or without consideration) compromise or settle any of the Guaranteed Obligations; accelerate the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, discharge or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations; refuse to enforce, or release all or any Persons liable for the payment of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase, decrease or otherwise alter the rate of interest payable with respect to the principal amount of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant other indulgences to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers in respect thereof; amend, modify, terminate, release, or waive any Financing Agreements or any other documents or agreements evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations (other than this Agreement); release, surrender, exchange, modify or impair, or consent to the sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Collateral or other property at any time securing (directly or indirectly) any of the Guaranteed Obligations or on which Secured Parties may at any time have a Lien; fail or refuse to perfect (or to continue the perfection of) any Lien granted or conveyed to any Secured Party with respect to any Collateral, or to preserve rights to any Collateral, or to exercise care with respect to any Collateral in any Secured Party’s possession; extend the time of payment of any Collateral consisting of accounts, notes, chattel paper, payment intangibles or other rights to the payment of money; refuse to enforce or forbear from enforcing its rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or any Person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any Collateral or with any party to the Guaranteed Obligations; release or substitute anyone or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether parties to this Agreement or not; subordinate payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations to the payment of any other liability of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers; or apply any payments or proceeds of Collateral received to the liabilities of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to any Secured Party regardless of whether such liabilities consist of Guaranteed Obligations and regardless of the manner order or of any such application.

(ii) Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower. Each Guarantor delivers the guarantee set forth in this Agreement based solely upon Guarantor’s own independent investigation and in no part upon any representation or statement of any Secured Party with respect thereto. Each Guarantor is in a position to and hereby assumes fun responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition as such Guarantor may deem material to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and such Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting any Secured Party to furnish such Guarantor, any information in any Secured Party’s possession concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition. If any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any Guarantor regarding Parent Borrower, any of the Collateral or any transaction or occurrence in respect of any of the Financing Agreements, such Secured

 

162


Party shall be under no obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to any Guarantor on any subsequent occasion. Each Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of “guaranty” which risks include, without limitation, the possibility that Parent Borrower will contract additional Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Parent Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay their lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

(g) (i) Notwithstanding any provision of this guarantee to the contrary, (a) all rights of each Guarantor under clause (c) of this guarantee and all other rights of indemnity, contribution, subrogation or exoneration with respect to the Obligations shall be fully subordinated to the full payment of the Obligations and (b) no such right shall be exercised until full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Paying Guarantor on account of any such indemnity, contribution, exoneration or subrogation rights at any time that fun payment of the Guaranteed Obligation has not occurred, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations (whether matured or unmatured). No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments required pursuant to clause (c) (or any other payments required under applicable law) shall in any respect limit or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor under this guarantee, and each Guarantor shall remain fully liable to Secured Parties for all of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) The provisions of this Agreement shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of any Secured Party or any affiliate of any Secured Party under any separate subordination agreement that such Secured Party or such affiliate may at any time or from time to time enter into with any Guarantor.

(h) The execution and delivery to any Secured Party and such Secured Party’s acceptance of any guaranty in addition to each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall not be deemed in lieu of or to supersede, terminate or diminish any guarantee hereunder, but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided in such additional or supplementary guaranty; and if, prior to the Escrow Release Date, any Guarantor or any other Person has given to any Secured Party a previous guaranty or guaranties, each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall be construed to be an additional or supplementary guaranty and not to be in lieu thereof or to supersede, terminate or diminish such previous guaranty or guaranties.

(i) Unless otherwise required by applicable law or a specific agreement to the contrary, all payments received by Secured Parties from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or from proceeds of the Collateral may be applied (or reversed and reapplied) by Secured Parties to the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, without affecting in any manner any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(j) To the extent any performance of this guarantee would violate any applicable usury statute or other applicable law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit legally permitted, so that this guarantee shall not require any performance in excess of the limit legally permitted, but such obligations shall be fulfilled to the limit of legal validity. Nothing in this guarantee shall be construed to authorize Secured Parties to collect from Guarantors any interest that has not yet accrued, is unearned or subject to rebate or is otherwise not entitled to be collected by Secured Parties under applicable law. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this guarantee.

(k) Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranteed Obligations or the grant of the security interest under the Financing Agreements, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Contract, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely,

 

163


unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Contract as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Financing Agreements in respect of such Swap Contract (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this clause (k) voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this clause (k) shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this clause (k) to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

14.13 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 14.13; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 14.13, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, the events described in this Section 14.13 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.13, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 14.13.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to the extent consistent with Regulation S-X or are otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, including the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that have been realized or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the closing date of such Specified Transaction (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included in such calculations for the Safeway Acquisition shall not exceed $285,000,000 for the 12 month period following the Escrow Release Date.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien

 

164


Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of any Designated Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans) or Lien in connection therewith, compliance with any financial test required by this Agreement for such Designated Acquisition and such Designated Indebtedness shall be determined on the date the definitive acquisition agreement for such Designated Acquisition is entered into (and not at the time of closing of such Designated Acquisition or the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness) and, thereafter until consummation of such Designated Acquisition or the termination of such definitive agreement relating to such Designated Acquisition, all other incurrence tests under this Agreement shall be required to be complied with on an actual basis without giving effect to such Designated Indebtedness or Designated Acquisition and on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness. to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of (i) determining compliance with this Agreement which requires the calculation of any ratio (including the EBITDA component of any such ratio), (ii) determining compliance with representations, warranties, Defaults or Events of Default or (iii) testing availability under the baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets), in each case, in connection with an Acquisition (or similar Investment) of incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Equivalent Debt) by one or more of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or person permitted to be acquired by this Agreement, in each case whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining third party financing (any such acquisition, a “ Limited Condition Acquisition ”), at the option of the Parent Borrower (the Parent Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”), and if after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, Holdings could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. If Holdings has made an LCA Election, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated and (ii) the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition has actually closed or the definitive agreement with respect thereto has been terminated.

 

165


14.14 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Agent and each Lender under this Section 14.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

14.15 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Financing Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Financing Agreement, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 14.14 (subject to the terms of Section 2.7), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Financing Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Financing Agreements shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ) . If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

166


14.17 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Financing Agreement or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any funding of Loans, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied shall remain outstanding.

14.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Financing Agreement), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the other Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Financing Agreements; (ii) (A) the Agent, each other Arranger and each Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for each Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent, any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements; and (iii) the Agent, the other Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

14.19 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 14.7 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 10.4.

14.20 Amendment and Restatement .

(a) The Loan Parties, the Agent, and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, clause (b) of this Section 14.20), shall be superseded by this Agreement and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder.

 

167


(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Debt Facility by this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to be liable to each Indemnitee with respect to agreements on their part under the Existing Debt Facility to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnitee from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which the Agent and the Lenders may be subject arising in connection with the Existing Debt Facility. This Agreement is given as a substitution of, and not as a payment of, the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Existing Debt Facility and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Debt Facility.

(c) By execution of this Agreement all parties hereto agree that (i) each of the Collateral Documents and the other Financing Agreements is hereby amended such that all references to the Existing Debt Facility and the Loans and Commitments thereunder shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) all obligations under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Agreement and (iii) all security interests and liens granted under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and shall continue and secure the Obligations hereunder and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement after giving effect to this Agreement.

14.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Agreement or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Financing Agreement, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signatures begin on next page]

 

168


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Agent, Lenders, Parent Borrower, Co-Borrowers and Guarantors have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT BORROWER
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CO-BORROWERS :
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:   Albertson’s LLC, its sole member
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

169


GUARANTORS :
ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

170


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

171


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

172


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent and as a Lender
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

173


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 2 days of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

With respect to each existing Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

 

  1. A date down endorsement (or other title product, including, without limitation, a new title policy, where such date down endorsement is not available) to each existing title insurance policy (each, a “ Mortgage Policy ”) insuring the lien of such existing Mortgaged Property, which shall reasonably assure the Agent as of the date of such endorsement that the Mortgaged Property subject to the lien of the applicable Mortgage is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except those Liens permitted under such Mortgage;

 

  2. such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification as shall be required to induce the title insurance company to issue the endorsement (or other title product) to each Mortgage Policy contemplated in this Schedule I and reasonable evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes and related charges required for the issuance of the endorsement to such Mortgage Policy (or the issuance of the other title product where such date down endorsement is not available) contemplated in this Schedule I; and

either:

A) confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) from local counsel in each jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located substantially to the effect that:

i) the recording of the existing Mortgage is the only filing or recording necessary to give constructive notice to third parties of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

ii) no other documents, instruments, filings, recordings, re-recordings, re-filings or other actions, including, without limitation, the payment of any mortgage recording taxes or similar taxes, are necessary or appropriate under applicable law in order to maintain the continued enforceability, validity or priority of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; or

 

 

2   For the avoidance of doubt, the 180 day deadline for such deliverables shall supersede the deadline for such deliverables that is set forth in Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 21, 2015.


B) such other documentation with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

i) an amendment to each existing Mortgage (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

ii) a favorable opinion, addressed to the Agent and the Secured Parties covering, among other things, the due authorization, execution, delivery of the applicable Mortgage Amendment and written confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) by local counsel in the applicable jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located as to the adequacy and effectiveness under local law of the applicable Mortgage and lien granted thereunder as amended by the Mortgage Amendment and the lien granted thereunder, in each case; and

iii) reasonable evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all search and examination charges escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage Amendment referred to above.

With respect to each Material Real Property that is not an existing Mortgaged Property as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Parent Borrower must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule I to the contrary, the foregoing provisions shall not require the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets of the Loans Parties, if, and for so long as, the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated March 3, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Safeway Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

July 28, 2016

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated May 10, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

July 28, 2016

EXHIBIT 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated May 10, 2016 relating to the balance sheet of Albertsons Companies, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

July 28, 2016

EXHIBIT 23.5

Consent of Independent Auditor

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-205546) on Form S-1 of Albertsons Companies, Inc. of our report dated April 4, 2014, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas

July 28, 2016

EXHIBIT 23.6

CONSENT OF CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

We hereby consent to the use of our name in this Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (Registration No. 333-205546) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), and to the references to information contained in Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisals wherever appearing in the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ George J. Rago

Name: George J. Rago
Title: Executive Managing Director

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

New York, New York 10104

July 29, 2016